>s* i*^ - . ,#^- *^-^ ^ ,:>r4jPjfh^ •• •; ^ -I .^•v^* -i ^^.iiir^. '•r^' ^ ^^ -•r- 'i*:vf.5a^:#;j^: a HARVARD UNIVERSITY LIBRARY OF THE MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY JaiL^a^/Hc3 uJbUhs TRANSACTIONS OF THE HERTFOEDSHIEE NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. (a continuation of the transactions of the WATFORD NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY.) VOL. I. i.ptf^. TRANSACTIONS OF THE HERTFORDSHIRE NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY AND FIELD CLUB EDITED BY JOHN EOPKINSON, F.L.S. F.G.S. YOLTJME I. OcTOBEK, 1879, 10 July, 1881 LONDON : DAVID BOGUE, 3, ST. MARTIN'S PLACE, W.C. WATFORD : PUBLIC LIb'rARY, QUEEN'S ROAD. HERTFORD : STEPHEN AUSTEN AND SONS. 1882. ^5 & ^' HERTFORD : PRINTED BY STEPHEN AUSTIN AND SONS. i

-< ■* (N S 6C.S o ^ — .— cj c3 CQ O ■ ;- uj i^ ■, -+3 02 oi O : c« : w • C H M C3 :'t3 : fl OS I a : o el o 1-1 O) : O : o ' o <1 o o . ci a S C S 1 QJ be o c . bo c r-f 'J2 Qj o Oh 0^ ^ OJ r^ to 5 g O '^ -^ t^OOOOOOOOOO—l r-lOOOOOOOOCO-* I— I t^ r-( CO C^l o o f— ( M O m w H^ . |^(^ ^tq ^^ ^^> PC 02 H P^ . P^Pm o »« o o 00 CO r— 1 go" O O ^ Cij O (M ^ O lO -*l 1—1 ,n -. p : -g o «H o 'is -C3 a a> : o «+-! to "o in rt o O o _» 1—1 o a> *^ o .S o o pj P5 O H "« CD t^ 00 05 O 1-1 t^ r^ i^ l^ 00 00 : o^ g 00 OO 00 CO OO 00 ■* O 1— 1 r-H 1— 1 1— ( ^- ,— ( m CO -*^ § C o H 1 posit on £ Tran 03 g-TTl- *jll o c -5 ^ =S'>iJ j3 rn --c -i 02 W,-^QV2 HEETFOEDSHIRE NATUEAL HISTOEY SOCIETY. XXV DoiTATIOKS TO THE LiBEAEY IN 1879. Title. BvTT, Key. J. ^[. Introduction to English Botany. 8vo. London, 1825 Cluttekbuck, Key. J. C. A Letter on ... . supplying the Metropolis with Water from the Valley of the River Colne. Svo. Watford, 1841 Cornwall, Eoyal, Polytechnic Society. Annual Ee- ports for 1875-77. 8vo. Falmouth, 1876-78 . Davy', Dr John. Physiological Researches. Svo. London, 1863 . . ■ Elliot, Sir Walter. Exti-acts from the Opening Ad- dress of the President of the Botanical Society of Edinburgh, 1870. {Trans. Bot. Soc. 1871.) . Galton, Francis. Meteorographia, or Methods of Map- ping the Weather. Folio. London, 1863 Geikie, James. The Great Ice Age and its Relation to the Antiquity of Man. Svo. Loudon, 1874 . Geographical Magazine. Vol. v, Nos. 7-12. 4to. London, 1878 Hayden, Prof. F. V. Sun Pictures of Rocky Mountain Scenery. 4to. New York, 1870 .... JzvoNS, Prof. W. S. On the Movement of Microscopic Particles suspended in Liquids. {Quart. Joiirn. Science, 1878.) , • .. • LiNNEAN Society. Journal. Botany, Vol. xvii, Nos. 98-100 (1878). Zoology, Vol. xiv, Nos. 75-77 (1878-79). 8vo. London M.A.RRIOTT, W. Sur le Psychrometre. {Assoc. Fran^aise pour V avancement dts ^Sciences, 1877.) Martin, Prof. T. Thirty-eight Plates with Explanations ; intended to illustrate Linnteus' System of Vegetables. Svo. London, 1799 ...... Mello, Rev. J. M. Handbook to the Geology of Derby- shire. Svo. London and Derby, n.d. New Athen.eum Club, London. List of Members, August, 1879. Svo. London . . . . . Ormerod, Eleanor A. The Prevention of Insect Injury by the use of Phenol Preparations. {Trans. Entomo- logical Society, 1878.) ...... . Notes of Observations of Injurious Insects ; Report, 187S. Svo. London, 1879 Page, Dr. David. Introductory Text-book of Geology. Svo. Edinburgh and London, 1869 Phipson, Dr. T. L. Phosphorescence, or, the Emission of Light by Minerals, Plants, and Animals. 2nd edition. Svo. London, 1879 . . . . . Preston, Rev. T. A. Wiltshire Rainfall, 1S78. Svo. Marlborough, 1879 ...... Ray Society. Reports on the Progress of Zoology and Botany, 1841, 1842. Svo. London, 1845 . Reports and Papers on Botany. lb. 1846 . Reports on Zoology for 1843, 1844. lb. 1847 Solly, Prof. E. Rural Chemistry. 3rd edition. 12mo. London, ISoO ....... vol. I. -PART IV. Donor. Mr. J. Hopkinson. Dr. A. T. Brett. Mr. J. Ho2)kinson. The Author. Miss E. A. Ormerod. Mr. W. Whitaher. Mr. R. B. Croft. The Author. Dr. A. T. Brett. Mr. R. B. Croft. The Author. Dr. A. T. Brett. Mr. J. L. Loblcij. The Author. >> Mr. J. ITopkinson. >> The Editor. Dr. A. T. Brett. Mr. J. Hopkinson. c XXVI PEOCEEDINGS OF THE Title. Symons, G. J. British Rainfall, 1878. 8vo. London, 1879 . Monthly Meteorological Magazine. Vol. xiv. 8vo. London, 1879 ...... Whitaker, W. The Geologj' of the N.W. Part of Essex and the N.E. Part of Herts, etc. 8vo. London, 1878 Donor. The Editor. The Author. Received ijt Exchange, 1879. Barrow Naturalists' Field Club. Proceedings. Vol. iii. Svo. Barrow, 1879. Bath Natural History and Antiquarian Field Club. Proceedings. Vol. iv. No. 2. 8vo. Bath, 1879. Belfast Natural History and Philosophical Society. Proceedings. Session, 1877-78. 8vo. Belfast, 1878. Belfast Naturalists' Field Club. Proceedings. New Series. Vol. i, part 4. 8vo. Belfast, 1878. Berwickshire Naturalists' Club. History. Vol. iii, No. 3. 8vo. Alnwick, 1879. Bristol Naturalists' Society'. Proceedings. New Series. Vol. ii, parts 2-3. Svo. Bristol, 1878-79. Cardiff Naturalists' Society. Transactions. Vols, vi-viii. Svo. Cardiff, 1875-77. Chester Society of Natural Science. Proceedings. Nos. 1-2. Svo. Chester, 1874-78. . Annual Report for 1878-79. Svo. Chester, 1879. CoNCHOLOGY, JouRNAL OF. Vol. i, Nos. 5-17, Vol. ii, Nos. 1-9. Svo. Leeds. Croydon Microscopical and Natural History Club. The Meteorology of Croydon. By George Corden. Svo. Croydon, 1879. Eastbourne Natural History Society. Papers. Session 1878-79. 4to. Eastbourne, 1879. Edinburgh Botanical Society. Transactions and Proceedings. Vol. xiii, part 2. Svo. Edinburgh, 1878. . Royal Botanic Garden of Edinburgh : Report of the Regius Keeper for the Year 1878. Svo. Edinburgh, [1879]. Edinburgh Geological Society. Transactions. Vol. iii, part 2. Svo. Edinburgh, 1879. Edinbukgh, Royal Phy'sical Society of. Proceediugs. Sessions 1876-78. Svo. Edinburgh, 1878. Entomological Society. Proceedings for 1878. Svo. London, 1879. Geological Society. Abstracts of the Proceedings. Session 1878-79. Svo. London, 1878-79. . Addresses delivered at the Anniversary Meetings, 16th February, 1S77, and 15th February, 1878. By Prof. P. Martin Duncan, President. Svo. Loudon, 1877-78. Address delivered at the Anniversary Meeting, 21st February, 1879. By Henry Clifton Sorby, President. lb. 1879. Geologists' Association. Proceedings. Vol. v, Nos. 7-8, Vol. vi, Nos. 1-3. Svo. London, 1879. . Annual Report for 187S. lb. 1S79. Glasgow, Philosophical Society of. Proceedings. Vol. xi, No. 2. Svo. Glasgow, 1879. Ireland, Royal Geological Society of. Journal. Vol. iv, parts 3-4, Vol. V, parts 1-2. Svo. Dublin, 1876-79. Irish, Royal, Academy. Proceedings. Polite Literature and Antiquities. Series II, Vol. i, No. 13. Science. Series II, Vol. iii, No. 3. Svo. DubUn, 1879. HERTFORDSnrRE NATT7RAL HISTOEY SOCIETY. XXVU Liverpool Geological Society. Proceedings. Vol. iii, part iv, Vol. iv, part i. 8vo. Liverpool, 1878-79. Liverpool, Literary and ruiLosopiiiCAL Society of. Proceedings. Vol. xxxii. 8vo. Liverpool, 1878. Manchester Field Naturalists' and AiiCH.TiOLOGiSTs' Society. Pro- ceedings, 1878. Svo. Manchester, 1879. M.^nchester Geological Society. Transactions. Vol. xv, parts 1-9. Svo. Manchester, 1878-79. Manchester Scientific Students' Association. Annual Report for 1877-78. Svo. Salford, [1878-79]. Marlborough College IS atural History Society. Report for the Year 1878. Svo. Marlborough, 1879. Meteorological Society. Quarterly Journal. New Series. Vol. iv, No. 28, Vol. V, Nos. 29-31. Svo. London, 1878-79. Microscopical, Royal, Society. Jomnal. Vol. ii. Svo. London, 1879. Midland Naturalist. Vol. ii. Svo. London and Birmingham, 1879. N.\TURALisT. Vol. iv, Nos. 42-48, Vol. V, Nos. 49-53. Svo. Iluddersfield, 1879. Norfolk and Norwich Naturalists' Society. Transactions. Vol. ii, part 5. Svo. Norwich, 1879. Rugby School Natural History Society. Report for 1878. Svo. Rugby, 1879. Science Gossip. Vol. xv. Svo. London, 1879. Scottish Naturalist. Vol. iv, Nos. 25-28, 33-36. Svo. Edinburgh and London, 1877-79. Smithsoni.an Institution. Annual Report for 1877. Svo. Washington (U.S.A.), 1878. United States Geological and Geographical Survey of the Tekeitories. Bulletin. Vol. iv, Nos. 3, 4. Vol. v. No. 1. Svo. Washington, 1878-79. . List of the Publications. 3rd Edition. JA. 1879. West London Scientific Association and Field Club. Annual Report for 1878-79. Svo. Loudon, 1879. Wiltshire Archaeological and Natural History Society. Magazine. Vol. xviii. No. 53. Svo. Devizes, 1879. Yorkshire Geological and Polytechnic Society. Proceedings. New Series. Vols, v-vi, Vol. vii, parti. Svo. Leeds, 1871-79. Oedinaey Meeting, 24th Febrijary, 1880, at Hertford. J. Gvrcs Jeffreys, Esq., LL.D., F.R.S., etc., President, in the Chair. Mrs. Ackworth, the Hooke, Northaw, Barnet ; Mr. Gr. Norman Brauiid, London and Coimty Bank, Ware ; Mr. H. 0. T. Butcher, High Street, AVare ; Mrs. Carvosso, The Warren, Bayford, Hertford ; Mr. Joseph Chuck, High Street, Ware ; Mr. Eobert H. Harrison, HighfieWs, Great Amwell ; the Rev. C. W. Harvey, M.A., F.M.S., Throcking llectory, Buntingford ; the Rev. F. Lipscomb, M.A., Frogmore Vicarage, St. Albans ; Miss Ludlow, Christ's Hospital, Hertford ; Mr. George Pavy, Ware ; Mr. Alfred Ransom, Benslow, Hitehin; Mr. Charles Edward Shelly, B.A., M.B., M.R.C.S., Hertford ; and Mr. Horace James Smith-Bosanquet, Broxbourne Buiy, Hoddesdon, w^ere proposed as Members of the Society. The following paper was read : — "Notes on Sponges, Recent and Fossil." By Henry Gilbertson. {Transact io?ts, Vol. I, p. 97.) SXVni PK0CEFDIX6S OF THE The President said that he would supplement Mr. GUbertson's remarks by producing a specimen of the siliceous spouge which he had procured during his deep-sea explorations, at a depth of about a mile and a quarter. This sponge was never found in shallow water, but occuiTed in enormous numbers in deep water, each individual having its root planted, as it were, in the muddy bed of the sea. No horny sponge was found at any great depth. The latest attempt at an explanation of the formation of flint was, he said, that by Dr. Wallich in his paper recently read befoi'e the Geological Society. But the subject was still a debatable one, for they did not, as yet, know sufficient about the formation of flint and how certain sponges were converted into flint. A large number of flints, many of which showed a close re- semblance to sponges, and dried specimens of Spongilla fluviatilis and S. laciistris, besides several varieties of the sponges of com- merce, were exhibited by Mr. Gilbertson, in illustration of his paper. Oedinaey Meetij^g, 16th ITaech, 1880, at Watford. John Evans, Esq., D.C.L., LL.D., F.E.S., etc., Vice-President, in the Chair. Mrs. Aokworth, The Hooke, Northaw, Barnet ; Mrs. Bishop, The Piatt, Watford ; Mr. G. JS'orman Braund, London and County Bank, Ware; Mr. H. 0. F. Butcher, High Street, Ware; Mrs. Carvosso, The Warren, Bayford, Hertford; Mr. Joseph Chuck, High Street, Ware ; Miss Eliza Church, London Boad, St. Albans ; Mr. Bobert H. Harrison, Highfields, Great Amwell ; the Kev. C. W. Harvey, M.A., F.M.S., Throcking Rectory, Buntingford ; Mr. Henry Lewis, St. Peter's Street, St. Albans ; the Bev. F. Lips- comb, M.A., Frogmore Vicarage, St. Albans ; Miss Ludlow, Christ's Hospital, Hertford; Mr. C. T. Part, The Pre, St. Albans; Mr. George Pavy, Ware ; Mr. Alfred Ransom, Benslow, Hitchin ; Mr. Charles E. Shelly, B.A., M.B. (Cantab). M.R.C.S., Hertford; the Rev. Henry Smith, M.A., Christ's Church, St. Albans; Mr. Horace James Smith- Bosanquet, Broxbourne Bury, Hoddesdon ; Mr. S. Monkton White, Thorne House, St. Albans ; and Mr. E. S. Wiles, London Road, St. Albans, were elected Members of the Society. Mr. Charles E. Geake, Hansteads, Bricket Wood, St. Albans, was proposed as a Member. Letters were read from Professor Babington and Dr. Sclater thanking the Society for their election as Honorary Members. The following paper was read : — " The Post-Tertiary Deposits of Hertfordshire." By J. Yincent Elsden, B.Sc. (Lond.), F.C.S. {Transactions, Vol. I, p. 103.) Dr. Brett, referring to Mr. Elsden' s statement that the oldest flint implements were found in the river-gravels, said that he had seen flint implements which were stated to have come from beds of Miocene age, though he believed that this was a disputed point. He should like to know whether the Post-tertiary deposits were increasng or decreasing in thickness. The ground -level at Watford had risen seven fieet above the uatiu-al soil, and in London fifteen feet. He believed that worms and moles, by decomposing vegetable material, increased the thickness of the superficial soil. Mr. Littleboy remarked that the extent to which roads were cut up during the great stoim of the 3rd of August showed how it was possible by the action of nERTFORDSnrRE NATTTRAL HISTORT SOCIETY, XXIX water to produce great results in a very short time. "With regard to Mr. Elsden's remark as to the well-wooded appearance of our county being due to Ww jjost- glacial deposits, he had seen beeches gro^ving almost on the bare chalk, and the beeches of Hertfordshire were unsurpassed. Mr. J. Ilopkinson said that there was one point bearing upon Dr. Brett's question as to the supposed increase in the thickness of the superficial soil wliich might perhaps be overlooked, and that was that the surface of the earth, where not perfectly horizontal, was constantly, thougli perhaps imperceptibly, on the move. Frost and rain and other agencies disturbed the surface-soil, and the tendency of every movement must, by the force of gravitation, be towards the lower level. One result of this movement was that whenever a bank or wall ran across sloping ground in any other direction than that of the slope, the ground ■would be seen to be raised on the higher side above the general level, the bank forming a barrier which interfered with the downward movement though it did not entirely stop it. Mr. John Evans said that he would make a few observations on Mr. Elsden's very interesting paper. One of the principal merits of the paper was this, that it brought before them in a succinct form the opinions enunciated by various geolo- gists— Professor Hughes, Mr. Penning, Mr. 8. V. Wood, and others — as to the superficial deposits, not only of this county, but generally of the east of England. Their discussion had run off on one or two points in connexion with some of these, but he would just say a few words with regard to the more immediate subject of the paper, the drifts of our county. Altliough he regarded the paper as a very interesting contribution to our knowledge, he felt that in order to give a thoroughly comprehensive account of all the drifts of this district an author must be acquainted, not only with the eastern part of the county, but also with the western. What might hold good concerning the neighbom-hood of Hertford and that side of the county would not always hold good of the neighboiu-hood of Watft)rd and this side of this county ; for on the eastern side of the coimty we had all those marine glacial deposits of wliich the first part of the paper treated, and on the western side, in this neighbourhood, although to some extent those deposits may have existed at some time, at present the traces of them were im- perfect, and" we had not the middle and lower glacial gravels in position. But in addition to this there was another important superficial deposit over the greater part of the Chalk of this district, which though of the nature of drift, was not, strictly speaking, a drift deposit by running water, salt or fresh. All over certain districts of the chalk would be found a red clay, containing angular flints, and they were e\'idently flints which had originally been in position in the chalk, and from some reason or other the chalk had disappeared, leaving a red clay. If we analysed the chalk, we should find a certain portion of clay present. It was merely the insoluble part of the chalk -clay that was left in position, the chalk having been dissolved out by the aid of carbonic acid filtering into it. A great deal of the dissolution must have taken place in pre-glacial times, for before the last glacial submergence this country was dry land, and this deposit was being produced in the same manner as at the present day. There was still another class of deposits over a considerable portion of the western portion of the county, — the London Clay and the beds below, which extended very considerably further to the north-west than they now do. We had proof of this in the small Tertiary outliers at Tyler's Hill and elsewhere, showing that the London Clay beds which now terminated at Bushey must originally have extended to Ashridge and nearly to Chesham ; for we had little islands left from the denudation from the great Tertiary deposits of the London Clay and the beds beneath. What we had left of the Tertiary beds was not so much of the nature of di-ift as of slightly disturbed Tertiaries, and they were deposited during the early part of the Tertiary period. Above the Tertiaries we had the Lower Glacial beds, which had been deposited over an eroded surface, showing that even before the glacial times there had been a considerable denudation, which had taken place in some manner or other before the glacial beds were deposited. Then we had the Middle Glacial deposits coming in, of which we might find traces even in the western part of the county, for in the gravels on the outer slopes of some of our dry valleys — Whippendale Bottom and XXX PfiOCEEDINGS OF THE elsewhere — we should find that a very considerable portion of the pebbles were not flints derived from the chalk, but pebbles of older rocks which came with ice-borne deposits from the Midland Counties or even further. This showed that we had at one time a geater extent of g-lacial deposits than can now be traced. Before the glacial period closed, it would appear probable that we had aU over the Chalk and some portion of the London Clay a regular ice-cap, which ground up the chalk and clay into the chalky boulder-clay we now hnd, and earned otf the flints, dragging them one against another, producing the scratched flints so characteristic of the boulder-clay deposits. It was not improbable that some of the outlines of the valleys were carved out and subsequently enlarged by the action of rivers and other subaerial forces. The author of the paper spoke of valleys being cut through the boulder-clay, and inasmuch as we had no evidence of submergence, it appeared very probable that denudation had taken place by the action of rain and rivers operating through a long period of time and removing the surface of the ground. The question as to whether in former times we had a larger amount of rainfall was one of considerable interest, and it did appear probable that at some geological period there might be a larger rainfall than there was now ; but in all river- valleys there had been another force at work which we did not thoroughly ap- preciate at the present time — rivers were more subject to floods, for the reason that in former times they were not "domesticated." Now we looked after the banks of rivers and removed obstructions, but in former times fallen trees and accumulations of ice stopped up rivers and produced floods, the operation of which would be greater in a few days than in many years if the river had a free and unimpeded course. That was a well-known fact pointed out by Sir Charles Lyell and others long ago, but it was well to bear it in mind. There was a great difficulty, as was pointed out, in distinguishing the river- gravels from the older deposits from which the constituent parts have been derived, as in the case of a river rimning through a country where there are deposits of marine gravels, the drift consists of the same ingredients, but arranged in a different manner, and contains land animals instead of marine shells. That made him doubt whether some of the brick-earths which contained remains of the reindeer and mammoth did not belong to the Post-glacial instead of the Pre-glacial period ; but it was shown that the mammoth did exist in Pre-glacial times and had been foimd in the Middle Glacial period. Mr. Prestwich found the tooth of one near Bricket "Wood. With regard to the question of the timber depending on the soil, he thought that the author of the paper appreciated the possibility of the fine growth of beech on a chalky soil. There was one thing about the dependence of the tiiuber on the soil. It would generally be found that where the beds of London Clay were seen overlpng the Chalk, the district was distinguished by the luxuriant gi-owth of trees, and from that it could be predicted where such an outlier was to be found. As to the sanitary influence of the drifts, he was a little doubtful how far they were advantageous to health, and how far the air of Hertfordshire could be re- garded as being so very valuable that a house there was worth so many years' purchase ; for he was afraid that in some of the valleys the consumption death- rate was almost greater than in other parts of England, especially where, regardless of all ideas of sanitary science, the houses were built within a foot or a foot and a half of the ordinary water-level. He believed that there was more done in promoting the increase of consumption by injudicious building on improper sites than by any other means. But there was another idea, the possibility of obtain- ing water from shallow wells. Shallow wells, where there were only one or two people living in the neighbourhood, were not bad sources of supply ; but where there was a village on a Tertiary outlier or the boulder-clay — where there were some gravels, and houses congregated around the supply of water, and no attempt was made at a proper system of drainage, he could not think that the results were so much to the credit of the drift deposits as the author of the paper seemed to think. With regard to Dr. Brett's question as to the date of the earliest appearance of man. Dr. Brett was qiute right in sapng that it was a matter for discussion. Some geologists had admitted that man might have existed in I're-glacial times, HEETFORDSniEE NATTJEAL HISTORY SOCIETY. XXXI hut very few autiqunrios had aoeoptod the idea ; and there was an a priori improbahilitv of the Hint iniplemeuts alhidcd to bein^ actually the work of man, as tht'Y had heou found in marine deposits, associated with the remains of a kind of dugonjj and marine slu'lls. As to the increase of post-tertiary soil, he thought it would he found that the heapiusj up of the soil only takes place on the sites of human hal)itations. It was partly from the remains of old buildings getting covered with sand and dust blown over them, rubbish being shot near, and various artificial means, that the rising of the ground took place. No doubt worms had an effect in giving the appearance of an increase of soil. For instance, when a layer of chalk was put on a meadow, in the course of years it would be found some inches under the surface, being let down by the action of worms. The only other way was the accumulation of carbonic matter in the form of humus, but they would not get great accumulations of that kind, imless after a long series of years, as in the great prairies. There humus was found to the depth of two or three feet, but not to the depth of fifteen feet. He was sorry that the author was not present to reply himself to the questions to which his paper had given rise. ORDLffARY Meeting, 23ed Maech, 1880, at Heeteoed. J. GwYN Jeffreys, Esq., LL.D., F.E.S., etc., President, in the Chair. Mr. "\V. Lewis Horley, High Street, Hoddesclon ; Mr. Thomas Hunt, High Street, Ware ; and Miss Julia Stokes, Cecil House, Hertford, were proposed as Members of the Society. The following letter was read : — ^& EoYAL Microscopical Society, King's College, London, Ibth March, 1880. Dear Sirs, — I have the honour to inform you that your Society having been duly nominated under the bye-law relating to Ex-ofiicio Fellows, and the same having been approved by a general meeting held on the 10th inst., yoiir President for the time being is now entitled to the privileges of an Ex-officio Fellow of this Society. — I am, dear Sirs, yours truly, Walter "W. Eeetes, Assist. Sec. Royal Microscopical Society. To the Secretaries of the Hertfordshire Natural History Societij. The thanks of the Society were accorded to the Eoyal Micro- scopical Society. The following paper was read : — " Observations on Rotifers, with special reference to those found in the Neighbourhood of Hertford. By F. W. Phillips. (^Trans- actions, Yol. I, p. 113.) Ordinary Meeting, 20th April, 1880, at Watford. John E. Littleboy', Esq., Vice-President, in the Chair. Mr. Charles E. Gcake, Hansteads, Bricket Wood, St. Albans ; Mr. W. Lewis Horley, High Street, Hoddcsdon ; Mr. Thomas Hunt, High Street. Ware ; and Miss Julia Stokes, Cecil House, Hertford, were elected Members of the Society. XXXU PEOCEEDINGS OF THE Mr. Brackenbuiy Comyns Berkeley, Collett Hall, Ware ; and the Rev. J. S. ifoster Chamberlain, M.A., Great Hormead Vicarage, Bunting-ford, were proposed as Members. The following communications were read : — 1. "Meteorological Observations taken at "Wansford House, Watford, during the Year 1879." By John Hopkiuson, F.L.S., P. M.S., etc., Hon. Sec. {Transactions, Yol. I, p. 121.) 2. "Report on the Rainfall in Hertfordshire in 1879." By John Hopkinson. [Transactions, Vol. I, p. 127.) 3. " Report on Phonological Observations in Hertfordshire in 1879." By John Hopkinson. {Transactions, Vol. I, p. 133.) 4. A Letter from Mr. J. Vincent Elsden to the Secretary, in reply to remarks made in the discussion on his paper on the " Post- Tertiary Deposits of Hertfordshire." Mr. Elsden said that his idea that bare chalk would have been comparatively treeless appeared to be questioned, but he could not help thinking that this was characteristic of a chalk country. As instances he might cite the Chalk of Dorset, or the immense difference in the aspect of North and South Wiltshire, though perhaps no district would so well illustrate this as the treeless chalk prairies of North-eastern America, which he thought represented the natural condition of bare chalk ; although beech trees would grow on a very thin soil over the chalk. With respect to the omission of a special mention of the " clay-with-flints" he felt that the length of the paper would only allow a general mention of " soils of disintegration" under the head of subaerial deposits. As to floods having been more common in former times, he thought it was a question whether the extensive felling of forests for cultivation, and the great extent of deep draining, etc., did not in themselves tend to increase our lial3ility to floods in the present day. 5. " Section of Stanmore Brewery New "Well and Boring." By George Tidcombe, Jun. {Transactions, Vol. I, p. 143.) 6. "Notes on a Cutting in Hamper Mill Lane, "VVatford." By Alfred T. Brett, M.D. The section, beginning at the east, near Bushey Station, showed a series of beds in the following succession : — 1, red loam ; 2, mixed loam and sand, variable ; 3, sand ; 4, sand impregnated with iron, and perhaps also with manganese ; 5, mixed loam and sand, variable ; 6, sand ; 7, sand with small oval black pebbles; 8, red loam; 9, clay; 10, sand; 11, red loam; 12, gravel; 13, red loam ; 14, clay. The very variable character of the Woolwich and Reading beds, to which these deposits should be referred, was pointed out, no two sections in the neighbour- hood showing the same succession of sti'ata. A coloured section of the cutting in Hamper Mill Lane, drawn by Mr. Lovejoy on the scale of four feet to an inch, was exhibited. 7. " Note on the Origin of Beech Bottom, near St. Albans." By A. E. Gibbs. Mr. Gibbs enquired if anj'thing were known as to the origin of the curious narrow valley called Beech Bottom. If naturally formed it seemed too deep and regular to be attributed to the action of running water ; but if of artificial formation, for what purpose could such a huge excavation have been made ? The pojnilar idea was, he believed, that it had been dug during one of the battles of St. Albans, in the Wars of the Roses, for the purpose of defence. HERTFORDSniRE NATUKAI, niSTORY SOCIETY. XXXlll 8. " Xotcs on somo Plants not proviously rocordcd as p;rowinp; in certain districts near St. Albans." By A. E. Gibbs. (^Transactions, Vol. I, p. 143.) 9. " Xote on Woodcocks carrying? their Young." By George Eooper, F.Z.S. {Transactions, Vol. I, p. 144.) 10. " Notes on the Fluke in Sheep." By Alfred T. Brett, M.D. (Transactions, Vol. I, p. 139.) ORDDfART Meetin-g, 27th April, 1880, AT Hertford. This meeting was held in conjunction with the Hertford Literary and Scientific Institution, and was devoted to microscopical study and the exhibition and examination of objects of interest lent by members of the two Societies and their friends. Field Meetixg, 15th May, 1880. RADLETT. Here and there, over a considerable portion of Hertfordshire, there occur blocks of stone of a peculiar kind, totally different from any of the strata in their immediate neighbourhood. This stone, masses of which, of veiy various shapes and sizes, are thus widely scattered, has long been known as the Hertfordshire con- glomerate or "plum-pudding stone." It consists of rounded flint- pebbles in a siliceous matrix which is generally as hard as the pebbles which it encloses, and frequently even harder. Except in being consolidated, it resembles a pebble-bed which occurs in the lower portion of the Woolwich and Reading Series below the mottled clays to which these beds owe their former name of the " plastic-clay formation." To the north of London this series forms the base of the " London Tertiary Basin," reposing immediately on the Chalk and extending across the southern part of Hertfordshire in a south-westerly and north-easterly direction. Just on its edge Radlett is situated, and here its pebble-bed is seen to be consolidated, or formed into a con- glomerate similar to that of which pieces are found scattered far and wide to the north and west. Here therefore it appears that we have the Hertfordshire conglomerate in situ, and it was the object of this meeting to examine it at a spot where it was known to be exposed. The members assembled at Bricket Wood Station and strolled across the fields, crossing the Colne at its confluence with tlie Ver, visiting a chalk-pit, noticing a large "swallow-hole," ascending the hill by the Hill Farm, and descending on the Eadlett side, the highest ground atfoiding an extensive view of the surrounding country. After crossing the then dry bed of a tributaiy of the Colne, the source of which when flowing is the Elstree Beservoir, VOL. I. part VIII. D XXXIV PROCEEDINGS OF THE Aldenham Lodge was reached, and here Mr. C. T. Part joined the members and pointed out the most interesting objects in his garden and greenhouses, and the extensive gravel-pits in his grounds. The adjoining park, jS^e wherries, was then entered, and beyond the house, in the centre of a fiekl, a small opening not easily found, exposed to view the section of the Hertfordshire conglomerate befoi^e referred to. After a careful examination of the section had been made by the members, and a few pieces of the rock had been collected, the writer of this report gave a brief account of the geology of the neighbourhood, chiefly as leading to a knowledge of the position of the conglomerate as a member of the Woolwich and Reading Series, and the relation this series bears to the older Chalk and newer gravels which had just been seen. Noticing then more fully the chief points of interest with regard to the conglomerate itself, he said that it was composed of flint-pebbles originally de- rived from the flint-beds in the Upper Chalk and rounded by attri- tion probably on some sea-shore, for the Woolwich and Reading beds in this neighbourhood were rather of marine than of fluviatile or estuaiine origin, and wherever a pebble-bed was found dry land must have existed at no great distance, the heavier matter or larger pebbles remaining near the land, and the softer or more finely divided material being carried out farther from the shore. The presence of the pebble-bed was not exceptional, for it occurred elsewhere in the same position in the Reading beds, as near Watford for instance, but its consolidation into a conglomerate was so, for probably it only occiirred in this position here and at one or two other places in the immediate neighbourhood, as at Radlett Church, near to which it had recently been found in digging the foundations for new school-rooms. It was iilso noteworthy that the cementing agent w^0>— lC000Oi-<>O'— lOOCO ^ »0 .-1 0> (M -^ a fcc o V3 -2 B J3 c *2 p-H ,^j ^ ^ ^ bD S .g a o a OS ;2i 00 I— ( ^- a^ c CD PQ C ^-' ^ QJ Pk S Ph " be tp C3 n3 -i^ -^ O < Ph w o i=l o a) ^— ' PhO a o 02 Ph W ©OOOOOOOOOTfOO COOOOOOOOCOOit^O tjOOO'>l<0300tr— voeDOi-i(M ^^ C^ CO 1-1 (M c^ lO o CO OS .— < 'T3 a a o oo t~- 00 o> o ■— < r^ i^ i^ 00 CO 00 00 00 CO CO o o o d o o * CO o c« P4 ID 5 OQ o w H o . 00 oo si o t4 u o o •xs d d o d 03 1 -«1 .= -^ o D9 d o d " « d m 0(2 O " o £ o o 03 r^ o O p- c! d o d d 2 n-l d n-) en «4H o 0) P d CS CO 1-q P HH o o a Hi PEOCEEDINGS OF THE Donations to the Library in 1880. Title. Abernethy, J. Address to the Department of Mechanical Science of the British Association. 8vo. Swansea, 1880 Adams, Prof. W. G. Address to the Mathematical Section of the British Association. Svo. Swansea, 1880 • . •. Allen, 6. A. History of North American Pinnipeds. Svo. Washington, 1880 Anon. The Wonders of the Vegetahle Kingdom dis- played. 12mo. London, 1822 . . . . . The Botanist's Manual. 12mo. London, n.d. Babington, Prof. C. C. Manual of British Botany. 2nd ed. r2mo. London, 1847 . . . . . Flora of Cambridgeshire. 12mo. London, 1860 Balfour, Prof. J. H. Syllabus of the Course of Lectures on Botany delivered in the University of Glasgow. Svo. Glasgow, N.D. ...... Carruthers, W. The Cryptogamic Forests of the Coal Period. [Proc. Royal Institution, 1869.) Clay, J. T. Observations on the Yorkshire Drift and Gravel. Svo. Leeds, 1842 Cowell, M. H. a Floral Guide for East Kent. Svo. Faversham, 1839 Croll, Dr. J. Mr. Hill on the Cause of the Glacial Epoch. {Geol. Mng. 1880.) Don, G. a General History of the Dichlamydeous Plants. 4 vols. 4to. London, 1831-38 . . . _ . Drew, F. On the Succession of Beds in the Hastings Sand in the Northern Portion of the Wealden Area. {Quart. Jonrn. Geol. Sop. 1S61) .... Entomologist. Vol. v, Nos. 96, 97 (1871). Vol. vi, Nos. 100, 101, 108-112, 120-124 (1872-73). Vol. vii, Nos. 125, 126, 130, 131, 133, 134, 136, 137 (1874). Svo. London . Fawcett, W. Report of the Weald Series of Excursions under the Direction of Mr. J. Logan Lobley. {Proc. Geol. Assoc. 1880.) Francis, G. W. An Analysis of the British Ferns and their Allies. Svo. London, 1837 . . . . Geikie, Prof. A. Outlines of Field-Geology. Svo. London, 1879 ....... GoLDSMiD, Major-General Sir F. J. Eastern Persia. Vol. i, The Geography. Vol. ii. The Zoology and Geology, by W. T. Blanford. Svo. London, 1876. Grevillea. a Journal of Cryptogamic Botany. Vols. i-viii. Svo. London, 1872-79 . . . . Griffith, W. Notulse ad Plantas Asiaticas. Part ii. On the Higher Cryptogamic Plants. Svo. Calcutta, 1849 .-. . . Icones Plantarum Asiaticarura. Part ii, On the Higher Crj-ptogamous Plants. Part iii, Mono- cotyledonous Plants. 4to. Calcutta, 1849, 51. . Palms of British East India. Folio. Calcutta, 1850 Donor. Mr. J. Hopkinson. Prof. F. V. Eaydm. Mrs. E. H. Webb. Mr. J. Hopkinson. Mrs. E. H. Webb. The Author. Mrs. R. S. Webb. Mr. J. Hopkinson. Mr. A. F. Buxton. Mr. J. L. Lobley. Mrs. R. H. Webb. Miss Rose White. Mr. C. F. D. Black. Mrs. John Evans. Mrs. R. H. Webb. nEKTFOEDSHIKE NATUKAL HISTORY SOCIETY. liii Title. GuNTHER, Dr. a. C. L. G. Address to the Biological iSection of the British Association. 8vo. Swansea, 1880 GuRNEY, J. II., Jun. A Summary of the Occurrences in Great Britain of the Grey I'halarope in the Autumn of 1866. 8vo. London, 1867 . Notes on the Fern Islands and on some of the Birds that are found there. {Proc. Nat. Hist. Soc. Glasgow, 1877.) . Hayden, Dr. F. V. The Great "West : its Attractions and Resources. 8vo. Philadelphia, 1880 Henry, Dr. J. Aeneidea. Vol. ii, Books 3, 4. 8vo. Dublin, 1879 Hicks, Dr. H. On the Classification of the Cambrian and Silurian Rocks. {Proc. Geol. Assoc. 1873.) HoLGATE, B. Presidential Address on the opening of the Fifth Session of the Leeds Geological Association, Oct. 28, 1878 . . . . . . Hooker, Sir W. J., and G. A. Arnott, British Flora. 6th ed. 12mo. London, 1850 . . Horticultural Register and General Magazine of . . . Natural History and Rural Subjects. Vols. i-iv. 8vo. London, 1832-35 Hudson, Guliel. Flora Anglica .... Tomus i. 8vo. London, 1778 India, Memoirs of the Geological Survey of. Palaeontologia Indica. Series x, vol. i, parts 4, 5. Series xiii, Nos. 1, 2. 4to. Calcutta, 1880 . Jackson, B. D. Libellus de re Herbaria Novus, by William Turner, originally published in 1538, re- printed in facsimile, with notes, modern names, and a life of the author. 4to. London, 1877 . Johnston, Dr. G. A Flora of Berwick-upon-Tweed. 2 vols. 12mo. Edinburgh and London, 1829-31 . Jones, Prof. T. Rupert. On the Practical Advantages of Geological Knowledge. [Proc. Geol. Assoc. 1880.) Lapworth, C. On New British Graptolites. [Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1880.) . On the Geological Distribution of the Rhabdo- phora. {ib. 1880.) Lee, J. An Introduction to Botany. 8vo. London, 1776 Lefroy, Lieut. -General Sir J. H. Address to the Geographical Section of the British Association. 8vo. Swansea, 1880 Leidy, Dr. J., The Freshwater Rhizopods of North America. 4to. Washington, 1879 Lindley, Prof. J. A Key to Structural, Physiological, and Systematic Botany. 8vo. London, 1835 . . An Introduction to Botany. 2nd ed. 8vo. London, 1835 .... A Natural System of Botany. Donor. 2nd ed. Svo. London, 1836 LiNNEAN Society. Journal. Botany, Vol. xvii, Nos. 101-105. Zoology, Vol. xiv, Nos. 78-81 Loudon, J. C. Hortus Britannicus. New ed. Svo. London, 1832 ....... Mouillefert, p. Le Phylloxera. 8vo. Paris, 1876 . Mr. J. Hopkinson. The Author. Trustees of Author. Mr. J. Hopkinson. The Author. Mrs. R. H. Webb. Mr. C. E. B. Black. Mrs. E. H. Webb. The Author. Mrs. R. H. Webb. Mr. J. Hopkinson. Prof. F. V. Hayden. Mrs. R. H. Webb. Mr. R. B. Croft. Mrs. R. H. Webb. Mr. R. B. Croft. Hv PEOCEEDINGS OF THE Title. A. Notes of Observations of In- Eeport for 1879. 8vo. London, Ormerod, Eleanor jurious Insects. 1880 . The Cobhara Journals of Meteorological and Phenological Observations made by Miss Caro- line Moleswortb in the years 1825 to 1850. 8vo. London, 1880 Phytologist, a Popular Botanical Miscellany. Vol. iii. (incomplete). 8vo. London, 1848-50 . Preston, Eev. T. A. Wiltshire Rainfall, 1879. 8vo. Marlborough, 1880 Ramsay, Prof. A. C. [Presidential] Address [to the British Association, Swansea, 1880.] 8vo. Rea, John. Flora, Ceres, & Pomona. 4to. London, 1665 Rennie, Prof. James. Alphabet of Botany. 2iid ed 8vo. London, 1833 RoGET, Dr. p. M. Animal and Vegetable Physiology .... 2 vols. 8vo. London, 1834 RuDLER, F. "W. Address to the Department of Anthro- pology (Section of Biology) of the British Association, Swansea, 1880. Svo ScLATER, Dr. p. L. a Monograph of the Birds forming the Tanagrine Genus Callute. 8vo. London, 1857. List of the Vertebrate Animals in the Gardens of the Zoological Society of London. 7th ed. Svo. London, 1879 SoRBY, H. C. Address to the Geological Section of the British Association. Svo. Suffolk, "W. T. Presidential London Microscopical and March 16, 1880. Svo. . Sweet, R. Hortus Britannicus Swansea, 1880. Address to the Natural History Svo. South Club, London, 1830 . Symons, G. J. On the Sensitiveness of Thei-mometers. [Quart. Joiirn. Meteorol. Soc. 1874.) . On a White Rain or Fog Bow. {ib. 1875.) . . Improved form of Thermometer for observing Earth Temperature. (/*. 1877.) . . . . . Report on the Rainfall of the British Isles for the years 1875-76. [Etp. Brit. Assoc, for 1876.) . . Abstract of Meteorological Observations made at the Gardens of the Royal Botanic Society, Regent's Park. London, 1871-76. Svo. London. . Sanitary Institute of Great Britain. Croydon Congress, 1879. [Presidential] Address to Section iii (Meteorology, Geology, and Geography). Svo. London . . . British Rainfall, 1879. Svo. London, 1880 . Monthly Meteorological Magazine. Vol. xv. Svo. London, 1880 Watson, H. C. The New Botanists' Guide to the Locali- ties of the Rarer Plants of Britain. 2 vols. 12mo. London, 1835-37 . Cybele Britannica ; or British Plants and their Geographical Relations. 4 vols, and Supple- ment. Svo. London, 1847-60 . . . . Williams, R. S. Hints on the Cultivation of British and Exotic Ferns and Lycopodiums. Svo. London, 1852 Donor. The Authoress. Mrs. R. E. Webb. The Editor. Mr. J. Mopkinson. Mrs. R. E. Webb. Mr. J. Eopkhison. Mr. George Stone. The Author. Mr. J. Eophinson. The Author. Mrs. R. E. Webb. The Author, The Editor. Mrs. R. E. Webb. HERTFORDSHIRE NATURAL HISTORT SOCIETT. 1t Received in Exchange, 1880. Bath Natural History axd Antiquarian Field Club. Proceedings. Vol. iv, No. 3. 8vo. Bath, 1880. Belfast Natural History anu Philosophical Society. Proceedings. Sessions 1878-79, 79-80. 8vo. Belfast, 1880. Belfast Naturalists' Field Club. Proceedings. Series II, Vol. i, parts 5, 6. 8vo. Belfast, 1879. Boston Society of Natural History. Proceedings. Vol. xix, parts 3, 4. Vol. XX, parts 1-3. Svo. Boston, 1878-80. Brighton and Sussex Natural History Society. Annual Report for 1879. Svo. Brighton, 1880. Cardiff Naturalists' Society. Transactions. Vol. xi. 8vo. Cardift", 1880. Chester Society of Natural Science. Annual Report for 1879-80. 8vo. Chester, 1880. CoNCHOLOGY, JouRNAL OF. Vol. i, No. 3. Vol. ill, Nos. 2, 3. Svo. Leeds. Dudley and Midland Geological and Scientific Society and Field Club. Proceedings. Vol. iii. No. 2. Svo. 1876. Eastbourne Natural History Society. Papers. Session 1879-80. 4to. Eastbourne, 1880. Edinburgh Botanical Society. Transactions and Proceedings. Vol. xiii, part 3. Svo. Edinburgh, 1879. Edinburgh Geological Society. Transactions. Vol. iii, part 3. Svo. Edinburgh, 1880. Epping Forest and County of Essex Naturalists' Field Club. Trans- actions. Part 1. Svo. 18S0. Geological Society. Abstracts of the Proceedings. Session 1879-80. Svo. London, 1879-80. . Address delivered at the Anniversary Meeting, February, 1880. By H. C. Sorby, President. Svo. London, 1880. Geologists' Association. Proceedings. Vol. vi, Nos. 4-7. Svo. London, 1880. ■ . Annual Report for 1S79. lb. 1880. Glasgow, Geological Society of. Transactions. Vol. v, part 2. Vol. vi, part 1. Svo. Glasgow, 1877-79. Glasgow, Natural History Society of. Proceedings. Vol. iv, part 1. Svo. Glasgow, 1880. Grevillea. Vol. ix, Nos. 47-50. Svo. London, 1880. Irish, Royal, Academy. Proceedings. Science, Series II, Vol. iii, Nos. 2, 4. Polite Literature and Antiquities, Series II, Vol. ii, Nos. 1, 2, 4. Svo. Dublin, 1878-SO. . Transactions. Science, Vol. xxvi. No. 22. 4to. Dublin, 1879. Irish Manuscript Series, Vol. i, part 1. 4to. Dublin, 1880. Cunningham Memoirs. No. 1. On Cubic Transformations, by Dr. John Casey. 4to. Dublin, 1880. Leicester Literary and Philosophical Society. Transactions, 1879-80. Svo. Leicester, 1880. Liverpool Geological Society. Proceedings, Vol. iv, part 2. Svo. Liver- pool, 1880. Manchester Field Naturalists' and Arch^ologists' Society. Proceed- ings, 1S79. Svo. Manchester, 1880. Manchester Geological Society. Transactions. Vol. xv, parts 10-18. Vol. xvi, part 1. Svo. Manchester, 1S80. Manchester Liierary and Philosophical Society. Transactions. Vols. xvi-xix. Svo. Manchester, 1877-80. . Memoirs. Series III, Vid. vi. Svo. Manchester, 1880. Meteorological Society. ' Quarterly Journal. New Series, Vol. vi. Svo. London. 1880. Microscopical, Hoyal, Society. Journal. Vol. iii. Svo. London, 1880. Midland Naturalist. Vol. iii. Svo. London and Birmingham, 1880. Ivi PEOCEEDLNGS OF THE Naturalist. Vol. v, Nos. 54-60. Vol. vi, Nos. 61-63. 8vo. Huddersfield, 1880. New York Academy of Sciences. Annals. Vol. i, Nos. 1-8. 8vo. New York, 1877-78. New York Lyceum of Natural History. Annals. Vol. xi, Nos. 9-12. Svo. New York, 1876. New York State Museum of Natural History. 20tli to 31st Reports. 8vo. Albany, 1867-79. New York State Library. Annual Reports of the Trustees for 1875-78. 8vo. Albany, 1876-79. . Results of a series of Meteorological Observations made .... in the State of New York. 1826-63. Vols. i. ii. 4to. New York, 1855-72. Quekett Microscopical Club. Journal. Vol. vi, Nos. 42-45. Svo. London, 1880. Rugby School Natural History Society. Report for 1879. Svo. Rugby, 1880. Sciekce Gossip. Vol. xvi. Svo. London, 1880. Scottish Naturalist. Vol. vi, Nos. 37-40. Svo. Edinburgh and London, 1880. Smithsonian Institution. Annual Report for 1878. Svo. "Washington (U.S.A.), 1879. United States Comptroller. Reports of the Comptroller of the Currency for 1878-79. Svo. AVashington, 1878-79. United St-^tes Geological and Geographical Strvey of the Territories. Bulletin. Vol. v, Nos. 2-4. Svo. Washington, 1879-80. . Eleventh Annual Report (for 1877), embracing Idaho and Wyoming. 8vo. Washington, 1879. "West London Scientific Association and Field Club. Annual Report for 1879-80. Svo. London, 1880. Wiltshire Arch^ological and Natural History Society. Magazine. Vol. xviii. No. 54. Vol. xix. No. 55. Svo. Devizes, 1879-80. Winchester and Hampshire Scientific and Literary Society. Journal of Proceedings. Vol. iii, part 2. Svo. Winchester, 1879. Yorkshire Geological and Polytechnic Society. Proceedings. N.S. Vol. vii, part 2. Svo. Leeds, 1879. Yorkshire Naturalists' Union. Transactions. Parts 1-3. 8vo. Leeds, 1878-80. Ordinary Meeting, 22ni> Febrijaet, 1881, at Ware. R. B. Croft, Esq., R.N., F.L.S., in the Chair. The following papers were read : — 1. " The Life-history of a Monad." By Isaac Robinson. 2. " On the Occurrence of Red Snow in Hertfordshire." By R. B. Croft, R.N., F.L.S., F.R.M.S. {Transactions, Vol. I, p. 170.) Microphotographs illustrative of histology, several of which had been taken with a l-25th inch object-glass, were exhibited by Mr. George Turner. Ordinary Meeting, 15th March, 1881, at "Watford. Alfred T. Brett, Esq., M.D., Vice-President, in the Chair. Mr. R. C. Allen, "Ware ; Mr. Richard Ginn, Castle Street, Hertford ; and Mr. George Turner, Hoddesdon, were elected Members of the Society. DEUTFORDSHrRE NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. Ivii Mr. Percy F. Fordham, Bank House, Royston, was proposed as a Member. The following papers were read : — 1. " The Formation and Arrangement of Provincial Museums." Bv John Hopkinson, F.L.S., F.G.S., etc., Hon. Sec. {Transactions, Yol. 1, p. 193.) 2. "On Local Museums." By H. George Fordham, F.G.S. (Transactions, Vol. I, p. 215.) Ordixary Meeting, 22nd March, 1881, at Hertford. J. GwvN Jeffreys, Esq., LL.D., F.R.S. , etc., Vice-President, in the Chair. Mr. Thomas Bates Blow, Wclwyn, and Mr. Alfred Cox, Pres- dales, Ware, were proposed as Members of the Society. The following papers were read : — 1. " Report on the Rainfall in Hertfordshire in 1880." By the Rev. C. W. Harvey, M.A., F.M.S. {Transactions, Vol. I, p. 221.) 2. "The Frost of January, 1881, as experienced in Hertford- shire." By the Rev. C. W. Harvey. {Transactions, Vol. I, p. 228.) 3. " Meteorological Observations taken at Throcking, Herts, during the year 1880." By the Rev. C. W. Harvey. {Trans- actions, Vol. I, p. 233.) Ordinary Meeting, 12th April, 1881, at Hoddesdon. R. B. Croft, Esq., R.N., F.L.S., in the Chair. Miss Alice Warner, The Woodlands, Hoddesdon, and Mr. Henry Warner, Wormley, were proposed as Members of the Society. The following paper was read : — "Notes on Aphides." By F. M. CampbeU, F.L.S., F.Z.S., F.R.M.S. After some introductory remarks on the anatomy, life-history, and habits of the Aphides in general, with more special reference to the rose-aphis, Siplnmo- phora Rosce, and the aphis, Schizoneura lanigera, which causes the blight on apple trees, Mr. Campbell gave a detailed account of the vine-aphis, Pltylloxera Vdstatrix, which he said was one of the most destructive of the aphides. There seemed to be no doubt as to its having been introduced from America. It was observed there in 1854, but twenty years previously some leaves were collected from the wild vine in Texas the galls on which were now recognised to be those of the Phijlloxtra. It was discovered in France in 1868, and was now found in all ■wine countries, and in England. Its life-history differed slightly from that of the typical aphides. The eggs, which are laid in the bark of the vine, hatched in the spring, the larvfe becoming active at a temperature of about 52". Some of them remained on the leaves and formed galls, while others found their way to the roots and attacked the delicate tibres, wliose functions are soon destroyed. After moulting three or four times, the larv, TRANSACTIONS OF THE HERTFORDSHIRE NATURAL HISTORY ^^^3X SOCIETY. /^^^^r^. r JUL 20 1942 , U B R A «J. I. ADDEESS. By the Peesidej^t, J. Gwyn Jeffreys, LL.D., F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.S., etc. Delivered at Hertford, 2nd October, 1879. Ladies axd Gentlemen, — "When both our excellent Secretaries asked me to *'say a few ■words" on the occasion of opening the session of the Hertfordshire jS'atural History Society and Field Club, I certainly was not pre- pared to deliver an address, as announced in the notice of this meeting, because the usual anniversary address is to be given in February next ; so that I hope you will not be disappointed if I do not make a long and elaborate discourse, especially as your time will be more agreeably occupied in examining various interesting objects under the microscopes which have been so plentifully and so kindly supplied for your instruction and amusement. After this apologetic preface I beg to propose our mutual con- gratulations on the Society, under its new name, meeting for the first time, and at Hertford, I may explain to such of my audience as have not yet enjoyed the privilege of being members, that the original title of the Society was the " Watford Natural History Society and Hertfordshire Field Club," and that the name has this year been changed to that which it now bears. This change of name has already caused a considerable accession of members ; and I hope it will produce an increased crop of scientific work, in con- sequence of the area of our observations being enlarged, and of the enrolment of new workers. VOL. I. — PART I. 1 2 ADDRESS BY THE PEESIDENX. Societies of our kind are becoming very numerous and useful in this country. My friend Sir Walter Elliot has kindly sent me extracts from his opening address as President of the Botanical Society of Edinburgh in 1870, the appendix to which contains a list of provincial societies and field clubs then existing in Great Britain and Ireland, with full particulars. In England there were 95, of which 51 published periodical transactions and proceedings, or occasional scientific papers. The oldest of these societies (the Literary and Philosophical Society of Manchester) was founded in 1781, and in 1870 consisted of 1513 members. The Kev. Henry H. Higgins, the President of the Liverpool ^Naturalists' Field Club, informs me that his society has over 500 members, in about equal proportions of the sexes. Mr. Henry Brady, a well-known zoolo- gist, and a Fellow of the Hoyal Society, writes me word that the Tyneside Naturalists' Field Club has nearly 700 members. This and the Berwickshire Naturalists' Field Club, which was founded in 1831, are celebrated for their valuable publications. I took much interest in the formation and establishment of the Royal Institution of South "Wales, having been, in 1835, the first honorary secretary, and afterwards president. My old Swansea schoolfellows, Mr. Justice Grove and Lord Aberdare, were also presidents in other years. The Eoyal Institution of South Wales has now 348 mem- bers. The Birmingham Natural History and Microscopical Society has a peculiar feature — viz. in not confining its field excursions to its own district, but in making expeditions once a year to distant places, such as South Devon, the Clyde, or Falmouth, for dredging and other natural-history work. Many ladies take part in these expeditions. Scotland, in 1870, had 19 societies, of which 1 1 were publishing ; the oldest was the Perth Literary and Anti- quarian Society, and dated from 1784. The Glasgow Philosophical Society had the greatest number of members, 540. In Ireland were 7 societies, 5 publishing ; the oldest was the Belfast Literary Society, and dated from 1801. The Belfast Naturalists' Field Club was the most numerous, and had 232 members. Lancashire and Yorkshire Field Clubs can boast at present of being the most active ; and they comprise a great many working naturalists — workmen in every sense of the word. I have been much and often gratified by receiving specimens of land and fresh- water shells for my opinion from men who were evidently common artisans in the principal northern towns ; and I valued their com- munications not less than those which I had from my own col- leagues. I shall not forget the pleasure with which I welcomed the communications of the Banff shoemaker, Thomas Edward, the ADDEESS BY THE PRESIDEJ<'T. 6 history of •whose life and career has been so admirably written by Mr. Smiles. Other naturalists of the same class have not been inferior to Edward in zeal and energy ; but they wanted a bio- grapher to make them famous. Tlie knowledge of natural history cannot be greater in those who are " in populous cities pent " than in country folk. Even the farm-labourer, who is usually, but wrongly, despised for what is called his Boeotian stupidity, could tell us much more than town folk abovit wild animals and plants. Such studies offer just now an especial attraction by diverting men's minds from the cares and worries incident to the "bad times." A similar remedy — that of literary work — was prescribed long ago by Cicero in his oration for the poet Archias. But I venture to give a gentle hint to the ladies also. Don't ignore knowledge, nor be ashamed of using the intellect and faculties which God has entrusted to you. Don't be "know nothings," or thus adopt the name of that dangerous and troublesome sect in the United States, although you may be plotters in some harmless way. Don't say, " Oh ! I am not scientific," either from horror at being considered a "blue-stocking," or from hugging yourself with the consciousness of possessing some recondite virtue. I hope I shall not be thought very fanciful if I advise my brother- naturalists to be moderate in their captures of animals and plants. Shakspere's poetical idea of the pang felt by the poor beetle when trodden on, may, after all, be founded in truth, notwithstanding the opinion of the late George Henry Lewes that animals having a low degree of organization do not suffer pain. And we are not quite sure that the beautiful myth of the ancient Greeks, ever sympathising with external nature, as to the Hamadiyads, or wood- nymphs, who were united so closely, each to her tree, that they sprung up and died with it, may not have had a similar foundation. We know that the sarcode of animals and the parenchyma of plants (both now called protoplasm), form the basis or substructure of all animal and vegetable organisms, and are of the same nature ; and as most organisms have nerves, it is not unreasonable to suppose that they feel some kind of physical pain like that which is ap- parently exhibited by insects and the sensitive plant. "We cannot ascertain this for a certainty by making our own metamorphosis and turning into other animals, or becoming trees, whatever may have been our descent or the original course of our evolution. It now only remains for me to mention that the number of our members was at the close of last year 170, and is now 210 ;* and * Viz. honorary members 12, and ordinary members 198, of whom 32 are ladies. Of the ordinary members 23, including 3 ladies, are life members. ADDEESS BY THE PEESIDENT. I would remind you that the objects of this Society are, — the in- Tcstigation of the Meteorology, Geology, Botany, and Zoology of the county of Hertford ; the publication of the results of such in- vestigation ; and the dissemination amongst its members of infor- mation on Natural History and Microscopical Science. Anthropo- logy is, of course, included in the scheme. You all know that Pope said — " The proper study of mankind is man ; " but Wordsworth, who was a more philosophic poet, albeit perhaps sometimes verbose, tells us — ' ' Happy is he who lives to understand Not human nature ouly, but explores All natiu-es, — to the end that he may find The law that governs each ; and where begins The imion, the partition where, that makes Kind and degree, among all visible beings ; The constitutions, powers, and faculties Which they inherit — cannot step beyond — And cannot fall beneath ; that do assign To eveiy class its station and its office, Through all the mighty commonwealth of things ; Up from the creeping plant to sovereign Man. Such converse, if directed by a meek. Sincere, and humble spirit, teaches love : For knowledge is delight ; and such delight Breeds love : yet, siuted as it rather is To thought and to the climbing intellect, It teaches less to love, than to adore ; If that be not indeed the highest love ! " II. ANIMALS WHICH HAVE BECOME EXTIXCT IN BRITAIN WITHIN HISTORIC TIMES. By J. E. Haetixg, F.L.S., F.Z.S. Head at Watford, 21st Octuber, 1879. It is a curious reflection at the present clay, as Tve pass over some of the wihlor parts of the country, that at one time these same moors and woods and glens, which we now traverse so securely, were infested to such an extent with ferocious animals that a journey of any length was, on that account, attended with con- siderahle danger. Droves of wolves, which usually issued forth at night to ravage the herdsman's flocks, were ever ready to attack the solitary horseman or unwary traveller on foot who might venture to pass within reach of their hiding-places. In the oak- woods and amongst the reed-beds which fringed the meres, wild boars lurked, while munching their rich store of acorns, or wallow- ing as is their wont in lacustrine mire while they searched for the palatable roots of aquatic plants. Many a traveller then had cause to rue the sudden and unexpected rush of some grand old patriarch of the " sownder," who with gnashing tusks charged out upon the invader of his domain, occasionally unhorsing him, and not unfre- qiiently inflicting severe injuries upon his steed. In the wilder recesses of the forests, and amongst the caves and boulders of the mountain-side, the bear, too, had his stronghold, and though exterminated at a much earlier period, long co-existed with the animals we have named ; while in a few favoured locali- ties in the west and north, the harmless inottensive beaver built its dam, and dived in timid haste at the approach of an intruder. In the present day it is difiicult to realize such a state of things, unless we consider at the same time the aspect and condition of the country in which these animals lived, and the remarkable physical changes which have since taken place. jS'othing we have now left can give us any idea of the state of things then : not the moors of North Derbyshire, West Yorkshire, and Lancashire, the wild wastes of Westmoreland, Cumberland, and Northumberland, nor even the extensive deer-forests and moors of the Scottish Highlands ; for the pathless woods which then covered a great part of these districts are all gone, and so also are the thick forests which outside of, but connected with them, skirted these higher grounds. The advance of man and the progress of cultivation has destroyed most of these wild woods ; but it was not so in late Saxon, or in early Norman, times. Even in the less hilly districts more than half the countiy was one vast forest, and in the north at least these forests flanked the mountain-ranges, extending their wild influence, and at the same time rendering 6 J. E. nAETIITG — AN-IMALS WHICH HAVE BECOME them more inaccessible and wilder still. Between the tenth and twelfth centuries great forests came up almost to the gates of London. In a curious tract entitled ' Descriptio nobilissimae civi- tatis Londonioe,' written by Fitzstephen, a monk of Canterbury, in 1174, it is stated that there were open meadows of pasture-land? on the north side of the city, and that beyond these was a great forest in whose woody coverts lurked the stag, the hind, the wild boar, and the bull. Two-thirds or nearly of the county of Stafford was, even in relatively modern times, either moorland or woodland. The northern part, going nearly up to Buxton, was moorland ; the central and eastern part, forest. Harwood, in his edition of Erdes- wick's ' Survey of Staffordshire,' quoting Sir Simon Degge, says : " The moorlands are the more northerly mountainous part of the county lying betwixt Dove and Trent ; the woodlands are the more southerly level part of the county. Between the aforesaid rivers, including Needwood Forest, with all its parks, are also the parks of Wichnor, Chartley, Horecross, Bagots, Loxley, and Paynesley, which anciently were all but as one wood, that gave it the name of Woodlands." Leland, about 1536, though he speaks of the woods being then much reduced, confirms this, and even carries this country of woods farther south. He says: " Of ancient tyme all the quarters of the country about Lichefeild were forrest and wild ground." That would bring the Staffordshire woodlands close Tip to the purlieus of Charnwood Forest, in Leicestershire. Nor is this all ; for about three miles north-west of Lichfield commences Cannock Chase, with its parks as numerous and extensive as those of Needwood, from which it was separated only by the river Trent. This chase even at a comparatively recent period was " said to contain 36,000 acres ; " while " in Queen Elizabeth's time l^eed- wood Forest was twenty-four miles in circumference." From the Peak northwards, throughout West Yorkshire and East Lanca- shire, the forests, moors, and mosses connected with this mountain- range were immense. Some idea of their extent may be gathered from the remarks of the learned Dr. Whitaker, who, describing Whalley in Lancashire in late Saxon and early IS'orman times, says: "If, excluding the foi'est of Bowland, we take the parish of Whalley as a square of 161 miles, from this sum at least 70 miles, or 27,657 acres, must be deducted for the four forests or chases of Blackbumshire, which belonged to no township or manor, but were at that time mere de- relicts, and therefore claimed, as heretofore unappropiiated, by the first Norman lords. There Avill therefore remain for the different manors and townships 36,000 acres or thereabouts, of which 3,520, or not quite a tenth part, was in a state of cultivation ; while the vast residuum stretched far and wide, like an ocean of waste inter- spersed with a few inhabited islands." * Let us try to realize the state of things, when out of 63,657 acres of land, over 60,000 were either forest or waste, nearly half of that amount being unclaimed * Whitaker's ' ^Vhalley,' p. 171.— 1818. EXTIXCT IX BRITAIN WITHIN niSTOEIC TIMES. 7 and unappropriated ; while close at hand towards the north was the still larger and wilder forest of Eowland, and towards the South that of llosendale, with an amazing- range of moors beyond it. But this only shows how the great central range was covered and fringed with wastes and forests on its western side. On the eastern side in the same neighbourhood, the country of Craven, it was just the same even as lately as the reign of Henry the Eighth. Leland says: " The forest from a mile beneath Gnares- burgh to very nigh Bolton yn Craven is about a twenty miles in length, and in bredeth it is in sum places an viij miles," the whole intermediate district between Bolton and Bowland Forest, or between it and Whalley, being about as wild as anything can be."^' In the north of England the same state of things prevailed, often on an even larger scale ; one foz'est alone in Cumberland, and that not in its wildest part, being described in ' The Chartulary of Lanercost Priory ' as extending at the time of the Norman Con- quest from Carlisle to Penrith, a distance of eighteen miles, and as " a goodly forest, full of woods, red deer and fallow, wild swine, and all manner of wild beasts." As for Scotland, we can scarcely over-estimate the wildness that everywhere prevailed, when in the south a vast forest filled the intervening space between Chillingham and Hamilton, a distance as the crow flies of about 80 miles, inclu- ding within it Ettrick and numerous other forests, and further north the great Caledonian forest, known even at Rome, covered the greater part of both Lowlands and Highlands. But enough has been said to show how favourable was the con- dition of the country for the preservation of aboriginal wild animals. Let us now look into the evidence which can be adduced of their former existence. The Bear. To treat first of the earliest historic species which has died out, no doubt can exist that the brown bear inhabited Britain in times of which history takes cognizance, the few written records which have come down to us of its former existence here being supple- mented by the best of all evidence, the discovery of its bones. Re- mains have been found in the most recent formations throughout England which can scarcely be regarded as fossil, and if not abso- lutely identical with the bear which still exists in Northern Europe, appertain only to a variety. From the variation in size which has been observed in the skeletons of animals apparently adult, there is reason to believe in the former existence in Great Britain of at least two, if not three, species of bear. Our illustrious countryman, John Ray, in his ' Synopsis Metho- dica Animalium ' (a small octavo volume published in 1693), tells us (pp. 213-214) that his friend, Mr. Edward Llwyd, in an old Welsh MS. on British Laws and Customs, discovered certain, statutes and regulations relating to hunting, from which it appeared * Storer, ' Wild 'WTiite Cattle of Great Britain,' p. 67. 8 J. E. HAETING ANIMALS TVHICH HAVE BECOME that the bear was formerly reckoned amongst the beasts of the chase, and that its flesh was esteemed equally with that of the hare and the wild boar. — " Summam seu prcecipuce (Bstimationis ferinam esse, ursi, leporis, et apri.'''' Many places in "Wales, says Pennant, still retain the name of Penarth, or " the bear's head," another evidence of their existence in our country. But so far as history informs us, it would seem that Scotland, and more particularly the Caledonian forest, was the great strong- hold of our British bears. Bishop Leslie says that that great wood was once " refertissimam^'' — full of them. Camden, too, writing of Perthshire, observes : " This Athole .... is a country fruitful enough, having woody vallies, where once the Caledonian forest (dreadful for its dark intricate windings and for its dens of bears, and its huge wild, thick-maned bulls) . . extended itself far and near in these parts." After the occupation of Britain by the Romans, Caledonian bears seem to have been perfectly well known in Eome. We learn from Martial that they were used for the purpose of tormenting male- factors, of which we have an instance in the fate of Laureolus : — ' ' Nuda Caledonio sic pectora prrebiiit ui'so Noil falsa pendens in cruce Laureolus," — which may be Englished : — " Thus Laureolus on no ideal cross suspended Presents his nude body to the Caledonian bear." Plutarch, too, assures us "that they transported bears from Britain to Eome, where they held them in great admiration." How these bears were captured, and in what way they were transported to the coast and shipped on boai'd the Roman galleys, must, we fear, for ever remain matters for speculation. We do not even know the precise period atwhich these very hazardous consignments were made, but it may be assumed to have been probably somewhat before the time that wolf-dogs were being exported to Rome, which we know was about the latter end of the fourth century. A Roman consul of that day, Symmachus by name, writing to his brother Plavianus over here, thanks him for a present which he had made him of some dogs which he calls Canes Scotici, and which were shown at the Circensian games to the great astonishment of the people, who could not believe it possible to bring them to Rome otherwise than in iron cages. It was no doubt in iron cages that the bears were transported. When this animal became extinct in Britain is uncertain. Pro- fessor Boyd Dawkins thinks it must have been extirpated probably before the tenth century. The story quoted by Pennant from a history of the Gordons, to the effect that in 1057 a Gordon, in reward for his valour in killing a fierce bear, was directed by the King to carry three bears' heads on his banner, seems to be alto- gether a fallacy, being unsupported by any documentary evidence. Moreover, the arms of the Gordons happen to be boars' not bears' EXTINCT IN BRITArNT AVITHIX HISTOEIC TIMES. i) heads. The dilference of one letter only in the name might easily account for a mistake, which has been since blindly copied by many writoi's. AVhen native bears no longer existed, our ancestors imported foreign ones, for a purpose that docs no credit to the manners and customs of the times: "bear-baiting," in all its cruelty, was a favourite pastime with our forefathers. In Queen Elizabeth's time it was reckoned a fitting entertainment for an ambassador, and the Queen herself was amused in this way, amongst others, when she visited Kenilworth. Our nobility also kept their " bear- ward," who was paid so much a year, like a keeper, falconer, or other re- tainer. Twenty shillings was the payment made in 1512 to the " bear- ward " of the fifth Earl of jN'orthumberland, "when he comyth to my lorde in Cristmas with his lordshippes beests for makyuge of his lordship pastyme the said xij days." A travelling "bear-ward" depended entirely on his patrons. In the "household book" kept by the steward of Squire Kitson, of Hengrave, Suffolk, and commenced in 1572, we find under date July, 1572, the entry, "To a bearman for bringing his bears to Hengrave, ijs. vjd." Happily in this more enlightened age such pastimes have been discontinued. The Beaver. There is no reason to doubt that within historic times the beaver was an inhabitant of Britain, although, like the bear, the wolf, and the wild boar, it has been exterminated before the advance of civilization. The earliest notice we find of it is contained in the code of Welsh Laws made by Howel Dha in the ninth century, and which, unlike the ancient Saxon codes and the Irish Senchus Mor, contains many quaint laws relating to hunting and fishing. It is there laid down that the King is to have the worth of beavers, martens, and ermines, in whatsoever spot they shall be killed, because from them the borders of the King's garments are made. The price of a beaver's skin, termed Croen Lhstlijdan, at that time, was fixed at 120 pence, while the skin of a marten was only 24 pence, and that of an ermine, fox, and otter, 12 pence. This shows that even at that period the beaver was a rare animal in Wales. The otter is there styled dyfrgi, but the name afangc (beaver) nowhere appears, though the skins then in use are particularly enumerated. Giraldus de Barri, or, as he is generally styled, Giraldus Cambrensis, in his quaint account of the journey he made through AVales in 1 1 88 in company with Baldwin, Archbishop of Canterbury (who after- wards fell before Acre in the train of Richard Coeur cle Lion), tells us that in his day the beaver was found in the river Teivi in Cardiganshire, and gives a curious account of its habits, apparently derived in some part from his own observation.* * Giraldiis Cambrensis, ' Itinerary,' ed. Iloare, vol. ii, p. 49. 10 J. E. HAETING AJflMALS "WHICH HAVE BECOME Harrison, in his 'Description of England,' prefixed to Holinshed's 'Chronicles,' remarks, "For to sale the truth we have not manie. beavers, but onelie in the Teifie in Wales." * The precise spot on the river appears to have been Killgarran, which is situated on the summit of a rock at a place called Carnach Mawr (now Kenarth), where there is a salmon-leap. Drayton, in his ' Polyolbion ' (Song vi.), thus versifies the tradition : — "More famous long agone than for the salmon's leap, For beavers Teivi was, in liis strong banks that bred, Which else no other brook of Britain noirrished : Where natxtre in the shape of this now perish' d beast Her property did seem to have wondiously exprest." There is some reason for supposing, however, that there were other rivers in Wales besides the Teivi which were frequented by these animals. "In the Conway," says Camden, " is the beaver's pool," and a portion of the river above Llanwrst is supposed to have been a beaver's dam. Sir Richard Colt Hoare, in his edition of the ' Itinerary ' of Giraldus, remarks: "If the Castor of Giraldus and the Avanc of Humphrey Llwyd and of the Welsh dictionaries be really the same animal, it certainly is not peculiar to the Teivi, but was equally known in North Wales, as the names of places testify. A. small lake in Montgomeryshire is called Llyn yr Afangc ; a pool in the river Conway, not far from Bettws, bears the same name (the beaver's pool) ; and the name of the vale called Nant Ffrancon, upon the river Ogwen in Caernarvonshire, is supposed by the natives to be a corruption from Nant yr afancwm or the Vale of the Beavers." Owen, in his 'Welsh Dictionary' (1801), says that it has been "seen in this valley within the memory of man;" but, says Sir Richard Hoare, "I am much inclined to think that Avanc or Afangc is nothing more than an obsolete or perhaps a local name for the common otter, an animal exceedingly well-known in all our lakes and rivers, and the recognition of it by Mr. Owen considerably strengthens my supposition. Afangcwm is evidently the plural Afangi, composed of the words Afan, a corrupt pronunciation of Afon, 'a river,' and Ci, 'a dog,' synonymous, as I conceive, with Byfrgi, ' the water-dog,' which is the common appellation of the otter among the Welsh. The term Llostlydan or ' broad- tail,' from Llost, tail, and Llydan, broad, appears to be more imme- diately applicable to the character of the beaver as described by naturalists, and is equally authorised by the Welsh dictionaries, though not so often used as Afangc.'''' \ Upon this we would remark that while it is pretty certain that the animal seen according to Owen, " within the memory of man," * Holinshed's ' Chronicles,' vol. i, p. 379 (1587). t 'Itinerary,' ed. Hoare, vol. ii, pp. 56, 57. EXTINCT IN BRITAIN WITHIN HISTORIC TIMES. 11 •was the otter, the minute description given by Giraldus shows that the animal to which he referred was the beaver. After stating th;»t the Teivi was the only river in Wales or even in England that had beavers, he adds, "in Scotland they are said to be found in one river, but are very scarce." Hector Boece (or Boethius), that shrewd old father of Scottish historians, writing in 1526, enumerates the Jib ri,'^' or beavers, with perfect confidence, amongst the /era naturce of Loch Ness, wliose fur was in request for exportation towards the end of the fifteenth centuiy ; and he even speaks of " an incomparable number," though perhaps he may be only availing himself of a privilege which moderns have taken the liberty of granting to mediaeval authors when dealing with curious facts. Bellenden, in his vernacular translation of Boethius' ' Croniklis of Scotland,' which he undertook at royal request in 1536, while omitting stags, roedecr, and even otters, in his anxiety for accuracy, mentions " beavers" without the slightest hesitation ; and though exception may be taken to the first clause of the sentence, yet the passage is worth quoting. " Mony wyld hors and among yame are mony martrikis [pine-martens], heavers, quhitredis [weasels], and toddis [foxes], the furriugs and skynnis of yame are coft [bought] with great price amang uncouth [foreign] merchandis." More than a century later Sir Robert Sibbald was unable to say that the beaver still existed in Scotland. In his 'Scotia Illustrata,' published in 1684, he remarks (pars iii. cap. v.) : ^^ Boethius dicit Fibrum seu Castoreni in Scotia reperiri, an nime reperiatur nescioT It is more than probable, says Dr. Robert Brown, that these worthy historians were influenced by a little of the pride of country — the perfervidum ingenium Scotorum — when they recorded the beaver as an inhabitant of Loch Ness in the fifteenth century, since no mention is made of it in an Act of Parliament dated June, 1424, although " mertricks, foumartes, otters, and toddis " are specified. They were perhaps so strongly impressed by the wide- spread tradition of its existence in former days as to lead them to enumerate it among the animals of Scotland, and it may be observed that the authors quoted boast immoderately of the pro- ductions of their country. At the beginning of the century (at least) the Highlanders had a peculiar name for the animal — Losleathan or JDobhran losleathan, the broad-tailed otter,f and according to Dr. Stewart, of Luss, in a letter to the late Dr. Patrick Neill, Secretary of the Werncrian Society of Natural History, a tradition used to exist that the beaver, or broad-tailed otter, once lived in Locbaber. It must be confessed that the written records Ave have of its occurrence are very fragmentary, and not wholly satisfactory, but abundant evidence of its former existence in this country, at a date anterior to these historical notices, is supplied by the remains of * Fibri from fiber, denoting an animal that is fond of the fibrum, or edge of the water. t Compare the "Welsh Llostlydan. 12 J. E. HAETING — ANIMALS WHICH HATE BECOME the animal wliicli have heen dug up in various places both in England and Scotland. In the ' Memoirs of the "Wernerian Natural History Society ' * will be found an account by the late Dr. JS^eill, of some fossil remains of beavers found in Perthshire and Berwickshire.! Skulls of this animal exhumed in Koxburgh are preserved in the Natural History Museum at Kelso. Other remains of beavers, considered to be identical with the species found in North America at the present day, have been discovered in the fluvio-marine Crag near Southwold, Suffolk. The species has occurred in a fossil state in Cambridgeshire, J and at one time, it would seem, this animal must have been pretty common in the eastern counties of England. Mr. Skertchly, in his remarks on the prehistoric fauna of the fens,§ says: " The re- mains of the beaver are tolerably abundant in the fens," and further on, " So far as my observation goes, the beaver did not build dams in the fens, owing, in all probability, to the abundance of still water. The late J. K. Lord, himself an experienced trapper, informed me that in North America the beaver only constructs dams in running streams, and chooses still waters where possible to save the labour of architecture." Mr. F. Buckland has a fine specimen of a beaver's jaw, not fossil, which was dug up in a fen in Lincolnshire, and other remains of this animal have been exhumed from the peat near Newbury, Berks, || and at Crossness Point on the south side of the Thames, near Erith.^ Pennant refers to a complete head of a beaver, with the teeth entire, which was found in the peat at Pomsey, Hants,"^'* and various portions of the skeleton have been discovered in Kent's Hole, Devonshire, the only British cave which has hitherto yielded the remains of beavers.f f Eossil remains of an extinct beaver closely allied to, but much larger than, the existing species, have been found in the Norwich Crag at Cromer. Professor Owen has described it under the name Trogontherium Cuv ieri. The town of Beverley, in Yorkshire, is said to have derived its name from the number of beavers found in the vicinity, when, in the eighth century (about 710), St. John of Beverley built his hermitage there, the foundation of the town. The stream on which the town was built was then called in Anglo-Saxon Beofor-leag, or " the beaver's lea," but this has become softened down into its present jjronunciation and spelling. " The town," says Leland, " hath yn * Vol. iii, p. 207 (1821). t See also Dr. C. Wilson, "On the Prior Existence of the Castor Jiber va. Scotland," 'Eclinb. New Phil. Journal,' 1858, N.S. vol. vii. X Jenyns, ' British Vertebrate Animals,' p. 34. § ' The Fenland, Past and Present,' p. 348. il Elliot, 'Phil. Trans.' 1757, p. 112. f Boyd Dawkins, ' Popular Science Review,' 1868, p. 39. ** ' British Zoology,' vol. i, p. 60, note (ed. 1812). ft Penge'ly, " On the Ossiferous Caverns of Devonshire," 'Report Brit. Assoc' 1869 and 1877. EXTINCT IN imiTAIN WITHIN HISTOKIC TIMES. 13 tlieyr common seal tlic tiiiure of abevcr." Other places in England also seem to indicate by their names the ancient haunts of this animal, as Bevercge and Bevere Island (Worcestershire), Bevercoates (Nottinghamshire), Beverstone (Gloucestershire), and Beversbrook (Wiltsliire). The lately attempted re-introduction of the beaver into Scotland by the Mar(|uis of Bute deserves here a passing notice. In a solitary pine-wood near liothesay, in the Isle of Bute, a space of ground has been walled in, so that the beavers cannot escape, and through this park runs a mountain stream. Left to themselves, they have quite altered the appearance of this stream, for they have built no fewer than three dams across it ; the lowest is the largest and most firmly constructed, as it would seem the beavers were fully aware that it would have to bear the greatest pi'cssure of water. In order to strengthen this dam, these intelli- gent animals have supported the down-stream surface of it with props of strong boughs, as artfully secured as though a human engineer had been at work. Immediately above this the beavers have constructed their hut or home, consisting apparently of a large heap of drift-wood. Upon examination, however, it appears that the sticks have been placed with regularity and order, so that the general appearance of the hut is not unlike a bird's nest turned upside down. The beavers have cut down a good many trees in their park, gnawing a wedge-shaped gap into one side of the tree until it totters, and then going round to the other side and gnawing the only portion of wood which prevents it from falling. If the felled log is too heavy for transport, they cut it into pieces, which they roll away separately. Although there have been one or two deaths, it is satisfactory to learn that these beavers have bred in the island since their introduction. In December, 1877, there were twelve known to be alive. They were reported to be very shy, retiring into their hut, or into the water, at the least alarm. Besides what vegetable food they pick up, they are fed principally with willow boughs, the bark of which they strip off with the neatness of a basket-maker. This is not the only experiment, however, which has been made of late years in regard to the re-introduction of beavers into this country. A similar attempt has been made in Suffolk. Some beavers were turned down by Mr. Barnes, of Sotterley Park, "Wangford, and on their dams being destroyed as an eyesore, they strayed further down the stream which runs through the park. They were there two winters, and bred, having three or four young ones. Two of these which strayed were killed at Benacre in the spring of 1872, and one was captured. They began to build a lodge in the West Bush, against Benacre Broad, did no damage to trees, but destroyed some underwood. This third beaver seems to have been killed, as two of the three were sent to London to be stuffed for Lady Gooch, and the head-keeper took the skin of the third. It is interesting to find that, but for the interference of man, 14 J. E. HAHTIlfG — ANIMALS WHICH HA YE BECOME beavers would still thrive in our cliraate, as we learn from geology and history they formerly did. The Reindeer. About the time that the beaver was building its dams in Britain there was fast becoming extinct another animal whose singular form is well known to all of us, and has been so from infancy, when we took up our first zoological picture-book — I mean the reindeer. This animal was one of the earliest arrivals on British soil after the ice and snow of the Glacial epoch began to disappear, and it is in caverns and river-gravels and sands of post-glacial age that Ave first meet with its remains. Its abundance in British deposits of this date is very remarkable. Professor Boyd Dawkins has found portions of its bones and horns in no less than thirteen out of twenty-one caverns examined by him, while the red-deer was only found in seven; thus, contrary to what is generally assumed to be the case, the reindeer predominated in numbers over the red-deer at the time the British bone-caverns were being filled. In the post-glacial river-deposits the same numerical preponder- ance of the reindeer is observed. Altogether it has been determined in ten out of eighteen river-deposits which have furnished fossil mammals, while the red-deer has been found only in nine. During the arctic severity of the post-glacial climate the remains of the red-deer were rare, while those of the reindeer were most abundant. During the pre-historic period the red-deer gradually increased in numbers until the reindeer at last became extinct. In its rarity in the latter epoch we have a proof of the great climatal change that had taken place in France and Britain. Professor Owen figures in his 'British Fossil Mammals' (fig. 197) a skull with antlers found in a peat-moss on Bilney Moor, near East Dereham in Norfolk. He also gives a figure of a meta- tarsal bone from the fens of Cambridgeshire. A third case was afforded during the excavation at Crossness Point, on the south side of the Thames, near Erith, which was made for the reservoir of the southern outfall of the Metropolitan sewage. A fine antler was obtained from the bottom of a layer of peat varying from five to fifteen feet in thickness, along with the remains of a beaver and a human skull. Another antler was found in a shell-marl under- lying the peat near Whittington Hall, Lancashire. As regards its occurrence in Scotland we may learn almost all there is to be said on the subject from an important memoir by Dr. John Alexander Smith, published in the ' Proceedings of the Society of Antiquaries of Scotland,' which deserves to be read in its entirety.*' In Ireland Dr. Carte has noticed three antlers found at Coonagh, on the south side of the Shannon, county Clare. A large number of remains representing at least thirty fine individuals were found in Shanday Lane, near Dungarvan, associated with the bones of other * ' Proc. Soc. Antiq. Scotl.,' vol. viii, pp. 186-223. EXTINCT IN BRITAIN WITHIN HISTORIC TI5IES. 15 animnls. Tlioso specimens have all been preserved either in the Museum of Trinity CoUege, or in the Museum of Science and Art, Dublin. A noteworthy character of the horns is the uniformity of the beam, which is slender and rouiid as in Enplisli specimens, and the existing reindeer of ^Norway, and unlike the flattened antlers of the Siberian stock. Having scon what geology teaches with regard to the former existence of the reindeer in this country, wc have now to inquire whether there is any historical evidence of its survival in Britain. There is no record of its having lived in historic times in England and Wales, but in Scotland the case is otherwise. Its last home was in Caithness, and in the ' Orkney inga Saga ' it is related that the Jarls of Orkney were in the habit of crossing over to Caithness every summer, and there hunting in the wilds the red- deer and the reindeer. The passage is thus translated by a learned Icelander, Jonas Jonteus : — " Solelant Comites quavis fere (Estate in Katenesum transire, ibique in desert is /eras rubras ct rangiferos venariT Torfceus, writing at the end of the seventeenth century, says that the animals hunted were roedeer and reindeer, and renders the passage thus: — " Consueverant Comites in Catenesiam indeque ad mon- tana ad renatum Caprearum Rangiferorum qum q^uotaymis froficisci.'''''^' Dr. Hibbert, who has written an elaborate critique on this passage,! agrees with Jonteus in believing that the reindeer was hunted in Scotland by the Jarls of Orkney in the twelfth century. Of the same opinion also is Professor Brandt. The authors of the * Saga,'' says Prof. Boyd Dawkins, must have been well acquainted with the animal in Norway, Sweden, and Iceland ; and there seems nothing improbable in the natural infer- ence that the animal they called reindeer was undoubtedly one. The inclement hills of Caithness lie in the same parallel of lati- tude as the south of Norway and Sweden, in which the animal Avas living at the time ; reindeer-moss is abundant there, and the only condition of life which is wanting to make that country still habit- able by it is a greater severity of cold. He is disposed, therefore, to admit the fact that the reindeer lived in Caithness at the time that Henry the Second occupied the throne of England, and Alexander Neckham was writing his Natural History. There is another point which is well worthy of notice. The animal is mentioned in the ' Saga ' along with the red-deer. At the present day they occupy different zoological provinces, so that the fact of their association in Caithness would show that in the twelfth century the red-deer had already appropriated the pastures of the reindeer, which could not retreat further north on account of the sea, and was verging on extinction. Prom Linnajus' time down to the present day, even in Sweden and Norway, it has been retreating further and further north. ^o * ' Eerum Orcadensium Historisc,' lib. i, cap. xxvi. t Brewster's ' Edinb. Jonm. Science,' N.S. vol. v, p. 50. 16 J, E. HAETING AKIMALS WHICH HATE BECOME The "Wild Boar. The wild boar is one of the oldest forest animals in Britain, and one of those of which we find the earliest mention in history. Characteristic figures of it appear on ancient British coins,* and it is one of the earliest animals figured in Celtic works of art.f Britons, Romans, Saxons, and Normans, all hunted it here in turns. Figures of the wild hoar are found on Roman monuments in England. Pennant has noticed one such at Ribchester, formerly a famous Roman station.;]: "It is supposed," he says, "to have been an honorary inscription to Severus and Caracalla by the repe- tition of the address. It was done by a Vexillatio of one of the Legions quartered here. A stone fixed in the wall of a small house near the church gives room to suppose that it belonged to the twentieth. The inscription is LEG, XX. Y.V. EEC. and on one side is the sculpture of a boar, an animal I have in two other in- stances observed attendant upon the inscriptions made by the famous Legio vicesima valens victrixr Nor should we forget the Roman altar which was found at "VVeardale, dedicated by a grateful Roman Prefect to the god Silvanus, for the capture of an enormous boar which multi anteces- sores ejus had in vain attempted to destroy. § A similar altar, also dedicated to Sylvanus by the hunters of Banna, was found at Birdoswald. Edward the Confessor (a.d. 1042) had a royal palace at Brill or Brehidl, Bucks, to which he often repaired for the pleasure of hunting in his forest of Bernwood. This forest, it is said, was much infested by a wild boar, which was at last slain by one Nigell, a huntsman, who presented the boar's head to the king; and for a reward the king gave him one hide of arable land called " Dcre- hyde," and a wood called "Hulewood," Avith the custody of the forest of Bernwood, to hold to him and his heirs by a horn, which is the charter of the aforesaid forest. Upon this land Nigell built a lodge, or mansion-house, called Borestall, in memory of the slain boar. Eor proof of this in a large folio vellum book containing transcripts of charters and evidences relating to this estate (sup- posed to have been written in or before the reign of Henry the Sixth) is a rude delineation of the site of Borestall House and manor, and under it the figure of a man presenting on his knees to the King the head of a boar on the point of a sword, and the King returning to him a coat of arcis, argent, a fesse, gules, between two crescents and a horn, vert. The same figure of a boar's head was carved on the head of an old bedstead now remaining in the tower * Evans, ' British Coins,' plates vi, viii, xi, xii, and xiii. t 'Horn; Ferales,' p. 185, plate xiv ; Montellier, ' Menioires sur les Bronzes Antiques,' Paris, 18G5 ; and Stephens' 'Literature of Kj-mry,' p. 250. X ' Tour to Alston Moor,' 1801, p. 93. See also Horsley, ' Britannia Eomana, or the Roman Auti(iuities of Britain,' folio, 1732. § See the inscription given from Camden in Wright's ' The Celt, the Roman, and the Saxon,' 1852, p. 207. EXTINCT IN BRITAIN WITHIN HISTORIC TIMES. 17 or lodg'O of that aueient house or castle, and the arms arc now to be seen iu the \yin(lows, and in other parts. And, what is of greatest authority, the original horn tipped at each end with silver gilt, fitted with wreaths of leather to hang about the neck, with an old brass seal-ring, a plate of brass with the sculpture of a horn and several lesser plates of silver gilt, with fleur de hjs, has been all along preserved by the Lords of Borestall, under the name of Nigell's horn, and was in the year 1773 in the possession of John Aubrey, Esq. (son and heir of Sir Thomas Aubrey, Bart.), to whom this estate descended, without alienation or forfeiture, from before the Conquest, by several heirs female from the family of Nigell to that of Aubrey.* At the Conquest, Inglewood Forest was held by the Scots, from whom it was taken by the Conqueror and given to Ranulph de Meschincs, who made a survey of the whole country, and gave his followers all the frontiers bordering on Scotland and Northumber- land, retaining to himself the central part between the east and west mountains, described as a goodly great forest, full of woods, red-deer and fallow, wild boars, and all manner of wild beasts. f Henry the First was especially fond of boar-hunting, as we learn from Holinshed, who stigmatises it as "a verie dangerous exercise " ; and Edward the First made several grants of land which was held by the serjeanty of keeping or providing boar-hounds. The boar was a badge of Edward the Third,:]: and might therefore have been borne by any of his descendants, but Richard the Third is the only one to whom we can trace its adoption. § To notice all the localities where remains of this animal have been discovered would be unnecessary, but we ruay mention the ossiferous caverns of Derbyshire and Devonshire, the peat-mosses of Northumberland and Westmoreland, and the peat at Newbury, Berks, and Romsey, Hants. Some remarkably tine tusks of the boar found in Cresswell Moss are preserved at Middleton Hall, near "Wooler, the seat of Mr. G. H. Hughes. To judge by the remains of the animal which have been found in various parts of the British Islands, wild boars at one time must have completely over-run the country. They were hunted in all the great forests, and in ancient surveys they are often mentioned amongst the wild animals of the district surveyed. Swindon, Swinford, Swinfield, Swindale in Westmoreland, Wild Boar Fell in the same county, particularly described by Pennant, || and Wild Boar Clough in Cheshire, are names all equally suggestive of the ancient haunts of this animal ; as also are Eversham and Eversley, from eofer, a boar. On the west side of Benin-glo, Perthshire, are two places called * ' Archaeologia,' vol. iii, pp. 3, 15; Kennett, 'Paroch. Antiq. ;' and Blount, 'Ancient Tenures,' p. 243. t Lonfjstaffe, ' Durham before the Conquest.' % ' Arch;c'oiogia,' vol. v, p. 17. § Hawkins, ' English Silver Coins,' p. 278. II ' Tour to Alston Moor,' p. 134. VOL. I. — PART I. 2 18 J. E. HABTING ANIMALS WHICH HATE BECOME *' Cam-torey " and " Coire-torey," i.e. the hill and the hollow of boars; in the same county is the boar's loch, " Loch-an-tuire."*" In Ireland wild boars were at one time common, but have long been extinct there. According to Giraldus Cambrensisf they existed in vast numbers, but were a small, deformed, and cowardly race. Dr. Scouler asserts that they continued to be plentiful in Ireland down to the seventeenth century, but the exact date of their extinction he was unable to ascertain. Tusks of wild boars dug up in Ireland, according to Thompson, are often of goodly dimensions. Several attempts have been made to re-introduce wild boars for the purpose of hunting ; but from various causes none of the experi- ments proved very successful. In some instances the animals throve well and increased, but the opposition of those whose crops they damaged was fatal to their existence for any length of time. Charles the First imported wild boars from Germany and turned them out in the New Forest. At a later period, as recorded by Gilbert White, General Howe turned out some German wild boars in the forest of Wolmer and Alice Holt, of which he had a grant from the crown, but, as White says, "the country rose upon them and de- stroyed them." X The late Earl of Fife, who tried many experi- ments in introducing different animals into the Forest of Mar, turned out some wild boars by the advice of the Margrave of Anspach while at Mar Lodge on a visit, but the experiment in this case did not answer for want of acorns, their principal food.§ Forty years ago Mr. Drax, of Charborough Park, Dorsetshire, made a similar experiment. Writing in Sept. 1879, he says: "I fenced them in with a wood paling in the wood where I built the present tower, and used to shoot them. The latter part of the time I kept them at Morden Park, and bred a lot of them, feeding them on turnips and corn. They were very savage and troublesome, how- ever, to keep within bounds, and I was therefore obliged to kill them. They were good eating when fed upon corn." || At Chartley Park, Staffordshire, whore, 300 years ago, as we learn from Erdeswick, wild swine roamed at large, an attempt was made by the present Earl Ferrers to reintroduce these animals, for which purpose he imported a boar and sow. The experiment, however, unluckily failed, since both the animals died soon after their arrival. The exact date of the extinction of the wild boar in Britain is uncertain. It has been fixed at 1620,^ but the authority for the statement is not furnished, and there is evidence of its having existed in Staff'ordshire, as we shall presently show, at least fifty years later. In 1617 it was still to be found in Lancashii'e, for * ' Old Statistical Acct. of Scotland,' vol. ii, p. 478. t ' TopogTaphia Hibernia;.' X ' Nat. Hist. Selborne,' Letter be to Pennant. § Scrope's 'Art of Deer-stalking,' p. 406. II Letter to Mr. J. C. Mansel-Pleydell. See also Blaine's ' Rural Sports,' p. 406 (ed. 18.58). H Boyd Dawkins, ' Cave Hunting,' pp. 7G, 78. EXTINCT IX BEITAIX WITHIN HISTORIC TIMES. 10 •when James the First in that year visited Sir Hichard Hoghton, at Hoghton Tower, near "Whalley, one of the dishes with which the royal banqnct was more than once supplied was "wild-boar pye."* In the same year the King hunted the boar at Windsor. Adam Kewton, in a letter to Sir Thomas Puckering, Bart., dated Deptford, Sept. 28, 1617, writes: "I was at Hampton Court on Sunday last, where the court was indeed very full ; King, Queen, and Prince all residing there for the time. The King and Prince, after their coming from Theobalds this day se'nnight, went to Windsor to the hunting of the wild hoar, and came back on Saturday."! ' The latest date at which we have been able to find any mention of this animal in England occurs in an old "Account Book of the Steward of the Manor of Chartley : Preses. Com: Ferrers," which contains the following entry : — " 1683 — Feb. Paid the cooper for a paile for ye wild swine . 0 2 0" This shows that the wild boar was not extinct in England so early as has been supposed, that is, previously to Charles the First's abortive attempt to reintroduce it into the New Forest. The Wolf. Of the five species which come within the scope of the present essay, the wolf was the last to disappear. On this account, partly, the materials for its history as a British animal are more complete than is the case with any of the others. To judge by the osteological remains which the researches of geologists have brought to light, there was perhaps scarcely a county in England or Wales, in which at one time or another wolves did not abound, while in Scotland or Ireland they must have been even still more numerous. The vast tracts of unreclaimed forest land which formerly ex- isted in these realms, the magnificent remnants of which in many parts still strike the beholder with awe and admiration, afforded for centuries an impenetrable retreat for these animals, from which it was almost impossible to drive them. It was not indeed until all legitimate modes of hunting and trapping had proved in vain, until large prices set iipon the heads of old and young had alike failed to compass their entire destruction, that, by cutting down or burning whole tracts of the forests which harboured them, they were at length effectually extirpated. Hunting the wolf was a favourite pursuit with the ancient Britons. Memprys, one of the immediate descendants of Brutus, about the year 980 b.c. fell a victim to the wolves which he de- lighted to pursue, and was unfortunately devoured by them. Blaiddyd, another British monarch (b.c. 863), who seems to have been learned in chemistry, is said to have discovered the medicinal properties of the Bath mineral waters, by observing that * Nichols, ' Progresses, etc., of James I.,' vol. iii, p. 402. t ' The Court aad Times of James I.,' vol. ii, p. 34. 20 J. E. HARTUfG — AISriMAlS WHICH HATE BECOME cattle when attacked and wounded by the wolves went and stood in these waters, and were then healed much sooner than they would have been by any other means. Such ravages did the wolves commit during winter, particularly in January, when the cold was severest, that the Saxons distin- guished that month by the name of "wolf-month." They also called an outlaw " wolf's-head " (A.S. wulvesheofod), as being out of the protection of the law, proscribed, and as liable to be killed as that destructive beast. It is to the terror which the wolf inspired among our forefathers, that we are to ascribe the fact of kings and rulers in a barbarous age feeling proud of bearing the name of this animal as an attri- bute of courage and ferocity. Brute power was then considered the highest distinction of man, and the sentiment was not miti- gated by those requirements of modern life which conceal but do not destroy it. We thus find amongst our Anglo-Saxon kings and great men, such names as Ethelwulf, "the noble wolf"; l^erth- wulf, "the illustrious wolf " ; Earlwulf, "the prosperous wolf"; Ealdwulf, " the old wolf," etc. In Athelstan's reign, wolves abounded so in Yorkshire, that a retreat was built by one Acehorn, at Flixton, near Filey in that county, wherein travellers might seek refuge if attacked by them. when Athelstan, in 938, obtained a signal victory at Brunan- burgh over Constantine, King of Wales, he imposed upon him a yearly tribute of gold, silver, and cattle, to which was also added a certain number of " hawks and sharp-scented dogs fit for the hunting of wild beasts,"* His successor, Edgar, remitted the pecuniary payment on condition of receiving annually from Ludwall, the successor of Constantine, the skins, some say the heads, of three hundred wolves. It is generally admitted that he adopted this course, because, say the historians, the extensive woodlands and coverts, abounding at that time in Britain, afforded shelter for the wolves, which were exceedingly numerous, espe- cially in the districts bordering upon Wales. By this prudent expedient, it is said, in less than four years the whole island was cleared of these ferocious animals, without putting his subjects to the least expense. But this statement must be taken to refer only to Wales, for, in the first place, it can hardly be supposed that the Welsh chieftain would be permitted to hunt out of his own dominions, and, in the next place, there is abundant documentary evidence to prove the existence of wolves in England for many centuries later. The wolf is expressly mentioned in the forest laws of Canute, promulgated in 1016 ; and Liulphus, a Dean of Whalley at that time, was celebrated as a wolf-hunter at Rossendale, Lancashire.! Matthew Paris, in his 'Lives of the Abbots of St. Albans,' men- tions a grant of church lands by Abbot Lcofstan (the twelfth Abbot of that Monastery) to Thurnoth and others, in consideration of * "William of Malrasbury, ' Hist. Eeg. Anglorum,' lib. ii, c. 6. t Wliitaker, ' History of Wlialley,' p. 222. EXTINCT IN BMTAIN WITHIN HISTORIC TIMES. 21 their keeping the -woods between the Chiltcrn Hundreds and London free from ■wolves and other wikl Leasts. Longstati'e, in his account ot ' Durham before the Conqiiest,' states that a great increase of -wolves took place in llichmondshirc during tl-iis century, and the early Norman kings must have had a line time of it hunting these animals by turns -with the deer and the wild boar. In Henry the Second's time the Sheriff of Hants had an allow- ance made to him in the Exchequer for several sums by him disbursed for the King's -wolf-hunters, ha-wkers, falconers, and others. From a charter of liberties granted by King John, -wht n Earl of ^[orton, to the inhabitants of Devonshire, the original of which is in the custody of the Dean and Chapter of Exeter, it appears that the -wolf was at that time included amongst the beasts of vcnery in that county. Indeed throughout the southern forests at that time it could not have been very uncommon, for we find entries in the Rolls of payments made to the slayers of them. Thus in 1212, "On Thuisday next, in the octave of the Holy Trinity [May 12], for a wolf captured at Freeman tie [Surrey], by the dogs of Master Emald de Aucleut, 5s." "Item [at Hereford], Thursday next following the feast of St. Martin [Nov. 22], to Norman the Keeper of the Veltrars,* and to Wilkin Doggett, his associate, for two wolves captured in the forest of Irwell, lOs., by the King's command." We shall see later how the reward increased in value, until in Cromwell's time as many pounds were paid for a wolf's head as John had given shillings. In the reign of Henry the Third, these beasts were still sufficiently numerous in some parts of the country to induce the King to make grants of land to various individuals upon the express condition of their taking measures to destroy them wherever they could be found. f The same may be said of the reign of Edward the First, | who in 1281 appointed one Peter Corbet to the office of wolf-hunter general, commissioning him to destroy all he could find in the counties of Gloucester, Worcester, Hereford, Salop, and Stafford, and the bailiffs in the several counties were directed to be ready to assist him.§ In the accounts of Bolton Priory, quoted in Whitaker's 'History of Craven' (p. 331), occur entries in the years 1306-1307, of pay- ments made in reward for the slaughter of wolves, as " Cuidam qui occidit liqmm,'''' but the price paid to the slayer is not stated. In 1320 lands were held at Wormhill in the county of Derby, by the service of hunting and taking wolves, from whence they were called * Yeltrariua or VaHfrariui, from the French vaultre, -was a mongrel hound for the chase of the -wild boar. — Blount, 'Ancient Tenures,' p. 233. t Dugdale's ' Baronage,' vol. i, p. 4GG ; and Selden, notes to Drayton's 'Polyolbion' (ix, 76). + Camden, ' Britannia,' p. 525 ; Blount, ' Ancient Tenures,' pp. 230, 236, 257. j Eymer's ' Fcedera,' vol. i, pt. 2, p. 192 ; vol. ii, p. 168. 22 J. E. HAETING ANIMALS WHICH HATE BECOME "Wolf-hunt" or " Wolve-hunt.' * In Edward the Third's time much the same state of things prevailed, f and in the reign of Heniy the Fourth lands were held by the serjeanty of destroying wolves and other wild animals in certain counties.;]: In the eleventh year of Henry the Sixth (1433), Sir Robert Plumpton was seised of land in the county of Nottingham called " Wolf-hunt land," which he held by the service of winding a horn, and chasing or frightening the wolves in the forest of Shirewood.§ Six years afterwards, namely, in 1439, Robert de Umfraville held the Castle of Herbotell and Manor of Otterburn of the King, in capite by the service of keeping the valley and liberty of Riddesdale, where the said castle and manor are situated, free from wolves and robbers. || The latest period at which I have been able to find mention of the destruction of wolves in England is the reign of Henry the Seventh (1485-1509). In Longstaffe's 'Memoirs of the Life of Ambrose Barnes,' it is stated that his immediate ancestors held an estate of £500 a year of the Earl of Rutland and Belvoir, one of whom (a Barnes, of Hatford, near Barnard Castle) was commonly called Ambrose " Roast- Wolf," from the many wolves which he hunted down and destroyed in the time of Henry the Seventh. Many names of places compounded with ' wolf ' still remain to attest probably the former existence of this animal in the neigh- bourhood. Wolmer, i.e. Wolf-mere or Wolve-mere, is an instance of this, Wolferton is another. Wolfenden in Rossendale, and Wolfstones in Cli\'iger (Lancashire), both attest the existence of this animal there when those names were imposed. In Scotland the wolf survived much later than it did in England, owing to the wild, unsettled state of the country, and the well- nigh impenetrable forests and rugged moors with which the greater portion of it was still clothed. John Taylor, the water-poet, who, in 1618, travelled on foot from London to Edinburgh, when visiting Braemar, wrote: "I was the space of twelve days before I saw either house, cornfield, or habitation of any creature, but deer, wild horses, wolves, and such-like creatures, which made me doubt that I should never have seen a house again." The history of the wolf in Scotland has been so fully dealt with in my former essay ^ (in which numerous histoncal notices con- cerning it will be found), that it will be unnecessary for me here to do more than briefly refer to the period at which it is believed to have become extinct there. The same remark will apply to Ireland. So far as can now be ascertained, it appears that the wolf became extinct in England during the reign of Heniy the Seventh ; that it survived in Scotland until 1743 ; and that the last of these * "The Local Laws, Courts and Customs of Derbyshire," 'Journ. Brit. ArchsDol. Assoc.,' vol. vli, p. 197. t Burton, ' Monasticon Eboracense,' p. 370. X Blount, 'Ancient Tenures,' p. 260. ^ Escaet. 11 Hen. VI. n. 5. Blount, op. cit. p. 312, and Pegge, ' ArchaBologia,' vol. iii, p. 3. See also Thoroton, ' Antiq. Nottingham,' p. 373. II Madox, ' Baronia Anglica,' p. 2i4. If ' Popular Science Eeview,' 1878, pp. 53, 141, 251, and 396. EXTIXCT IX DUITAIN WITHIN HISTORIC TIMES. 23 animals was killed iu Ireland, acconliu^ to Eicliardson, in 1770, or according to Sir James Emmerson Tenncnt, subsequently to 17GG. Conclusion'. In considering the causes, besides those already referred to, which have led to their extinction, it should be borne in mind that for some centuries after the Norman Conquest these wild animals were not hunted down and destroyed by everybody and anybody, as they would be if they existed at the present day, but were strictly preserved, under very severe penalties, by the kings and powerful noblemen of the day for their own particular sport and recreation. William the Conqueror punished with the loss of eyes those convicted of killing a wild boar, stag, or roebuck ; and wolves and foxes, although reckoned neither as beasts of the forest nor of venery, could not be killed within the limits of the forest without a breach of the royal chase, for which offenders had to yield a recompense.* The inveterate love of the chase possessed by William Rufus, which prompted him to enforce during his tragical reign the most stringent and cruel forest laws, is too well known to readers of history to require comment. In his passion for hunting wild animals Henry the First excelled even his brother William, and, not content with encountering and slaying those which, like the wolf and the wild boar, were at that time indigenous to this country, he "cherished of set purpose sundrie kinds of wild beasts, as bears, libards, ounces, lions, at Woodstocke and one or two other places in England, which he walled about with hard stone, An. 1120, and where he would often fight with some one of them hand to hand." f Henry the Second, and John, were both great preservers of wild animals, and monopolised large tracts of country wherein to indulge their passion for hunting. Perocious animals were in consequence long suffered to remain at large against the will of the people, and hence survived to a much later period in this country than would have been the case had the subjects of these monarchs dared sooner to assert their independence. But at length came the repeal of the forest laws. The operation of the Charter of the Forests, which was signed by John at the same time with Magna Charta, re- strained the worst abuses of the feudal tenure ; all lands which had been converted into woods or parks since the commencement of this reign were disafforested, and the tenants bordering on the royal forests secured against spoliation ; in a word, the laws made for the protection of the game and wild animals were either re- pealed or considerably mitigated. From this time it may be said that the presence of ferocious animals in the country was no longer tolerated. They were slain * Manwood's ' Forest Laws,' ^ 27. t Harrison's " Description of England," prefixed to Holinshed's ' Chronicles,' p. 226. 24 J. E. HAETIJs^G — AXIMALS WHICH HATE BECOME EXTINCT. wherever and whenever they couhl be found, and only managed to survive in reduced numbers for some few centuries longer in consequence of the utter impossibility of dislodging them from the almost impenetrable forests and mountain-fastnesses to which they were driven. Later on, when large tracts of forest were purposely cut down or burned for the purpose of expelling these animals, and statutes were put in force which rewarded the slayers of them, their extermination was finally accomplished. To the naturalist it is a somewhat sad reflection, that animals of the forest and the chase, now only known by name as the in- habitants of other countries, were once as familiar to our ancestors as they are at present to the people of the remote kingdoms which they frequent. Man has been warring against these forest-denizens, and as tract after tract which they once claimed as their own has been brought under the ploughshare, they have been driven further and further back, until the last of them has been blotted out from our fauna. Lake and moor have become fields of yellow grain ; forest has been changed into morass, morass into moor, and moor again into forest, until, finding nowhere to rest in peace, the bear, the beaver, the reindeer, the wild boar, and the wolf, have become in Britain amongst the things that were. III. OUR BRITISH BEETLES: NOTES ON THEIR CLASSIFICATION AND COLLECTION. By Aethttk Cottam, F.E.A.S. Head at JFatford I8th November, 1879. Beetles are so retiring in their habits, that to casual observers very few are known. To make a collection of our butterflies and moths is a common thing, and in consequence nearly every one (of the ICacro-lepidoptera at all events) has an English name. The beetles that have English names can almost be counted on the fingers, in itself a proof how few are commonly known ; yet there are over 3,000 species inhabiting Great Britain, half as many again as the species of moths. The common idea that beetles are ugly and offensive creatures is probably one reason why they are so little studied and collected ; but this idea is veiy far from being generally true. There are some that may perhaps be called ugly, and a few have the power of exuding ofiensive odours or juices in self-defence, but by far the larger number will be found to be more or less beautiful, and many, even in our temperate climate, are really splendid. The notion — I am sorry to say, a very cominon one indeed — that the cockroach, a very oifensive creature in every way, is a typical specimen of a beetle, has, I fear, something to do with the pre- judice against collecting or studying them. But a cockroach is not a beetle at all. It belongs to an entirely distinct order of insects — the Orthoptera — of which the grasshoppers and crickets are other equally well-known examples. Most of you will no doubt recollect a clever sketch that appeared in ' Punch ' a year or two ago, of a child and her governess. The child remarked upon the number of " blackbectles " in the kitchen. The governess reproved her for calling them "blackbectles," and told her to call them "cockroaches," giving as the reason why they should not be called "blackbectles," that they are not beetles, and they are not black. The child's reply was, " Certainly I will call them cockroaches if you wish it, though they are not roaches and they are not cocks." The child's reply was as true as the governess's reproof ; both names are inappropriate, but the remark of the governess was a scientific truth that ought to be generally known and remembered. The Coleoptera, or beetles, are almost universally admitted to take precedence of all other orders of insects, on account of their complete metamorphosis, their highly-developed organs, and the great number of their species. The name Coleoptera means " sheath-winged." In all insects the nonnal number of wings is four. In the beetles two of these become horny or leathery wing-cases or elytra, which cover the 26 A. COTTAM — OTJE BEITISH BEETLES : true (membranous) wings. In many species the true wings are absent, and when this is the case the elytra are usually soldered together. The classification of the beetles is based upon their external anatomy ; and although, within, the limits of this paper, it will be impossible to do more than give the merest outline of the diifer- ences in structure by which the system of classification is carried out, I hope to be able to convey a general idea of the system. I can claim no originality for these notes. I am myself but a novice in the study of this branch of entomology, but it is so in- teresting, and so little seems to be commonly known about it, that I am glad of the opportunity to endeavour to arouse an interest in an order of insects that is veiy little studied. I take it that in such societies as ours it should be an object to get workers in every branch of Natural History, and as little or nothing seems yet to have been done in working out the entomology of our county (with the exception of the butterflies), there is a large and most inter- esting field of work, in which I am anxious to fijid among our members some fellow-explorers. Mr. Sydney Humbert and I have been doing what has lain in our power during the last two years to work out something as to our Coleopterous fauna, but we have not yet got very far. Indeed I feel sure that it will take a good many years' work before we shall be able to record even a fair number of our indigenous beetles, for even my short experience in collecting has proved to me that in any given neighbourhood species that may be taken in numbers in one year will apparently disappear altogether for a time. In my first year's collecting here I turned up some species in numbers that I have not seen here since, while I am constantly taking fresh species in places that I have worked repeatedly year after year. So that I expect to record the capture of fresh species after eveiy year's collecting for some time to come. To those who are inclined to take an interest in our beetles I can confidently recommend Mr. Rye's most excellent ' Introduction to the study of our British Coleoptera,' published by Lovell, Eeeve, and Co. To that little book I am indebted for the greater part of the information contained in these notes, and it is from that book that I have taken the " sections " into which I have described the British beetles as being divided. Insects — from the Latin insecia, " divided " — are so called be- cause their bodies are formed of three distinct portions. 1. The head, which bears the organs of sensation, the antenna, eyes, and motith ; 2. The thorax, which bears the organs of locomotion, the winffs and leys ; and 3. The abdomen, containing the vital organs of respiration and digestion, and the organs of generation. In the beetles, the position and shape of the eyes, the position, structure, and number of joints of the antennae, the structure of the mouth with its mandibles, maxilloe, and palpi, the structure THEIR CLASSIFICATION AND COLLECTION. 27 of the legs, and the number and structure of the joints of the tarsi or feet, are among the most important characters cmpk)yed in their classification ; but besides these many other points have to be noticed, such as the outline of the thorax and elytra, the presence or absence of punctation and striation, and of pubescence, and many other minute details. Our beetles are divided, according to Mr. Rye, into eleven great sections. 1 . The Adephaga, or carnivorous beetles, which are again divided into two sub-sections ; a. Geodephaga, ground-beetles ; and I. Hydradephaga, the aquatic species. 2. The Brachelytra, or rove-beetles. 3. The Necrophaga, or carrion-feeders. 4. The Lamellicornes, or chafers. 5. The Sternoxi, or skipjacks and their allies. 6. The Malacodermi, which have soft integuments. 7. The Heteromera. 8. The llhynchophora, or weevils. 9. The Longicornes. 10. The Eupoda or Phytophaga ; and 1 1 . The Pseudo-trimera. In most of these sections there are species that are more or less well known and that have English names, and I shall endeavour, by referring to these better-known insects as types, to make the sub- ject clearer and more generally interesting. \a. The Geodephaga. The predatory ground-beetles are easily recognized by their active habits, and thin legs and antennae. Many are metallic and bright-coloured, especially those that appear in the day-time. Some of these, which belong to two large genera, Pterostichm and Amara, commonly called " sunshiners," may be often seen running rapidly across roads and footpaths in the hottest weather. But the majority of species are dark and dull in colour, and are nocturnal feeders. The tiger-beetles {Cicindela), of which we have five species, are exceedingly active and rapacious, running and flying alternately in the hottest sunshine. They are very elegant in form, exqui- sitely coloured, with long metallic legs and prominent eyes. The Cicindelidas form one family of our Geodephaga, and are separated from the other family, the Carabidae, by their maxillae having a small movable hook at the end, while those of the Carubidae are without the hook. The common tiger-beetle (C. Campestris) is found in sandy and gravelly places, and is common in the neigh- bourhood of London. I possess two or three specimens from Harrow Weald Common. The Carahi, specimens of the common species of which may often be seen dead upon footpaths, where they have been trodden 28 A. COTTAM — OTJE BEITTSH BEETLES: upon during their nocturnal explorations in search of food, are among the largest and most elegant of our ground-beetles. I have taken several specimens of the three common species ( C. violaceus, nemoralis, and monilis) in the cellar of my house. Most of the Carahi, and many others among the night-feeders, have no wings, and the elytra are soldered together. One large and very handsome species of this genus ( Caralus auratus) is very common on the Continent in vegetable-gardens, and is there called the "Jardiniere." There appears to be no reason whj it should not live in England, but it is doubtful whether it ever breeds here. Mr. Kye has a specimen found alive in a bunch of radishes which were stated to have been gathered in a garden at New Cross. Three were recently found in the Borough Market, and last summer one was found in Watford in a bunch of radishes which were stated to have come from France. Mr. Jonathan Chater had this specimen alive, and he very kindly gave it to me. The bombadier beetle {Brachinus crepitans), of which I have taken several specimens in this neighbourhood, has acquired its English name from its power of emitting an acid secretion with a slight explosion. This secretion, which is exceedingly volatile, is converted into vapour the moment it comes into contact with the air, and under cover of this little cloud of smoke the insect escapes, or endeavours to do so. Many of the ground-beetles are very small, and the species of this section are exceedingly puzzling, requiring careful examina- tion and comparison of the variovis portions of the mouth. AVe have about 300 species of ground-beetles inhabiting Great Britain. In this section the tarsi are all five-jointed, and in the males the basal joints of the front tarsi are nearly always widened. The antennae are long and slender. ^o \h. The Hydeadephaga. Our carnivorous water-beetles number about 120 species. In most of these the antennae are tolerably long and exceedingly delicate ; the hind legs are adapted for swimming ; and in some of the Dytiscidae the males have the lower joints of the tarsi of the anterior legs formed into broad suckers, with which they can hold their prey securely. The large water-beetles often put into aquaria are species of the genus Bytiscus. They should, however, be kept in an aquarium by themselves, as they devour all other aquatic creatures that may be Avith them. Most of the water-beetles have ample wings, and at night make free use of them, fiying from one piece of water to another. If in a room they will often fly at the lamp-globes, and they have been known to alight on greenhouses, no doubt mistaking the light re- flected from the glass for water. The Gyrindae, commonly called "whirlwig" or "whirligig" THEIB, CLASSIFICATION AND COLLECTION. 29 beetles, may often be seen in the sunshine swimming on the surface of the -water, sometimes a number together, with a rapid gyratory- motion. They diftbr in many respects from any other of our water-beetles ; the auteuna; are shorter and thick, and they have four eyes, two above and two below the surface of the water. They are very rapid in their movements, and so wary that it is not an easy matter to catch them. 2. The Beachelttea. The Brachelytra are so called on account of their elytra being very short, leaving the greater part of the abdomen exposed. Their English names are " rove-beetles," " turnuptails," or " cocktails,'' and one large and common one {Ocypus okns) is known as the " Devil's coachhorse." All the larger Brachclytra are predaceous, and are very fearless. The whole of the beetles forming this section are furnished with large wings, which they use very readily ; and it is curious to see how they use their flexible tails to fold their wings up under the small elytra. Many of this section, which numbers about 700 species in Britain, are exceedingly minute, and these small species are very fond of flying into people's eyes in the summer. Most of the "flies" that get into the eyes are in reality minute beetles. The rove-beetles are among the most puzzling to identify, and a large number, on account of their extremely diminutive size, are exceedingly troublesome to set. One of the principal characters by which the species in this section are separated is the position of the antennoe with reference to the eyes, and another is the notching of the penultimate joint of the abdomen on the underside. The rela- tive length and width of the joints of the antennae and tarsi, and the degree of punctation and pubescence, have also to be observed. 3. The Neceophaga. The word JVecrophacfa literally means carrion-feeders, and the appellation is well applied to a large number of this section, which feed upon decaying animal or vegetable substances. Another name for this section is Clavicornes, which means "club-horned," the antennae ending in a club. The French naturalists divide them into two sections, Clavicornes and Palpicornes. The latter name is given to several genera in which the palpi are as long as, or longer than, the antennae. They are also sometimes called Phyllhydrida, as most of the species are aquatic, and they are by some authors put after the BLydradephaga, I suppose in order to have all the water-beetles together, but their proper place is undoubtedly with the Clavicornes, their antennae, although inconspicuous, being clubbed ; and they appear to be out of place if interposed between the Hydradephaga and the Brachclytra, two sections of carnivorous beetles. The best known of the Necrophaga or Clavicornes are the so-called " burying " beetles {JVecroj^horus). "We have seven species of these 30 A. COTTAM — OUE BEITISH BEETLES : useful little scavengers. Instinct impels them to buiy any dead animal that they find, for the purpose of providing food for their offspring. Having excavated the ground round the carcase, till it gradually sinks below the surface, the female lays her eggs in it, and the grubs when hatched feed on the dead body, which by being buried is preserved much longer than if it had been left on the surface. Another common species in this section is the " bacon-beetle " {Dermestes lardarius). Among the water-beetles included in this section is one often known as the "harmless water-beetle" {^Hydrous piceus), and therefore in some demand for aquaria. It is by no means the only harmless water-beetle, as none of the Palpicornes are predaceous. But this one is so conspicuous — it is the largest of all our British beetles, the only one that comes near it in size being the "stag- beetle " — that it is really a striking creature in an aquarium, especially as the water magnifies it and makes it look larger even than it really is. 4. The Lamellicoenes. We now come to the Lamellicornes or chafers. In this section the structure of the antennse is (as in the Clavicornes, Palpicornes, and Longicornes) the character from which the name is derived. The club of the antenna3 in this section is formed of lamellae or plates, something like the leaves of a book, varying from three to seven in number, and in some of the genera movable. Every species in this section may be at once known by this peculiarity of structure. "Why they should be called " chafers " I do not know. The British species are not numerous — under 90 ; but many of them are common, some among the commonest of our beetles, and in consequence, a larger number have English names than in any other section. The most common of all is perhaps the " cockchafer " {Ilelohntha vulgaris). This insect in some years is excessively abundant, and great damage is then done to meadows, the grub feeding in the roots of the grass. In this species the antennae of the male have seven and those of the female six plates. The smaller "summer chafer" [Rhizotrogus sohtitialis) has only three plates to the club of the antennae. In the eastern and south-eastern counties of England two species of Lamellicornes are common that are hardly found elsewhere in this country. The "June bug" {Phyllopertha horticola), a small chafer with a green thorax, is one of these, and the "stag-beetle" {Lucanus Cerrus) is another. This large beetle (with the exception of the large water-beetle before mentioned), our largest indigenous species, has acquired its English name from the enormous develop- ment of the mandibles in the male. In the female they are much smaller. I have two specimens of the male taken in Watford. One of our commonest chafers is the " clock " or " dumble-dor " {Geotrupes stercorarius). There are half a dozen species of the genus, and two or three are common. One or other of them may be seen flying at dusk, or walking slowly on the ground by day, THEIE CLASSIFICATION AND COLLECTION. 31 almost all the year through, except of course in quite the winter weather. Mr. Rye suij;gosts that the name " dumble-dor " is possibly an inflection of the American " tumble-dung," a name given to some of the species which roll along the ground pellets of dung in which they deposit their eggs. Our species may be found in, or in the ground under, the excrement of cattle. Their legs are fossorial, and theii" muscles so strong that it is no easy matter to hold one in the hand. I have heard, and can quite believe that, in proportion to their size, they are eight times as strong as a horse. Another well-known chafer is the "rose-beetle" [Cetonia aurata), one of the most brilliantly coloured, of all our common beetles. Another found in Perthshire is there known as the "bee-beetle" {Trichim fasciatiis). It is banded with yellow and black down, and flies round thistle-tops in the hot sunshine. There are at least four genera in this section, the larvae of which are dung-feeders, Geotrupes, Copris, Aphodius, and Onihophagus. Of Aphodim there are about forty species. It is remarkable that all these seem to contract no contamination from the excrement in which they are found, but emerge with their armour and limbs perfectly bright and unsoiled. 5. The Steenoxi. Some common species of one of the families composing this section — the Elaterides — have acquired the English name of " skip- jacks " or " click-beetles," from-a power they have when they fall on their backs, which they do pretty frequently, of jumping some height into the air with a peculiar clicking sound. Their legs are very short, and if they had not this saltatorial power it would be impossible for them to right themselves when they fall on their backs. If in the first jump they fail to fall on their feet, they continue jumping until they succeed. They have a long projection of the prothorax, which fits into a groove between the middle legs. In nrching itself preparatory to jumping, the beetle lifts this pro- jection out of its groove, and in the act of jumping it is re-inserted with a click. Our British representatives of this section are neither striking in appearance, nor numerous (about seventy), and only a few are common. In the tropics they are among the most numerous and most gorgeously brilliant of all the beetles. One species {Athous hmmorrlioidalis) is very common with us in the spring, but it has no English name. This and one or two smaller species may fre- quently be seen flying in the hot sunshine. These beetles are vegetable- or wood-feeders. They are long and narrow, with hard integuments. The antennae are either serrated, flabellated, or filiform. Their larvae are exceedingly destructive, the " wire-worm," one of them, is only too well known. 6. The Malacodeemi. The beetles forming this section are a complete contrast to the last, in respect of their outer covering, having, as their name implies, 32 A. COTTAM OUR BEITISH BEETLES: soft integuments. They are, for this reason, very difficult to pre- serve satisfactorily, having a tendency to shrivel and hecome dis- torted. Some of the species of one family (the Telephoridse), commonly called " soldiers " and " sailors," are known to every one. It is remarkable that beetles with so little defensive armour should be warriors, but it is the fact that there are no such deter- mined biters as these soft-bodied species. A single malacoderm placed in the same bottle with other beetles will attack and maim them all, even species double its own size. The collector is therefore obliged to be very careful to isolate or to kill at once specimens of this section. Perhaps one of the best known of all our British beetles — although not generally suspected of being a member of the order — belongs to this section. I mean the "glow-worm" [Lampyru noctiluca). The insect which we call the "glow-worm" is an apterous female beetle, the male of which is much smaller, and is provided with ample wings. It is supposed that the female is provided with her light to enable the male to find his mate. The male will sometimes fly into a room at night attracted by lights that may be burning there. Another species {Drihis flavescens), similar to the glow-worm in that the male is winged and the female worm-like and apterous, is to be found in grassy places at Dover, Darenth Wood, etc., especially where snails abound, upon which the beetle is supposed to feed. In this species the male is, where found, often abundant, but the female is one of our greatest rarities. "We have about 150 species of Malacodermi in Great Britain, very various in form and size. The antennae of the majority of the species included in this section are long, filiform or serrate, and generally with eleven joints, though the number varies from ten to twelve. The tarsi are five-jointed, though with only four joints in the front legs of the males of certain species. Some of the species cannot be strictly called malacoderms, their integuments being more or less horny. 7. The Heteeomeea. All the insects in this section have five joints to the tarsi of the front and middle pairs of legs, and only four joints to those of the hinder pair. Other pretty-constant features are kidney-shaped eyes, exserted and clavate maxillary palpi, bifid mandibles, and moniliform unelbowed antennae. The number of British species included in it rather exceeds 100, and among them are insects very dissimilar in external appearance. The " cellar" or "churchyard beetle" {Blaps mucronata) is one well-known species. It is one of the slowest-moving insects I know. Another of this section is well known in the larval state as the " mealworm," a favourite food for singing birds, but perhaps the beetle {Tenelrio) is not so well known except to millers. The "cardinal beetle" {Pyrochroa coccinea) is not uncommon THEIK CLASSIFICATIOX AND COLLECTIOX. 33 in woods, and the "oil beetle" {3[eloe proscaraiceus) is probably known to almost every one. One species of this section, tlio well-known " Spanish, fly " or " blister beetle " {Lytta or Cantharis vesicatoria), is occasionally taken in the south of England, but is doubtfully indigenous. 8. The Ehynchophoka. The beetles forming this section are at once distinguished by the head being elongated into a beak, sometimes long and thin as in the Balanini, or short and thick as in Otiorhynchus, bearing the organs of the mouth at the apex. The antennae are generally inserted on the rostrum, and in by far the larger number they are elbowed, having a long basal joint, called the " scape," the other joints forming the "funiculus" and "club." The number of joints varies from eight to twelve. The tarsi have five joints in this and in the two following sections, but the fourth joint is so small that for a long time it was overlooked. The weevils, as the Ehynchophora are called, are all vegetable- feeders, and their larva? often do great damage. The "corn weevil" {Calandra granaria) is frequently spoken of by farmers as "the" weevil, as if there were no other, but we have very nearly 500 indigenous species. One of the best known is perhaps the "nut weevil " {Balaninus Nucum) ; but the grub of this, which is often found devouring the kernel of a nut when we crack it, is better known than the perfect insect. The beetle has a very long thin rostrum, and is altogether a remarkable-looking creature. The genus Balaninus contains seven species, all more or less elegantly coloured. Three genera — Cceliodes, Ceuthorhynchus, and Ceutliorhynchideus — including among them a large number of species, are odd-looking insects that a young collector is veiy apt to overlook in his net. Their bodies are more or less round, and they have a habit of folding up their rather long straggling legs and by no means short rostrum close to their bodies ; they then roll about in the net and look very like the seeds of certain plants. It is surprising how much larger they appear when they unpack their limbs and begin to walk. The only difference between the species of the two genera Ceuthorhynchus and Ceuthorhynchideus is, that in the first the funiculus of the antennae has seven, and in the latter six joints. Among the species of two genera — Phyllohms and Polydrosiis — there are some veiy common in the spring, which are clothed with brilliant metallic scales, red or green. Polydrosus pterygomalis, ene of these, is a favourite low-power object for the microscope, and a very beautiful one. 9. The Longicoenes. The tropical species of this section are both large and numerous, but the British representatives number under 60 species. They are comparatively moderate in size, and few are common. Never- theless, three at least have English names. VOL. I. — PAKT I. 3 34 A. COTTAM — OTJE BEITISH BEETLES : One of these {Astynomus mlilis) is the hest example we have of a " longhorn." It is only found at Rannoch in Perthshire, rrom its habit of settling on pine-logs with its antennae spread out like a pair of compasses as if measuring the timber, the Highlanders have given it the name of the " timberman," a name, as Mr. Rye remarks, "curiously enough, also applied to it in Lapland and Sweden, where it is common." One of our commonest longhorns is the "musk beetle" (Aromia moschata), so called from its exuding a delicious odour of musk, even for some time after its death. Another, called the " wasp beetle " {Clytus Arietis), is a tolerably common insect. All the Longicornes are wood-feeders, and are consequently more or less difficult to find, and variable in size. In this section the antennae are long, never clubbed, and generally filiform or setaceous, with a long basal joint. The eyes are more or less kidney-shaped. The legs are long, the tibiae without external spines but spurred at the apex. The tarsi have the three basal joints silky or spongy beneath, the first and second widened, the third bilobed, and the fourth either obsolete or hidden between the lobes of the third, the apical joint being long, slender, and strongly clawed. 10. The Phttophaga oe Eupoda. The name Phytophaga means "plant-feeders," a name which would be equally applicable to the two preceding sections, the Rhynchophora and the Longicornes. The insects included in this section are very distinct in form from those of either of the two before mentioned. There are very few even moderately large ones, most are more or less convex in form, diurnal, and of bright metallic colours. The antennae are straight, never elbowed, either filiform, moniliforra, or serrate. One of the largest of them is commonly known as the " bloody- nosed beetle," from a habit it has when handled of exuding from the mouth a drop of clear red fluid. This is the first of the Chryso- melidae or " golden-apple " beetles, a family containing some of the most gorgeous and brilliant of our beetles. Most members of this section are very slow-moving insects, but one family, the Halticidae, have the hinder thighs thickened, and are very active jumpers. The best known, although one of the smaller of the family, is the " turnip fly or flea " {Thilotreta nemo- rum). It is often very abundant, and in every stage is most de- structive to the turnip-crop. In this section is included a family, the species of which hardly look like beetles, — the back is a nearly flat shield, under which the beetle is hidden, head, legs, and all. One species, Cassida viridis, is very common on thistles. The section contains about 230 British species. 11. The Psetjdoteimeea. The beetles forming this section are very dissimilar, families of TDEIK CLASSIFICATION AND COLLECTION. 33 very various structure being included in it. Many of the species are exceedingly minute, and with the exception of the " lady- birds" (Coccinel/a), are quite unknown to casual observers. There ai'c, however, over 170 species included in this section. The genus CocclneUa contains eighteen or nineteen species, some of which, like the common lady-bird (C. septempmictata), hardly vary at all ; while others, C. hipunctata, variabilis, occellata, and hieroghjpliica, vary in the most extraordinary way. Having now given an outline of the various sections into which our indigenous Coleoptera are generally divided, it only remains for me to add a few notes as to their collection. The Geodephaga require searching for as a rule ; they hide, sometimes underground, more often under stones or bits of wood, and in fact to collect them successfully it is necessary to know something of the habits of the particular species you are in search of. The Hijdradepliaga must be fished for with a water-net. Some inhabit ponds, some running streams, while others are only to be found in brackish water. The Brachehjtra must be sought for in various places. Some feed on carrion and must be looked for on and under dead animals ; others will be found in dung ; others in fungi in the autumn ; and many can be caught flying in the hot sunshine. All the members of these three sections, as well as the Malaco- dermi, should be put as soon as caught into a bottle full of young- laurel- leaves, which have been picked when quite dry, and then pounded and cut up into small pieces. Beetles so killed are very stiff at first, and require to be kept in laurel for two or three days, when they become relaxed and fit for setting. The other sections are best caught either by beating or sweeping. In beating, an umbrella opened and held under the herbage or tree to be beaten is as good an implement as I know ; the foliage should be beaten with a stick, taking care to strike downwards, and the beetles will fall off into the umbrella, and can then be easily bottled. A sweeping-net is made of some strong material, canvas or calico, and is swept about amongst the herbage with a backwards and forwards motion. Beetles simply bottled should be killed by immersion in quite boiling water ; this kills them instantly, and they are at once ready for setting. Those that cannot be set at once should be kept in the laurel-bottle, which will keep them relaxed for some time. The best collectors are those who, knowing the habits of the insects they are in search of, turn that knowledge to account, and examine likely spots. If you are seeking Geodephaga or Brache- lytra it is good advice to search under stones, and to "leave no stone unturned'' — an expression that I have often thought must have originated in beetle-collecting — but even in this matter experience is a great help. For instance, stones lying on grass have hardly ever insects under them, and it will be found that those stones harbour most specimens that have laid on the ground 36 A. COTTAM — OFE BRITISH BEETLES. long enough to kill the herbage under them, and especially those that are on moist ground ; for beetles love a certain amount of moisture, although most of them dislike actual wet. Many of the vegetable-feeders are often to be found sheltering under stones, and it seems often that they are the bait that tempts the carnivorous beetles into the same places. Of course the best way to coUect the plant-feeding species is to sweep or beat the particular plants or trees they are known to affect, and some knowledge of botany is invaluable in collecting these sections If the plant can be ascertained upon which any particular beetle has been caught, it is often a guide to the acquisi- tion of a good series of specimens, and where the food-plant is not known previously, this should be noted for future guidance. The majority of the plant-feeding beetles are named specifically after their food-plants ; for instance, A^^mz Limonii is only to be found on the sea lavender, Statice Limonium ; but it does not always follow that the perfect insect is to be found on the food- plant. The " nut-weevil " is, I believe, most frequently beaten out of oak trees, and there are other similar cases. It is impossible, within the limits of such a paper as this, to give more than a mere outline of the methods adopted for collect- ing. There is a capital little book recently published by David Bogue, called ' Kotes on Preserving and Collecting Natural History Objects,' being a collection of papers by various authors, that I can strongly recommend, and one of those papers, by Mr. Rye, goes very fully into the subject of beetle-collecting. I will only add that mere chance collecting will produce no good results, and that patience, perseverance, and thoughtful application of experience — needful in all natural -history collect- ing— are especially so where beetles are concerned. IV. GENERAL OBSERVATIONS ON SPIDERS. By F. M. Campbell, F.L.S., F.Z.S., F.R.M.S. Read at Hertford, 2nd December, 1879. There is probably no subject in Katiiral History which has been so much neglected as that of spiders, and this may account for the few species favoured with popular names. As far as I know, these are "the money-spinner," "the harvest spider," "the Hertfordshire spider," "the garden spider," "the house spider," "the cellar spider," "the trap-door spider." Of these, the "money-spinner" and the " harvest spider," although of the class Arachnidse, belong respectively to the orders Acarinao and Adelarthrosomatae, whereas all true spiders are embraced in the Araneidae. As respects the " Hertfordshire spider," I have been unable to discover the particular species to which the name refers. Various specimens have been sent me, but there was nothing common to all except large size. There were more of the "house spider" {Tegenaria domestica) than of any other, but although this species has not been found in some localities, it is generally common in the London district, and widely distributed on the Continent. Systematic Arrangement. Mr. Blackwall* separated spiders into tribes according to the number of their eyes. In England there are only those with six eyes (Senoculina) and eight eyes (Octonoculina), while in other parts of the world there are spiders with two and four eyes. The same araneologist divided the "Octonoculina" into ten families, and the "Senoculina" into two, the distinctive characters being the position and comparative size of the eyes, the shape of the palpi, maxillae, falces, labium, cephalothorax, sternum (breast- plate), and abdomen, and the proportionate length of the legs. The general arrangement is however open to much objection. It is "too artificial, and based on insufficient (though in some respects convenient) characters, and moreover" has not " found favour with other araneologists." The above quotation is from a paper by the Rev. 0. P. Cam- bridge, entitled "Systematic List of the Spiders at present known to inhabit Great Britain and Ireland."! which gives the names, and synonyms where necessary, of 457 species. Since then (1874) the number has been increased to about 520. Sooner or later Mr. Blackwall's classification will have to be abandoned for one more in accord with other authorities ; but the proposal to employ as a basis the form of the webs can never be accepted, as the * ' A History of the Spiders of Great Britain and Ireland.' — 1859-64. + ' Trans. Linnean Society-,' vol. xxx. 38 F. M. CAMPBELL — OBSERVATION'S OX SPIDERS. effect would be to place in the same genus spiders which, are utterly dissimilar. General Anatomical Stetjctitre. Spiders chiefly differ from insects in the following respects. The head and chest are amalgamated (cephalothorax), they have eight legs, and no antennae. Respiration is only partly tracheal. The stigmata vary in posi- tion and number. In the garden spider {Epeira diadema) there is but one stigma, which is just in front of the spinnerets. The chief organs of respiration are pulmonary sacs, which are never less than two, nor more than four. These are easily discernible, and are situated under two (generally) smooth pieces of skin near the base of the abdomen on its under side. They contain, with their ends free, a number of membranous sacs, arranged side by side in the form of thin plates (laminae), through which the blood passes. The heart is a muscular tube running along the dorsal part of the abdomen. Blood is admitted by means of openings on each of its sides, and then forced through communicating arteries to different parts of the body. The vascular system is not complete. According to Prof. Huxley,* the principal nerve-centres are " a supra-oesopha- geal ganglion and a single post-oesophageal mass." These are in communication, and from the former run branches to the eyes, while the latter are in connexion with the limbs and abdomen. There are also some free ganglia. The eyes are always simple, with a lens and retinal expansion. Under the eyes, attached to the front portion of the cephalothorax, are two "mandibles," which are the homologues of antennse, and for this reason the name " falces " is applied to them. The first or basal joint is generally stout and strong, while the terminal consists of a sharp claw, which when at rest closes on the basal joint as a blade of a pocket-knife on the handle. At the end of the claw is the opening of the duct of the poison-gland, which runs into the cephalothorax. Its largest portion, which appears to act as a reservoir, is surrounded by an irregular but closely arranged spiral muscle. The function of the falces is to seize and kill the prey, and to bring it within reach of the maxillae. The mouth is just under the attachment of the falces to the cephalothorax. There is an upper and under lip (labrum and labium), to each of which is attached a rough plate, generally somewhat lanceolate, in the centre of which runs a groove terminating in a point.f When the mouth is closed, the two grooves form a tube which opens into the gullet or oesophagus, and that expands into the sucking-stomach. At the top of the latter are muscles attached to the cephalothorax, and at the bottom are others fastened between the legs. It would seem that by the alternate contraction and expansion of the sucking- stomach the liquid food is removed from the mouth and driven * ' The Anatomy of Invertebrate Animals.' t Either of these plates is the so-called ' ' spider's tongue," sold by microscopic- object dealers. F. M. CAMPBELL — OBSERVATIOXS ON SPIDERS. 39 backwards to the abdominal intestine. Behind the suckinpj-stoniaoh tlie intestine sends forward two branches, from each of whicli run downwards four others (coeca). These vary in different species. On each side of, and attached to, the two lips, is a maxilla, which, however, is but the basal joint of a six-jointed palpus. Part of the external edges of the maxillne is strongly dentated. The maxilloe have a lateral motion, and their function is to press the prey, thus causing its juices to exude, while they also bring the parts so treated within reach of the lips. The external spinning organs, or spinnerets, are situated at the extremity of the abdomen. They consist of two, four, six, seven, or eight jointed protuberances,* on which are numerous horny tubes in communication with glands. These secrete a viscid fluid, which, "when exposed to the atmosphere, quickly dries. Mr. Meade, in a paper read before the British Association,! describes these glands in detail, and holds that spiders may have the power of throwing out threads without the assistance of any external force. From a variety of experiments I am inclined to think that this is not the case. The simplest method employed by a spider to draw out its thread is to fasten it to some fixed object and then to move away. If one be led to do this on a piece of glass, and the attachment be microscopically examined from the inverted side, it will be found to consist of many shreds, which at a little distance become united.;}: As the spinnerets are jointed, a spider is enabled to direct them in such a manner as to enable the liquid passing from each to dry at different points, so that it can spin more than one thread at the same time. The horny tubes vary in size, form, and arrangement in different species, and their number with age. LiFE-HlSTOET. Spiders are oviparous, and there is no metamoi-phosis. They cast their skins from time to time as they grow, and each whole exuvium carries with it that of the two plates (which have already been mentioned as being attached to the lips), the oesophagus, with sucking-stomach, the spinnerets with tubes, and the pulmonary sacs with laminoe. Blackwall obsei^ved nine moults in a Tegenaria eivi'lis; and a T. domestica (house spider) which I had in confinement went through this process on the following dates this year, 15th May, 9th June, 1st August, 21st Septembei'. On each occasion it was completely exhausted after leaving the exuvium, and remained for about twenty-five minutes hanging motionless, although it was touched. Eggs are only laid by spiders when full grown, and the age to which they live varies in different species, some dying the autumn after they are hatched, and others not for several years. * British spiders have not less than six, in front of which in some families is the seventh, in the form of a narrow band. This in some species is divided by a line, thus making the eighth. t ' Report of the Twenty-eighth Meeting,' 1858, p. 157. X I refer to another plan under the heading of " Habits." 40 F. M. CAMPBELL — OBSERVATIOJIS ON SPIDEES. I have had in confinement for twenty-seven months an adult Tegenaria domestica, and she is still alive. On the 13th of last May- she laid about 150 eg^s, and on returning nine weeks afterwards, I found most of them hatched.* The young ones remained in the loose sac which surrounded the eggs until they had cast their first skin, which they did on the third day. I allowed them to he with the mother until September, and never had reason to accuse her of making a meal off any of them, but I cannot acquit her children of this cannabalism. Senses. The mother-sense, namely, touch, is well developed in spiders. The limbs which are more specially susceptible are the feet and palpi. I have frequently placed a wood-louse [Oni'scus) in a bottle, with a Tegenaria civilis or domestica, and with few exceptions the spider has first struck it with the fore-legs or palpi, and for the time abandoned the prey as if from the knowledge of its being a tough morsel. In all cases, however, the fate of the wood-louse was only a question of time, either from the vigour of the attack, or the entanglement of its legs in the web, which prevented its assuming its usual protective attitude. Spiders are, moreover, well provided with the means of feeling the slightest movement of their webs or other objects. On their legs and palpi are long slender simple hairs, which differ from others in that they are attached to a small disc on the integument. They are numerous on the Epeira diadema (garden spider), and are unusually long on the palpi of the Pholcus phalangioides (cellar spider). In web-spinning species they appear to rest on the snare, and this may account for the accuracy with which these spiders estimate the strength of their victim, while it also enables them to avoid risking an encounter of doubtful result. A violent agitation of the threads would at once show them they had no easy victory before them. It is also quite possible that these hairs are affected by the vibrations of sound ; but as the organs of a special sense are always localised, it is unlikely that the sensation a spider receives by such means is anything more than one of disturbed stability. "\Ve ourselves, whose sense of touch has not been especially developed in this direction, can, by placing our hands, for instance, on a wooden structure near an organ, ex- perience the vibrations of sound in the form of a gentle tremor, which is different to all other sensations. In a similar way some deaf people are enabled to enjoy music, and as there has as yet been nothing found on spiders which can be called an ear, we may not be wrong in attributing the undoubted effect on spiders of sound-vibration to the presence of the hairs which here I have briefly described. * As I send this paper for publication (May 13th), I notice that early this morning the same spicier has spun a shaft 3 J inches in height, H inches in diameter, from the bottom of her bottle, and has supported it with side attachments. On the top she has laid one egg only, and covered it with a close-spun sheet an inch in diameter. The coincidence of the dates is strange. F. M. CAMPBELL — OBSERVATIONS ON SPIDERS. 41 NotwitlistaTidinc: the discovery of Prof. Wcstring,* that some spiders (Tlieridiidai) possess stridubitiiig- orjj'ans on the ccphalo- tliorax and the base of the abdomen, and the subsequent account of a striduhitinc: myjiale f found in Assam, I resolved to try a few experiments with the view of testing how far spiders could be atfceted by sound and music. "Walckenfer | writes that Grctry relates in his memoirs, that a spider came to a piano as soon as it was played. D'Oliver, in the ' Histoire de I'Academie Franqaisc,' tells the romantic story of Pellisson, Avho, when imprisoned, fed a spider which had spun its web in the air-hole of his dungeon, and after a few months trained it to run up as high as his knees to be fed at the sound of a Basque bagpipe. The first experiment I tried was with a tuning-fork (C) in a small out-house where there were many spiders. Only one was attracted, and it followed the vibrating fork from place to place, but having allowed it to approach close to the open side of the sounding-box, it ran away as fast as it could for some little distance, and then remained stationary. The following day the note pro- duced no visible effect on the same spider, — indeed, I have found that I coukl not always rely on constant results from these experiments. The tamest spider I had [Tegenaria domestica) was unfortunately allowed to escape. At a tune from a musical box she would open her spinnerets — an act which is common to spiders when expectant of food — and go to the centre of her web, where she used to be fed. It took me some weeks thus to train her, and the first sign of re- conciliation to her imprisonment was an angry movement of the falces when I touched her, whereas previously she used to run away. On one occasion I placed a few feet from a T. domestica a vessel into which I had swept a mass of gnats from an out-huuse in winter. There must have been at least a hundred, and the "piping" was great. The spider became violently excited long before he could have seen them, and when he did see them was shortly so surrounded that he struck at them indiscriminately with his legs, reminding one of a young sportsman shooting at a large covey of birds. He succeeded in bringing down several. I have often startled spiders some distance off by the banging of a door, and their agitation could not be explained by supposing any current of air to have disturbed either them or their webs. The above are only a few of many experiments. 1 have but little to say on the sense of sight. It would appear from the movements of spiders while spinning their webs that * ' Xahir-historisk Tidskrift,' vol. iv, 1842-3, p. 349, and vol. ii, 1846-9, p. 342 ; and ' Araniae Suecicpe,' p. 184. Since the above was written I find that the females of Ther'uUon guttatitm have these organs as well as the males. "West- ring states males only. I have also discovered what appear to be undoubted organs of a similar function on the palpi and falces in Liny phi a tcnebricola, a spider ^ of an inch in length, and have read a paper before the Linneau Society on both subjects. t Wood-^[ason, in 'Trans. Entomological Soc' 1877. + ' Histoire des Apteres,' vol. i, p. 110. 42 F. 31. CAMPBELL — OBSERVATIONS OX SPIDERS. they are more dependent upon touch. Many species are more active by night than by day, and the most intricate and symmetrical snares can be made in the dark. "Whatever deduction we may make from this must, however, be subject to the consideration that our visual range lies between a minimum and maximum number of vibrations in a second, which exclude the less recurrent waves of radiant heat. These latter, for anything we know, may cause a luminous sensation in other creatures, in the same manner as sound-vibrations outside our auditory range produce on them an appreciable effect. That spiders are capable of a delicate judgment of distance is evidenced by the Salticus scenicm (a small common species, readily recognised by its zebra markings), which springs some little space to seize its prey. The same spider will often turn round as it is running down the perpendicular side of a wall, and look upwards, if a little sand be dropped so as to fall about six inches from it. From the nature of the external integument, the eyes of spiders would seem to be fixed in one direction, yet microscopic examina- tion of them when alive leads me to think that the spiders not only have an adjusting power over the lenses, but that they also can move the eye itself within the cavity covered by the transparent cuticle. This is the only way in which I can account for the frequent changes of colour, as well as of the form and position of the colour, which take place in their eyes, and which resembles that of a moving liquid globule. Spiders are generally not dainty in their food, but they have their strong aversions. They will reject the caterpillars of the currant moth {Abraxas Grossulariata) and of the "V" moth {Halia tvavaria), while they generally discard the Ichneumonidte, if I may judge of experiments made on Tegenaria domestica in confinement. Mr. Moggridge* relates how he guided a beetle ( Chrynomela Banksii) to the nest of a trap-door spider, how it was seized and forcibly rejected, and how immediately afterwards a wood-louse was re- tained. Habits. The eggs of spiders are enveloped in a cocoon, and the young remain together a few days after they are hatched, when, if pre- vented from separating, they attack one another. A common practice employed by these young spiders to avoid their hungry relatives, and one which does not seem at this early age to be peculiar to any one species, is to stand rather higher than usual and raise the end of the abdomen, like an angry bee, while the viscid fluid before referred to is allowed to flow through the spin- nerets, and form on their surface a loose entanglement of silk. In this position they will remain until a current of air (even a gentle human expiration is sufficient) draws away this rough parachute, and with it a thread in communication with the spider. The * ( Trap-door Spiders,' Supplement, p. 40. F. Sr. CAMPBELL — OBSERVATIONS ON SPIDERS. 43 noronant soon seizes this witli its foi-e-loa:s, runs up the thread, and is wafted away to a fresh hunting-ground.* The distance to whieh they are cariied varies much, and Darwin f mentions that the rigging of the " Beagle," when sixty miles from land, was one morning covered with thousands of young and old spiders of both sexes. ]t is owing to such aerial excursions, and also to the practice of some spiders always to trail a thread after them, that at certain seasons of the year, when the weather is favourable, we see so much gossamer. As soon as the young spiders are separated from the rest of the brood, they commence to obtain their food according to the habits of their species, whether by webs, as the Kpeirid?e, Theridiidoe, etc., or by fleetness of foot, or ambuscade, as the Lycosidae, Drassidoe, Dysderida?, and Salticidoe, etc. Salticus scenicus has already been mentioned as springing on its prey, but before doing so it attaches its thi-ead to the place from which it starts, thus making a careful provision against a fall. Under its feet, as is the case with many spiders, are pads of stiff bristles which end in a bulbous point. These must be of great service in its spring. There is an almost endless variety of webs, from that of the so- called cobwebs in our houses to the beautiful regular snare of the Epeiridae (garden spiders). The former, if preserved from dust and smoke, retain for years their original pearly lustre. The first more or less horizontal line which forms the foundation of the web of the Epeira diadema is drawn from the spinnerets by a light current of air as just described, the spider remaining motionless, apparently waiting to feel the decreased tension as the thread becomes entangled with some fixed object, when it securely fastens the ends. I More or less parallel to this it similarly obtains another. Walking then to some ])oint on the upper thread, it there fixes a third thread, and drops down to the second, and securely attaches the two. It then proceeds to about the centre of the last thread and there fastens another, which it trails along until it reaches some point on the first, to the right or left of the perpen- dicular thread. There the spider draws the loose thread tight, and fastens it. It is thus that all the radii are spun, care being taken that they are arranged so as to keep the whole structure compact and tight. The spider then commences from the centre of its snare to trail a spiral, the lines of which are much farther apart than those seen in the finished web. If we touch this thread we find it is non-adhesive. On reaching the circumference, the spider spins the permanent spiral, making use of the first as a bridge over the distances between the radii, and bites away those parts of it which are no longer required for this pui-pose. The spider thus continues, until it is not far from the centre, when it leaves un- * This habit is persistent in some small species. t ' Xaturalist's Voyage round the World.' X This can easily be seen by placing an Epeira on a stick, standing perpendicu- larly in a pail of water, and opening the door and window of the room so as to cause a drausrht. 44 r. ir. caitpbell — obseevations on spidees. touched the first spiral. The web is now finished,* unless, as is often the case, a thread is carried from its centre to a leaf or other fixed object, concealed in which the owner may wait in ease, with one foot on the communicating line, ready to run out on its slightest movement. If now we touch the permanent spiral, we find it very adhesive and elastic, which is not the case with the radii and the other supports of the web. The difference between the two on microscopic examination is seen to be the presence in the former of many small globules, which are found to be very viscid. The spider invariably runs along the radii to its prey, and the cause of its leaving in the centre of the web a few turns of the first spiral, which is non-adhesive, seems to be that it makes that part a genei'al resting-place, and does not wish to be hampered in its movements. In some cases the spiral, as it approaches the circumference, is much more open than at other parts, and this occurs more often iu large webs. It would appear that this is an error, for it occurs where the radii are the farthest apart, and at the weakest points of the whole structure. This objection is however removed if we consider that it would be to the advantage of the spider to allow a powerful insect to break through the web rather than it should be destroyed by the captive's struggles for freedom, and, were it stronger at the circumference, such would be the result in a shorter time than would allow the spider a chance of a personal encounter. If large insects are caught, it is only near the centre, within easy striking distance, and even then the Epeiridae will sometimes bite asunder the threads which hold them rather than expose their web to any risk. Adhesiveness is, however, not a property of the webs of all genera. In these cases the prey is secured by entanglement and immediate attack. The snares of the Ciniflonidae, which have on the metatarsal joint of each posterior leg two rows of curved movable spines, with which they crimp the thread as they leave the spinnerets (calamistrum), are adhesive when newly made, and there are none of the viscid globules already referred to. Mr. Blackwall has treated of the matter, f and points out that the application of a polished surface does not derange the web. This, as well as other considerations, leads to the conjecture that the detention of insects is due to some of the threads of the webs of this genus being fibrous. Many spiders' webs are in connexion with holes and crevices in the earth, and there the spiders hyber- nate. Some of the Lycosidse dig an irregular oval cavity (about one inch by half an inch), close it with their thread, and eai-th, and remain there with a cocoon. I kept one in confinement, and twice destroyed her retreat, only to find another made the fol- lowing morning. The top was covered with granular pieces of earth, such as might be surmised to have been raked over the silken lining with her feet. A similar burrowing habit, but one that is * For the sake of brevity I omit here the very many stays and side -threads of the web. t ' Trans. Linnean Society,' vol. xvi. F. M. CAMPBELL — OBSEKVATIONS ON SPIDERS. 45 persistent in all seasons, is fovintl in the p;enns Afi/pm, of \Yliich we liave two recognized si)eeies, piceus and aj/inis *), Avliich are the so-called " English trap-door spiders." This term is, however, incorrect, for although they dig a hole in the ground, Avhich, in the case of adult females, measures ten inches in length and tive-cighths of an inch in width, there is no attempt to make a door such as is seen in the true trap-door spiders' nests of the Continent, which are to be found readih' about Bordeaux and the lliviera.f Att/pus piceus and affiuis spin a much stronger lining to their nest, and carry it about two inches beyond the ground, upon which the prolongation rests. When the spiders are at home, the tul)es are invariably closed and fully extended ; the end being brought to a point, and so well woven, that even on close examination there is no trace of a seam. They feed by night. One of the most interesting of our iudigenous spiders on account of its habitat is Argijroneta aquatica, which is born and lives in pools and ditches. It is easily kept in confinement for some time, and is procurable from the Cambridgeshire fens, where it is common, but it is not to be confounded with some species which hunt for their prey on the water, nor with those which only occasionally take a plunge {Zi/cosa piratica and Dolomedes Jim- hriatus). It constructs a dome-shaped cell in the water in the following manner. Entangling a bubble of air in its spinnerets, it descends, and attaches it to a weed, then it rises to the surface, procures another, which it adds to the first, covering both with its thread. This it will I'epeat as many as twentj* times, until the cell is large enough, when it enters from below, having previously taken care to attach lines in communication with different points. Here it lives and hybernatcs, occasionally making a foraging excursion. It is the only English species in which the male is larger than the female. Many of the female hunting spiders (Lycosidfe, etc.), rather than desert their cocoon, carry or draw it after them, and defend it to the last ; and Bonnet | relates how a Dolomedes mirah/lis preferred to remain in the hole of an ant-lion to abandoning its eggs. This species, as the hatching-time approaches, weaves a sheet upon blades of grass, and remains with her young for some days, only leaving them to procure food. Spiders which spin snares generally place their cocoons in close proximity, and some, like Tegenaria domestica, are to bo continually found sitting § on the sac which incloses their eggs. The strategy of spiders is not confined to the construction of theii' webs. The Epeiridae will at times shake them so violently as to make the outline of their bodies invisible, while the cellar spider * Blackwall's synonym for both is Suheri. t Mr. Moggridge's book, ' Harvesting Ants and Trap-door Spiders,' goes fully into tbeir habits and the construction of their nests. X 'Traite d'Insectologie,' vol. i, p. 547 (4to.). § Such is the position at the present moment of the T. domestica, mentioned already as ha^iag laid one egg. 46 F. M. CAMPBELL — OBSEEVATIONS ON SPIDEES. {Pholcus phalangioides) will if disturbed spin round and round so rapidly, that it only gives the visual impression of an indistinct circle of some light substance suspended from its web. These simple habits become more complex in the triangle spider of America (genus Hyptiotes, Walck.). The net is in the form of a triangle, divided by two lines from the apex to the base, more or less parallel to which run nine others. The apex is attached to a twig by a thread, which the spider seizes, and then moves her hinder feet backward. The effect is to put the whole net on the stretch. Thus it will remain until an insect strikes it, when the spider relaxes the hold of the hinder legs, and the net springs back to its original position, entangling the prey.* In common with many other creatures, spiders "sham death" an expression which I think is open to much objection, as it suggests a complex cause for a phenomenon, whereas a simple one will suffice. Dr. Preyer, of Jena,f has published his experiments on animals while under the influence of sudden fright. He shows them to be unconscious, and our general experience is confirmatory. A child falls, and though not hurt loses himself for a few seconds ; when regaining consciousness, he bursts out into a loud roar. Rabbits appear powerless when weasels approach them. Birds and hares will sometimes remain motionless on our sudden appearance. Many moths never attempt flight when touched, and the white ermine, the satin, the swallow-tail, and the male ghost moth will fall as if paralysed when a net is swooped under them at night while on the wing. The clouded-yellow butterfly will drop as if lifeless, when closely pursued, and I would add to this incomplete list of the results of fright the so-called " shamming death " of spiders. The Epeira diadema gives almost a constant result if it be suddenly touched, but it is strange to see it afterwards, as is often the case, pursuing its way mindless of any further disturbance. The most natural explanation of this apparent contradiction is, that the phenomenon is dependent on fright, which is greater if unexpected. Dr. Preyer found it difticult to produce satisfactory results on the young of some animals, and not long since at Mentone, while digging out a trap-door spider [Nemesia Moggridgii), I was struck at seeing some of her progeny running about as if nothing was happening, while others remained with their mother motionless. On touching them with chloroform, the young died at once, but the old one was quiet for thirty seconds or more, and then moved but little. It would seem that she was unconscious even of pain, for the application of this agent of death to large spiders is generally followed by resistance. A parallel case to this is the well-known death-watch beetle, which is said to submit to any amount of torture without movement, after it has once di'awn its head into its monk-like hood and folded its legs. That this resignation to all consequences would be the case if it were con- * See Mr. "Wilder's paper in 'Proceedings of the American Association,' August, 1873. t 'Sammlung PhysiologischerAbliandlungen,'Zweite Eeihe, Erster Heft, 1878. F. M. CAMPBELL OBSERVATIONS ON" SPIDERS. 47 scions, ■U'ould iin]>lT tliat it preferrccl to continue to play a part at the expense of its lite, when the object of that part was preserva- tion. Notwithstanding: the above remarks, I do not think that all creatures which I'emain motionless under circumstances likely to frighten them, are unconscious. I refer to those animals, etc., such as the hedgehog, armadillo, wood-louse, snail, and parasitic Chrysi- didae, which, having some parts of their body harder than the rest, use them as a shield. In such cases immobility may be regarded as a necessity of their attitude of protection. In connexion with this subject the question naturally arises as to whether insects show any sign of fear in the presence of spiders. Expenence acquired from the observation of animals given to reptiles for food would lead one to think this would rarely be the case. Birds and mammals fly and run against the heads of snakes, and even rest there, frightening them much more than they do themselves, and the same is true of flies and spiders. I have only once observed an attitude in a fly which might be taken as coinci- dent with kataplexy, which is Dr. Preyer's term for the paralysis caused by fright. The fly was about an inch and a half from a Tegenaria domestica, and was busily cleaning itself, when suddenly it stood motionless in the very act of rubbing its crossed legs together, and remained so until it was shortly afterwards seized. This could not be explained by the spider having previously struck it with its fangs, palpi, or legs, for such was not the case. Mr. Belt states that he has seen cockroaches retreat in full haste Avhen they had accidentally approached a large spider.*" General Remarks. Spiders have enemies also. They often fall victims to members of their own order, and to "harvest-spiders" (Phalangidoe), wasps, hornets, lizards, toads, centipedes, squirrels, etc. Several of the Pompilidae prey upon them, and convey them, when paralysed by a sling, to their burrows, where they are stored as food for the young brood. Some of the Ichneumonidue lay their eggs in the cocoons, the puncture presenting the appearance of the prick of a pin. This seems to be very common, if I may judge from the number of instances which I have met with. Ants will quickly seize a disabled spider, and the Rev. 0. P. Cambridge writes : f "The large red ant of our woods, Formica rufa, destroys them so completely that in those localities thickly inhabited by the ant I have generally found it almost useless to search for spiders." In winter spiders are to be found under all kinds of cover, whether it be a brick, a long tuft of grass, an untidy side of a haystack, moss, or a collection of leaves. A careful shaking of these over a square yard of calico will soon reveal their contents. In spring, summer, and autumn they are also to be sought for on their webs, on railings, and on the ground, basking in the sun, * ' The Naturalist in Xicaragua,' p. 110. t ' Spiders of Dorset,' vol. i, p. xxxi. 48 r. M. CAMPBELL — OBSEEVATIOXS ON SPIDERS. wliile in dry weather many species are to be obtained by carefully searching the grass growing by the water-side. As a rule those frequenting damp places soon die in confinement, while otlna's have been known to live some months without water or even food. Spiders are best caught in a glass tube (about 2^ inches by ^ an inch), and the small species by applying to them a wotted finger. A knowledge of their habits, a quick eye, and a ready hand, are required, especially for some fast runners, but it is astonishing how soon even these become tired out. They are all best pre- served in spirit (about 40 per cent, over proof). It is interesting to observe the difference between the spinning organs of the larvae of Lepidoptera and those of spiders. The com- paratively large single opening of the former causes the viscid fluid to dry but slowly, thus preventing the silk from being employed in connexion with any rapid movement, while the spider with its number of tubes (already described), exposes to the atmosphere as many minute liquid jets. These almost instanta- neously solidify as they unite, thus permitting that immediate use of the thread which is so necessary to the spider for its safety or means of subsistence. The thread varies in thickness from — o~do- to ^-^^oo of an inch in diameter, and yet will sustain a weight of from 66 to 60 grains. Many have been the attempts to use it in manufacture. Tlie first was by Bon, who wove gloves made from the silk of cocoons at the commencement of the last century,* and in 1710 the Academy of Sciences in Paris charged Reaumur to investigate the subject. His report was unfavourable.! Eighty years afterwards Tremeyer (in Italy) drew the silk straight from the Epeira diadema, with which he also made gloves, and about the beginning of this century Troughton employed it in scientific instruments, instead of silver wire. Further experiments have within the last few years been made by Dr. Wilder, who gives their result in the ' Galaxy ' (July, 1869). He shows that it is quite possible to obtain sufficient spiders' thread or silk for it to become a material of general manufacture. He reeled 150 yards from a NepMla plumipes, on twenty occasions within a month, and he calculates that it would require a similar produce, from 450 of this species, that is, 1,350,000 yards, to make a yard of silk such as would be used in a dress. Greater labour is however required than in the case of the silk from the Bomhj/x, and this, notwithstanding a finer texture, is an insuperable objection to its use. * Bon, ' Dissertation sur I'Arai.fj^nee.' — 1710. t "Examen siir les Araignes," in the ' Report of the Academy of Sciences.' —1710. V. HOMOLOGY AXD AXALOGY" OP PLANT ORGANS. Br THE Ruv. George Hexslow, M.A., F.L.S., F.G.S. A Lecture delivered at St. Albuns, IGth December, 1879. Homoh(j]i between any plant organs may be defined as an identity of morphological origin with a ditference of function : while Analogy signifies a similarity of function in different organs, ■whether there be a difference in their morphological origin or not. Thus, a leaf-tendril is homologous with a leaf -blade, since they are the same organ fundamentally and morphologically ; but each in its development has become adapted to its own special function. The tendril of a vine, however, is not homologous with a leaf, because it is a metamorphosed flowering branch, with which it is, of course, homologous. On the other hand, it is analogous to the tendril of the pea, for its function is the same. In this case, there- fore, there is no common morphological origin between the tendril of a pea and that of a vine. Again, recognising a green bract as an organ distinct, say, from a petal ; though they are morphologically of the same nature, both being referable to the leaf-type ; yet when a bract becomes coloured, it is then analogous to a petal ; for its function is now the same, viz to attract insects. On the other hand, whenever a bract is green, it is, at one and the same time, both analogous and homologous with a true leaf. It is the object of this paper to illustrate these principles as applied to the Vegetable Kingdom. HOMOLOGY. A few preliminary facts must be stated. Every part of a plant to which some definite function can be assigned is called an organ; and aU organs of a flowering plant are grouped under the two heads, vegetative and reproductive. Under the former term are included roots, stems, stipules, leaves, leaf-scales, and green bracts. Under the latter term are inflor- escences, coloured bracts, flowers, and their resulting fruits. All these organs may be otherwise classified under the terms axea and aiopendagcs ; the former being " caulomes " or stem- structures, the latter " phyllomes " or leaf-structures and " tri- chomes " or epidermal outgrowths. Roots and rootlets are called descending root-axes. These bear no phyllomes, but only trichomes, as root-hairs for absorption. Stems may be (1) subterranean stem-axes or (2) aerial and ascending stem- and branch-axes. Omitting hairs and other trichomes, stem- and branch-axes only bear phyllomes or foliar appendages. VOL. I. — PART II. 4 50 EEV. G. HENSLOW — HOMOLOGY AND The term leaf may be used in a wide sense for any phyllome or appendage, not inclnding trichomes. Hence we may recognise phyllomes as occup3ing (1) the leaf-scale and bud-scale regions, (2) the true leaf region, (3) the bract* region, and (4) the floral region. Homology asserts, jf?r«?!, that root- and stem-axes are fundamentally the same ; secondly, that all leaf-appemlages or phyllomes are fundamentally the same ; and thirdly, that even caulomes and phyllomes must be regarded as being fundamentally the same ; though in each case their normal functions may be very different, respectively. In comparing these several organs, we must first consider their normal differences, and secondly look for their fundamental agreements. I. AxiAx STRUCTirEES — Yegetative. The following comparisons may be made between root- and stem- axes. Roots differ from stems, — 1, in their order of Iranching ; 2, in their anatomy ; 3, in their phyaiology ; and 4, in the absence of buds and appendages, excepting epidermal root-hairs. 1 . Branching of Roots. — The branching of stem-axes being mainly determined by the position of the leaves, and these being more or less arranged according to phyllotactical laws, the branching becomes more or less symmetrical, or at least is originally so, but the regularity is often marred by the arrest of buds and by their displacement, etc. In roots, there is, except at first, no such apparent regularity. As examples of certain regular distributions the following may be noticed: the rootlets of Cruciferce, PapaveracecB, Resedaceo', and Geraniacece are in two lines ; several Leguminosch in three lines; Malvaceae, Euphorbiaceoi, Umhellifera, Lahiatce, and Ver- henacece in four lines ; and Compositm and Solanece in five lines. The arrangement in two and four lines is the commonest. This dis- position is generally in accordance and in connexion with the fibro-vascular bundles. 2. Anatomy of roots. — This is in some respects very different from tliat of stems. A young root consists of epidermis with or with- out root-hairs and with no stomata. Beneath it is the cellular cortical layer; then the cylinder of cells called the pi'otecting sheath which includes the root-forming pericambium, and lastly the central fibro-vascular column usually without a distinct medulla or pith. The apex is protected by a special root-cap or pileorhiza, wanting in Gymnosperms. Old woody roots as compared with similar stems have mostly no pith, and the medullary rays are less numerous and less developed. The wood is very irregular. There is much interlacing of parts, causing the wood to be knotty. There is a similar cambium layer. The cortex or cork is mostly thicker (as in the thick cellular layer in herbaceous rhizomes). There is less liber or none. * Bracts may be regarded as transitional organs between the vegetative and reproductive. ANALOGY or PLANT OBGAXS. 51 3. F/ii/sioIoffi/ of root li. — (1) The clongntion of roots is confined to a space of abuut one line in length at u distance of half u line from the actual apex ; a growing stem on the other hand appears to elongnte by growing throughout its whole length. (2) New rootlets are always endogenous. Arising from the pericumbium, they burst through the tissue, raising the cortical layer into a " coleorhiza " round the base of the emerging rootlet. Regularly formed buds, on the other hand, are exogenous and form superficial papillae near the pioiction vegetationis of a stem. Adventitious buds, however, are endogenous. (3) The functions of I'oots arc (i) to fix the plant to its site in the earth, or as an epiphyte on other plants ; or on rocks, etc., in water or air ; unless the plant fioat freely on or is sus- pended in water ; (ii) to absorb water with mineral and organic matters in solution: the modifications being («) normal, in soils and water, (h) absorbents of organised matter, as in Neottia Nidus- avis and " saprophytes," (c) aerial absorbents, as in orchids, [d) para- sitic, either subterranean, as in Orohanche, or aerial, as in Cuscuta ; (iii) to act as 2J>'ops for climbing, as on ivy and orchids ; (iv) to form reservoirs of nutriment, as tuberous roots ; (v) to act as propagating instruments, whenever buds are produced on roots, as in Anemone Jnponica ; wdile Ranunculus Fiearia and terrestrial orchids propagate by the production of adventitious tuberous roots, each being terminated above by a bud. (4) The vitality of roots is generally very great as compared with that of stems and any other part of the plant. Lindley * mentions live roots having been found in land many years after the trunks to which they belonged had been destroyed, as of white thorn. Knight found evidence of the same fact in fruit trees. Roots agree with stems in forming similar concentric woody layers with cambium and bark, and having the individual cells of the different layers of the same nature as, but larger in many cases than, the cells in the stems : thus the wood-cells of the root of Pinus have two to four rows of disks, whereas they are in a single row on the wood-cells of the stems. Roots can produce buds. Many plants habitually do so, as Anemone Japonica, Pyrus Japonica, peach and plum trees. The roots of Neottia are said to bear leaves, f and when roots of trees, as elm, horse-chestnut, etc., become exposed, they then will produce buds freely. An adventitious root proceeding from the upper part of a decorticated spot on a Rohiuia (false acacia) penetrated the soil at a distance of five feet. Being detached above, it threw out leaf-buds and now forms a small tree, the true root assuming the character and functions of an aerial trunk. ij: On the other hand, exogenous stem-structures differ from roots in having, if complete, the following eLments: — medulla or pith, regular medullary rays, wood in regular concentric cylinders, a cambium layer, liber and soft bark, a green layer, liber and epidennis with stomata, and no apical cap. In its method of growth, * ' Tlieory of Ilorticulture,' p. 31. t Perliaps these are stem-structures. X This is growing in the Rectory garden at Ealing. 52 KEY. G. HENSLOW — HOMOLOGY AND the apex elongates, and the internode stretches by interstitial growth throughout its whole length. Conversely, stems can resemble roots in developing adventitious roots ; and in absorbing moisture throughout their whole surface, as long as it is only covered by a delicate epidermis and but a thin cuticular layer. Normal instances of roots arising from stems occur in all monocotyledons. As abnormal instances, — Exogens when decorticated often produce them from the living edges of the part; all "cuts" and " slips" are thus made to form independent plants by the facility with which they will strike root. Adventitious buds are endogenous, as are all new rootlets. Roots and stems can, both alike, be modified as reservoirs of nourishment ; thus are tuberous roots of Ranunculus Ficaria, Orchis, Pceonia, Dahlia, etc. Stem-structures having this function are seen in rhizomes, corms, tuhers, etc. Lastly botli stems (I'adicle) and root (axial, primary, or tap) may be together concerned in the act, as in biennial roots of turnip, carrot, etc. Some plants have no roots when the stem supplies their functions of fixing the plant to its site, as in Epipogon Gmelini, Corallorhiza innata, and some Bromeliads, as well as the cryi)togamous bog-moss Sphagnum, and Psilophyton. Utricularia has also no roots but is simply suspended in water. In some of these cases the stems would seem to act as absorbents of nutriment, as in the above- mentioned orchids; so too similar (root?) structures in Neottia probably absorb organic matter as saprophytes. An interchange of functions can be brought about artificially. Thus Duhamel caused the bougbs of a willow to be bent down to the ground, buried, and to strike root. When these were well rooted, he extracted the original roots and elevated them, so that the tree became inverted ; the roots now threw out leafy shoots. The functions of stems, as compared with roots, may be classified as follows : — (i) to fix the plant to its site when it has no roots ; (ii) to absorb water through its epidermis, and other food as in saprophytes ; or to act parasitically, as in Viscum, etc. ; (iii) as climbing instruments in stem-twiners ; (iv) as reservoirs of nutri- ment, as in tubers, etc. ; (v) as propagating instruments, as by bulbs, tubers, the aerial corms of Ranunculus Ficnria, and the swollen disarticulated bratwhes of Vttis gongyloides ; (vi) as extend- ing the individual, as by creeping stems of grasses, rhizomes, etc. II. Appendicular Structijkes — Vegetative, 1. The Leaf -scale Regions. Leaf-scales. — The first modifications of phyllome to be considered are Leaf- and Bud-scales. These occur in two regions, ( 1 ) on underground stems, as well as on the basal parts of aerial stem- axes, and (2) as aerial buds. Leaf-scales of the first kind appear to have only two origins. They are either homologous with the basal or petiolar portion of the ANALOGY OF PLANT OKGANS. 53 leaf or else are stipules. The former are by far the most numerous ; such as bulb-scales, shcathinpj scales of creeping grass-stems, and the nulinieutary scales of the "eyes" of potatoes. Eut the violet and strawberry furnish illustrations of stipules forming scales on rliizomes. AVith reference to their functions, they may be (1) rudimentary and presumably useless as on potatoes ; (2) protecting the bud included within them ; and (3) reservoirs of nutriment as on bulbs. Bud-scales are homologous with several structures ; they may be:— 1. Stipular, as in the lime, elm, oak, and beech. 2. Laminar, as in the lilac and willow. 3. Ft'do/ar, as in the horse-chestnut and cuiTant. 4. Petiolar and stipular, by cohesion, as in the plum. 5. Laminar and stipular, but free, as in the hawthorn. The functions of bud-scales are mostly the same, whatever be their origin ; namely to protect the delicate parts within. To enhance this function they are often provided with hair, either silky, as in the beech and willow, or looolhj, as in the apple. The hair may either densely clothe the leaf, as in the apple, or else the stipules may be hairy as in the willow. The hair acting as a non-conductor enables the heat due to respiration to be retained. Externally they may be resinous, as in the horse-chestnut. The only additional function they may assume is that of storing up nourishment for the bud, when it can become detached and maintain an independent existence, as in Lilium bulbiferuin, Dentaria hulhifera, etc. 2. The true Leaf Region. Stipules. — The true origin of stipules has not yet been satisfactorily or definitely determined in every case. That they are foliar or phyllomes is generally admitted, but "whether they are in all cases organicalli/ one with the leaf, or totally independent of it, in many cases is not yet decided."^ With reference to the duration of stijmles, they are persistent or deciduous ; and with regard to their character, they may be (when persistent) as follows: — 1. Foliaceous and lateral in position, e.g. Pisitm. ,, axillary ,, ,, Melianthus. ,, interpetiolar ,, ,, Galium. 2. Membranous . . . • >> Pelargonium. 3. Scarious ....,, Illecebracim. 4. Spinescent . . . • >> Acana (species). 5. Cirrhose . . . • ,, iSmilax. 6. Bracteiform . . . . ,, Viola, Fragraria. * According to Griffith ('Notulnc') stipules are (1) petiolar or "extensions of the petiole," as in Xandina domestica (Part I, p. 226) and in the Ochrea of Poly- gonacem, such being, according to him, "a mere dilatation of the petiole, the margins of the dilated part cohering and forming a sheath ; " but it is otherwise regarded as axillary by cohesion of two stipules between the leaf and the stem, and cohering on the further side of the stem as well, so forming a tubular sheath. Again, stipules may be (2) ' ' considered as the lowermost pair of pin - nules," as in Bauhinia and other leguminous plants (p. 228). Lastly, they may be (3) "nothing but the lowermost lobes of the leaves," as in Passijlora (p. 229) 54 EEV. G. HENSLOW — HOMOLOGY AND Of deciduous stipules there may be the following kinds : — 1. Bud-scales .... e.g. Qnercus, Tilia. 2. Bud-sheath . . . . ,, Maf/nalia. 3. Glandular . . . • ,, Resida. By position stipules mayhe petiolar ( Eosa), interpetiolar ( Galium), oppositifoliar {Astragalus), axillary (Melia?ithus), ochreate {Poly- go7iui)i). Lastly, with reference to their functions, stipules may be as follows : — 1. Foliar, or with true leaf -functions, e.g. 2. Protective, as bud -scales ,, as bud -sheath 3. Defensive, as spines 4. Scandent, by tendinis 5. Secretive, by g'lands 6. Furnishing a domicile for ants . Pinrnn. Tilia. Magnolia. jLcacia. Sniilax. Fab a. Ac'icia spharocepliala.* Leaves. — Eegarding a leaf as the type of all phylloraes, we may recognise the following modifications of the two parts — stalk or petiole, and blade or lamina. Petiolar Metamo7'phoses. — The leaf-stalk or petiole may assume any of the following characters: — 1. Foliaceous (phyllodes) 2. Spinescent .... 3. Protective (of buds) — (1) Sheathing (2) By a groove . (3) Pileiform (4) Squamiform . ,, with stipules 4. Leaf-supporting sheath — (1) Entire and investing the stem (2) Split on opposite side 5. Glandular .... 6. Scandent .... 7. Nuh-itive .... 8. Vibratory .... e.g. Acacia (species of). ,, Astragalus gumtnifer. ,, Hern chum. ,, Ancuha juponica. ,, Platanus. ,, Jl'Jsciilm, Ribes. ,, Rosa, Prunus. ,, Palmm, Cyperacem. , , Grammem. „ Acacia sphcerocephala. , , Clematis. ,, L'liinn (bulb-scales). , , Popidiis. Laminar Metamorphoses. — The following are the characters which may be assumed by the blade or lamina ; — 1. Petaloid, (1) normal . . e.g. ,, (2) abnormal 2. Protective (of buds) . 3. Scandent (by tendi-il) 4. Carnivorous 5. Glandular Propagative, (1) normal ,, (2) artificial Poinnettia. Tidipa. Byringa. Gloriosa, Pisinn. Sarracenia, etc. Avoids. Nepenthes, etc.t Bryophyllum. Begonia, etc. and in Cissi. They may take the fomi of "ciliolar outgrowths developed from the base of the leaves towards the centre of the interfolinm, as in Apoci/neee " (p. 230). Interpetiolar stipules Griffith regards as "rudimentary leaves of inde- pendent origin, as in the Rubiacetv''^ (p. 230). * See Belt's 'Naturalist in Nicaragua,' p. 219; and 'Journal of Linnean Society,' Botany, vol. xv, p. 398. t The Pitchers are metamorphosed glands. — ' Trans. Liunean Soc.,' vol. xxii, p. 415. ANALOGY OF PLANT OllGANS. 55 7. " Food-bodies " (bearer of) Acacia sphcerocephala. 8. Nutritive .... (Joiijlcdona. 9. Water-carriers DipsacHs. 10. Det'eusive, (1) spiuescent . Ilex, Aloe. ,, (2) stiugs Loasa, Urtica. ,, (3) serratures . Paiidanus. 11. Arrested .... Acacia (phjilodinous sp.). 3. The Bract Region. Bracts. — These organs may bo regarded as intermediate between the vegetative and reproductive ; being as- similated to the t'oriner whenever they are green, and more or less foliaeeous ; but allied to the latter, when pt'taloid in character. The homology of bracts and bractcoles is various. In the first place, they may be stipular, as in Alaciiiolia, strawberry, Hcrniaria, and violet, for the two minute bractcoles on the peduncle of the violet would seem to correspond in their acuminate and dentate characters with the stipules found on the rhizome, the leaf be- longing to them having been suppressed. Another case is seen in Ainelanchier, as figured in De Candolle's Organ. ,'* in which the ciliated bracts beneath the flower are similar in every respect to some of the stipules, of which the author observes :f " On y voit en s les stipules, qui en s' prennent une forme semblable aux bracteoles ^5." The stipules being dimorphic, the outer stipular bud-scales (alluded to as s) being lanceolate and glabrous, the bracteiform stipules («') as well as the bracteoles {h), being almost acicular and ciliate. The epicalyx of Fragaria appears to be due to ten stipules coherent in five pairs.;]: More frequently bracts are petiolar, as is so well seen in Helle- horus viridis, which affords a completely graduated series, from the true pedate leaf to an oval acute bract, by gradual suppression of the segments, and a dilatation coupled with a shortening of the petiole. On the other hand, it may be the leaf-blade more or less reduced in size which constitutes the bract. Such is the case Avith Geranium, as e.g. G. lucidum, in which the radical leaves have long petioles, the cauline being much shorter, while the bracts have none, but retain the sub-orbicular form of the lamina. In species of Ranunculus with divided laminae the bracts have the appearance of sessile segments gradually reduced in dimensions and number as the flowers are approached. Lastly, the bract may be the whole leaf, whether the latter be normally sessile or petiolate, according to the species, but simply reduced in size. When this is the case, the transition from leaves to bracts is usually so gradual that it is impossible to draw any line of demarcation. The shortly petiolate leaves of species of Epdo- bium and of Pedicularis racemosa, and the subsessile foliage of Echiuin vulgar e and Beta, will illustrate this. Anemone furnishes three conditions. In A. nemorosa the invo- lucre is formed by three complete petiolate leaves ; in ^. Pulsatilla * Vol. ii, pi. 21, figs. 4-6. t p. 271. X Payer, 'Elements de Botanique,' p. 90, tig. 144. 66 BET. G. HENSLOW HOMOLOGY AKD the segmented laminae are alone present; while in A. hepatica it appears to be the homologue of the petiole alone which constitutes the calyciform involucre. Bracteoles would seem to be little else than mid-ribs invested by parenchyma, like an ultimate segment of fennel, and might thus be called costal. On the other hand, bracts may abnormally revert to true but small leaves. Such is not unfrequently the case in species of Plantago, in the involucres of Composites and UmbellifereB, and at the base of the umbells of Primula. Classifying bracts homologically, we may group them as follows : — 1. Stipiilar . e.gi. Viola, Amelnnchier, Magnolia 2. Petiolar j> Helleborus. 3. Laminar 5 > Eammeulus, Geranium. 4. Foliar . • >» £piloMiitn, Echium. 6. Costal . • • 5) Bracteoles. Kecognising bracts as homologous with or issuing from some one of the above sources, they may assume a diversity of forms and characters adapting them for diverse characters. 1. Foliaceous. If bracts are of a green colour and herbaceous texture, whatever be their homology, they may justly be presumed to have leaf-functions ; and the cases mentioned above will illus- trate this condition, which is extremely common. 2. Petaloid. This state of bracts and bracteoles is very frequent. Petaloid bracts may be grouped conveniently under three heads. (1) Assisting in the colorisation of the inflorescence, such being mainly effected otherwise by the floral whorls, the bracts them- selves not resembling flowers. (2) A number of coloured bracts may together mimic a flower, the true floral perianth being insignificant or wanting. (3) Bracts may pass by insensible graduation into the true floral whorls, there being no hreah between true bracts on the exterior and true petals within the flower. As examples of the first case there are species of Monarda and Salvia, such as S. splendens and S. Bruantii, in which the calyx is scarlet as Avell as the bracts. Leycesteria, Bougainvillia spectabilis, Musa coccinea, Bromelia, Tillandsea, and Etiphorbia furnish others, while Anthurium, Richardia, and other Aroids, have brightly-coloured or white spathes. As examples of involucrate bracts simulating flowers, there are Hederoma [Darwinia) tidipifera, species of Cornus, Xanthosia, Rhodanthe, Helichrgsum, and other kinds of the so-called " Ever- lastings" of Compositce, Euphorbia jacquineceflora, and other species of that genus. Instances of complete graduation from small exterior-coloured bracts up to the petals with no distinct intermediate calycine whorl, may be seen in Cactus Jenlcinsonii and other members of that order, such as Epiphyllum splendidum ; as also in Calycanthus and Chimonanthus. ANALOGY OF PLANT ORGANS. 57 As an abnormal instance may be montionod a scedllnj^ Begonia, described and Hgured in the 'Gardeners' Chronicle ' (1877, p. 488', in whicli not only the bracts bnt also the upper leaves were bril- liantly coloured. 3. Squamilonn. In this state bracts protect the flower-bud or essential organs, if they be alone present ; they may be mem- branous, or herbaceous and green, when they have leaf-functions as well, such as the scales of the male catkins of the Cupidiferce, of the female inflorescence of the hop, of the cupules of nut and hornbeam. They may be woody and protective, as in the cups of oak. beech, and chestnut ; lastly, they may be dry and scarious, as in the Illecebracece. 4. Bracts and bracteoles may remain almost or (j^uite rudimentary. In this condition their functions have afjfiarently in most cases ceased. At flrst they probably protected the young flower-bud in its most primitive condition ; subsequently, they may become coloured, and so pass under the second category, as the bracts of the bluebell ; they may, however, remain almost microscopic in size, and are then most likely functionless, as in many involucres of the Uinhellijerce, and as they occur at the bases of the pedicels of many racemes, etc. 5. Bracts are often spinescent, as the involucres of thistles, of Cenfaurea calcitrapa, of Bipsacua, etc. In this condition they supply a means of defence, not only against browsing animals, but also against "unwelcome guests" who would rob the flower of its sweets without eifectiug pollenisation.^^ 6. Bracts may be modified into ascidiform structures to secrete honey. In Marcgravia Nepenthoirles] the pendulous flowers are in umbellate whorls with ascidiform nectariferous bracts suspended below them. These attract insects, which in their turn attract insectivorous birds, which latter by brushing against the flowers thus pollenate them. 7. Spa/hiiceous, as of Aroidea, Palmacem, Amaryllidacece, etc. These may take on different functions — protective, nourishing, attractive, etc., according to their nature. Thus, they will protect the spadix in the undeveloped state ; they may then become foliaceous, as in Arum maculatum, when they sustain a tiourishing office ; or petaloid, as in Anthiirium, when they are attractive ; or, perhaps, in some cases, poisonous, as a preventive agency, warding off herbivorous animals. The next progressive state to a petaloid condition is for bracts to assume a more or less staminoid character. This is, however, rare. The bracts of Abies exeelsa have been observed to assume the form and characteristics of stamens. J A similar substitution of anthers for bracts has been seen in MeliantkuH major, concerning which Signor Licopoli, the observer, remarks that the flowers of (chiefly) the terminal racemes were imperfect, the summit of the florifcrous * ' Flowers and their Unbidden Guests,' Kerner, p. 7o. t See Belt's 'Xaturalist in Nicaragua,' p. 129. X For fui'ther description see ' Teratology ' by Dr. Masters, p. 192. 58 HEV. G. HEXSLOW HOMOLOGY AND axis being terminated by a tuft of perfect and imperfect anthers ; the petals, and the two carpels of the flower, having been atrophied or arrested. He notices how the calyx, corolla, pedicels, and receptacles vanish by degrees : the stamens which remain being then enveloped by the concave bract, which takes the place of the calyx. The bracts of ditferent flowers thus approximating each other, assume the form and structure of anthers, always however retaining a part which recalled the foliaceous nature of the bract.* That bracts should ever assume a pistilloid character is, a priori, still more unlikely, as being further removed from the central organ of a flower. Dr. Masters has, however, described f a mal- formed Lolium 2^erenne, in which the flowering glumes had styles and stigmas ; the essential organs being absent, but replaced by a tuft of minute scale-like bodies, some of which were prolonged into styliform processes, the sexual organs being otherwise suppressed. In a proliferous case of Delphinium elatum, described and figured by Cramer,! the parts of the flowers were metamorphosed into rudimentary carpels. The axis was elongated and terminated above in one case by a similar abortive flower ; in another by an umbell of such flowers, every part of which was more or less carpellary ; while all the bracts on the prolonged axis, even those out of the axis of which the branches of the umbell sprang, were similarly made of open and rudimentary carpels. III. Axr.ix AXD AppEjrDiCTJLAii Strtjcttjiies. The organs of plants have hitherto been considered as either caulomes or phyllomes ; but Homology proceeds a step further and recognises a common origin for both. That leaves and stems are homologous is a probability that finds support in the following facts. 1. The elements of a leaf are a continuation of those of the stem, only spread out so as to acquire a new form in order to sustain a new function. The petiole is very frequently concave above, when the fibro-vascular bundles are mostly open or horse-shoe-shaped ; but in terete or cylindrical petioles, the circles are closed and then there is no appreciable difference between them and a stem. With regard to the blade, though the fibro-vascular bundles are not usually closed cylinders as in stems, yet when leaves acquire a terete form as in Sedum and other CrassulacecB, they resemble stems. 2. Leaves can produce buds like stems; (1) normally, as Brijo- j)hyllum caUjcitmm and many ferns ; and (2) abnormally, as in artificial propagation of Begonia, etc. 3. Leaves can develope roots as in the above methods of propagation. * ' Bull. Soc. Bot. Fr.,' tome xiv, p. 253. t ' Journal of the I;innean Society,' Botany, vol. vii, p. 121. X ' Bildungsabweichungen,' etc., Heft i, taf. 10. ANALOGY OF PLANT ORGANS. 59 On the otlicr hand, stems; often resemble leaves not onlv in form, but also in constitution and function, as in the folluwiug examples: — (1) Thick, stem-like, but green, and bearing no leaves, Cactus, Ei"SLOW HOMOLOGY AND Y. ApPEJ^^DICIJLAR SxRtrCTTJEES — E.EPEODTJCTIVE. The floral-leaf Region. — That all the parts of a flower may be regarded as "metamorphosed leaves," or at least as homologous with leaves, has long been recognised and adopted by botanists as a fundamental principle of floral structure. The changes often assumed by the various floral organs may be regarded as retrogres- sive or progresnve respectively. Under the former heading are such metamorphoses whereby the organs affected approximate to a leaf-type, either directly, or are represented, as it were, by a succession of stages. Thus the pistil may assume a staminal character in some flowers, by bearing anthers or by producing pollen within the ovules. It may be more or less petaloid, or the carpels may be actually re- placed by perfect petals, as in " double " flowers ; or lastly it may be more or less foliaceous. Stamens may be similarly petaloid as in double flowers. They may be sepaloid and virescent or foliaceous as well."^' Petals and sepals may both change their normal characters, and become vir'escent or even converted into true and perfect leaves. The pistil is normally virescent in most flowers, but becomes foliaceous in the Alpine strawberry, the green rose, the double cherry, and monstrous states of Trifolium repens. The ovules may be more or less leaf -like, as in the above examples and in mignionette, Cruciferce, etc. The stamens may be viix'scent as in the green rose, in which they also pass by ti ansitional stages into a more or less truly foliaceous character. In several other plants the change has been observed. In a Petunia the stamens were \-irescent, while the connective only was foliaceous. f The corolla has often been obsei-ved to be virescent or foliaceous. Thus in the green I'ose, Alpine strawberry. Petunia above mentioned. Primula, and some Lahiatce. The sepals not unfrequently are foliaceous in the primrose, in Anemone, Ranunculus, and roses. Lastly, bracts become foliaceous in plantains, Primula, and in the involucres of Compositce and Wmbell/ferce. Homologies and Changes of the external Floral Organs. Calyx. — Sepals may be homologotis, — 1. with the petiole of a leaf, as is obviously the case in the rose, where the leaflets of the blade are represented in a rudimentary condition. In Pedicularis the blades appear as a minute fiinged apex to the sepals. In Ranuncuhis, Potentilla, and probably in the majority of instances, the broad base of the petiole is the only part present. 2. The sepals maybe the blades, as in Caltha and Eranthis, where * Virescent, when they are green only, but retain their normal form ; foliaceous, when the form is changed into that of a leaf as well. See ' Eull. de 1' Academic Eoyale de Belgique,' tome xvii, part 2, pi. p. 131. t ' Teratology,' p. 254, fig. 134. See also tigs. 135 and 136. ANALOGY OF PLANT OEGANS. 61 the true leaf-blades are also sessile imraediatcly below the flower, aud the veiuitiou in the yellow sepals is palmate and dicliotoinous, as in the leaf-blades. In Udlehorus the venation of the sepals is higldy anastomosed but palmate, whereas it is pinnate in the true leaf-bhides.* 3. The sepals may be normally foliaceous, and represent perfect leaves, as in Githago ; similarly are the two inner sepals of Poh/gala, those of Dipterocarpus, of Ilelleborus niger, and of Ruinex, in the fruiting states. In abnormal retrogressive metamorphoses the calyx may become foliaceous. Thus, in Primula the jjoiiits of the sepals develope into broad foliar expansions ; in the rose they become compound leaves, while in monstrous states of Trifoliuin rcpenn the points develope into basal leaf-sheaths, which are prolonged into true petioles bearing ternate leaflets above ; while stipules may actually appear on the borders of the so-called calyx-tube. They thus reveal the true natiu'e of the tube as being receptacular (caulome) and not calycinc (phyllome). If the calyx be provided with an epicalyx or calicule, as in the Malcacece and Polentillece, this appears to consist of stipules ; the two between any two leaves or sepals being fused into one organ, though often having the apices of the two sepals fi-ee, thereby revealing their double origin, as figured by Payer. f The normal functions of sepals may be classified as follows : — 1. Protective, as in all buds where a calyx exists. They develope the first of the floral whorls, and are for some time relatively much larger than the remaining parts, which they consequently completely envelope. 2. Nourishing , as whenever they are green they have ordinary leaf- functions, — (1) when protecting the immature or floral organs. In this state they probably absorb much of the carbon dioxide given off during the respiration of the stamens in their development. (2) In fruiting states, when the calyx is persistent and green, it in many cases gi'ows considerably after the anthesis is over. The basal lobes of the sepals of Viola, the expansions in the sinuses of Cam- panula, and the long lamina to the sejjals of Githago, etc., would increase the green surface for assimilation. (3) They may store up nutritive matter in a fleshy condition, as in JElceagnus, pine-apple, and mulberry. 3. Attractive. The sepals are often petaloid and coloured, and * This difference occui's also in Dlpterocarpus and Musscpncla, and simply means that these sepals represent a more primitive t)-pe of leaf-blade ; for the pinnate venation with a well -developed midrib is a more advanced stage than the palmate. This is well seen in foliage of the pinnately- leaved palms as com- pared with those with fan-shaped or palmate leaves. In transitional states from a single to a double flower of Huxifrarjn dccipiens, described and figured by M. C. Morren in ' Les Bidletins de I'Academie Royale de Belgique,' tome xvii, part 1, p. 415, the newly-formed petals (in the place of stamens), as also the normal petals of the flower, exactly corresponded both in shape and venation with the cotyledons. t 'Elements de Botanique,' p. 90, fig. 144. 62 KEV. G. HENSLOW — HOMOLOGY AND tlien assume the attractive functions characteristic of a corolla. Several, such as Hanuticulaeea, as well as Labiatce, have coloured calyces; as also Hydrangea, Rhodochilon, Calluna, Fuchsia, etc. 4. The sepals may be at first attractive, and subsequently green and assimilative, as in Hellehorus niger, and Poh/gala vnlgaris. Or, conversely, they may be at first nourishing and protecting, as in the qreeyi buds of Anemone and Caltha, subsequently attractive when the flower expands ; or once more assimilative in fruit, as in the Poh/gala and Hellehonix just mentioned. 5. Dispersive. If they be " winged," as in Bipterocarpus, or represented by a " pappus," as in Compositce and Vahrianacece, the fruit is wind-supported ; but if provided with barbs, as the fruit of Bidens, it may be conveyed by animals. 6. Iloneij -collecting, as the saccate sepals of Cheirantlim and Mdianthus. 7. Honey-secreting, as the glandular sepals of Malpighia. 8. Fruit-protecting, dry and marcescent. Tliis state occurs in Bychiis and Silene, Physnlis, etc. It has been noticed that the withered calyx protects the young ovary of the cherry, and those ovaries so protected often escape being frost-bitten. 9. Protecting by spines in warding off unwelcome guests. This mav be the use of the spreading spiny sepals of the Bahiat(e, several calyces together thus forming a sort of barricade, effectively de- barring crawling insects from reaching the nectaries. 10. Attractive asfood, in the fleshy perianth oi Mortis, Flaagnus, etc. 11. Uudimentary or obsolete, as in Asperula, Galium, Sison, and other members of the Umhelliferce and Composite^. Progressive cliavges in the Calyx. — Pelaloid sepals are not at all nnfrequent. In RanunculacecB the following genera may be men- tioned in addition to those given as normally possessing a coloured calyx : — Clematis, Acomtuin, Aquilegia, and Trollius. in Mussmida, Cah/copliyllum, Ustnia, etc., only one or more of the calyx-lobes is normally enlarged and coloured. Normally-coloured sepals are most frequent in polysepalous genera, though Fuchsia and Hh ■docliiton are gamosepalous. Abnormal colorisation. with or without a metamorphosis of the form of the sepals, is most fre(]uent in gamosepalous flowers, as in hose-in-hose varieties of I'rimnla, Mimnlus, and Azalea. The calyx may be petaloid either wholly or in part only. In the former case the nerve remains green the longest.*' In partial colorisation one oi- moi-e of the calyx-lobes may thus abnormally resemble Mussmnda, etc., as described in Sgringa persica] and in Mimnlus quinqne-rulnera.X In Primula officinalis, var. Smaragdina, obtained by excising the corolla and essential organs early, the colouring matter is dev(doped in a remarkable manner upon a more vigorously produced calyx. * In the colorisation of foliage the nerves are often coloured, while the pareuch\Tna remains green, as in Chilian beet-root, t 'Linuica,' t. x, p 738. X C. Morren, ' Bulletins de I'Acad. Royale de Belgique,' t. xix, part 3, p. 85. ANALOGY OF PLANT OKGANS. 63 C(i»ip(t»i(la perxicctfolia has pnuluced a tvhite calyx. A onrious instaiu'c is nn'onli'd by ^MoiTiii {I.e.) of a Calceolaria bearing;- two coherent blossoms ; the calyx ol' one was normal, but two of the four sepals of the other were converted into slipper-like petals of the corolla. In orchids the partial development of a lahellum on one or more of the members of the outer (sepaline) Avhorl is not unfrequent. Mr. J. T. !Moggrldg;e has described such a case in Serapim.^' Eranihis has been found developing the sepals into tubular processes resembling the nectariferous petals within. St nninoid .sepah are of very rare occurrence. It is recorded that they have occurred in Philadelphus ftpeciosus alone. f PistiUoid sepals. These have been observed in the double flowers of a garden pea, in which there was a five to six-leaved calyx, some of the segments of which were of a carpellary nature, and bore imperfect ovules on their margins, the extremities being drawn out into styles.;!: Prof/ffis.sire changes in the Perianth. — Staminoid perianths, as in the corona of Narcissus poeticus and other species, are not of un- common occurrence. Pixtitloid perianth. — This is not unfrequent in tulips, the change being generally associated with partial virescence.§ Duchartre, in a note upon two monstrosities of the Crocus,\\ de- scribes transformations of segments of the perianth into male and female structures. Progressive Changes in the Corolla. — Staminoid petah. It is a normal occuiTence for petals to develope anthers with pollen, in Atragene and in the NgmphceacecB, where a perfect gradation may he traced from a normal petal to a true stamen, the gradual de- velopment of the anther being correlated with the gradual reduction of the petaloid filaments. Several instances of petals assuming more or less of staminoid functions have been recorded. In a haricot the wings and keel- petals were converted into stamens.^ Corollas of Digitalis and Campanula have borne anthers. In Sixifraga gramilata, in the potato, and in the shepherd's purse, the petals have been replaced by stamens. Cramer describes how a stamen replaced a petal in the carrot.** Lastly, the spurs of the corolla of an Aquilegia have borne pollen. PistiUoid petals are of rare occurrence ; still such have occurred in a Begonia belonging to Mr. Veitch, where the apex of the petal was green and stigmatiform, the basal part broad, coloured, and 0%-uliferous. * ' Joum. Lin. Soc' Botany, vol. xi, p. 490, pi. 3. t 'Bull. Soc. Bot. Fr.' 1858, p. 330. + 'Gardeners' Chronicle,' 186G, p. 897; and 'Teratology,' p. 302. § ' Teratology,' p. 302. II ' Bull. Soc. Bot. Fr.' 1878, p. 233. H De Candolle, ' Mem. Leg.,' p. 44. ** ' Bildungsabweichungen Pflauz. Fam.,' tab. 8, f. 12. 64 EEV. G. HENSLOW — HOMOLOGY AKD Homology of the Stamens. — That a stamen is homologous with a leaf is obvious from the many cases in which it is transformed into a leaf-like organ, as a petal or true leaf. But whether the filament corresponds to the petiole, and the anther to the blade, is not always determinable. The water-lily shows that a petal, possibly representing the petiole or the lamina, passes into a stamen by a narrowing of the basal part ; but in abnormal fuchsias the anther alone may be converted into a blade, from which it might be inferred that, in this case the filament was a petiole. In the green rose the anther is often borne on a leaf-blade, which tapers into a petiole below. Progressive changes in the Andrcecium. — Pidilloid stamens. Under this heading it is proposed to include modifications of stamens which take on more or less perfectly the form if not the functions of the pistil. These metamorphoses are much more frequent than of the perianth into pistilline structures ; for that a very close homology exists between the stamens and pistil has been long recognised, as shown by Robert Brown,* De Candolle, and others. Of the changes undergone by the stamens, Dr. Masters observes that " in some cases the whole of the stamen appears to be changed, while in others it is the filament alone that is altered, the anther being deficient, or rudimentary ; while in a third class of cases, the filament is unaffected, and the anther undergoes the change in question." The following examples may be taken to illustrate these changes experienced, respectively : — The filament has been observed to be more or less "ovarian," bearing rudimentary ovules in Begonia,] Primula,^ Papaver,^ and Fuchsia.^ The anther may become ovarian, as is often the case in Semper- vivHin,^ Bego7iin,-\ and Salix;^'^' while the ovules thus borne by anthers may themselves produce pollen, as in Posa arrensis. f f Such an ovule may be converted into a stigma, as described by Miiller in the case of Begonia.] The anther may assume a stigmatic form, as in Papaver,^ or be styhform, as in the bamboo. |J Tiie connective assumes a stigmatiform structure in Begonia \ and Thalictrum minus. ^^ The complete substitution of carpels for stamens occurs in many plants, as in Mains apetala,\\\\ the minor stamens of Magnolia, of * 'Trans. Lin. Soc.,' vol. xii, p. 90. t ' Bot. Zeit.' 1870, p. 150, taf. ii. ; ' Journ. Lin. Soc' Botany, vol. xi, p. 472, 1871 ; 'Gardeners' Cliron.' 1876, vol. vi, p. 239. X Masters in 'Trans. Lin. Soc' 2nd. Ser., Botany, vol. i, p. 285; and Hen- slow in ' Jonrn. Liu. Soc ,' Bot., vol. xvi, p. 210. § 'Teratology,' p. 304. || I. c. j). 198. H I.e. p. 309. ** ' Ann. Nat. Hist.' 2nd Ser., vol. xviii, p. 254. tt 'Journal of Botany,' JVov. 1867, p. 318, tab. 72. + + Gen. Mimro, 'Trans. Liu. Soc,' vol. xxvi, p. 7. §§ 'Terat.,' p. 307. III! Poiteau et Turpin, ' Arbr. fruit.,' t. xxxvii, referred to by Moquiu-Taudon in his ' Teratologic,' p. 220, where other cases are given. ANALOGY OF PLANT ORGANS. 65 Tulipa Gessneriana,* Rnmex, etc. ; while it is by no means an un- common occurrence to tiud male plants of normally dioecious or monoocious character bearing female organs. f HoiroLOGT OF THE PiSTiL. — That the carpel is a metamorphosed leaf-bladej appears obvious from many cases, wliile its analogy Avith the proliferous leaf of Bri/ophylluni cahjciniiin shows that the ovules are homologous with buds inserted at the sinuses, in addition to the fact that leaf-buds not unfrequently replace ovules. The stigmas, as Robert Brown long ago pointed out,§ are metamorphosed margins of the leaf, and which usually become confluent at the apex into one stigmatic surface. Hence the presence of two stigmas in a flower mostly intlicatcs two carpels. Metamorphoses of the Pistil. — Before alluding to the Retro- gressive changes of the Gi/ncecium, the substitution of pistilloid and other sti'uctures in the place of ovules must be mentioned. Thus a pod may be formed within an ovary, as in wallflowers, || or a grape within a grape. ^ Even entire flower-buds may occur, as in Siiuipis** arid Primula, or else a bunch of petals, as is not unfre- quently the case in Cardamine pratensis. Lastly, more or less perfect foliage-buds not unfrequently represent ovules. Staminoid pistils. — The development of stamens within the ovary has occurred in Bceckia dio.wicefoliajf and Primula Acaidis ;|:|: while ovules have been replaced by sessile anthers in Salix, Mattkiola,^^ Prunus, Ranunculus auriconms, and Paionia. In Chanuerups huinihs\\\\ even the placental edge has been aniheroid with pollen. Polleniferous ovules have been already alluded to in the case of the dog-ri)se, in which the anthers bore ovules which contained pollen. But, in Passiflora ccerulea and P. pnlinata, the ovules were in malformed ovaries, on the edges of which the ovules were carried and ' ' presented various intermediate conditions between anthers and oA-ules."*!]^ Anthers occupying the place of stigmas appears to have occurred in Cdi/tpanula,'^"'-''^' Galunthns nivalis, and double tulips. In 0/jhri/s insectifera the rostellum has been replaced by an anther.fff In Colchicum aufunmale two styles were changed into antheri- ferous filaments.;]::]:;]; Double Flowers. — There remains but one change to be con- sidered ; namely, the conversion of carpels and stamens into petals. * De Candolle, ' Organojjraphie Vegetale,' vol. i, p. 556 (note), t See Masters' ' Teratology,' chap. iv. " Heterogamy," also p. 190. X Wanning appears to bring all the supposed axial instances of ovules under the carpellary. — ' Ann. Sc. Xat.' 6me Ser. t. v, pp. 181-195. § ' Miscell. Bot. Works of K. Brown,' vol. i, p. 558. II ' Teratology.' p. 182. H I. c. p. 183. ** ' Adansonia ' vol. iii, p. 351, pi. xii. tt ' Teratologv, p. 183. ++ ' Bot. Zeit.' 1829, p. 422. §§ ' Teratology,' p. 299. nil 'Teratology,' p. 300. HIT I. c. 185. *** I. c. p. 300. ttt Seemann's ' Journ. of Bot.,' vol. iv, p. 167, Tab. 47, f. 1. XXX Moquin-Tandon, ' Teratologic,' p. 219. VOL. I. — PART II. 5 66 EEV. G. HENSLOW HOMOLOGY AND This occurs in " double flowers." Since, however, what are popu- larly called double flowers may have very different origins, it will be as well to consider them as a separate subject. It often happens that a flower, though apparently quite as "double'' as some other, Avhich may be entirely so, is not really like the latter ; hence the following varieties may be distinguished and which will explain such differences as occm\ 1. Cai'pels only petaloid. Anemone nemorosa, Viola, and Gen- tiana Amarella.'^' 2. Stamens multipKed and more or less petaloid, with the pistil normal or more or less unchanged. Tacsonia,] white hyacinth, Chinese primrose. 3. Do. with the pistil foliaceous of two leafy carpels. The double cherry. 4. Do. with the pistil replaced by a tuft of green leaves. The purple hyacinth. 5. Petals multiplied with no change in stamens and pistil. Double stocks. 6. Do. with entire loss of stamens and pistils. Wallflowers, Ranunculus, rose, and many of the garden " double flowers." 7. Hose-in-hose fonns : — (1.) Calyx and corolla repeated one within the other. Hdiantheinum vidf/are. (2.) Calyx petaloid. Primula, 31imulus, Azalea, Campamda persicifolia. (3.) A cata- corolla. Campanula. (4.) Inner perianth-whorl resembling the outer. Iris, Orchis. It must not be supposed that the above cases never vary. It is more than probable that they do. But as far as observations go, they seem to be tulerably true for the different methods given. The conversion of stamens or carpels to petals may be in- completely effected, so that, just as a distinction between virescence and foliation may be made, when they become green ; so petaloid or truly petaline may be recognised as corresponding degrees of metamorphosis, as in the following cases. 1. Connective only petaloid, e.g. Primula, Fuchsia, etc. 2. Filament ,, (normal) e.g. Nymphcea, Atragene. ,, ,, (abnormal) e.g. Hibiscus Rosa-sinensis. Double composite flowers are due, — ( 1 ) to the conversion of the disk pentamerous tubular florets into ligulate trimerous florets, by the suppi'ession of two petals, and all the stamens : while the arms of the style undergo a reduction in size. Or they may be caused (2) by elongation of the tube with the five-toothed border more or less suppressed. This furnishes the ' quilled ' form. Or (3) the border may be also abnormally enlarged, hence arise the ' dragon ' forms of Chrysanthemum. In the double Poinsettia, which is remarkable for its brilliant foliage, the "doubling" merely consists in the increase of the number of coloured leaves obtained in some cultivated varieties.;]: * 'Gardeners' Chronicle,' 1843, p. 628. t 'Gardeners' Chronicle,' 1875, p. 167. X For further details on double flowers see ' Teratology,' Appendix, p. 491. ANALOGY OF PLANT ORGANS. 67 a:n"alogy. Having now considered the Homology of the different pLant- org-aiis, and the various functions each may sustain, we may collect tinder dilt'crent heads tlie functions which various organs possess in common. In other words, such lists will exemplify the data upon which the possibility of Analogy of plant-organs exists, irrespective of their origin. Though, we must remember that all those of each group which are (on the one hand) axial or caulomes, as well as (on the other) all organs that are phyllomes, will be, respectively, homologous. I. Keservoies of Nutriment. Caulomes : — 1. Koots, tuberous — Dahlia, Paonia. 2. Stems, subterranean — Tabers, Corms, etc. ,, aerial — Sagas, Saccharum, etc. ,, medullary rays — Exogenous wood. Radicle and root — Biennial tap-roots. 3. Branch — Vitis gongyloides. 4. General receptacles — Composifce, e.g. Artieholce. 5. Floral receptacles — Fig and Hose. 6. Receptacular tube — Apple. 7. Appendix of spadix — Arum maculatum. Phyllomes : — 1. Leaf-scales — Bulbs. 2. Leaf -petiole — O.valis, Aucuba, etc. 3. Leaf -blade — Bryophyllum calycinum. 4. Bracts — Artichoke. 5. Calyx — Mulberry. 6. Perianth — Pine-apple. 7. Corolla — Bassia. 8. Pericarp — Plum. 9. Testa — Currant. 10. Albumen — Cotyledons and radicles. II. Assimilative Organs. All green parts generally possess the power of assimilation, and may be enumerated as follows: — 1, («) young stems containing chloro])hyll, {I) foliaceous stems of ('actus, Euphorbia, Ruscus, etc. ; 2, stipu.es {Pisum) ; 3, petioles, as phyllodes {Acacia) ; 4, blades ; 5, green bracts; 6, sepals ; 7, carpels and ovules. III. PtEPRODUCTm; Ohgans. Vcgctatire multiplication may take place on (1) caulomes and (2) phylh>mes : — (1) 1. Roots — Prtmus, Auctiba Japonica, iiic. 2 Subterranean stems — linlbih, tubers, corms, etc. 3. Aerial stems — Offsets, runners, aerial bulbs. ■i. ,, branches — Vitis yongyloides. 68 EEV. G. HENSLOW — HOMOLOGY Al^^D 5. Terminal buds — Utricularia. 6. Artificial propagation by cuttings, etc. (2) 1. Bulb-scales — Hijncinthis. 2. Apex of petiole — Nymphcea (sp.). 3. Surface of lamina — Ferns. 4. Margin of lamina — Bryophyllum, Malaxis. Reproduction (proper) is by seeds ; bence, as tbe function of bulbs and seeds is tbe same, they are analogous ; and if an ovule be regarded as a metamorpbosed bud, they may be regarded as homologous as well. IV. Methods of Climbing. Caulomes : — 1. Eoots — Orchids, Ivy, Marcgravia. 2. Stem-twiners — Sop, Convvlrulus, etc. 3. Branch-twiners — jlippocrateria. 4. Peduncle (tendril) — Vine and Virginia Creeper. 5. Peduncle (hook) — Uncaria. Phyllomes : — 1. Petiole — Clematis, Corydalis claviculata. 2. Blade (tendril) — Gloriosa. 3. Leaflets (tendrils) — Pea. 4. Stipules (tendrils) — Smilax. 5. Thorns — Brambles. 6. Glands — Nepenthes, Passiflora (?). V. Armature or Defensive Organs, Catdomes : — 1. Axillary branches — Pnmics, Gleditschia. 2. Peduncles — Alyssum spinosuin, Mesembryanthemum spinosum. 3. Cladodia — Ruscus acideatus. 4. Pulvinus — Ribes grossularia. Phyllomes : — 1 . Leaf-ribs — Berberis. 2. Midrib — Asfragalm gummifer, awns of grasses, species of Euphorbia, Cactus, etc. 3. Marginal serratures — Pandamis, Agave, Grasses. 4. Bracts — Carduus, Carlina, Centaurea calcitrapa, Bipsacus. Cortical and Epidermal : — Thorns, spinescent processes of palms, stings, and floral arma- ture for the purposes of preventing ingress of "unwel- come guests."* YI. Attractive Organs. Organs adapted to attract insects or other animals may be classi- fied as follows : — 1. Leaves, — (1) by colour — Poinsettia ; (2) by scent — Zabiata; and (3) by honey — Sarracenia. * See Dr. Kernel's ' Flowers and their Unbidden Guests.' ANALOGY OF PLANT ORGANS. 69 2. Bracts, when coloured — Darwinia, Salvia, etc. 3. Peduncles — iri/acinfhus coutoaa. 4. Calyx,— (1) by colour — Caltha ; (2) as food — Morus, 5. Corolla, usually attractive by colour. 6. Stamens — Thalidrum, Salix. 7. Styles — Iridacete. 8. Disk — Reseda. 9. Fruits — Berries, etc. 10. Seeds — Iris, Ahrus, Euonynitis, etc. YII. HONEY-SECEETING OkGANS. 1. Stipules — Bean. 2. Petiole — Acacia splicBrocephala, Primus, Pteris. 3. Blade, — (1) apex — Nepenthes; (2) surface — Sarracenia. 4. Bracts — Marcgravia. 5. Calyx — Malpicjhia. 6. Corolla — Aconitum, Helleborus, Ranunculus. 7. Perianth — Lilium. 8. Stamens — Viola, Penstemon, Stellar ia. 9. Pistil — Arum. 10. Eeceptacle, — 1 gland — Prunella; 2 glands — Vinca, CJieir- anthus; 5 glands — Geranium; annular disk (hypogynous) — Citrus Acer; (perigynous) — Rosacece; (epigynous) — Caprifoliacece and Umhelliferce. In the foregoing paper I have endeavoured to give as concisely, but as clearly as I could, the facts upon which homology and analogy are based ; for I thought such data presented in a tabulated form with references might be more useful to any one studying the subject than if it were treated in a more popular and readable style, but with less of detail. The inference, however, that may be drawn from the natural-history point of view, is, the wonderful adaptability of living matter to change its character in accordance with requirements. The origin of species of both the Animal and Vegetable Kingdoms depends upon this inherent property of proto- plasm, though the actual causes which induce this "physical basis of life " to effect Morphological Metamorphoses are still unknown to us. VI. NOTES ON BIRDS OBSERVED IN 1879. By JoHJf E. LiTTLEBOY. Read at Watford, 20th January, 1880. FoLLOwnsTG the course adopted on a previous occasion,* I propose to notice, in the first place, a few birds that have not been pre- viously reported, and which are consequently additions to our register of Hertfordshire species. They are eight in number. 1. — The Wood- Ween {^Phylloscopus sihilatrix). — The wood- wren or wood-warbler, as it is frequently called, is probably more abundant than is generally supposed ; it is very similar in appear- ance to others of its genus, and is distinguished with difficulty from the chifi^-chaff and willow- warbler. It frequents plantations and woodland districts, appearing to prefer the higher and larger class of trees. It arrives in England about the beginning of May, and was observed by Mr. T. Toovey, near King's Langley, on the 11th of that month. 2. — The Buntikg {Emheriza Miliaria). — On the 6th of April, when driving along the turnpike road, a little to the north of King's Langley, I noticed a bird which at once attracted my atten- tion. At first sight I thought that it was a yellow-hammer, but I had never before seen one so devoid of colour ; its speckled breast quickly convinced me that I was mistaken. I was fortunately able to observe it closely, and had no hesitation in identifying it as a common bunting. 3. — The Red-'wtn'ged Starling {Age! mis Phceniceus). — A speci- men of this rare bird was shot last spring near Bovingdon ; it is now in the possession of Mr. Norman Evans, Nash Mills. The red- winged starling is of American origin, and when met with in large flocks, as is frequently the case in the United States, it is said to commit serious ravages on the corn crops. It is distinguished from the common starling by a brown or light bronze stripe across its wings and shoulders. 4. — The Gkeen Sandpiper {Helodromas Ochropiis). — Two of these elegant little waders were shot by Mr. Abel H. Smith during last January, near the River Beane, at Sacombe. They are at present in his collection. Mr. Smith states that they frequented a ditch which runs parallel to the river ; that they got exceedingly shy after being once flushed, and flew up to a considerable height, genei'ally flying in a circle, and coming down withia 300 or 400 yards of the same place. Green sandpipers are not uncommon in Yorkshire and parts of Norfolk, but all the authorities I have been able to consult concur in considering them to be rare in the Midland Counties. The Rev. C. A. Johns f writes of them as follows : "In habits the green sandpiper differs considerably from most of its * See ' Trans. Watford Nat. Hist. Soc.,' Vol. II, p. 143. t ' British Birds in their Haunts,' p. 427. J. E. LITTLEBOY BIRDS OBSERVED IN 1879. 71 ooncTonors, in tliat it is not given to congregate "with others of its kind, and that it resorts to inland A\'uti>rs rather than to the sea. It is seen for the most part in spring and autnnin, at which seasons it visits us when on its way to and from the northern countries in whicli it breeds." 0. — Thk Water-Rail {Rallm aquaticus). — A water-rail frequented the stream at Huuton Bridge for several days during the month of August, and was generally observable on the grass-])lot early in the morning. It is a graceful bird, somewhat larger than the dabchick and standing decidedly higher. Its prevailing colour is a light brown, many of its feathers being marked with black, and its breast shading off into a light slate colour. 6. — The Gtoldex Plover [Charadrius pluvialis). — Mr. Harold Procter informs me that he observed a flight of golden plovers on the 25th of February, near the Hoo, Great Gaddesden. Mr. R. T. Andrews, of Hertford, reports that a considerable number were seen on Xovember 21st, near the Rye Common. Mr. H. G. Fordhara states that several were observed flying over Odsey Grange towards the south-west on February 9th, that on November 15th a large flock was seen at Ashwell North Fields, and that a nearly equal number visited the same place on December 22nd. The golden plover is common in Yorkshire and in parts of Cambridgeshire, but is said to be only an occasional visitant in Herts. It is remarkable that so large a number should have been reported from various parts of the county during the past year. If, as its name {pluvi- alis) would seem to indicate, it evinces a partiality for rainy weather, the occurrence may perhaps be easily accounted for. 7. — Thk Pochard {Fiiligula fenna). — Three pochards are re- ported by Mr. Henry Manser as having wintered on the lake at Hoddesdon. I am also informed by Mr. Abel H. Smith that they are fairly plentiful in the neighbourhood of Sacombe. The pochard is abundant in Norfolk ; it is a winter visitor, and but rarely builds in this country. It is readily identified by its prevailing grey, varied by exquisite pencillings of a darker shade. It is stated by Meyer that "the female bird usurps the prerogative of choice, and is said to select her own mate." 8. — The Teal {Nettium Crecca). — Mr. Abel H. Smith reports that teal were plentiful near Sacombe about the beginning of the year. Although not previously reported since our register was commenced, it is probable that these small but beautiful ducks are by no means specially rare in Herts, and I have already reported them as having been shot many years ago at Great Munden. The mention of the teal completes the enumeration of species new to our register, and raises the number of birds at present recorded to one hundred and eighteen. There is therefore plenty of room for further additions. I have again recorded a few particulars respecting the periods of arrival in this county of migratory birds, together with sundry ornithological notes kindly forwarded to me from various quarters 72 J. E. IITTLEBOY BIRDS OBSEEVED IN 1879. during the past year. The Society is much indebted for informa- tion of this description to Mr. H. G. Fordham, Odsey Grange, E-oyston ; to Mr. Abel H. Smith, Woodhall Park, Sacombe ; to Lord Ebury, Moor Park ; to the Kev. CM. Perkins, St. Albans ; to Mr. Toovey, King's Langley ; and to several others. In order to prevent the too frequent repetition of the same names, I will here state that the reports from Odsey and Ashwell have been furnished by Mr. Fordham ; those from Sacombe and Wood- hall Park by Mr. Smith ; those from E.edbox;rn and St. Albans, •when not otherwise spocitied, by Mr. Perkins ; and those from King's Langley by Mr. Toovey. I have selected the following memoranda as likely to interest our members. The Nightingale {DaiiUas L^iscinia). — First heard by Mrs. Fawcett, near Mardale House, Watford, and by Mr. E. B. Croft, at Ware, on the 1 9th of April ; reported at Hertford by Mr. H. C. Heard, on the 22nd, at Odsey Grange on the 24th, at King's Langley on the 26th, and became general throughout the district before the end of April. It was last heard at Odsey Grange on the 23rd of June. Tlie song of the nightingale was less frequent during the past spring than is ordinarily the case. It was tolerably frequent about the end of April, but for a fortnight after that date, owing probably to ungenial weather, it was but seldom heard, and atter again commencing, continued, but with decidedly diminished power, somewhat later than usual. The Stonechat {Pratincola rubicold). — A pair of stonechats was seen on the 23rd of March, at Broadway, near Berkhampstead ; and on the 11th of December a pair was also observed between Hunton Bridge and King's Langley. The Missel-Thrush [Turdiis viscivorus), the Song-Thrush [T. musictis), THE Eedwing (T. iliacus), the Fieldfare [T. pilaris). — Thrushes appear to have suffered to an unusual extent through the severity of last winter. There is a marked diminution in their number, and gardens in which it is generally impossible to mature fruit without netting, have this summer enjoyed a comparative immunity from their attacks. During the early part of December, fieldfares and redwings were abundant. Fieldfares are hardy birds, and remain with us, very generally, during the winter months, but I did not see one after the middle of January, 1879. Mr. H. G. Fordham writes as follows: *' Odsey Grange, December 13th, 1878. — Early in November fieldfares were extremely abuudant in the open fields, now they have almost all gone." And again, under date Jan. 17, 1879 : " Fieldfares have entirely left this neighbour- hood since Christmas." The mortality among redwings and thrushes has been almost, if not quite, unprecedented ; they were observable during January, either dead or dying, by the side of nearly every hedgerow. The redwing did not appear to possess sufficient strength to migrate, like the fieldfare, to more genial climes, and it was a pitiable sight to see such numbers of them indifferent to the approach J. E. LITTLEBOY BIRDS OBSERVED IN 1879. 73 of obsorvors, and. witli (Iroopiiiij; Aviiig, absolutely dying of starva- tion and cold. A icw tieldt'arcs are reported to have been seen in sheltered districts dnring the month of December, 1879, but they are again scarce, and the same remark ^Yill eciixally apply to red- wings. Lord Ebury writes as follows : " Moor Park, 15th Dec, 1879. — Redwings and fieldfares are this year conspicuous by their absence." The Blackbird [Tardus Menda). — Blackbirds suffered very severely from the cold of last winter, but not, I think, to the same extent as the birds last mentioned. I am indebted to a gentleman at St. Albans for the following interesting anecdote : — A pair of blackbirds frequented, during the spring and summer, a garden near the River Ver. One morning the owner of the garden found, to his extreme annoyance, that the cock-bird had been shot, and was lying on one of the paths ; he also noticed that the hen was perched upon a neighbouring tree, apparently bemoaning the fate of her mate and watching over him. He took up the bird, and examined it, and finding it lifeless, threw it into the stream. No sooner had he done so than the hen blackbird flew to its rescue, and actually plunged twice into the water in fruitless attempts to recover the body of her companion. The Chiffchaff (Fhi/Uusco/nm coUylita). — First heard at King's Langley on the 18th of March, at Kimpton on the 14th of April, by the Rev. T. D. Croft, and at Hunton Bridge on the 24th. The Willow- Wrex {P. Trochilus). — Several seen at Odsey Grange on the 13th of May. The "VVhitethroat [Sylvia rufa). — First seen at King's Langley on the 19th of April, and near Hunton Bridge on the 27th. The Lesser Whitethroat (*S. curruca). — First seen at King's Langley on the 26th of April, and in the garden, Hunton Bridge, on the 5th of May. The Blackcap (*S. atricapilla). — First noticed by Miss "Wilson, near Nutfield House, Watford, on the 29th of March, and at King's Langley on the 19th of April. The Sedge-Warbler ( Calamodus schoenohcenus). — First seen at Hunton Bridge on the 5tli of May. The Cole-Tit [Parus ater), the Great-Tit (P. major). — Respecting tits, Mr. Edward Brown, of Luton, writes to me as follows: "Tits will frequently enlarge holes in trees in which they wisli to build. For several days last spring I watched a cole- tit continually carrying small pieces of wood out of a hole in a root, all of which it carefully deposited out of sight, no doubt in order to prevent the discovery of its nest." And again: "Tits always exhibit the greatest affection for their eggs. Last summer, on thrusting my hand into a hole in a root, I was greeted by a loud hiss, which 1 soon found proceeded from a great tit. I wished to see the eggs, and determined to frighten her off, but it was no e:isy task. After a few minutes she worked herself into a perfect fury, and hissed and snap])ed her beak at me whenever I tried to disturb her. At last I lifted her off with a stick, and she flew 74 J. E. LITTLEBOT BIKDS OBSERTED IN" 1879. right into my face. "When able to examine the eggs, I found that they were six in number, and tliat they had been laid quite re- cently. I may add that another egg was deposited on the follow- ing day." The Great Grey Shrike [Lanius excuhiior). — We are indebted to a lady, Miss E. Vicars, of St. Albans, for the mention of one of our rarest birds. "When walking, during the month of July last, near Tittenhanger Green, she was foitunate enough to observe a great grey shrike, and was able unhesitatingly to identify it. These birds are extremely scarce in Herts, and only once before has their occurrence been noted in our register. The Red-backed Shrike [Lanius collurio).— This bird was tolerably abundant during the summer. It was observed near King's Langiey, singing on the top of an ash-tree, on the 2nd of May. On the 14th of May a male bird, in splendid plumage, was seen near Elstree. On the same dny another was noticed near Odsey Grange. They are reported, by Miss E. Vicars, as frequent at St. Albans, where they have been observed perched on the telegraph wires by the side of the road. The Spotted Elycatcher [Mmcicapa grisola). — Eirst seen at Watford, by Mr. Bernard Smith, on the 18th of April; at King's Langiey on the 22nd of May ; and at Odsey Grange on the 23rd. The Grey Wagtail {Motacilla su/phurea). — The grey wagtail has been tolerably abundant during the past year. It constantly frequented the gardens at Hunton Bridge during the months of September, October, and IS'ovember, and is reported to have been frequently seen near Eedbourn. Lord Ebury informs me that a pair of these birds built in the gardens of the Hon. H. Coke, at Batchworth House, near Moor Park. The Yellow Wagtail {MotaciUa Raii). — This beautiful and most graceful bird has been reported from three different localities. On the 17th of Eebruary three birds were observed near Bury Mill End, Hemel Hempstead, by Mr. Wyman ; on the 2nd of Eebi uary it was noticed near Eedbourn ; and again, on the 24th of May, in the low meadows near King's Langiey. The Hawfinch ( Coccothraustes vulgaris). — During the months of January and Eebruary the hawfinch was unusually abundant throughout our county. I first saw it on the 2nd of January, and a pair frequented the garden at Hunton Bridge till about the end of that month. It was also observed on the 2nd of January at Russell Earm by Mr. W. E. M. Copeland ; on the 15th of January at Hitchin by Mr. James H. Tuke ; and on the 19th at King's Langiey. Mr. Abel H. Smith reports that he saw hawfinches on several occasions during the month of January at Woodhall Park ; and Mr. Bernard Smith noticed one at Southfield House, Watford, on the 9th of Eebruary. Lord Ebury states that he observed haw- finches at Moor Park on the 23rd of January ; and that for several days a pair regularly fed, in company with sparrows, chaffinches, and tomtits, on crumbs supplied from the mansion. It would be interesting to ascertain whether the hawfinch will ordinarily accept J. E. LITTLEBOY BIRDS OBSERVED IN 1879. 75 crumbs as his daily food, or "whether the exigencies of a hard winter reduced him to that extremity. The liawfincli is supposed to feed principally on berries— those of the laurel, holly, and haw- thorn being- mostly preferred — and its gencu'ic name, Coccuthraustes, from coccos (a berry), and tlirauo (to break), would seem to indicate its preference for this description of food. Hawfinches are said to be adepts at stripping and shelling peas, and in gardens which they visit they are found to be even more destructive than the bullfinch. Considering their prevalence during the early portion of the year, it is remarkable that they have not been reported from any piirt of the county during the present winter. Mr. Solly informs me that he saw three together at Serge Hill on several occasions during August, and again on the 26th of September. A few days later a pair was also observed at the same place, but from that date, as far as I am able to ascertain, they have deserted Hertfordshire. Mr. James H. Tuke, of Hitchin, writes that in a garden near that town, where hawfinches generally abound, not one had been seen during the autumn and winter of 1879. The Crossbill {Loxia curvirostra).-^K large flock of these very peculiar biids frequented the Gorhambury woods near St. Albans, in the early part of 1879. They were extremely tame, and were caught with ease by the use of bird-lime. I am informed that two of them were successfully kept in captivity for several months. The tameness of the crossbill appears to be one of its leading characteristics. Mr. Solly informs me that some years ago they were abundant at Serge Hill, and that on that occasion he succeeded in catching them, without the least diificully, by the use of a noose fastened to the end of a fishing-rod. The crossbill lives principally on seeds contained in fircones. The extraordinary formation of its beak is thus referred to by the Rev. C. A. Johns : '^' " The beak of the crossbill is a perfect implement always at its owner's command, faultless alike in design and execution, and exquisitely adapted to its work, not an easy one, in performing by a single process the office of splitting, opening, and securing the contents of a fir-cone ; and he must be a bold man who could venture to suggest an improvement in its mechanism." The Eook {Conms frnrjilegus). — Mr. Sydney Humbert repoi-ts that rooks commenced building in the Grove Park about the 28th of Februaiy. They are reported, by Mr. R. T. Andiews, to have commenced near Hertford on the 1st of March, and at Ware, by Mr. E,. B. Croft, on the 8th. At Odsey Grange they commenced work about the 26th of February, and young birds, fully fledged, were observed on the 3rd of May. Respecting the habits of rooks in foggy weather, Mr. H. G. Fordham writes as follows: "December 12th, 1878. — A very foggy day. Eooks belongiug to the Odsey Gi'ange rookery roosted here all night. During the winter months they rarely or never roost in their nest-trees ; they usually assemble about sunset and fly off to larger woods. It appears, however, * ' British Birds in their Haunts,' p. 231. 76 J. E. LITTLEBOT BIBDS OBSEEYED EST 1879. that in foggy weather they cannot find their way, and therefore remain here." The Careio^t-Crow ( Corvus corone). — Mr. Abel H. Smith reports that a pair of carrion-crows built at the top of a high fir-tree in Woodhall Park. The hen bird was killed and four eggs were found in the nest. The Hooded Ceow [Corvus Comix). — Royston has vindicated its right to claim the hooded or Royston crow as its own. This bird is a winter visitant, and was observed near Odsey Grange for the last time during the season 1878-79 on the 16th of March. A single bird was again seen, probably a very rare occurrence, as late as the 8th of June, and a flock of eight or nine was first observed during the present season on the 26 ih of October in the same locality. Mr. J. E. Hatting, F.L.S., writes* of the hooded crow as follows: "In Scotland it is said to pair habitually with the carrion-crow, and on this account has been regarded by some naturalists as specifically identical with that bird." The Swallow {llirundo rustica). — First seen at St. Albans on the 6th of April ; at King's Langley on the 10th ; at Watford, by Mr. Bernard Smith, on the Uth ; at Ware, by Mr. R. B. Croft, on the 13th; at Hunton Bridge on the 14th; at Boxmoor on the 1 7th ; at Sacombe in large numbers on the same day ; at Hert- ford, by Mr. E,. T. Andrews, on the 19th ; at Ash well on the 24th ; at Kimpton, by the Rev. T. D. Croft, on the 25th ; and at Nuffield House, by Miss Wilson, on the 3rd of May. The MaetijST {Chelidon tirhica). —'First seen at Southfield House, Watford, by Mr. Bernard Smith, on the 6th of April ; at King's Langley on the 10th of April ; and near Odsey Grange on the 25th of May. It was last seen in that district on the 1 0th of October ; and a pair was observed near St. Andrew's Church, Watford, on the 11th of November. It is probable that these were young birds left behind at the period of general migration through inability to accompany their fellows. It has been remarked more than once in ' The rield ' that the number of house-ttiartins has decreased of late years, in consequence of the persistent manner in which their nests are appropriated by sparrows. Mr. T. Toovcy has kindly furnished me with some interesting particulars on this subject. He informs me that a martin's nest, built under the eaves of the mill at King's Langley, was, last summer, forcibly taken possession of by a pair of sparrows. He at once shot the cock-bird, hoping to restore the nest to its legitimate owners, but the attempt was completely unsuccessful ; the hen immediately paired a second time, and retained possession. This process was again and again repeated, and it was not until six male birds had been shot, that the hen became inconsolable, accepted her condition of widowhood, and abandoned the long-cherished nest. The Sand-Maetin [Cotyle rijmria). — First seen at King's Langley on 10th of April. The following particulars respecting « ( Hand-book of British Birds,' p. 31. J. E. LITTLEBOY BIRDS OBSERVED IN 1879. 77 the attack of a stoat on a colony of saiul-martins have been kindly sent to me by Mr. Alfred Kaiisom, of llitchm. " The sides of the chalk-(|narries near the Hitehin Station rise to a height of from 60 to 70 feet above the level of the rails, and in some places they are nearly perpendicular. On the top of the chalk is a deposit of chiy, gravel, or sand, varying greatly in thickness, and almost every vein of sand is bored and inhabited during the summer by sand-nuirtins. In one part where the clitf is almost upright, and the vein of sand about 14 feet in thickness, there is the largest settlement of these interesting and useful little birds. On several occasions this season, after the young were hatched, the workm(>n below noticed a great commotion among the old birds, accompanied by cries of alarm and distress. At last they discovered that a stoat, ■wliich had made its w^ay down the cliif where it was not quite so steep, having worked a gallery through an angle of the sand, was climbing from hole to hole on the nearly perpendicular face, ab- stracting and running off with the young birds." Thk Great Spotted AVoodpecker {Picm major). — I am informed by Mr. Solly that a pair of these beautiful birds has been located in the grounds at Serge Hill for several months, and that both birds are seen and heard quite frequently. The Lesser Spotted "Woodpecker (Pious minor). — A specimen of this species was observed by Mr. Harold Proctor, at the Hoo, Great Gaddesden, on the 24th of January. The Greex Woodpecker {Gecinus viridis). — Observed near Elstree, on the 5th of February ; at Russell Farm, on the 19th of April ; and at Moor Park, by Lord Ebury, on the 16th of April. The Cuckoo [Cuculus canonis). — First heard at Russell Farm, by Mr. W. F. M. Copeland, on the 16th of April; at St. Albans, on the 18th; at Hunton Bridge, on the 21st; at Ware, on the 22nd, by Mr. II. B. Croft ; at jS'utfield House, by Miss Wilson, on the 23rd ; and near Odsey Grange on the 26th. Mr. R. D. East informs me that he found a young cuckoo in a hedge-sparrow's nest near Chipperfield ; and Mr. Abel H. Smith has forwarded the following very interesting jiarticulars of the manner in which young cuckoos are fed and nourished by their foster-parents. " I saw the other day a curious sight — a young cuckoo being fed by wagtails. I watched them through a glass, and distinctly saw them bring something and put it right into the cuckoo's mouth, both birds sharing the labour ; the cuckoo now and then took a short flight, and was followed by the wagtails." I think there can be no doubt that the cuckoo here referred to had been hatched in the nest of the wagtails. It will be remembered that in May, 1876, Dr. Brett reported to this Society* two instances that occuiTed at Wiggenhall, in which cuckoos selected the nest of the wagtail for purposes of incubation. A similar case was recently reported in the ' Daily News,' and the Rev. F. 0. Morris has written to the * Times ' on the same subject. Mr. Morris relates * ' Trans. Watford Nat. Eist. Soc.,' Yol. I, p. 136. 78 J. E. LITTLEBOT BIEDS OBSERVED IJf 1879. an occurrence so extremely similar to that reported by Mr. Smith that I shall venture to give a short extract. " I was looking out of my window one morning when I noticed a bird lying on the grass of the lawn ; before long it was up and away out of sight. It soon, however, appeared again, and this time not alone, but accompanied by a water wagtail. It was marvellous to watch the ceaseless attention of the little bird, no injusta noverca, to the wants of its great foster-child, so many times larger than itself. It would run and flit about incessantly, each time catching an insect, with its bill full of which it would then fly to the open mouth it had to fill ; but it never was filled, and the constiint ' psib-psib ' of her adopted child was the way in which it said it wanted more." It appears from the remarkable concurrence of testimony that I have just recorded, that, whenever it is available, the cuckoo selects the nest of the wagtail for the deposition of her eggs at least as frequently as that of any other bird. The i!^iGHT-JAR {Ca2}rimulgm europceus). — Respecting these birds, I have received one or two interesting notices. I am informed by Mr. William Hill, jun., of Hitchin, that he found two night-jar's eggs deposited on the bare ground near a wood at High Down, and that the hen bird attempted to divert his attention from her eggs by all kinds of feints. On returning to the spot after a week's absence, he found that one of the eggs was hatched, and that the little chick was covered with a dark grey down. He vratched it for several days, but at last failed to find it. About the same time Mr. Hill succeeded in finding, in an adjoining wood, a pair of night-jars with two young birds just hatched, and he states that the parent birds, like the one previously mentioned, attempted to divert his attention from their young by every means within their power. On returning to the spot after a few days, he foiind that the chicks had been moved eleven yards, and alth(jugh they did not leave a circuit of about thirty yards, they were never to be found in the same place on two succeeding days. Mr. Hill states that the parent bird brooded over her young during the day, and that her appearance so resembled a piece of lichen- covered wood that two gentlemen to whom he pointed her out could hardly believe, when not more than two or three yards distant from her, that a live bird was before them. He further informs me that the night-jar always lies lengthways along the branch on which it perches, not crossways, as is ordinarily the case, and that he has been able to find it even in the dusk of evening by following its long, soft whistle. A night- jar is reported to have been observed near Odsey Grange on the 31st of Augvist, and again on the 4th of September. Miss Selby, of Aldenham, reports the finding of two eggs on the ground, among the scrubbs, at Bricket Wood, on the 20th of last June, and states that no kind of nest appeared to exist. She also informs me that a night-jar was observed sitting on the side of a road near Shenley, and that on being approached the bird flew away, lea-ving a new-laid egg, deposited on the bare road. J. E. LITTLEBOY BIRDS OBSERVED IN 1879. 79 There can, I think, hv no donht as to the correctness of the received belief that the nij;lit-jar fails to provide any kind of nest for the accommodation of its young. The Swift {('i/psc/iis Apus). — First scon by Mr. E. D. East, near Huiiton Hridge, on the oth of ^lay, and on the same day at King's Langley ; on ihe 14th near St. Albans; on the 16th near Ashwell; on the 18th near Hemel Hempstead; and on the 19th at AVare, by Mr. 11. B. Croft. The Kixgfisher {Alcedo Ispida). — These beautiful birds have been less plentiful than usual at Hunton Bridge during the year, and it seems probable that the hard winter of 1878-79 must have killed a good many of them. Mr. Abel H. Smith reports having taken a nest with six eggs in the bank of a small water- course running into the Beane. The nest was more than a yard from the entrance of the hole. The Quail {Coturnix communis). — I find, from a newspaper paragraph, that "a bevy of quails are said to have located them- selves in the County of Herts." Two quails were observed at Ashwell High Fields on the 24th of June, and a single bird in the same locality on the 31st of July. The Herox {Ardea cinerea). — Dr. Brett reports that a heron was recently shot in Cassiobury Park, and Lord Ebury writes as follows: "Moor Park, j^ovember 26th, 1879. — Three years ago two or three herons made their appearance on my property. They were wonderfully tame, and frequented not only the water in the park, but also the pond within the old pleasure grounds, which, being very shallow, suited their peculiar mode of fishing. This tempted some of the people about to try and catch or destroy them, and I found one half dead in a field. I then sent a notice to my neighbours expressing a hope that they would not injure them, as they did no harm, and one liked to look at them. The next year they did not return, but this y(>ar they have again been frequent visitors, and some so late as a fortnight ago. I expect they owe their existence in these parts to the large Ruislip mere, and to the thick reeds and plants on its marfiin, together with the large woods that encompass it on three sides." A heron is reported to have flown over Odsey Grange on the 5th of September. The Woodcock [Scolojiax Rusticola). — It is probable that wood- cocks have been more abundant in the county of Herts during the past winter than for many previous years. Several are reported by the Rev. H. R. Peel as having been seen near Abbot's Hill on the 29th of October. Dr. Brett informs me that fourteen were seen in Oxhey Woods about the middle of November. Mr. R. T. Andrews, of Hertford, writes that " seven were shot in one day on the Broxboumebury Estate ; " and Mr. H. G. Fordham, that ' ' five were shot on the 1 3th of November in the north of Bedfordshire." They are said to be unusually numerous in Bricket Wood, and are reported as abundant in sev«-ral other localities. The Snipe [GalJinago gallinaria). — Thirty or forty snipes are reported by Mr. J. King as having been seen about the middle of 80 J. E. LITTLEBOT BIRDS OBSERVED IN 1879. iN'ovember in the meadows near Hamper Mills, and Mr. BaiTaud noticed a similar number on the loth of ]^ovember in the Bushey Meadows. The Lapwing ok Peewit ( Vanellus cristatus). — Lapwings are, this year, extremely abundant in all parts of the county. The Crested Grebe [Podn-qjs cnstatm). — A crested jj;rebe is reported by Mr. Manser to have frequented the lake at Hoddesdon during the month of January. The Wild Duck {Atias Boschas). — Mr. Abel H. Smith reports that a brood of young ducks was hatched on the river Beane, near Sacombe. When first found the old duck attempted to divert attention from her young by shamming injury, but finding that they were unmolested she returned to them. On the 7th of De- cember a mallard was seen by Mr. W. P. M. Copeland, on the Gade near Russell Parm, and a flock of five was noticed about the same time on the canal near King's Langiey. Wild ducks are also reported as numerous on the Gade at Great Gaddesden. The Tufted Duck {FuUgula cristata). — The tufted duck is reported from three different localities. A fine drake fi'cqueuted the lake at Hoddesdon for several days about the end of January. It is thus described by Mr. Henry Manser: "He is jet black, with distinct panels of pure white, one on each side, a curling ci'est on the back of the head, rather like that of the peewit, and splendid yellow eyes, almost golden." A female was shot near Sacombe; and Mr. John Evans reports that a pair was seen in the meadows between Nash Mills and King's Langiey, the drake being secured by his keeper. In di'awing my notes to a conclusion. I will attempt briefly to summarise what appear to be the distinct ornithological pecu- liarities of the present year. The extraordinary diminution in the number of small birds may probably be regarded as one of its leading characteristics ; I have before alluded to the excessive mortality among the Thrush family, and the same remark is equally applicable to other species. The entire absence, during the winter, of the hawfinch and the ring-ouzel, notwithstanding the abundance of the former at the commencement of the year, is very noticeable. The scarcity of the partridge, the unusual abundance of the woodcock and snipe, and the occurrence of the golden plover in such large numbers and in so many diff'erent localities throughout our county, are also prominent features in the year 1879 that it seems desirable to record. It only remains for me to thank our various correspondents, both ladies and gentlemen, for the information so kindly forwarded, and again to remind our members that the interest of future notes must mainly depend on a continuance of their contributions. Trans. Herts Nat.His'b.SocyolI.PIl + H Groves del. VERTIGO UOVLmSlANA, JJupa/. Magn.iried . Hanhart imp. VII. ox TEE OCCURREXCE OF VERTTGO MOULINSIANA, DUPUY, IN HEKTFORDSHIllE. By Hei^ry Geoves. Communicated by J. Gwyn Jeffreys, LL.D., F.E.S., President. Read at Watford, 2Qth Jannari/, 1880, Plate I.* Dr. Gwyn Jeffreys has suggested to me that a few remarks upon the occurrence of Vertigo Moalinsiana in Hertfordshire would be interesting to the Society. This rare mollusk is one of the largest of our British species of Vertigo (although it is less than an eighth of an inch in length) ; and it is by far the largest of those which have teeth or plications in the mouth of the shell ; it is equalled in size by the toothless species V. edentula. V. Moulinsiana may be readily distiuguished from the allied species V. piigmma by its larger size and much more swollen whorls. It usually occurs in company with V. antivertigo, which differs from it in its darker colour, and by having from eight to nine instead of four or five teeth. The name V. Moulins- iana, given by the Abbe Dupuy, has been adopted by Dr. Gwyn Jeffreys in his work ' British Conchology.' Vertigo Moulinsiana is distributed over ceutral, western, and noi'th-western Europe. Dr. Gwyn Jeffreys has recorded its occur- rence in Carinthia, Sweden, Denmark, western Germany, the north, west, and south of France, and Switzerland. It was added to our list of English species in 1877, in which year it was collected by my brother and myself in Hampshire. The locality in which we first found it was in a small boggy marsh in the Itchen Valley, near Otterbourne, and within a short distance of Bishopstoke. I next found it in the neighbourhood of Hitchin, in the broad marshy margin of the river which flows through the moorland known as Oughton Head. I afterwards found it near the Essex border of Hertfordshire whilst shell-hunting last autumn in company with Dr. Gwyn Jeffreys and Mr. Rimmer, in a large marsh by the side of the Cambridge line of the Great Eastern Railway, just where it crosses the River Lea, a short distance below Rye House ; since then I have found a new locality for it in Hampshire, about a mile from that previously mentioned, and a short distance below Bishop- stoke, where it exists in great numbers and comparatively of a large size. The point which I wish particularly to make clear is the habitat in wbich this mollusk should be looked for. The localities in which I have found it are very wet marshes, and the swampy margins of rivers and ditches, along with such y)lants as Carex paniculataj C. paludosa, C. riparia, Jimcus, Iris, Typha, Phragmites, and other * From drawings by the author of a specimen of Vertigo Moulinsiana found by him near Hitchin. The mark -\- indicates the natural size. — Ed. VOL. I. — PAKT U. 6 82 H. GKOTES TEKTIGO MOTJLrNSIANA IN HEETFOEDSHIEE. plants which live in very watery places. Vertigo Moulinsiana usually occurs in the greatest numbers at some distance up the growing leaves and stems of the plants, while V. antivertigo, its companion, seems to prefer the decaying leaves which have fallen into the water, and is found only just above the surface of it. It is rather remarkable that this shell should not have been previously found or noticed in England ; and I can only account for it by supposing that most conchologists have been afraid of venturing into these very marshy places, which require tall fishing boots to go into them with impunity ; otherwise a good wetting is inevitable. I hope, however, that these remarks will not deter those members of this Society who may be induced to take an interest in concho- logy from searching similar places in other parts of the county ; because I feel certain that this, at present, very rare shell will be found to be much more widely distributed than is generally sup- posed. It will be seen that the localities which I have mentioned show its existence in the three great divisions of southern and eastern England, viz. the tract of Hampshire which drains into the Channel, the Thames watershed, and the Ouse district ; and this is a mollusk whose distribution would necessarily be much influenced by river-systems. There is one other point suggested by V. Moulinsiana, and that is as to the effect of what Darwin has called in- breeding, in i-efer- ence to which he explains the small size of animals which occur on small islands at a distance from the mainland. I noticed that the specimens of V. Moulinsiana which I last found were much larger than those from the locality in which I first discovered it ; and I think it possible that this may in some degree be referable to the isolation of the first- mentioned locality, which was a small boggy marsh, with apparently no stream flowing in or out of it, and where a few specimens only could be detected ; on the other hand, these specimens were somewhat weather-worn at the apex, which would seem to point to the somewhat exposed position as having some influence on the size of the shells. I think that it is well to call the attention of naturalists to this question ; and I think it would be desirable to examine specimens of water-loving animals, which cannot traverse dry tracts, when occurring in small isolated localities. In investigating such questions it is necessary to consider very carefully the physical conditions of the habitat, as, for instance, with regard to a water-loving mollusk, a drier locality, or a great altitude, usually results in smaller specimens. In the case before us the Hampshire marsh is very little above the river- level, and when my brother visited it in the middle of the summer he found no appreciable difference in the amount of water as com- pared with that at Easter when we first collected the shells. YIII. NOTE ON THE PUPATION OF THE STAG-BEETLE. By Aethue Cottam, F.R.A.S. Bead at Watfurd, 20th January, 1880. The stag-bcctk' {Lucanus Cenms) is occasionally found in Hert- fordsliire (as mentioned in my paper on our British beetles read before the Society recently), but it can hardly be looked upon as an insect that a collector in Hertfordshire only would be sure to come across. In its usual habitats it is, however, an exceedingly common insect, and in Kent, Surrey, Essex, and Suifolk one would be almost certain to find it, probably iu some numbers. The larva feeds on wood, generally in old oak trees, and like most wood-feeders, it usvuilly changes into a pupa iu one of its burrows, and there changes into the beetle. From a note in the English edition of the 'Insect World,' by Louis Figuier, it appears that it is known to bury itself in the ground, and there change into a pupa. Many of the larvae of the Noctufe amongst the Lepidoptera bury themselves and change into pupas underground, but I am not aware that any wood-feeding larva of a moth changes to a pupa in the earth. It is remarkable that a wood-feeding larva of any kind should have the power of forming a " cocoon " of earth, for it must be necessary that it should have the power of exuding some fluid of which to make a paste of the earth. In its natural condition, changing into a pupa in the wood, no such power would be necessary. Accompanying this paper is a portion of a 2:)upa-case formed of earth by the larva of the stag-beetle. It is very hard, and beautifully smoothed internally. About a fortnight ago two professional collectors of Lepidoptera were at work in Epping Forest digging for pupas, and in a bank they came upon an enormous pupa-case, in which, when they had broken it, they found a perfect stag-beetle. Further digging pro- duced three others : two of the four contained male, and two female stag-beetles, all in the perfect state, though torpid. I possess one of these pupa-cases, in which a hole has been made sufficiently large to show that within is a perfect male stag-beetle. It would therefore appear tliat the pupa changes into the perfect insect early in the Avinter, and that the beetle remains dormant in the pupa-case until its usual time of appearance. A large number of beetles hybernate in, or near the surface of, the ground, and may sometimes be found during the winter in considerable numbers together in a torpid state, but it is a new fact, so far as I know, that an insect should come to maturity and then remain in the pupa-case for some months before emerging. These beetles, which have now (at the beginning of January) been found in a perfect state in their pupa-cases, would probably not have been found on the wing till about the end of May or 84 A. COTTAM — PUPATION OF THE STAG-BEETLE. beginnin ro vO o ro « N o^ t^ 00 ro ;^ -M t_ rg c 00 00 00 00 t^ 00 00 00 00 00 CO 00 00 !^g§ "d- M t^ ro >-" ro X) ro N NO ON 00 QS ro Th Tj- t^ ^ lO lO w> ro ro N ■<1- ON , d HH ON OS NO Tj- ON CO NO NO 00 *"" Q NN M PI NM *^ 3 • 1—. X ^ . ^_^ X O ro 00 r^ ro •^ On ro Tt- PI ro ro ON G ^ t^ N N ON ii-> O NC NO ON ro ■^ ro NO « 't "^ M3 li-l NO t-» r^ t~- NO NO lO u-> t^ a ^ t^ a> .£3 JS 13 .J3 t: -P ^ 4= ■i-i ^ r^ r^ -t-3 ^ O C3 P p) ^ N M ro Tl- c o •^ 1-^ NO r^ -3 ►-< N •^ ►I •^ >^ Q •< ti a ro >i-i N Tf ^ N o k^ PO O ON 00 CO ,£3 S iJ-t o yr, NO O oo LO •* ND PI 1^ r^ t^ t-i N N M m CO ■* •<*- ro ro 1-1 o 1 Mean Daily Eauge. 0 p oo CO ON N Np yO lO P) PI On b 1.N ro 1.^ p ro c » a 00 ON r^ t^ On " N t^ NO OO N vp oo NO NO h lO ro ro ro Tt- ■o rf r^ Ml lO 00 C3 S •* l-^ r^ c ly^ CO lo r^ P) Tt- ro t^ 1-^ o m rt ^ IT) lO NO NO NO NO lO 'i- PO u-1 d C3 a» ^ fl ro 00 CO ro P) NM NO lO o VO PI 11 00 g ° i) ro N U-) ON ON O ro NO PI N Tt- 00 M m ro CO (O -^ u^ li^ '^ '^ ro Pl ro a ro 00 i-t NO rf On vo P) ro lO Tf J_, t^ c« M vO ON N 03 I^ 00 1^ NO oo r^ o "-) 05 ro CO ro ■^ rl- U-) to NO LO 't ro ro ^ 2 i . ^J~i ro 00 00 ir> NO On r1- ro Tf 00 ro m =+-i 2 a ■* n\ f> p lO oc <■ ro I-^ O ON ^ t^ O o Pj M PI P) ro '^f Tt- ro ro 1-1 N lis li-i ro lO ro "d- P) NO 00 r^ ro Tf O r,; ^ n- n i-i ro P r NO ON Tf ro PI NO ^-5 2 a o lO u t^ C oo 00 00 ON PI ro ON U CL, "^ o a\ o ON O On On On ON O O O On fO N ro N to P) N PI PI ro ro ro P< 00 W o PI u a g < > <1 a P< ^1 o O a> rP a o a o a> Q TAKEN AT WANSFOKD HOXTSE, "WATFORD, 1879. 123 p ■-3 a 03 o rOi-ii-iOOO'-i^i-i'-''i"fO 0\ ^ ^ >H hH CO t-< N CI u-> ^4 N "■> -o ro ro ^ HH N O »^ O M n- ro O Tl- ro ro o 'J- O ro Tl- o 00 0\ ■<1- N ■ ro ro N Tj- Ti- Tl- O "-) ro w-l lO ON 00 O l-H o " ro On t^ Tl- § 22 ;s fe o rOLororovO*-«t-t>-'u-ii-^ o o vO >-O00 i-OO rOvOOO roosroo mil t^N u-lO O roroi/-i\0 N 1=1 2 d On<0 O <-n'0 t--.0 OnO tJ-ioOn ■O m N «1 n3 o o a CO 0~'^ Tfi-i OSOO -a 3 1^ C ^^ -^ irt ■-iOOvoco'-T)-r:roTj-0'- 00 OnN O roON"^0 roONCNro O voroo O t^in■ o o -M ^ w > 1 O O O ^ roO CO M ^ ri r^ -^ •^ IN N N C^ rO HHc..l- CQ_I|- O O O r^^ O u^ O M M O 'O M t^ Th ^ in w M 1-1 |-H_J^CQ|^I-1«-^ u-i- « O O rOC^vOvO o 0c0r00^0>O00N00N0v0M000'*0'*000r00i-i«0O « ^ lO "^00 "^ m tn\0 m* u-)P)00O0 OsOOOOO N li^vO vriOO i/^ LTi m >J^ iJ^OO M o o o o o o OOLnOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO i-O rO ^ ^4 M i-O ro ■'^ CO ro 'O ro ro ltj rO -^ O N ro fO "!J-^0 ro "I 1- O ^ O mvO COT)-u-iMNONNi-"ro Tf-O O vO i-i OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO 50 o M E-l H a:; ^, K (a pi o H Pi H n zzzzzzazzzzzzzzzzzz^zzz^zzzz OOmiou^OOOOOO OOOOOOOOOOu^OOOOi^O OO 00 On t> O t^ vnoo c/0 " rj- 1^ u-i r^ t^co vOOOO— Mi-o-Hi-r^r^i-iN l-ll-ll-ll-IMUI-IMMI-HMI-IUl-.MI-inl-il-CI-IWMMl-IMMMr] u~i Lo Lo Lo lo vT) to lo LO Lo Ln Lo lo lo uo Lo vn lo lo u-i lo to lo lo to lo to to PS ■/I a O -^3 5/2 ■ P 'J3 * ^"-^ to o 1-5 ^ -g ;_, K 'H w ^ h3 -5 4:; -3 _£ tH oj OT p^ < 1-, [il i-q H Q M ci Q. FM N T- tS - «. ! '^ o 1 SP<» ^^S*, >1' c: cS '^ •- J3 b> S . O' :Q >?5 t-- . ^ > >::; ■| hj ^ e d d <^ '* • • r ■ • • I— < rC O ^ f^ 1-5 H-s MH Oj g >->•>>> > 2 o O) a> oj o 0) h? p^ p^ p^ Pi P^ P^ C3 o < H CZ2 O 3 rtP5r=^ til I o r^TJ n J^- i-s ^O o s pii l1 P-l 0) '^ £^ Wd I :; 22 f= « -it! a ^ o ^ WHOPP . -g jj 'T3 H H K a ?; ^ Q W S H S W o O F^ i p s 1=1 o P be W . . O ~V — o o TO ^ o 0?5 ci 1-1 oi &: o 1-1 t3 pq Pi-t; a Pi ■STNIOf) V — ■va7 •laAJ 'KVQ EAINFALL IN HEETFOEDSHIEE IN 1879. 129 On N <~n "-• O O O t^X! MMC^MMI-lCMMI-iMI-ll-lN 00 vO O o Eh o w> M rOCO N vO rooo rO «- ro 0\ O 00 N "> '+•0 0 -^ys O '^ '-' fO "1 •»J-vO cc -^O r-- pNC/D w-iOO I- O^O O)C»0 aNt->.'OONONrO'+0 rOO M 0\ ^ <> N O ,2 vn •!+ ro u-i iv-i CJ >-■ rt-C — Tj- N T+ O ""O ON 0^^ O :0 '-' O — On On:>0 OO O . t-^ vn U-) O '^ O OnOO N \0 rOOO ro "" r^ >-c OnOO 0\ TfOO li-liO lO ii t)-v£) OO • t^N Ovt--Tt-roON"" "" lOvO ro "" N " t~-. u-iOO rO'.D lO rO O rO lo 'l-OO r<1 g iy^\0 ro Lo ■i^'O »o t~-.00 T^ Tl-vO w-> u-i On r^^o ^ OnnO 00 CM>0 O f^^ f^ f~~- . O "- OnOO 00 ro ■- vO M ■^ ONCO Tt-i-OON>-t^OON •^OO On r^ " 00 O On 2 00 N t^ t^oO ro O J^>3 "^ i^ p C/D "« vp u->o r^ t^ t^ M t^^O p vO ON^ y^ . t^oo 0'^ON0'-it^f^0'-''^0N0N'~0t^rO0"0 '^•OO OO •- t^ lOOO 2 fOON"^^ OOO •-" O ^ too On^-inO corot^t^O tor0"^i0f0t^row 04 •■-' rOP) N rOtororot^rOrOrON rON rON N N M N N N 3 rOOO rOvO '-n ■- ■^^o \j-, ^ p m t~~ fOMS N O _Tt- •-^ u-i un lo i-nvo ^ Th u^no i^jvO ionO ioiJ^<+'d"'^^'^iOTi-^cO'^iO'+io . ^O "- " TfvO 00 N r^ -^O 00 t)-nD vO N On^O r^ On " 00 N t^ -^CO t^ t)-\£) •-^ '^rt W- -^ "* '■<+ ■^ '^ ■* '^ '^ V ■+ to V "* '^^ <^ t^ OO ro -^ f<^ T^ . tJ-Onlo^OnO TfrOON"^. -^-toloOOO rON M r^TtN O lOrf-M N O N O ™ «- On iOnO O w-1 Tf ^ lO ro On O) "" ON ro t^vO " On lo f'O 01 pN p 01 OO .'^ ^ . u") M CO NO O O On NO 30 T+t^i-or^iJ^roioO OnO lOO ON'+oot^O OnO g u r^M M t1-_OnN _T|--:fpNpN'+'"ON ON"^ON>-0>-0 CnI ly-iioONl^J^t^O •-^ rOoorornoO'OrorO'^N N rororOM "+0) M cnj (vj r<^ r^ ^f^ ^ oi pi M ro • vo OnOO NO'-'NOt-^"ONMOOoo <>-i00 O ro O "1 ro w-nn^ i-" •^ rooo nC On 2 1-1 OnON"-O0nOnOnO t^u-iTj- t1-nO '■<^ "« On yn ■^nC rOw^^ 7"^ r'^V^V^V'^ . rO T+ On roc/5 ON On OnV3 tJ- lO r-~. On u-lCO lO t-^ u-) to " t->. O OOCO N lO " CO 2 0c0 0N00N00N0'-''-o0ON00'-"0cOr^0)000)ON0N On no oO t^ r^ . lo On:/0 no O <000 rJ-O 0) rO'i-O rO'+ONrOLnO O -ri-OO tJ-nO "-)n0 On — 2 0)NOM"0O'i-i-i t--00 N to p t--. lO VO —I u-inO t^ N _ ONp P ^ SP " " •" 'i;f'^'Tl-''d-'*iotorototoroi^rOtOtOrorON rorotOP) cOrON N rotO . H t^ Tt- r^ On r^ i^no "^ t)-co "CO O O '-' t^O lOioO roONtor^T)-roO 2 N t^^toONiot^ Ti-CO LOOO t^ ^^ r* ^'-P ^ ^ r^^ V^RP f^ V^-f-' P ."* •'^ro'NNrONCONP)Ni-iP)NrO"-tOCN)NN-'NN NO NO NO C5 00 M is p p: o K M IJ -t! iz; M •«; o O a a p P t-5 00 t^ 00 o 00 On « f^ < IS m w CO NO NO NO ON lO o H - OJ p cc ^ C> to ^ H-t X3 -ij g <^ 3 ,- S -i en 3 o ^^ ^ S ^ > -n, ■g »^ 5 ^O g 1 ^ Q Oj 2- .„« -i p P TT -^^ t- o o p a be &-P -i:! . /I ,. /•. a Q to •aNiof) — V — "laAI'KVf) to NO p VOL. I. — PAUT III. 130 J. HOPKIIfSON — EEPOET OSJf THE on the east, the Upper Brent on the south, the Chess on the south- west, and the Upper Thames on the west of the County. Particulars of the gaxiges, with the names of the observers, etc., and the monthly and annual rainfall (including melted snow), and number of days on which O'Ol inch of rain (or snow) fell at each of these stations, are given in the accompanying tables (pp. 128, 129). The symbols used are the same as before, /jn" signifying that a series of levels has been taken to the gauge from an Ordnance bench- mark, T that levels have been taken to the gauge from some datum other than Ordnance mean sea-level, and B that the height has been taken by the barometer. The distribution of the rainfall over the year will be seen to have been very remarkable. In the first three quarters the fall was excessive ; in the last it was almost unprecedentedly small. In the first three months the mean fall in the county was 7" 13 ins. ; in the second, 10-81 ins. ; in the third, 12*12 ins. ; and in the fourth, only 2' 15 ins. ; the fall in the third quarter being thus nearly six times that in the last. Comparing the months with each other we find that March, October, November, and December were unusually dry, averaging 0"78 in., and ranging from 0-66 in. to 0 96 in. ; that January, April, May, and September were wet, though not much above the mean of the year, their average being 2'82 ins. and their range fi-om 2-63 ins. to 3" 17 ins.; and that February, June, July, and August were excessively wet, averaging 4'45 ins. and ranging from 3"54 ins. to 5 '22 ins. In the arrangement of the river-basins a slight alteration has been made in this report. The main watershed in Hertfordshire divides it into two very unequal portions, by far the greater part of the county being drained by rivers flowing into the Thames, and a small district in the north being drained by tributaries of the Ouse. These tributaries, the Ivel and Cam, are therefore here raised to the same rank as the Colne and Lea, which flow into the Thames. Tor the basin of the Thames the mean fall in the county was 32-00 ins., and for that of the Ouse 29-02 ins., the distribution in their tributaries being as follows : — ( Lower Colne 36-36 Colne 34-04|Ver 33--il ( Gade 33-20 f Lower Lea 33-52 Thames «( I Upper Lea 28-73 T«„ on.eo j Mimram 30-40 ^'^ 2°^^5 M n > w •,w ■o m H 1-) PH o o P3 O P4 O m H H <1 P q O CO t-H : : : : -^ : : Mar. 15 June 7 July 3 June 5 Api"' 27 May 30 June 24 I-H I-H 1 is- CO i : >-^ ■ "3 1 2 P S o 'Jl f— I : : : : -^ : : CO »^ : : 03 : : OJ ■ : a : ■: a a 3 00 OS .-1 1~- oa 00 .-1 t^ CN .-1 -^ M I-H ,-1 (N v_iSS3 3 S3 3 1^ ^ ^-5 l-S l-» 1-J 1-5 >-5 00 o r^ Ci CO (M f-l i-H (M (-«' u '■ ^ ^ '■ ^ 00 CO • : : : S^t-, : : : =^3 . : 5^ 03 i 13 3 • : S-T? ; &•— 3 3 3 3 5^ 1^ 5^3 00 : 0 : : 3 I 3 H5 c O TtiCO CDOO-*OtOOOO--»-- (^^•-H .-(.-((Mco i-ii— c i-HiM C -Z '■ • ••■ • -t^ajcUi^^iB ^ 3 : -ShU 3 -a-H. S 3 a ^ 3 SS <: <: ;^ <; <; s ^:; .:; ;^ ►:; i-icocoooi-c^-M-5 OO i-l CO iM „ iM lO :;»^Q3a3 :-»^:b-,:a3 . : ; ^2 § i S^ ; ^ i 23. = 0 : — ■_; i >-• Ttl Tfl -H t-H i : 1 S >,^ Oi-lt>.C>>-. CO H o 02 1 -§2 .si . . .I'll = 4.5-1 ft? S s c: 1 SS;^^ 1 M i i i i M j-^^ is^ i i i ! i M : ; • :_ : : -rO i-T t^ : : : : 'a ■■ -^ ■• -^ ■■■■■■ i!: ■• ^^ ■■■■■■ ■■ r3 C5" •'^ 3 g ° J 0!:.0::-^:::h:Sfe ::: fee S3 -3 =2 2-_ Sc«>P^e..:2?^r:i . --^ "^•S:S «^ =0 ^cj 8-~-~ §:s:s-j; e 5 S d " o< CO Tt< m CO i^ 00 05 O rt C<1 CO lOcor^oooso— '•McO'fioco t^ 00 0 M (M CO — 1 c-i CO « CO CO OBSERVATIONS IN HERTFOEDSHIEE IN 1879. 135 CO U3 ■* O .-< lO CO C3 ,-< o to -- t^ •-H o 1— * i-H <— ) 1— < r-< (M r-H CO : : u : : : c3 : 1-5 ■ ■■ ■■■^ ■■ >-> May Mar. June Apl. Mar. Feb. y:s ^ ^<^ 05 CO ■ OJ 1) a fl r— 4 : : u ■ ■ C3 «3 : OJ :::::: : i fl ::: = :: : •-5 Aph 17 June 19 Ap'i" 17 May 21 Mar. 28 Mar. 15 Feb. 20 Mar. 28 Feb. 12 May 2i ■■ c3 es -H (M — (N rH •-51-51-51-51-51-51-3 l-H : : O) : : 3 3 1-5 00 »— ( i ^ C5r^(M r-ctO(35rt• >>_: , . >-. 2 >»_: >-•_• >-< "^ 'i § 03 ;s&;^ CO 00 i-i 00 tc-: _ 3 Ph -"^ 3 ■< ■*) >-5 1-5 "3 "3 ►-9 .-< 05 Oi (M CO ^ .-I CS O 1—1 vO 3 3 P^ 1-51-5-^ 05 ' CJ •-I C^ «5 00 (^ 1-5 1-5 Hs (M fcb >— I 00 00 : OS cS CSS (>) CO CO CO O r- ^ ° P ^ r^-3 -^ % 1 ^1 -2 ^^ 1^^ -( ^ ^ »>' JS . -*^ : ^ : O 'r-r;^ 3 ® II if 1i-s.s.v O a> 'T3 .3 .3- u .a OJ pLi— . be— .3 O) g --' ^ - — up 2 C 'i 2 ■« ^ C ^ ^ Cv =c 60 «^ ^ 5 §. ^' c s ^ c5 ^ xfi; 3 o .a §^ S;^ o — --3-3 N o M 2 V — cp 5: ^ — ^-^ ^ ^ ^ ►^ ,« r-O Ci Co ^ o .S S ^ ■§■2 o o ri: Stt •- r3 CS '« cu ■^ 3 ^ 53 tfl r; - cc _ S S o ■2'1'S C) ^-H ili-;<§fq U5;Ot^(»CJ5rtiMCO'^iOCOt^050'^(MeOiOCOt^00050i-ltMCO-*»OCDt~-000>Oi-l eoeOCOCOCO--<^Tti'^uO'0»OlO'0>'3«3U5»OCO«0.t^ 136 J. HOPKINSON — EEPOET ON PHENOLOGICAL as an association of observers of Nature. Yet comparatively few of our members assist in tbis work, and I am still wisbtul for more ob- servers, tbat we may be pretty sure tbat few species of jilants open their flowers, few birds arrive or commence their song, few insects appear, a day before they are observed somewhere in the county. Of the 71 species of plants in the Meteorological Society's list, the time of flowering of 65 has been observed in Hertfordshire. Of these we observed 45 at or near Watfoid ; 31 were observed by Mrs. Arnold at Redbourn Bury near St. Albans; 58 by Mr. Willis at Harpenden ; 53 by Mr. Andrews in the neighbourhood of Hertford; 28 by Mr. Croft near Ware; 14 by Miss Donagan at or near Sawbridgeworth ; and 23 by Mr. Fordham at Odsey. The earliest dates, on the average, in proportion to the number of species observed, are those recorded for Watford and Hertford, and then follow, nearly equal, those for St. Albans, Ware, Odsey, Harpenden, and Sawbridgeworth, in the order in which the places are here given. Comparing this year with the mean of the three previous years, as given in the table in the last report,* we find that 2 species are recorded as having come into flower earlier in 1879 than the mean date recorded for the years 1876 to 1878; 56 later than in those years ; and 6 at about the same time as the previous mean date, showing that in 1879 vegetation was very backward. Of these 64 species ( Cardamine Mrsuta is omitted, not having been noticed before 1879), the average date of flowering throughout the year is 13 days later than the mean date for the three previous years; and the average date for 1879 of the 62 species which were observed also in 1878 is 22 days later than in that year, the seasons thus appearing, from the evidence afforded by the time of floweiing of plants, to have been on the average throughout the year fully three weeks later in 1879 than in 1878, and about a fortnight later than the mean of 1876-78. Comparing the different months in 1879 with the mean for the three previous years, it will be found that in February the mean date of flowering of three species observed is 12 days later in 1879 ; that in March observations of ten species give a mean of 12 days later; in April seven give a mean of 16 days later; in May thirteen give a mean of 1 6 days later ; in June fifteen give a mean of 10 days later ; and in July twelve give a mean of 7 days later. After July there is not a sufiicient number of observations to carry on the comparison, but the generul result brought out is that the retardation of the dates of flowering shows an increase from the close of winter to the middle of spring, and then a gradual decrease to beyond the middle of summer. Had observations been continued as in the earlier months, for the remainder of the year, the dates would most probably have continued to approximate those of pre- vious years, the cold weather at the beginning of the year having the greatest effect in retarding vegetation in the spring. * 'Trans. Watford Nat. Hist. Soc.,' Vol. II, pp. 234, 235. OBSERVATIONS IN HERTFORDSHIRE IN 1879. 137 Of the 26 species of insects and birds, etc., in the list, 17 have been observed during the year, the same number as in 1878, though the species observed are not all the same. The record of these observations is now given as before, the initials used referring to the names already mentioned. 72. Melolontha vulgaris (cock-chafer). Seen at Odsey, June 7 — H. G. r. 74. Apis mellifica (honey-bee). Seen at Ware, Feb. 8 — R. B. C. ; Aslnvell, Feb. 9— H. G. F.; Harpenden, March 6— J. J". W. 75. Pieris Bramca (large white cabbage-butterfly). Seen at Harpenden, April 22— J. J. W.; Watford, May 5— J. H. 76. Pieris Rapte (small white cabbage-butterfly). Seen at Odsey, March 19— H. G. F.; Ware, April 26— R. B. C; Watford, May 3 —J. H. 77. Epinephile Janira (meadow-brown butterfly). Seen at St. Albans, Mav 2— Mrs. Arnold; Harpenden, May 4 — J. J. W. ; Hertford, June 16— R. T. A. 79. Trichicera hiemalis (winter gnat). Seen at Watford, Dec. 29 (1878)— J. H.; Odsey, Jan. 1— H. G. F. 81. Muscicapa grisola (fly- catcher). Seen at Odsey, May 23 — H. G. F. 82. Turdus musictcs (song-thrush). Henrd at Harpenden, Feb. 10— J. J. W.; Odsey, Feb. 12— H. G. F.; Watford, Feb. 16— J. H. 83. T/o'diis pilaris (field-fare). Seen at Ashwcll, Nov. 3— H. G. F. 84. Banlias Luscinia (nightingale). Heard at Watford, April 19— J. H.; April 23— J. King; Ware, April 19— R. B. C. ; Hert- ford, April 22— H. C. Heard ; Harpenden, April 23— J. J. W. ; Kimpton, April 23— Rev. T. D. Croft; Odsey, April 24— H. G. F. ; King's Langley, April 26 — T. Toovey. 87. Phylloscopus coUybita (chiff-chafi'). Heard at King's Langley, March 18— T. Toovey; Watford, March 29— J. H. ; Kimpton, April 14— Rev. T. D. Croft ; Hunton Bridge, April 24— J. E. Littleboy. 88. Alaiida arvensis (skylark). Heard at Odsey, Feb. 7 — H. G. F. ; Harpenden, Feb. 9— J. J. W. ; Ware, Feb. 15— R. B. C. 90. Corvus frugilegus (rook). Building at Oclsey, -Feb. 26 — H.G.F. ; Moor Park, Rickmansworth, Feb. 28 — Sydney Humbert ; Rothamsted, Harpenden, March 1 — J. J. W. ; Hertford, March 1 — R. T. A. ; Ware, March 8— R. B. C. 91. Cucuhis cnnorus (cuckoo). Heard at Watford, April 16 — W. Copeland; April 21— J. H. ; April 23— J. King; St. Albans, April 18— Rev. C. M. Perkins; Ware, April 22— R. B. C. ; Hert- ford, April 23— H. C. Heard ; April 26— R. T. A. ; Harpenden, April 25— J. J. W. ; Kimpton, April 25— Rev. T. D. Croft; Odsey, April 26— H. G. F. 92. Hirundo rustica (swallow). Seen at St. Albans, April 6 — Rev. C. M. Perkins; Harpenden, April 7 — J.J. W.; King's Langley, April 10 — T. Toovey ; Watford, April 1 1 — Bernard Smith ; Hunton Bridge. April 14— J. E. Littleboy; April 19— J. H. ; April 20— J. King; Ware, April 13— R. B. C. ; Boxmoor, April 17 — J. E. 138 PHEXOLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS IN 1879. Littleboy ; Sacombe, April 17 — Abel S. H. Smith; Hertford, April 19—11. T. A.; April 21— H. C. Heard; Kimpton, April 25— Rev. T. D. Croft; Asliwell, April 25— H. G. F. ; Odsey, April 27— H. G.F. Last seen at Odsey, Oct. 10 — H. G. F. 93. Ctjpftelus Apus (swift). Seen at Hunton Bridge, May 5 — R. D. East; King's Langley, May 5 — T. Toovey ; Harpenden, May 14_J. J. W. ; Ash well. May 16— H. G. F. ; Hemel Hempstead, May 18— J. E. Littleboy; Ware, May 19— E. B. C. ; Odsey, May 23— H. G. F. 97. Rana temporaria (common frog). Spawn seen at Hertford, March 9 — R. T. A. ; Harpenden, March 10 — J. J. W; St. Albans, April 9— Mrs. Arnold; Ware, April 10— R. B. C. Selecting from these the phenomena noticed also in 1878, we find that the honey-bee was first seen in the county 38 days later than in that year, the large white cabbage-butterfly 1 1 days later, and the small white cabbage-butterfly 22 days earlier; that the fly-catcher was first seen 6 days later, the field-fare 5 days later, the swallow 3 days earlier, and the swift on the same day; that the song-thrush was first heard 36 days earlier, the nightingale 7 days later, the skylark 1 1 days later, and the cuckoo 1 day earlier ; that rooks began to build 1 3 days later ; and that frog-spawn was first seen 5 days later. These 13 species give an average date for 1879 of 5^ days later that 1878 ; and it would thus appear that animals are not so much affected by the seasons as plants are. The appearance in unusual numbers of a species of moth, Nudaria nnmdana, at Harpenden, on the 13th of December, is noticed at page xvii of the present volume of our ' Transactions.' XVI. NOTES ON THE FLUKE IN SHEEP. By Alfred T. Bkktt, M.D. Read at Watford, IQth April, 1880. The metamoiiihoses of insects is a subject that has much charm and fascination about it, and the metamorphoses of the Entozoa, or parasitic -worms, are not less remarkable, nor are they less in- teresting than the metamorphoses of insects. It seems that many parasites require to go through the bodies of two animals to acquire their perfect growth. But it is not my intention to detain you with an account of the natural history of parasites in general or of flukes in particular, for the family of flukes is a numerous one, and has been estimated by some naturalists at from 400 to 500 species, all of which are supposed to pass through allied metamoi'phoses. I shall only briefly direct your attention to a few facts connected with fluke in sheep. The subject is of great importance. The ' Times ' says, in a leading article, on April 13th, 1880 ; "An insidious and protean creature, called the fluke, is causing losses actually exceeding, in the aggregate, the cost of many of the wars which have figured in the indictment against the Ministry." In 1861 there were 3,556,050 sheep in Ireland. Professor Fergusson, in reporting on the disease to the Irish Government, says : " It is my opinion that more than 60 per cent, of the sheep on the island are at present unsound, although not all to a fatal extent." A correspondent in the 'Echo' says: "The losses of sheep in the three counties of Somerset, Devon, and Cornwall may be counted by thousands ; hundreds of farms in these counties are virtually denuded of sheep." I am informed that one farmer in "Watford has lost 400 sheep at Pinner ; and sheep have been sold in Watford Market for from three to four shillings each. The fluke is called Distoma hepaticum or Fnsciola Jiepatica. It belongs to the order Trematoda, which denotes that it is a suctorial worm. It is a matter of minor importance whether we speak of this entozoon as a liver-fluke, trematoid worm, Distoma, or Fasciola. Distoma hepaticum varies in size in the same animal according to the age of the entozoon. Although this is the case, it is a singular cir- cumstance, hereafter to be explained, that none are found in long existing cases of rot so small as to warrant the belief that they have been hatched fi'om ova deposited within the biliary ducts. The form is that of an oblong oval, flattened from side to side. It will often attain a length of an inch and a quarter, and a breadth of half an inch in its widest part. It reminds one of a flounder or some flat fish. It will live a few hours after the liver has been removed, and it can be seen to move about. The colour varies according to the amount of bile in the digestive system. If full, 140 DE. BRETT ON' THE FLUKE IN SHEEP. after a good meal, it is dark brown or brownish black ; if nearly- empty, yellowish brown. If taken from the liver, it turns pale and almost white. It has been calculated that the uterus of the fluke may contain 40,000 eggs, and some sheep may have 1,000 flukes, so that there may be 40,000,000 fluke's eggs in one sheep. The fluke is hermaphrodite. It seems that the eggs have a good deal of vitality ; some have been kept for tWo years, and yet they retained their vitality. They are the one hundred and eightieth of an inch long, and three hundredths broad. It is thought that the eggs having passed from the sheep on the ground give rise to ciliated embryos. Each egg may contain flve or six embryos, so that a sheep may contain two hundred millions of possible flukes. These embryos are ciliated and free swimming, and they exhibit the figure of an inverted cone. After the lapse of a few days the cilia fall off, the embryo then assuming the character of creeping larva {Planulce — Cobbold). Plukes are parasitic to mammals, birds, fishes, reptiles, and even to invertebrate animals. T'hey have been found in the horse, more often the ass, the ox, and in some twenty instances in man. It is supposed that after a time the embryos of the fluke become encysted, in which state they have been called Cercaria, and that they may enter the bodies of some kinds of snails, or remain on the herbage, and be eaten by sheep ; and as they do not in ruminants go into the true stomach at once, they have time to become developed, and then they go into the liver and become flukes. It seems to me that all the possible changes and metamorphoses that flukes may undergo are not fully known ; and it is possible that there may be changed forms yet to be discovered. If the microscopic object which has been seen in the muscle of rotten sheep proves to be a fluke in otie of its forms, the knowledge of this fact will greatly add to our knowledge of the natural history of the Distoma hepoticum. My attention was first called to it by Dr. Mason, Medical Ofiicer of Health for tontypool, and perhajis I had better quote his wards. Se says: "It so happened that I hoard that a lot of sheep had been bought in Monmouth market for 2s. Q)d. and 3.s. %d. each, and that many would find their way to our town (Pontypool); 1 asked my inspector to watch the slaughter-houses, and give me word if he saw any suspicious- looking sheep. He informed me that forty ' dickey ' sheep were to be found in one slaughter-house, and not one liver. (The livers had been removed by the butcher.) 1 visited the slaughter-house, and there saw the worst lot of mutton I had ever beheld. I ordered my inspector to seize the lot pending my investigation. I ordered each sheep to be numbered and a sample to be cut out of each, and to be numbered also. I then proceeded to find out if the microscope could not reveal to me something reliable and tangible to warrant me in condemning these sheep. After many specimens had been examined, I was astonished to find a peculiar-looking parasite in the muscular fibre, always having the same appearance, the worst-looking meat always having the most parasites, the DB. BRETT OS THE FLUKE IN SHEEP. 141 best-lookiug haviug few or noue. Out of thirty-two slicep ex- amined I coudemuetl eighteen, which were ordered by the magis- trates to be destroyed. The parasite always lies in the sarcolemma of the miiseular tibre, longitudinal with it, sometimes straight, sometimes curved. It has the appearance of being alternately segmented, and each segment cellular. I have examined much meat, and I have always found the parasite if fluke is found in the liver ; conse(iuently I associate the two. My opinion is that meat infested with this particular parasite is unfit for human food," Dr. 3[ason then adds a sketch of the parasite, and he mounted a specimen, which he has given to me; I have it here for you to inspect pz'csently under the microscope. He obtained the specimen in tliis way. He took a small piece of the meat from the flanlj of the sheep, and with a penknife he cut a very small piece from it in the longitudinal dii'ection of its fibj-es, and then placed it between two glasses, and looked at it with a quarter-of-an-inch object-glass. In appearance it very much resembles the parasite figured by Huxley, and chilled Cenaria ephemera,^" only Mason's parasite is straight or wavy, and Huxley's is curled round in a sac like an ammonite. The liver-fluke being called Distoma hepaticmn, I propose pro- visionally to call Dr, Mason's parasite Disloma musculutn. Dr. Harley, in a letter to the 'Times' of April 20, 1880, refers to a letter from a " Dartmoor Farmer," who stated that small flukes had been discovered in a lamb only four weeks old. I am told that lambs only begin to eat at two to three weeks old, and it seems strange that the flukes should have been developed in such a short time. It seems probable that they may be developed in more ways than one. f Can it be possible that the ova of flukes can be developed in the muscle of the sheep, and that the parasite I have called Distoma musculum may be a fluke in one of its stages ? I fear I have taken up too much time, but before I conclude allow me to make a few practical remarks. 1st. — It seems possible to produce the rot in sheep at pleasure. " The late Mr. Bakewell was of opinion that after May-day he could communicate the rot at pleasure, by flooding and afterwards stocking his closes, while they were drenched and saturated with moisture."! I am informed that Mr. Bakewell constantly put this into practice, for two reasons. He had a valuable breed of sheep which he did not want to become too common. He therefore allowed some of his sheep which he wished to sell to acquire the * Simonds' ' Eot in Sheep,' p. 57. t I have been favoiu-ed by our President with the following remarks on this point : — "I qnit« agree with you that flukes may be developed (or, I should prefer saying, introduced into the sheep) in more ways than one. I do not believe that any species of Lvmnaa or pond-snail, much less slugs, which inhabit watery places and are the reputed nurses of the Cercaria or encysted flukes, would be eaten by sheep, because these molluscs live altogether on the ground and not on grass or plants of any kind. It is more prol)able that the embryo of the fluke may find its way into the sheep through the muscles of the sheep's foot or through its skin when it lies down. — /. Gwyn Jeffreys.^' X Harrison ' On Eot,' p. 36. 142 DE. BEETT — OS THE FLUKE IN SHEEP. rot, well knowing that their death-warrant was then signed, and th;it in a few months they must either die of the butcher or of disease. Secondly, sheep which have the rot get fat five to six weeks earlier than other sheep. Perhaps the fluke at first makes them hungry and they eat more ; but it is rather a dangerous ex- periment, because after a time the fluke causes disease of the liver, and of other parts, and the sheep will become lean. 2nd. — If it is possible to give the rot to sheep, it is equally possible to prevent the disease by following the opposite plan of treatment. 3rd. — The disease when once established in the liver of the sheep is incurable ; no drug will get to the large vessels inside the liver of the sheep so as to destroy the flukes. The best remedy is the butcher. 4th. — The meat has not been known to produce any disease in man. If we were to eat the fluke in an early stage, our gastric juice would most likely destroy it. It must be remembered that our stomach differs widely from that of ruminant animals. The ' Lancet ' says that the meat of a sheep that has fluke is not unwholesome. The fact is that rot in sheep is a disease that has been known for a great many years, and the meat of such sheep has been habitually taken, and no harm has been seen to result from it. But the question is only one of degree. In the early stages of the disease the muscles have not been diseased, and the meat may be eaten. "When disease has advanced and produced general or constitutional symptoms, the meat must be refused. It is customary to eat the livers of sheep that have fluke in them. This in my opinion is wrong ; such livers should be burnt ; for as one sheep may have two hundred millions of possible flukes in it, the sooner the livers are destroyed the better lor all. The meat of flukey sheep has been eaten in Watford by all classes, and such meat by good judges and epicures has been pronounced to be excellent. This very imperfect sketch shows that there is still much to be learnt, and I strongly advise our members to study entozoic diseases. * Hitherto it has been too much the custom to look upon entozoa as an effect rather than as a cause of disease. Are they so in that condition of the flesh of the pig vulgarly called measled (mizzled) pork, or in gid in sheep, or in dyspnoea in calves and lambs, or in the gapes in chickens ? If not, why should they be so considered in rot ? * Those who wish to study the subject would derive help from Dr. Cohbold's 'Entozoa,' Simmonds' 'Rot in Sheep, its Nature, Cause, Treatmeut, and Pre- vention,' and an article in the ' Pharmaceutical Journal' for April, 1880. XYIT. MISCELLAXEOUS NOTES AND OBSERVATIONS. Read at Watford, 2Qth April, 1880. Geology. Section of Stanmore Brewery New Well and Boring. — The well, which has recently been sunk here for Mr. T. M. Clutterbuck by Messrs. G. Tidcombe & Son of Watford, the Engineers, and Mr. R. Paten of St. Albans, the Contractor, is carried to a depth of 316 feet to the bottom of the steining ; from the bottom of the steining to the chalk it is continued for a further depth of 8 feet ; and the cylinders, are carried 4 feet into the ctialk ; total 328 feet. The bore pipe is carried into the boring 42 feet further, beyond which 193 feet of chalk has been bored into, making a total depth of 563 feet. The beds passed through are as follows : — vegetable soil with gravel and clay, 4 feet, — yellow clay, 5 feet 3 inches, — blue clay, 277 feet, — hard sand, 1 foot 6 inches, — mottled clay, 13 feet, — green sand, 4 feet, — hard mottled clay, 7 feet, — grey sand, 4 feet 6 inches, — sand and pebbles (a little water here), 3 feet, — stone bed with flints, 1 foot, — green sand and pebbles, 2 feet 3 inches, — flints, 1 foot 6 inches (total depth to chalk, 324 feet), — in chalk with flints and bed of hard chalk rock, 239 feet, — total, 563 feet. — George Tidcomhe, Jun., Bushey. BOTANT. Plants not previously recorded as growing in certain districts near St. Alhans. — I communicate the following list of plants which I have noticed in this neighbourhood, not so much on account of the rarity of all the specimens as because they are not recorded in the * Flora Hertfordiensis ' : — Cardamine sylvatica, in a ditch near Bricket Wood. Erytlirma Ctntaurium, very abundant on railway-bank near Bricket Wood. Cheiranthus Cheiri has grown on the ruins of Sopwell JS'unnery for a great number of years, but is not recorded. Stellaria aqiiatica occurs in an osier bed, near Harpenden. Barnassia palustris, near Harpenden. Bidens cernua, Pedicularis palmtris, and Scutellaria galericulata, on Hedges Farm, in a field bordering the Ver. Lathraa Squamaria * is parasitical on the roots of some large elms near Harpenden (Great Northern) Station. Possibly this is the locality meant by Messrs. Joseph Wood and N. and W. Thrale, when they say : " Near Batford Mill, by the side of the road from Luton to Wheathampstead." (See ' Flora,' p. 206.) * "We recorded this species as found near Hedges Farm some years ago. See • Trans. Watford Nat. Hist. Soc.,' Vol. I, p. xxxvi.— Ed. 144 MISCELLANEOUS NOTES AND OBSEEVATIONS. Chrysosplenium oppositifolium. — With reference to this, the fol- lowing note occurs in the ' Flora ' : — " I have been informed that a Chrysosplenium is to be found in some of the ditches on Bernard Heath, but I have not been able to ascertain which species it is. — C.H." I am happy to be able to confirm the above, only instead of on Bernard Heath it should read near Bernard Heath. It is flowering at present, and is very abundant. — A. E. Gihbs, St. Aibans. Ornithology. Woodcocks carrying their Young. — I observed a short time since, in the ' Times,' an elaborate description, by the Hon. Grantley Berkeley, of the mode in which this operation, viz. of carrying its young from the nest to appropriate feeding-grounds, is effected by the woodcock. Mr. Berkeley has always been a zealous observer of nature, but by no means an accurate one, and this i.y not the first time that the ' Times ' has aided the promulgation of glaring errors in natural history, merely because they have been vouched by writers who have managed to bring their names prominently before the public. I should not, however, have drawn your attention to the mistake above referred to, but that my attention has been called to a spirited sketch in the ' Zoologist,' cle2:)icting the bird in the act of carrying its young ones dangling from its claws precisely as de- scribed by Mr. Grantley Berkeley. Now, the thingis simply imposnhle. If an owl, a hawk, or any of the " Raptores" took to carrying their own young, instead of those of other birds, no doubt they would adopt this mode, as they do in the case of a mouse or a linnet, but Nature has provided them with four prehensile claws for the express purpose, one being in opposition to the others, thereby enabling them to grasp the object (as in the human hand the thumb affords like facility) ; but the foot of the woodcock is altogether different, he has but three toes, and, besides that, they are de>litute of prehensile power, they are all anterior. You might as well try to carry a basin with your toes. How then does the bird carry its young ? By a much safer and more simple method — she grasps it between her thighs, pressing it against her body, and I think, though I am not sure, steadying it at the same time by means of her long bill. This, as we all know, is always carried at something like a right angle with the body, and a very slight further depression would sufiice. However, I merely suggest this. The only time I ever witnessed the operation was on the shore of Loch Awe, from a considerable distance ; the bird flew very low, and I could not be certain about the bill, but of this I am quite sure, that the young bird was not dangling from the claws, as represented in my friend Mr. Harting's clever, but misleading sketch. — George Hooper, fVatford. XVIII. A FEW WORDS ON TERTIARY MAN. By John Evans, D.C.L., LL.D., F.R.S., F.S.A., F.G.S., etc. Abstract of a Lecture delivered at St. Albans, 2Qth October, 1880. Om Secretary was anxious for some one to give a short address at this meeting; and on my consenting to do so, he has advertised me to give a lecture, while I really had not the slightest intention of saying more than a very few words. Before doing this, however, I may venture to congratulate the Society on two points : first, on its being something of a peripatetic Society, holding its meetings at various towns throughout the county ; and, secondly, on the interest the inhabitants of St. Albans take in its doings. A more inclement evening than this, one could hardly imagine, and I am glad to see such a really good attendance notwithstanding this drawback. But these matters have nothing to do with the subject of my lecture, "A Few Words on Tertiary Man." Of course every member of the Society is perfectly aware of the meaning of the term "Tertiary Man," and of the questions which are involved in it ; but as there are a certain number of strangers present, it may be necessary to give some explanation of the term as an introduction to the subject upon which I am about to speak. I need hardly enter into the question of what is meant by Man, taking the word in its wider sense, but I have this evening to speak not so much of the homo sapiens, or wise man, as of the homo incipiens, or early man ; and assuming that man did exist in such remote times as are implied by the word "Tertiary," we have to consider whether we shall adopt the views of Mortillet and others, and speak of him rather as an intelligent being than as a man such as those of the present day. That, however, is a point to which we need but give a very small amount of attention at this time ; but as to the meaning of the word " Tertiary," a considerably larger amount of explanation is necessary. All may have heard that the history of geological time is divided into three great periods — the Pi'imary, or Palaeozoic ; the Secondary, or Mesozoic ; and the Tertiary, or Cainozoic — the time of recent animals, or of those of the present day. These terms of division are only arbiti'ary, for time is continuous ; they are merely convenient divisions, founded on breaks in the continuity of strata. It is true that there are often certain breaks between different strata, but there are more clearly-defined breaks between the greater divisions. Though the gaps between these divisions are gradually being filled up, there still remains a well-marked interval between them, at all events so far as the geology of Western Europe is concerned. We are in the habit of dividing the day into morning, noon, and evening ; but these divisions have no very precise limits : and though the day is divided into twelve or twenty-four hours, there are really no such VOL. I. PART V. 10 146 JOHN EVANS — ON TEETIAKT MAN. divisions in nature. In the same manner these geological divisions and subdivisions, though extremely convenient, are no doubt to a certain extent arbitrary. I need not enter into all the details of the three main divisions, hut may just state that the Primary beds, which include the Coal- measures and all rocks up to the Permian, are, when containing organic remains at all, characterized by a certain kind of vegetation, such as pines, fenis, gigantic club-mosses, and, so far as animal life is concerned, by molluscs and fishes, and a few reptiles. These, however, are found only in the upper part, and no such thing as a mammal is known. The Secondary beds comprise rocks from the Trias to the top of the Chalk, and there we find in the vegetable world a considerable number of conifers, cycads, etc., deciduous trees making their appearance at the close. So far as vertebrate animals are concerned, reptiles of a large size are abundant, and there are some few birds with teeth in their bills ; but the only four- footed animals are small marsupials, or pouched animals ; no mammals of a higher form being then known. When, however, we come to the upper beds — the Tertiary — which comprise all the rocks up to the Norwich Crag, we find that the vegetable world exhibits other forms, such as angiosperms, or those which have their seeds inclosed in a pod or pericarp like peas ; and the reptiles have to a great extent given place to large land animals — placental mammals — and the birds are true birds. These, then, are the three main geological divisions ; but in addition to them there is still another period more nearly approaching the present time. This is the Quaternary, or, according to Sir Charles Lyell, the Post-Tertiary, which he divided into the Post-Pliocene and Recent. This fourth period has been also divided into the Pleistocene, the Pre-historic, and the Historic. In respect to these divisions, I may mention an admirable book treating of the whole subject of the antiquity of man, and entering largely into details, lately written by Professor W. Boyd Dawkins, called ' Early Man in Britain and his Place in the Tertiary Period,' from which I have to some extent bor- rowed. This evening, however, we have not so much to do with this particular branch of the subject as with actual Tertiary times, and these are usually subdivided into three divisions — an arrangement for which we are indebted to Sir Charles Lyell, who noticed that in the early deposits there was only a certain small per-centage of living forms present, while in the later the proportions increased. He therefore divided the Tertiary Period into the Eocene, the dawn of recent species ; tbe Miocene, that with a small number of recent species ; and the Pliocene period, or that with more. These have been further sub-divided into the Lower, Upper, and Middle Eocene ; the Lower and Upper Miocene ; and the Older and Newer Pliocene. The succession of all these sub- divisions, the one to the other, is perfectly established, but the chronology of all is extremely difficult. There are no means of judging what length of time these periods embrace ; nor are there means of ascertaining how long the world remained in any of these JOHN EVANS ON TEKTIAEY MAN. 147 stages of development. Perhaps the best means of estimating the length of time each occupied is by noting the changes in the fauna and by comparing the living forms of one period with those imme- diately preceding it, and these again with those of the present day. We thus tind that great changes have taken place. The vertebrate animals existing in the early periods are all absolutely extinct, and although some forms of molluscs remain — a small per-centage, it is true — yet of vertebrate land animals there is no survivor whatever of the Eocene period. Of the Pliocene period, one animal, but only one, survives — the hippopotamus — an animal of a most respectable family, if antiquity be considered, and whose Pliocene ancestors cannot be distinguished from the hippopotami of the present day. 1 have nowbricfly explained what is meant by the term "Tertiary," and have shown that, generally speaking, it is the period of time which succeeded the Secondary — from the Chalk to the formation of the Norwich Crag — and that it embraces at least three periods — the Eocene, the Miocene, and the Pliocene. It has never, as yet, been suggested that any remains of man have been found in beds of the Eocene period. I have heard it maintained that man, being an intelligent animal, is not liable to the changes which naturalists say have supervened to influence other animals, and, therefore, that when once created he has never varied, so that consequently, under certain conditions, his remains might be found in any period, how- ever remote. I am not, however, pi'epared to accept this doctrine. It is supposed that traces of man have been found not only in the Pliocene beds (a time so very remote that hardly any of its mam- malian fauna has survived), but even in the Miocene beds ; and this brings me to that part of my subject when it is necessary to mention certain discoveries which are asserted to have been made of the remains of man belonging to these early times. Taking first the Pliocene beds, I may refer to the discovery by Professor Cocchi, at Olmo, near Arezzo, Italy, of a skull, and flint implements, which, however, are undoubtedly Neolithic ; next, to the discovery by M. Aymard of the fossil man of Dcnise — mentioned by Sir Charles Lyell — although there is considerable doubt whether these are the remains of a man who had been buried beneath the Pliocene lava. A more interesting, because better established, discovery is that of M. Desnoyers, at St.-Prest, near Chartres, of cut bones and worked flints, in gravel of Pliocene times, the bones being those of the southern elephant and the worked flints being presumed to have been found associated with them. Cut bones have also been found in Tuscany by Mr. Lawley and M. Capellini, but those which I have mentioned are the principal discoveries alleged to have been made in the Pliocene beds. When we come to the Miocene beds, the first discoveries are those of the Abbe Bourgeois at Thenay, near Pontlevoy, who there found calcined flints, and worked flints, and some cut bones. These were found in the middle Miocene beds, and the bones belong for the most part to the Halitherium, a marine animal. Other and similar discoveries were made at Pouance, in France, in the Upper Miocene beds, of marine 148 JOHN ETANS ON TEETIAKT MAN". origin, both above and below fresh-water limestone. ISI. Roujou has found flint flakes in the Upper Miocene near Aurillac, and M. Eibeiro has found worked flints at Otta in the valley of the Tagus, in beds below those containing Hipparion gracile, Rhinoceros minutus, Sus choeroides, and Mantodon angustidens, and which have been in- differently regarded as Pliocene and Miocene. Perhaps the most renowned discovery is this in the valley of the Tagus, and I had an opportunity lately not only of seeing the objects collected at this place, but also of visiting the spot where they were found. Some few of these were flakes showing more than one trace of human workmanship on them, and they occurred here, according to the reports of the Portuguese geologists, not only in Pliocene, but in Miocene beds. These, then, are the presumed facts, and they lead to the theory of man being found on the earth at a period far anterior to the Quaternary ; but I will proceed to discuss the question of his assumed existence at somewhat greater length. The subject, however, is one full of difiiculty, and requires to be approached with great caution, but that is exactly what I am afraid every one who has treated of this question has not done. In order to establish the existence of man at such a remote period, the proofs must be con- vincing. It must be shown, first, that the objects found are of human workmanship ; secondly, that they are really found as asserted ; and, thirdly, the age of the beds in which they are found must be clearly ascertained and determined. Unless this were done, the whole question would di'op through, and be at an end. The cut bones, belonging to the Pliocene time, are in most cases those of the whale or of some marine animal, some of which have sharp cuts upon them, in one case at least the cuts appearing almost as if made with a steel knife. They are, indeed, so sharp that I doubt whether they could be produced by flints, and no tools have ever been found with the bones, except at St.-Prest. It has been suggested that the early man found the whales or other animals stranded, and cut off the fleshy parts from the bones, leaving on them the marks of where they had been cut ; and it did appear that the cuts were where the muscles would be most firmly attached, and where they would most likely be made. On the other hand, it was suggested that these cuts might be made by the teeth of sharks or of the sword-fish. M. Delfortrie, of Bordeaux, found bones in the Upper Miocene of Leognan (Gironde), nearly all cut and scratched, but these beds are essentially marine, and contain carnivorous fishes, such as the Sargus serratus. If the cuts are of human workmanship, there is no trace of tools, and I can hardly accept the theoiy that these bones of animals should be cut and scratched by man, and yet no tools be found near them. The beds were, moreover, deposited in the sea, and unless the mermaids of that early time had very numerous families, it is difficult to realise who lived on the flesh of the whales and marine animals. In the same way, in respect to the bones found at St.-Prest, it has been suggested that the cuts might have been made by the shark or sword-fish, and certainly remains of Conodontes JOHN EVANS — ON TEUTIAEY MAN. 149 BoisriUetti have been found in those bods. I think, therefore, that we may put on one side this question of cut bones, or carry it to a suspense account ; and that Ave must wait for further evidence before acceptinc: the theory of the existence of men whose principal occui)ation appears to have been to cut bones at the bottom of the sea, and destroy the tools they used. But when we come to the (piestiou of flints, we have to determine what are the signs of Imman workmauship. The principal mark is what has been called the bulb or cone of concussion. By striking a flat surface of flint a sharp blow with a hammer (as I now do to illustrate my meaning), what is called a bulb or conoid of percussion is formed, and if any of these bulbs or cones are present on flints dug out of the earth, there is at all events a probability that they have been caused by human hands, especially if a flint exhibits, as many specimens do, numerous bulbs of per- cussion, or depressions corresponding to such bulbs, showing that numerous blows have been administered. For, though it is possible for a single bulb of percussion to be formed on a flint by dropping it from a height on to a rock or stone, or by some other natural means, yet it is impossible for the numerous bulbs of percussion observable on a flint spear-head (such as the specimen which I now exhibit) to have been produced by other than human agency. Thus, isolated flints with single bulbs of percussion on them are of small value as evidence ; while those with numerous bulbs may be far more readily and safely accepted as being the work of man, or of some intelligent being. When, then, one or two such marks are observed on a flint, the probability of its being a tool made by early man is great ; but when a number are present, this probability becomes a certainty. That being the case, we may go on to consider the finding of such flints at different spots. The theory of the existence of man in the Miocene and other Tertiary beds depends on the statements that the tools were actually found in the particular beds mentioned ; and I venture to say that in the case of St. -Brest and Thenay, where it was alleged they were found in the Pliocene, this is, in my opinion, doubtful. Though the age of the beds at these places is undoubted, the alleged finding of the tools in them can hardly be accepted as a fact. Mr. Franks, who is present here to-night, was one of a committee which was appointed to consider and report upon the genuineness of these alleged worked flints, and I will ask him to give his opinion upon them. At Aurillac the flint certainly appeared to be of human workmanship, but it was found in a conglomerate the age of which might be questioned ; and at Otta the flakes as a rule only showed a single bulb of percussion, and, having been found on the surface, their evidence is of small value. I should, more- over, be very soiTy to maintain that the beds in which they occurred are undisturbed strata belonging to the Miocene period. I am not sure that any of the presumed implements actually found in these early strata are implements at all, and so far as the theory of the existence of man in the Tertiary period is concerned, I 150 JOHN" EVANS — OX TEETIAET MATf. must for the present recommend you to return the Scotch verdict of "not proven." At the same time, there is no reason whatever why man should not have been Pre-glacial, and the view of Pro- fessor Dawkins that during the deposit of the river-gravels of tlie south of Britain the northern part of this country was exposed to the action of glaciers may prove to be well founded. Although I am unable to accept the evidence of man having existed in the Pliocene period, it must not for a moment be forgotten that among all those who have paid any attention to this subject, there is an absolute conviction of the great antiquity of the human race. Even in this country man was living when the rivers were flowing 80 or 90 feet above their present level, before the channel between England and France was cut, and at a time when St. Alban's Head was continuous land with the Isle of Wight. Such facts give us some idea of the antiquity of Quaternary man. The fauna of that period was not essentially diiferent from that of the present, and of the animals some are extinct, and some have migrated to other lands. But to say that man existed in the Pliocene period is very different. There is only one of the higher animals — the hippopotamus — that has survived from that period. And Avhen we come to Miocene times, it is stranger still if such a being as man existed. In the presence of our learned President, I will not express my views upon the doctrine of evolution, but will only say that from some cause or other certain changes have in the course of time taken place in the forms of animals. At the time when these implements are supposed to have been made, the horse was re- presented by the hipparion, which had on each foot two separate toes besides the central hoof. The mastodon was thriving, and there was living a series of animals, vastly dilfering in various characteristics from those of the present day, but still sufficiently allied to them to suggest the highest probability of their being ancestral forms. These facts afford a veiy strong argument against man alone remaining unchanged amongst all these other changes ; but, whatever view may be held with regard to the question of the existence of man in these remote ages, it must not be imagined that it is in any way proved that Palajolithic man was the first human being that existed. We must be prepared to wait, how- ever, for further and better authenticated discoveries before carry- ing his existence back in time further than the Pleistocene or Post- Tertiary period. XIX. EAIXFALL IX IIERTFORDSBIRE, 1840-79. By the Ret. C. AY. Hauvey, M.A., F.M.S. Read at Watford, Uth December, 1880. OxE of the objects of oui* Society being the investigation of the meteorology of the county in whicli we live, it occurred to me that it might be both useful and interesting to lay before the Society a few facts connected with the rainfall of the County of Hertford ; facts di'awn from records furnished me by various local observers, whom I would here most cordially thank for their assistance. I have endeavoured to effect my object by means of tables, because tables are concise, and, what is more, speak for themselves. Table I. — This table gives the general distribution of the stations now in existence. Following a plan, devised I believe by the late Mr. Coleman, and elaborated by Mr. Pryor, for the pur- poses of botanical research,* I have divided the county into 17 llrvER DisTEiCTS. The table gives the names of these districts, with the number of stations in each. Thus we see that our weak points lie in districts 1, 3, 6, 7, 14, and 16. Table II. — This gives the particulars of the stations now in existence, the oldest of which has entered upon its 47th year, while two others are scarcely less venerable. Tables III, IV, V, VI. — Dividing the period into four decades, I have in these tables deduced the mean monthly and annual fall in each decade ; also the mean values of the wettest and driest years. In drawing up these tables I have only made use of the records of those stations which have been able to furnish complete returns for the decade. Comparing these four tables, it will be noticed that while the mean fall for the 5th and 6th decades of the century differs very slightly, and while the 7th is about the mean, of the two preceding decades, the 8th decade shows a very marked increase. Table VII. — The object of this table is to show in what per- centage the rainfall was distributed throughout the year. By this we see that whilst the driest quarter in each decade was alternately the 1st and 2nd, the wettest quarter, with the exception of the 5th decade, was the 3rd. The first quarter in the 6th decade appears to have been an exceptionally dry one. Table VIII. — What constituted a wet day was for some time a doubtful point. I have, therefore, in considering this part of my subject, gone no further back than the decade just completed. The stations upon the records of which this table is based are, Nash Mills, Berkhampstead, Hitchin, and Royston. There is no very great difference in the number of wet days per month, the mean * See map, ' Trans. Watford Nat. Hist. Soc.,' Vol I, Pt. 3. 152 EEV. C. ^y. HAETEY — EAEN^FALL IN HERTFORDSHIRE. varying from 13 to 16 ; nor is there much difference in the number of wet clays per quarter. November, with 1 6 out of its 30 days wet, showing an average fall of 0-17 in. each wet day, appears to be on the whole the wettest month ; whilst March, with its 13 wet days and mean of O'lO in. per wet day, seems to be the driest month. Table IX. — I have in this table attempted as far as I could to compare the mean rainfall of each district with the mean fall of the county. Moving across England in a north-easterly direction, you will find that the rainfall decreases as you proceed ; and even within the limits of our own county this is clearly perceptible. Compare the mean rainfall of the Gade district in the S.W. with the mean rainfall of the Ehee district in the N.E., and you will find that while the former is 6 7o and 7 7o above, the latter is 10 7o and even 16°/^ belotv the mean of the county. Tables X, XI, XII. — These tables need no particular comment, only showing extremes of rainfall. To conclude, I trust that these tables, which I have endeavoured to make as accurate as possible, may prove both of interest and of use to the numerous observers of rainfall ; and I would fain hope that since I have followed out Mr. Pry or' s system of river districts, comparing the rainfall of one district with that of another, they may not prove altogether uninteresting to our botanical members and friends. Table I. — Showing River Districts and Distribution of Rainfall Stations.^ No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 RIVER DISTRICTS. m S K H Colne Thame Upper Thame. Lower Colne . Upper Colne . Ver Gade (_ Chess Brent Upper Brent . ' Lower Lea .... <; Lea o Ivel . Cam. Upper Lea Miraram . . . . Beane Rib Ash Stort Hiz Upper Ivel , Ehee No. of Stations. 1860. 1870. 1880. O o o o I 6 o o o 2 3 3 2 3 4 O o o o o o o o I I I 3 o o 2 o I 2 o o 2 o I I o o O I I 2 o o O I I 2 7 12 28 * The arrangement adopted is the same as in the map forming Plate III. of the present volume. REV. C, W. IIAKVKV — RAINFALL IX IIEKTFORDSniRE. 153 Table II. — Giving particulars of the Stations noio in existence. o o 0 Height of Gauge. STATION. OBSERVER. t p o mO Above Above o Z SS « (Jround Sea-level. 1 ins. ft. ins. ft. Watford — 2. 0_ Busliey Heath... ,, Station F. Scott 1879 1876 5 5 4 0 3 7 480 T 220 R. Savill 2 "Watford House A. T. Brett 1876 8 I 3 240 2. "Wausford House J. Hopkinson 1878 5 I 0 224 A 2. Oaklands RiCKMANSWORTH — E. Harris n 1871 5 5 6 273 A 2. Moor Park St. Albans — Lord Ebury 1876 6 2 0 340 4. Gorhambiiry . . . Harpenden — Earl of Verulam 1853 6 2 6 4. Eothamsted Dunstable — Drs. Lawes & Gilbert 1853 72x87 0 9 420 T 4. Kensworth Hemel Hempsted — Miss Jones 1864 5 I 0 63.0 B 5. Nash Mills Dickinson & Co 1833 12 1 J) 9 237 T 5. Gt.Gaddesden... Rev. W. T. Drake... 1876 8 I 0 426 A 5. Berkhampsted ... Tring— W. Squire 1848 8 I 5 370 B 5. Cowroast SotTTHGATE — H. Thomas, C.E. ... 1868 10 4 2 345 L 8. The Lawns Hertford — H. P. Church 1876 6 0 8 240 T 9. Bayfordbury . . . W. Clinton Baker... 1859 8 0 4 250 9. Ware Hatfield — J. Muir, C.E 187b 12 3 9 102 T 9. Brocket Hall ... Hon.H.Cowper,M.P. 1877 8 I 0 10. Welwyx Rev. C. L. Wiugfield 1872 5 0 4 10. Datch worth Rev. J. Wardale ... 1877 6 I 0 357 T 11. Stevenage Rev. J. 0. Seager ... 1868 8 2 0 319 L 11. Knebworth Buntingford — Rev. T. G. Jenyns... 1876 5 I 0 407 T 12. Throcking EOYSTON — Rev. C. W. Harvey 1880 5 I 0 484 A 12. Therfield Ware— Rev. J. G. Hale 1877 5 4 3 500 13. Much Hadham Rev. H. Mott 1866 5 I 0 222 B 15. HiTCHIN W. Lucas 185c 8 I 0 238 A 15. High Down J. Pollard 187S 5 I I 422 T 17. EoYSTON H. Wortham 1842 8 0 6 269 A 17. Odsey Grange . . . H. G. Fordham 1877 5 I 0 264 A 154 EEV. C. W. HAEVEY RAINFALL LN HEKTFOEDSHIEE. CO ft^ Hi o fi N n ■* 00 rf lO N Id 1-3 N ro N vO n O r- ro • Tt- lO ^ ro % NN 1^ O , N M N -v. ON o ro Ph ►M »-< "" , tJ- o u^ p] 1-3 N ir 1 ON N HH .o rfi % S o rd H !( cc a> 12; -4- W -£ a 03 S O) CO CQ ■to 5s. 5S s Hi I o CO Hi < P4 M < < p d »-3 t^ m O On rOO <-n tn VO •* u-l t^ N N N ro o p o On 00 I-^NO ro p 00 C4 MO NO O CO NO Tt- I-. OO be moo rfNO t^ -^ I O N NO NO - ON lO ro ON On NO O 00 CO 00 o "^ N N O m HI On to On On O 1-3 t1-nO Tl- ON 00 00 NO b 00 r^ t^ CO ON NO O VO 00 00 NO o CC! o <1 H HH MM 00 WO 00 EET. C. "W. HARVET — RAINFALL IN nERTFORDSHIRE. 155 s .a" .r s d 1 o o a\ 0 Ov 0 1^ OS r^ ii t^ VO 1 t^ t-< P) (N 0 00 "^ ►- VO CO 1 r^ t^ vO OS VO ro ro vO M t-~ a M 0 M N M N N M ro " ci •-S , "^ 00 N N 00 VO ro vr VO ■* s ro 0 CI VO CO OS ro VO Q N N M N N (^ hH N N 0 o as rf r^ VO t^ VO tJ- 0 VO t^ M 0 0 ro >-■ 00 OS 1-1 10 VO S2; N N N N N I-' i-t N r4 M N 0 Th VO 1^ VO VO OS "-I N u-i ■O ro VO ro M ro VO ro o C^ M M N N N N M M 1-1 -4^ 0\ VO ^ 0 Ov VO 00 r^ 00 00 a> 02 U-) >* VO OS ro >-< 1^ Tl- VO VO o M N N N M W tS c 0. 1 r, 1 o ' 1 CO 00 fee Tt- ,_ 00 't 0 t^ M v/ 1 t^ 1 VO 1 1— 1 VO t^ VO l~» ro "* 't ly -> tv ^ ^ ,^ M C) N N M M M fJ Viol ►J ►J 1 o\ 0\ ■+ M 00 u OS VO OC ro CO a\ CO OS t^ OS VO CO r- ^ <; >-5 " M « -' >^ t-( " 0 Ph < O ro VO 00 n VO CJs 00 0 s r t^ a t^ VO -* r^ ►^ 0 C/3 c 1 VO ro 1-^ N N N N N N t^ M v/' 1 "-i t^ 00 t^ VO 00 00 VO VO 00 0 ro CS M N N N 0 OS »-< i-i 00 N s N N N N N hH C) r) r' T N r-^ t^ 00 10 OS CJs 0 0 0 10 u ^ lO r^ Tl- VO rO ro ro vr 1 r' ■) 0 ^ ^ ■^ •^ t-t ■^ •^ 1-4 " . '^ ro CO ,^ VO r^ r^ ■^ vr ■> VO rt CN o\ rO OS OS OS 0 0 S C) " " M k-i " " N r ro . M VO Ov VO OS OS Ov r~ 0 ro o t-^ VO VO OS VO 10 ^ VO r** ■) OS 1^ " " " " — ►-* i-i HH 0 00 N 00 00 0 0 t-^ n 'd ro O 0\ 00 N VO VO ro CO N 1^ 1-5 ro N N ro M N N N r' ^ -< 72 l^-l , 1^ Z >> T3 r-. >» < 02 si a CO s CS 1 c ?5 0 O s C5 0 f4 H CO « C3 CO 00 -*< CO a 1 1 Eh 1 id ^ I— t ^; P4 U3 1 cj C ■V ^ iz p: (l4 w 0 m 0 M n 0 1—4 w 1 a -+-3 l-H 0 $ •a 156 EEV. C. yv. HAKTEY EAINPALL IN HERTFOEDSHIEE. 00 5v I — ^ R^ =0 O P ro „ N VO ON ON n O \r\ •^ N-l ly-i r^ rO N ^O O u-l U-) CN) t^ N M NO lO On u^ 00 r^ n\ O ON r/i HH n r^ NO NO lO ro r-. '-* o i-5 M N CO f^ CNl CO m N M P< N N N CO N M rn l/l ro ro 1^ o ro lO lO lO o 00 ON 00 >-< M M ro M x^ ^ HH o o O ON I-I I-I r~ P) M N N N c^ M N M N M M " c^ "+ N o ^ ^ rh ON 't NO CO 00 rt- N O 00 NO M HH ^ t^ On 00 r^ o N i-r\ NO r~- NO N r- ON '4- ^ M M N N N ro ro N N N C) M M fj n , \r\ VO 00 ro ON CO CO M ■+ CO r^ o NO ^ Th o iri VO ON CO lO ON ro ;^ N o *-* ON \r\ ro i^ O N N N N N N ro N N N M I-I N ■q- ro -i^ 1-^ m NO On ON M -> M 00 O 1^ O u-l ri i-i i-i NO n n ^ 00 ^ r^ l^ 00 CO t^ t^ 00 ro t^ •* t^ I-I NO ON *-< ^ N N M N M M C) M M M N PI N CN) " < cu N t^ NO rt Tf M NO ►-( Tf ON C- ro '^ M N a i^ M l^ ro Tl- \r\ hH Tt- N to I-I n r<- CNl 00 s ^ N O f) M N N N N N N N N N ") 1 o 1 r^ >v r-> M CO O "+ n j_j _ 00 ,_, OO O r<- 00 •Jf 00 r<- N ro t-t ^ 0) 0^ o I-I ON ON — 00 i-i g HH M N M M M M "- Cl N " " N N HH _; HH rn N t^ ro M TJ- I-~ 1^ (S li-> 00 ir- 1 O Tt- !h o N N N ts HH O' ON 00 ON NO O o N Tt- N N N N N N N « HH " HH I-I N "" O c5 \r, N NO ON r^ r^ NO »-H u-> >-l 00 N t-- f "> ^ 00 r^ NO to NO r^ ON NO li") t^ ■* -^ NO N o S HH NH " >-< " »-< •- HH I-I HH ►I " " N M un 1- M ON hH 00 -* ^ o t^ ON O- N c 1 t-^ rO t^ On O t^ o »-< 00 00 t^ NO lO Lr 1 CO c :> 00 Pm IH « tS M N N ■" >H I-I h-( 11 '-' I-I M O) ro M ro O) ro NO 00 00 ro N VO 00 O NO Tl- t^ ON m r^ O IM u-l M ro M O \ w ■> f 1 Tl- M N N N N ro ro N M C^ N I-I N Ti h " F3 g !<5 O H < &< o w < > 1 c: c 1 p f« c (I E- %- 1 M ■ If. i o 1 z a I O M 1 w ►J m p 1 O ft w W Ed C E- a P- < c c I p: > c ' I v- < 1 C T \r. 1 p: < a iz c oc .0. ■+- a ■ i p KKV. C. W. H.VRVET — RAINFALL IX nERTFOEDSHIRE. 157 Table YII. — Sfioici>i(/ Distribution of Rainfall throughout the Year, Tears. Isr 2nd 3rd 4th QUAUTER. Quarter. Quarter. Quarter. 7o 7o 7o 7o 1840—49 22 21 26 31 1850—59 l8 24 30 28 1860—69 25 23 27 25 1870—79 22 23 28 27 Table YIII. — Showing Mean Number of Wet Days and Mean Fall on each Wet Day, 1870-79. Month. Mean Number of Wet Days. Mean Fall. Per Quarter. Per Month. PerWetDay. j January February March April May June July ] August September October November December 45 40 40 46 16 15 14 13 13 14 13 14 13 15 16 15 16 II 10 13 13 14 16 14 16 16 17 > ( 13 Table IX. — Showing the Mean Rainfall in each District, and the Relation it bears to the Mean FaU in the County. p 1^ 2 H Q 2 4 5 9 11 13 15 17 River District. 0 CO 00 i-H en 0 % 6 2 2 I I I 0 00 t-H 00 0 H ->! 6 '^ I 3 3 I I I I I 1860-69. 1870-79. District Mean Fall. + County Mean FaU. District Mean Fall. + County Mean Fall. / Lower Colne... CoLNE < Yer 27-49 27-67 25 -06 23-93 23-52 7o + 5 + 6 — 4 — 10 —10 27-56 29-92 30-24 27-13 26-31 26-28 25-96 23-59 7o — 2 + 7 + 7 — 4 — 7 — 7 — 9 —16 ( Gade I Upper Lea Lea < Beane (Ash Ivel Hiz Cam Hhee 158 EET. C. "W. HARVEY EAINFALL IN HEKTFORD SHIRE. Table X. — Shotcing Maximum and Minimum Yearly Fall iti each Decade. o < o w Maximum Fall. Minimum Fall. Station. Date. Amount. Station. Date. Amount. 5th 6th 7th 8th Nash Mills Nash Mills Berkhampsted . . . Moor Park 1841 1852 1860 1879 3210 4114 36-34 42-56 Nash Mills Hitchin 1840 1854 1864 1870 21-44 17-13 16-62 16-83 Eoyston Fieldes Weir ... Table XI. — Shoiving Maximum and Minimum Monthly Fall in each Decade. p 3 4 >) 5 6 >) ») M )) Berkhampsted Stevenasfe 1857, October 22nd 2-65 2-90 2-22 2 50 2-56 2-11 277 3-68 2-34 2-37 2 -sot 2-50 2-36 303 3-00 1868, August 19th Hitchin Welwyn East Barnet Brocket Hall 1874, July 11th 1878, April 10th Oaklands, Watford Bayfordbury Keusworth Eothamsted ,, June 30th 1879, August 2nd Nash Mills Berkhampsted Great Gaddesdcn Therfield Eoyston * A similar minimum occurred at Hitchin in July, 1864. t Gauge upset. XX. THE FLOOD IN THE VALLEY OF THE GADE, Srd AUGUST, 1879. By John E. Littlebot. Read at Watford, Uth December, 1880. The year 1879 will long be remembered as remarkable for the unusual quantity of its rainfall, and it seems desirable that some particulars of the notable storm that passed over a portion of our county on the 2nd and 3rd of August should be preserved among the records of our Society. It appears to have approached our district, in a north-easterly direction, from the valley of the Thames. It commenced, in this neighbourhood, between the hours of 9 and 10 o'clock on the evening of Saturday, the 2nd of August, and from that time until nearly 5 o'clock on Sunday morning an extraordinary downpour of rain, accompanied by loud peals of thunder and almost incessant lightning, continued without perceptible intermission. The quantity of rain that fell during these six or seven hours has been recorded as under : — Berk- hampstead, 2-5 in. ; Harpenden, 3-0 in. ; Great Gaddesden, 2-3 in. ; Nasli Mills, 2'5 in. It would be difficult to exaggerate the awful grandeur of the storm. It is spoken of in Symons' 'Meteorological Magazine' (vol. xiv, p. 97) as one of "excessive severity." Between 10 and 12 p.m. flashes of sheet and forked lightning occurred continuously or with only momentary intervals, and lighted up our rooms so completely that every object around us was distinctly visible. At about 3 a.m. the extreme violence of the storm began to moderate, and before 5 it had almost subsided. At nine o'clock on Sunday morning the sky was clear, the atmosphere fresh, and at Hunton Bridge a somewhat swollen river was the principal remaining evidence of the past tempest. We hoped, and believed, that the worst was over ; but it soon became apparent that such was not the case. The deluge of rain that had fallen during the night could not fail to leave its mark behind, and before the day was over it resulted in a flood such as, in the memory of the oldest inhabitant of the parish, had never before occurred. It will be my duty briefly to describe the rise and progress of this remarkable flood, and I shall afterwards offer a few remarks on the causes that appear to have produced it. I have not been able to obtain much information respecting the reaches of the Bulborne above Berkhampstead. At Berkhampstead the river joins for the first time the Grand Junction Canal, and the pound of the canal becomes the mill-head of the Lower Mill. At this spot it might be expected that the flood would make itself apparent, and I am informed that as early as four o'clock on Sunday morning the canal had overflowed its banks. The residence that adjoins the mill was suiTounded by water, and a current about 160 J. E. LITTLEEOT THE FLOOD two feet deep rushed without let or hindrance through the rooms and passages on the ground-jfloor. The Lower Mill has been in the occupancy of my relations, until recently, for nearly a hundi'cd years, and I can state with certainty that no such flood has ever occurred during that time. The flood gained volume as it proceeded onwards ; a large portion of Boxmoor was under water ; at Frogiiiore End the turnpike-road was flooded, and all the low meadows were in like condition. Along the Hempstead valley the pretty little Gade behaved itself in an equally unseemly fashion. I am informed by the Rev. W. T. Tyrwhitt Drake that, at Great Gaddesden, floods of water poured down the hills in such extraordinary volume that " the road was knee-deep," and that the " church-pool," through which the river passes, overflowed on both sides, a thing which no one ever remembered to have seen before. " Before noon the river had resumed its ordinary level," but on the hill-side "a gully 2 ft. 6 in. to 3 ft. deep, and 2 ft. to 3 ft. wide, ■was ci;t by the force of the water into the solid chalk." At Bury Mill End the flood washed away large portions of a long wall, and many cottages were flooded. A torrent of water rushed down the lane leading from the Hempstead Workhouse with such extreme violence that two gentlemen, who attempted to cross the Bury road, lost their footing ; and a woman, who left her house in Queen Street, was carried by the flood down the surface-drain. The 'Hempstead Gazette' states that "she was rescued with con- siderable difficulty." At Nash Mills the water in the mill-tail rose about three feet, and flooded the lower rooms at the paper- mills. At Abbot's Hill water poured, literally in torrents, down the grass-meadows that slope towards Bunker's Lane ; the farm- buildings were flooded, and a number of valuable Berkshire pigs only saved themselves by swimming. By noon on Sunday the flood had fairly reached King's Langiey, and the whole of the low meadows above Hunton Bridge were covered with water. At Hunton Bridge several cottages were in- vaded by the current, and exit could only be effected from some of them by ladders. The meadow immediately above the mill may be described as a species of c^d de sac, drained only by a culvert that runs at the back of two cottages and thence at right angles under the mill-head. This culvert was quickly over-powered by the immense volume of water that pressed upon it; the meadows filled very rapidly ; water rose to the height of 5 ft. in the sitting-rooms of the two cottages, and in some places the meadow was fully 8 ft. under water. The current next forced its way into the road, and a torrent, about two feet deep, continued to rush down it, between the mill and the farm-house opposite, until Monday morning. At about 4.40 p.m., a loud rolling noise, almost resembling thunder, announced the disagreeable fact that the culvert under the mill- head, to which I have before alluded, had been burst by the enormous power of the water, and it became more than probable that the embankment, under which the culvert passes, would shortly give way. Workmen were immediately sent for j a dam 23-31 Nash Mills 22-95 22-23 Watford ("Wansford House) 24-90 23-89 Moor Park 28-97 IX THE VALLEY OF THE GADE. 161 was tlirovrn across the mill-head as rapidly as skilled hands could work ; and wlieu once it was completed all danger had ceased, but before tbisluippy eonsiiraniation was attained only about a yard and a half of the bank remained intact, llad this trifling barrier been washed away, an inundation, attended with considerable danger anil great damage to property, must certainly have ensued. Kespeotiug the flood, I think that I have now said sufficient ; it will not soon be forgotten by those who witnessed it. Allow me, in conclusion, to allude for a few moments to the causes that appear to have contributed to its occurrence. During the year 1878, 34-27 inches of rain* had fallen over the Watford district; during the first seven months of 1879, more than 2.) inches of rain had also been recorded. I give below par- ticulars lor this period received from a few neighbouring stations : — Berkhampstead Great Gaddesden Harpendeu (Rothamsted) . I believe that in the Midland Counties a rainfall amounting to 58 inches in nineteen consecutive months is without a parallel. At the commencement of August, 1879, the soil of the lower portions of the valley was full to saturation, and this fact con- tributed, beyond doubt, an important item among the causes that produced the flood. I think it may be considered that an area of one mile in extent, on either side of the river, drains into the valleys, and it must be remembered that both the Hempstead and Berkhampstead valleys alike contribute towards the supply of water to the lower reaches of the Gade. Accepting this estimate as about correct, a few measurements on the Ordnance Map enable me to compute the area of the water-shed that supplies our river as comprising about 34 square miles. I have stated that, during the short period of six hours, an average of 2^ inches of rain, a downpour almost tropical in its proportions, fell over this district. With these data before us, it is easy to calculate the weight of water that actually fell within the area of di-ainage on the night in question'. The next step in advance is surrounded with much difficulty. It is, unfortunately, impossible to estimate with absolute certainty the per-centage of water that would, under such circumstances, at once find its way into the streams. The numerous lanes that abound on both sides of the valley constitute, without doubt, the principal media for the outlet of surface-drainage. They convey to the valleys not only the rain that falls upon them, but they act as channels both for natural and artificial drainage supplied by the fields and meadows through which they pass. I am informed by Mr. John Evans that there are, in the parishes of Abbot's Langley and King's Langley, no less than 152 acres of these lanes. It is certain that the hill-sides would absorb, during the continuance of the storm, large quantities of water ; but, on the other hand, it * ' Trans. Watford Xat. Hist. Sue.,' Vol. II, p. 213. VOL. I. — PART V. 11 162 THE FLOOD IN THE GABE TALLET. must not be forgotten that rain fell in almost unprecedented torrents, that it poured in rivers off meadows that usually absorb all that falls upon ihem, and, lastly, that atmospheric evaporation must, under such conditions, have been inconsiderable. After carefully considering the whole of the authentic information that I have been able to collect, and making every allowance for the eilect of absorption and evaporation, I think it is reasonable to suppose that at least 25 per cent., or one-quarter part of the entire weight of rain that fell within the defined area, would reach the rivers within the first six hours subsequent to the stonn. I will now proceed to summarize my conclusions. I have estimated that the watersheds supplying drainage to the Bulborne and Gade comprise an area of about 34 square miles. It has been shown that 2^ inches of rain fell during the continuance of the storm, and it follows, as a matter of course, that somewhere about 5,500,000 tons of water must have fallen during the night, within the area of drainage. If I am correct in supposing that 25 per cent, of this enormous downpour found its way pretty directly into the streams, it is evident that an extra demand, equivalent to the accommodation of 1,375,000 tons, was made on their capacity. I shall assume that the whole of this extra quantity of water passed Ilunton Bridge during the ensuing day, and when it is remembered that the average flow of water at that place does not exceed 192,000 tons in 24 hours, an easy calculation establishes the i-emarkable fact, that on the 3rd of August an extra volume of water, exceeding seven times the amount of the usual current, forced its way along the valley of the Gade. I hope that these figures may sufficiently account for the occur- rence of the unprecedented flood which I have now attempted to describe. XXT. OX THE nrroETANCE of recording erratic blocks. By H. George Pordham:, r.Gr.S. Read at Watford, Uth December, 1880. A Committee of the British Association has now been in existence some years, for the purpose of "recording the position, height above the sea, lithological characters, size, and origin of the Erratic Blocks of England, Wales, and Ireland, reporting other matters of interest connected with the same, and taking measures for their preservation." As a member of this Committee, I am anxious to bring before the Hertfordshire ^Natural History Society a brief note on the work being carried on by the Committee, in the hope that I may thus be able to obtain such assistance as may enable me to compile a report, as complete as possible, on the erratic blocks, or boulders, of the County of Hertford. The recording of scattei'ed boulders is a work which it is parti- cularly desirable should be taken up by local scientific societies, as it is only by the development of a wide-spread interest in the matter that anything like a complete catalogue and description of the erratic blocks scattered over the country can be hoped for. Obviously the value of the ultimate deductions from, and of the additions to, our knowledge of the Glacial period, depends, in a great measure, on the completeness of the records obtained, and their general extension over the whole of the area under con- sideration. The title of the Committee to Avhich I have referred expresses concisely its aims, but it will, perhaps, be useful if I a little further explain what those aims are, and indicate more generally the raison (Vetre of the Committee, and how we, in Hertfordshire, can best contribute to the advancement of science in this particular matter. It must have come under the notice of the most casual observer, that we have in various parts, and spread over large areas in England, masses of gravel, sand, and clay, containing fragments of a great number of dilferent rocks, otherwise unknown in the districts in which these fragments now occur. These beds lie high on the hills throughout Hertfordshire, and are found plentifully distributed over all the midland and northern counties of England. They are more ancient than our river-gravels and the sands and clays which we find along all our water-courses ; for we find in the river-deposits, fragments of rocks, and other traces of these older beds. It does not, however, appear that, at the time when the older clays and gravels were deposited on our hills, the face of the country differed in any very material degree from its general configiiration as we now see it. The valleys have been deepened 164 H. G. POEBHAM ON EECOEDING EEEATIC BLOCKS. and many minor changes have, no doubt, taken place ; but, as a whole, there is no reason to believe that any great change has been made. These beds of clay, sand, and gravel are the products of that part of the world's existence which we know as the Glacial period. At that time, as far as we know at present, man did not inhabit the earth, or if he did exist, no absolute evidence of his presence has remained to us. The climatic conditions were totally different from those which we now experience in these islands. During this period ice was a dominant power, and it has left clear and un- mistakable evidence of its existence and work. The Committee, whose cause T wish to put before you, is occupied in registering the more marked and definite evidence now existing on this subject. When England lay for long periods, during the Glacial epoch, more or less completely submerged below the level of the sea, when all the high land was capped and covered with ice-fields and glaciers, the limited shore-line en- cumbered with coast-ice, and the sea, either wholly or in part, ice- bound, or, where free, laden with ice in the shape of bergs and floes, these beds of clay and gravel were spread out over our hills, and portions of them remain to the present day as evidence of what has been. Contained in, and associated with, the glacial clays and gravels are large fragments of harder rocks, in some cases weighing several tons, and often rounded, worn, and scratched during their travels from the ice-bound hills of which they once formed portions. Carried along, frozen into ice-bergs, or drifting on shore-ice, they have been scattered far and wide over the country. At the present day they are collected in our villages as corner-stones, to protect the angles of houses or walls, are built into walls, and used in paving, or are destroyed. "We can only regret that many boulders have been broken up without any note being taken of them ; and this regret should remind us how necessaiy it is to have complete records of those that exist. By the identification of the materials of the erratic blocks with the rocks from which they have been derived, much may probably be added to our knowledge as to the direction and character of the ice-movements of the Glacial epoch ; and the superficial characteristics of the blocks themselves, their localities, the heights above the sea at which they now rest, and other facts concerning them, will, when properly brought together and arranged, be of material assistance in the construction of the history of that period. In recording boulders it is important to state whether they are found in situ, or have been moved by man, and in the latter case any information that can be obtained as to the place from which they have been brought should be noted. Boulders should be accurately measured and described, particulars as to the character of the rock, and its external appearance, and as to whether it is angular, water- worn, rounded, or scratched, should be given. The heights above the sea (especially if unmoved), and the nature of the beds on which they rest, should be noted. Drawings or photographs of large H. G. FORDHAM — OX RECORDING ERRATIC BLOCKS. 165 boulders are valuable, and a fracrmcnt, sufficiently large for the iclentitication of the rock, sliould be obtained. AVhere a boulder has any local name, or history, this should also be added to its dcscri]ition. I trust the members of the Society will feel it to be their duty to add, as far as possible, to the general knowledge of the Glacial period, and to our knowledge of the relation of Hertfordshire to the ice-action of that time, by recording all the boulders within the county, or elsewhere, which come under their notice. I shall be glad of any information thus obtained, which can be published by this Society, and also included in the report of the Committee of the British Association. XXII. XOTE ON THE SCHWENDEXERIAX THEORY OF LICHEXS. By E. B. Ckoft, R.N., F.L.S., F.R.M.S., Hon. Sec. Read at Hertford; 2bth January, 1881. I CANNOT better describe the theory as to the nature of lichens which is variously styled "The Algo-Lichen Hypothesis," the "Dual-Lichen Hypothesis," and the Schwendenerian Theory of Lichens, than by quoting the commencement of a paper by the Rev. W. A. Leighton in 'Grevillea' (vol. ii, p. 122), in which periodical will also be found the arguments for and against the said theory. Mr. Leighton says : " Much attention has been of late devoted, and is still devoted to the subject of the gonidia of lichens. Two theories or opinions have sprung from these researches, which are respectively supported by great and learned savans. Those whose studies are chiefly physiological maintain that the filamentous tissue of the thallus of lichens is a fungus which grows para- sitically on an alga, which it envelopes and carries on with it in its growth so as to constitute the gonidia. On the other hand, true lichenologists, whilst admitting the apparent similarity of gonidia to certain algae, do not consider them as such, but as special organs of multiplication or propagation of lichens." Although Professor Schn^endener propounded this theory in 1869, and although many experiments have been made by various ob- servers to test its truth, opinion still is divided. Sachs, in his ' Text-Book of Botany ' (p. 262), says : " There can no longer be any doubt that the lichens are true fungi of the section Ascomy- cetes, but distinguished by a singular parasitism. Their hosts are algae which grow normally in damp places but not in water." As many introductory works on botany are founded on Sachs' work, this is repeated, learnt, and believed by many ; while on the other hand Dr. ISTylander, admittedly the gxeatest Lichenologist of the age, terms the hypothesis "absurd," and Dr. M. C. Cooke classes together the advocates of the theories of Table-turning, Tichborne, and Schwendener. About two years ago I made my first attempt to build a lichen, or rather I found in a small phial that which advocates of the Schwendenerian theory would have no doubt claimed as such ; and as I have just repeated the experiment with the same result, I will briefly describe the modus operandi, in the hope that other members may by their observations throw further light on the subject. I placed a gathering of Protococcus pluvialis^' in a small phial in * In both cases the Protococcus was from a cast-iron shell at the base of a fountain in the garden of Mr. C. W. Nuun, of Hertford. Mr. Nunn has had tliis Protococcus under observation for several years, and considers it to be a distinct red variety. R. B. CKorr— OX A THEORY OF LICHENS. 167 porfoct darkness, and after some time foimd that mixed with the J'rofoeoccHS-cclU there were fragments of what appeared to he the mycelium of a fungus. After a furtlier deprivation of light for some time, I foimd that the mycelium had greatly increased in quantity, and that it surrounded and imprisoned the perfectly healthy still cells of the Protococcus. In this condition you Avill see it under my microscope this evening. At the October meeting of this Society I showed the Protococcus, then freshly gathered, when many of the cells were motile, now they are all stationary, though a few retain the hyaline envelope. Yoii will observe that all or nearly all the cells are red, and that although under a high power (700 diameters) no connexion with the fungus can be perceived. Therefore we have what the advocates of the theory declare a lichen to be, viz. an alga sur- roimded and imprisoned by a fungus, only it is in water instead of air. Probably further study would prove that the presence of the fungus was accidental, and that though the Protococcus is apparently healthy, it is not increasing by either of its known methods of growth. As this inquiry can be easily prosecuted by any one possessing a microscope with a ^-inch objective, I hope some of you will try the exceedingly simple experiment detailed above, and if you can get as far as I have got, that you will en- deavour to induce the dual growth to flourish in air as well as water. I would also suggest that one phial be kept in the light and another in the dark, in order that wc may find out whether that has anything to do with the fungal growth, or whether it is only a coincidence. XXIIT. ON A SPECIES OF CE^TOSPIRA FOUND AT HODDESDON. By r. W. Phillips. Sead at Hertford, 2oth January, 1881. At the meeting held here last March, Mr. Henry "Warner drew a rough sketch of an animalcule, and told me that he had found it many years ago in a pond at the AVoodlands, Hoddesdon, but had never been able to identify it. I saw at once that it corresponded with the drawing of Clmtofpira Miilleri given in the last edition of Pritchard's ' Infusoria.' I had met with it about two years before, but unfortunately had given but little attention to it. I did not find it again until last October, and it was under the following circumstances. Last July I placed in a polype-trough what I judged to be the empty coenoecium of a Polyzoon, and some Paludi- cellce, obtained from the same pond, leaving them there in the hope that statoblasts might be deposited ; about a month after I sent the trough and contents to Mr. Isaac Ilobinson. While it was in his possession some creature laid a number of eggs against the glass, and attention was from time to time directed to their development. One day Mr. Robinson reported the appearance of a strange creature adherent to this egg-case, which was now empty. The description of its movements convinced me that it was no other than the rather rare ChMospira; and on examining it, I found that it was so. The animalcule, which was extremely small, had built its tube or sheath in one of the depressions of the empty egg-case. Unfortu- nately the glass of the polype-trough was too thick to use the i-inch objective, therefore we used the ^-inch objective and D eyepiece ; a power which was insufficient to enable me to make an elaborate investigation. I have the creature still by me, but it is either dead, or encysted, as it has for some time past refused to come out of its tube. The genus appears to be so little known that it would perhaps be advisable to quote Pritchard's description. 'Family Vorticellina. "Genus ChMospira (Lachmann). — The sur- face generally covered with cilia, like the genus Stentor, from which it is distinguished by having that part of the parenchyma of the body which bears the ciliary spiral and the anus (which in all the Stentorime lies on the dorsal surface of the body, close under the ciliary spiral, and not in a common pit with the mouth) drawn out into a thin process. This process is narrow and bacillar ; the series of cilia commences at its free extremity, and only forms a spiral when in action, by the rolling-up of the lamina. The process bears the anus. The animalcules inhabit a sheath or tube, of a mucilaginous or even homy density." The genus was first described in 1856 by Mr. Lachmann, who found the two species of which it consists in fresh water near Berlin. They are described by Pritchard as follows : — F. AV. PnilXIPS — ox CUJETOSPIRA. 169 " Ch(etof!ph-n .l/';/7/cr;'. — Slender. The first cilia of the scries upon the process are somewhat, hut not remarkahly lousjer and stronger thau the rest ; wlien rolled up. the ciliated haeillar process forms more thau one turu of a spiral. Sheath Hask- shaped aud horuy. Hitherto fouud only in the open cells of torn leaves of Litnna trisiilca, growing in fresh water near Berlin." " C/uctospira inucico/a. — Enclosing tube mucous in consistence ; animalcule shorter and more compressed ; the rolled-up ciliary process does not form a complete turn of a spiral ; the first cilia an; considerably larger than the rest, the first one especially being nearly twice as long as most of the others." The animalcule we found does not altoa;cther agree with, cither of these descriptions. It has, like Chcetosjyira Millleri, a horny sheath, to which are attached a great number of brown granular particles, as though they had been cemented to it. The case is not imbedded in, but built outside the cellular substance to which it adheres. The ciliary process resembles C. mucicola in not making a complete turn of a .spiral. At the extremity of the process there appeared to be a small projection as though it had a slight tendency to be bilobed, like the allied genus Freia, but the animalcule main- tained a very awkward position all the time we watched, so that it was impossible to get a clear view of it ; therefore it is just pos- sible that this appearance was due to a distorted view of the long terminal cilium characterising C. mucicola. On giving the stage of the microscope a sharp tap it would quickly withdraw within its tube, after the manner of Vaginicola and other sheathed animalcules ; as soon as its alarm subsided, the process would be slowly extruded in a straight line, and then with a rapid and peculiar scythe-like motion it would be swung round into the spiral form. The move- ments of the cilia very much resemble those of Stentor, but have rather more of a vibratile character. The only notices I can find of the occurrence of ChcBtospira Millleri in England are, firstly in a paper by Mr. J. G. Tatem, read at the Quekett Club, March 27th, 1868, wherein he records it for the first time as a British species ; secondly, in an article in ' Science Gossip,' July, 1868, by Mr. F. C. S. Roper, who states that he found it on the 28th of May, 1851, on Snaresbrook Common, which was five years prior to its having been described by Mr. Lachmann, and that he sent drawings of it to several naturalists, but none of them were able to identify it. Possibly the animalcule may not be so very rare, but its small size and extreme timidity or sensitiveness, which causes it to retire with the slightest shaking, is probably the cause of its being over-looked. Since making the above notes, I have this morning had the good fortune to find another specimen quite close to the former ; the sheath, which is imbedded in the cellular structure of the egg-case, is lageniform in .shape, with a rather long narrow neck ; it is almost identical with Mr. Tatem's figure, and the spiral makes two turns, thus determining it to be Chaitospira MuUeri. The true species has therefore been found as well as the apparent variety. XXIV. ON THE OCCURREXCE OF RED SNOW IN HERTFORDSHIRE. By R. B. Croft, E.N., T.L.S., F.R.M.S., Hon. Sec. Eead at Ware, 22nd February, 1881. On the return of Captain Ross's expedition from the Arctic regions in 1819, red snow, which had been found extending over a range of cliffs on the shore of Baffin's Bay, in some cases 12 feet deep, was in its melted state subjected to careful examina- tion, and was pronounced by the eminent botanist, Robert Brown, to contain a unicellular plant of the order Algse, an opinion since confirmed by Greville and others, and now generally adopted, the plant being known by several names, amongst which that of Frotococcus nivalis, given to it by Agardh, and Palmella nivalis given to it by Sir William Hooker, are most usually accepted. The following is a description by the authors of the ' Micrographic Dictionary ' of the organism in red snow brought home by Captain Parry, R.X. : — " Frond, an indefinite gelatinous mass, densely filled with spherical cells, about 1-1 200th part of an inch in diameter; cells with a distinct membrane, their contents consisting of numerous tolerably equal granules, red or green. Between the large cells lie patches of minute red granules, apparently dis- charged from the large cells. Bauer and Greville both describe this as the mode of propagation of the plant ; but it is probable that the cells also increase by division when actively vegetating." In a very pleasant little book called ' Footprints from the Page of Nature' I find the following: "If we place a portion of the snow coloured with this plant upon a piece of white paper and allow it to melt and evaporate, we find a residuum of granules just sufficient to give a faint crimson tinge to the paper. Placed under the microscope, these granules resolve themselves into sphe- rical purple cells, from the 1,000th to the 3,000th part of an inch in diameter; each of these cells has an opening surrounded by serrated or indented lines, whose smallest diameter measures only the 1-5, 000th part of an inch." The same author says, further on: "The actinic power of the solar light, aided by some peculiar, and as yet unknown property belonging to the natural whiteness of the suow itself, is highly essential in the production of the beautiful crimson or rose colour by which the red snow is distinguished ; but this colour gradually changes to green when secluded from the direct action of light and developed on dark or opaque objects." Although the above is, as I have said, the generally accepted theory of red snow, yet examinations of red snow made near Grimsel, in Switzerland, in 1839, at the Glacier of Aar, in 1840, R. n. CROFT — ON UED SNOW IN UERTS. 171 and other places, led ]\[r. Shuttleworth aud Professor Agassiz *' to eoiielude that the discolouration was due to an immense nuiuber of moving- animalcules of various shapes and sizes, and to globules which were supposed to be the ova of Philodina roseola. Professor Meyen f remarks that Euglena mnguinea and Euglena riridis, which greatly resemble Protococcus,\ are the cause of the red and given snow which has been described by Martins, a naturalist, who had accompanied a French expedition to Spitz- bergen. In this case also globules are mentioned. From these researches it is evident that it is not proved that red snow is dependent on one form of organic existence, but that many species both of plants aud animals may contribute to its production. Having thus briefly noticed all that I can discover about red snow, I will give a short account of some that 1 found on the 28th of January. On the afternoon of that day, which was the first of decided thaw after the recent long and memorable frost, I noticed under the upper layer of ice on a large pond in my garden sheets of snow of a dark red colour ; aud as the position, condition of snow, etc., may be of important assistance to future searchers, I shall describe them at some lengtb. The pond had been frozen for more than a fortnight (on the 15th we were skating on it). On the 18th came the violent snowstorm and gale, which covered the pond with, nearly a foot of drift snow. On the 26th a man was employed clearing the snow off the pond, but the lower layer (about four inches thick) had apparently partly melted and frozen again ; therefore the snow was only cleared away to the surface of this frozen layer, which I shall call frozen snow, to distinguish it fi'om the true ice underneath. On noticing the deep red colour which appeared to be above or in the true ice, I dug holes in the frozen snow and found that where it rested on the ice it was a deep rose colour ; the water, which owing to the rapid thaw quickly filled the holes, became also rose-coloured, looking from a short distance like pools of blood. I collected a vase of the melting snow, which owing to its small quantity and the difference of background looked a lighter pink. On rapidly baling the water out of one of the holes, I noticed the ice beneath to be full of bright red specks like so many rubies. I cut several pieces out, and placed them in a separate vessel for examination. The water in the vases (at first a decided pink), gradually became paler and paler, and at the end of ten days the colour had entirely gone. Microscopic examination of the melting snow showed frond-like patches of green matter, among which were many Eugle7ice, ap- parently Eiiglena acus (I could in no case see any flagellum). Eouud green cells, which I took to be the resting form of the same Euglena, and a very great number of yeast-like bodies, * 'Ann. Nat. Hist.,' Aug. 1841. + 'Ann. Nat. Hist.,' Aug. 1848. X See Cohn's Memoir " On the Natural History of Profococcus pluvialis''^ iu 'Botanical and Physiological Memoirs' (Ray Society, 1853). 172 E. B. CKOFT — ON EED SNOW IJf HERTS. altlioiio'h they appeared in the microscope to be hyaline, were in my opinion the canse of the red colour. These bodies I take to be the "globules" of Meyen. As far as I could see, then and since, there was no Protococcus, or to speak more exactly, no body re- sembling Protococcus which might not have been some stage in the life of the JEuglena. I sent three specimens of the melted snow to Mr. Saville Kent, the talented author of 'A Manual of the Infusoria,' one taken from the bottom of my vase with a good deal of sediment, one taken from the surface, and the third with the sediment from the vase containing the pieces of solid ice, which you will remember I spoke of as being full of bright red specks. Mr. Kent tells me that the contents of the three phials are identical ; that the green frond-like masses are decaying masses of EugJenm^ probably suddenly frozen, that the EugJena is Euglena acus, that he can detect Protococcus, and that the yeast-like bodies may be an ab- normal form of that plant. Mr. Bolton, of Birmingham, and my co-secretary Mr. Hopkinson, who have examined the melted snow, both say that it contains Protococcici, so that I am alone in my opinion that it is not present. I think with regard to the yeast- like bodies we may come to the conclusion that they are not yeast; therefore the question arises, What are these bodies? Mr. Kent's suggestion that they are an abnormal form of Protococcus leads to an important train of thought ; for may not Protococcus always assume this form when it colours snow red. But I venture to suggest that, considering the extraordinary resemblance between the plant Protococcus and the animal Ei/gkna,^ they may be a form of Euglena ; and although I only throw out this as a possibility, yet my idea is strengthened by the fact that some years ago, while studying the Euglence, I found that during one portion of their life they assumed forms which I described in my note-book as " closely resembling the torula of the yeast plant." * See Colm's Memoir, previously referred to, for an account of this resemblance. XXV. ANXITERSAEY ADDRESS. By the Preskleut, J. Gwxx Jeffreys, LL.D., F.E.S., F.L.S., Treas. G.S., etc. Delivered at the Aiimial Meeting , Ibth February, 1S81, at Watford. Ladies and Gextlemeit, — Another year has come round ; and I have again the pleasure of meeting and addressing you as President of this useful and pros- perous Society. The Report of the Council, which has just been read, tells you that during the past year the number of members has increased from 231 to 270, and that a large amount of excellent work has been done. I have no doubt but that the present and following years will show an equally satisfactory rate of progress. The Address which I now have the honour of presenting is, like my previous Address, in the form of a Lecture ; and as it is longer than the last — notwithstanding the promise that I then made — I will lose no more time in giving it. The title is DEEP-SEA EXPLORATION^. This subject is one in which I have for many years taken much interest; and I will give you the result of my experience and studies. It is highly fascinating to all persons of ordinary intelli- gence, although they may not be naturalists. Our best poets have not disdained to sing its praises ; one of them says : ' ' There is a magnet-like attraction in These waters to the imaginative power That links the viewless with the visible, And pictures things unseen." Speculations of this kind were not unknown to the ancients. In the ' Halieutica ' of Oppian, written nearly seventeen centuries ago, it is stated that no one had found the bottom of the sea, and that the greatest depth ascertained by man was 300 fathoms, where Amphitrite had been seen. But this grand discovery does not seem to have satisfied the poetical philosopher ; and he enters into a long disquisition as to the many other wonderful things that may be concealed in the recesses of the boundless ocean, adding, never- theless, what I will translate from the Greek : " But men have little sense and strength." However, man has not degenerated in this kind of knowledge since 174 ANNITEHSAEY ADDRESS the days of Oppian ; for he has now not only explored the greatest depths of the sea, but has mapped out its main features with nearly as much accuracy as he has done with respect to the land. It will be convenient to divide the subject into separate heads, viz.: — 1, Historical ; 2, Apparatus ; 3, Fauna; 4, Pood ; 5, Light; 6, Temperature ; 7, Depth ; 8, Inequalities of the Sea-bottom ; 9, Deposits ; 10, Geological ; 11, Incidental ; 12, Concluding Eemarks. I hope you will not be frightened at the number of these heads. Some of them you will find to be exceedingly short. 1. Historical. Sir "Wyville Thomson's 'Depths of the Sea' gives an excellent account of the origin and progress of deep-sea exploration up to a very recent period. To this work I would refer my audience, con- tenting myself with some supplemental remarks. In 1868 commenced the systematic examination of the sea-bed at considerable depths in that part of the North Atlantic which surrounds the British Isles. I then took my yacht, the * Osprey,' for an excursion to Shetland, and dredged oif the most northern point of our isles. The greatest depth which I attained Avas 1 70 fathoms, or 1020 feet, each fathom being 6 feet. This depth, strictly speaking, is beyond the line of soundings, viz. 100 fathoms ; and it may be a question whether the fauna of the sea-bed out- side of that limit can be regarded as British, although adjacent to our coasts. If it be, we ought to take the " medium filum aquae " (as the lawyers in the time of Coke called it), and extend the geographical limit of the British marine fauna halfway across to North America ! But such boundaries are neither nationtil nor rational. "We cannot lay claim to so extensive a dominion. Inter- national boundaries, for the purpose of naval warfare or as defined by fishery treaties, are limited to a distance of three miles, irrespective of depth. Later in the same year (1868) Dr. Carpenter and Professor Wyville Thomson explored, in H.M. surveying-vessel ' Lightning,' the sea-bed lying between the Butt of Lewis and the Faroe Isles, and reached the depth of 550 fathoms. These tentative excursions showed that the sea-bed everywhere was full of Life, not merely of a microscopic and uniform kind, and of a low degree of organization, but of a considerable size, great variety, and a high degree of organization. In the following year (1869) our Govern- ment placed a better vessel at the disposal of the Royal Society ; and I undertook the first scientific cruise in H.M. surveying-ship ' Porcupine.' This cruise was off the western coast of Ireland, and the greatest depth dredged was 1476 fathoms. The second cruise BY THE PRESIDENT. 175 w:i^ undertalccu by Professor "VVyvillc Thomson, auci extended from tlie south of Ireland to what is probably the deepest part of the North Atlantic in the European seas. The greatest depth dredged by him was 2435 fathoms, or nearly three miles. The third cruise, under the charge of Dr. Carpenter, was in the same direction as the ' Lightning ' Expedition, but embraced a larger area, including the Shetland Isles ; the greatest depth was 867 fathoms. In the following year (1870) the 'Porcupine' was again placed at the disposal of the Eoyal Society for further exploration. This expedition was divided into two cruises, North Atlantic and Mediterranean. The former was assigned to me, and comprised the sea-bed lying between Falmouth and the Straits of Gibraltar, along the western coasts of Spain and Portugal. There were 38 dredging and sounding stations, at depths ranging from 81 to 1095 fathoms. The Mediterranean cruise was made by Dr. Carpenter, and extended round Sicily. There were 29 stations, at depths ranging from 51 to 1743 fathoms. Professor Wyville Thomson was unfortunately prevented by illness from taking part in this year's expedition. In all these cruises an abundance as well as a great variety of marine life occurred at every depth. The ' Lightning ' and ' Porcupine ' Expeditions culminated in the celebrated voyage of H.M.S. 'Challenger' round the world, which commenced on the 21st of December, 1872, and ended on the 24th of May, 1876, having thus occupied a period of three years and five months. Dnring this expedition about 30,000 nautical miles were traversed, 504 soundings were taken, and 132 dredgings and 150 trawlings were made. The depths of soundings were from 25 to 4475, of dredgings from 4 to 3875, and of trawlings from 10 to 3050 fathoms. The greatest depth reached was five statute miles. The Americans have recorded a greater depth, viz. five miles and a quarter, or 4620 fathoms. Even greater depths than this have been given ; but they are not now considered reliable, by reason of the imperfect machinery which was formerly used for sounding. The 'Proceedings of the lioyal Society' for 1873-1877 contain many "Preliminary Reports" by Sir Wyville Thomson and the other naturalists attached to the ' Challenger ' Expedition ; so that all the scientific world were from time to time kept informed of the progress and results of this great national undertaking. During the last of our arctic voyages, in 1875, I had, through the influence and energy of the Royal Society, another opportunity of exploring a part of the North- Atlantic sea-bed which was not within the limits of the ' Challenger ' Expedition ; and I was entrusted with the scientific charge of the sounding and dredging conducted in 176 ANNIVEESABX ADDEESS H. M.S. 'Valorous' between Bantry Bay and Hare Island in Davis Strait. This ship accompanied the ' Alert ' and ' Discovery ' on their way northwards. After a voyage of three months, which was rendered more eventful by a cyclonic storm and a partial shipwreck on the coast of Greenland, we succeeded in working 16 stations, with depths of from 20 to 1785 fathoms. Here also, and even in the midst of icebergs, submarine life showed no diminution in number or extent. To this short recital of our later expeditions I must not omit to add a notice of the valuable and suggestive researches which were accomplished under considerable diificuldes by Dr. "Wallich in H.M.S. ' Bulldog ' in 1860, while she was engaged in surveying the I^orth- Atlantic sea-bed for the purpose of establishing telegraphic commu- nication between this country and North America. The results of these researches were published in Dr. Wallich's important work, entitled ' The North- Atlantic Sea-bed ; comprising a Diary of the Voyage on board H.M.S. "Bulldog" in 1860, and observations on the presence of Animal Life, and the Formation and Nature of Organic Deposits at great Depths in the Ocean.' On the return voyage, about midway between Cape Farewell and Rockall, thirteen star- fishes came up from a sounding-line of 1260 fathoms, "convulsively embracing a portion of the sounding-line which had been payed out in excess of the already ascertained depth, and rested for a sufficient period at the bottom to permit of their attaching themselves to it." AshortvoyageinH.M.S. 'Shearwater' through the Mediterranean in 1871 enabled Dr. Carpenter to have some dredging between Sicily and the northern coast of Africa, on the Adventure and Skerki Banks. This dredging was by no means unproductive ; but the depths did not exceed 200 fathoms, which we are now inclined to call " shallow water"; Dr. Carpenter's word was "shallows." Fifty years ago such depths would have been regarded by naturalists as peculiarly "abyssal"! The elaborate Report of my lamented friend Professor Edward Forbes on the investigation of British Marine Zoology by means of the dredge, which he submitted to the British Association for the Advancement of Science in 1850, and to which I contributed as a humble fellow worker, was preceded by his equally valuable "Beport on the Mollusca and Badiata of the ^gean Sea, and on their Distri- bution, considered as bearing on Geology." The last-mentioned Report was published by the Association in 1844. Forbes's conclu- sion that the sea-bottom at a depth of 300 fathoms is lifeless, because he found that life diminished gradually, and almost ceased when he dredged at 230 fathoms, has certainly been proved to be inaccurate BY THE PRESIDENT. 177 as regards the ocean in general. Dr. Carpenter, in his Eeport 1o the lloyal Society on liis biological researclies in the Mediterranean during the 'Shearwater' cruise, expresses his belief that "in the Mediterranean basin the existence of animal life in any abundance at a depth greater than 200 fathoms will be found quite exceptional ;" and he infers " that Edward Forbes was quite justified in the con- clusion he drew as regards the particular localitij he had investigated, and that his only mistake lay in supposing that the same conditions would prevail in the open ocean." But this eminent naturalist and physiologist, Dr. Carpenter, to whose opinions on such, subjects all respect is due, admits that "the history of science is full of instances in which erroneous doctrines have been more productive, because more suggestive, than well-determined facts that open no access to the unknown beyond." With the greatest deference to Dr. Carpenter's opinion that animal life is scanty in the depths of the Mediterranean, I venture to point out that very little had previously been done to investigate the fauna of that sea beyond the shores and shallow water, to the extent which Forbes reached, viz. 230 fathoms. Admiral Spratt in 1846 dredged, at a depth of 310 fathoms, 40 miles east of Malta, a number of living Mollusca, which I examined and found to be identical with species which I di'edged at considerable depths in the Xorth Atlantic during the 'Porcupine' Expeditions. Again, during the Mediterranean cruise of 1870 in the 'Porcupine,' no fewer than 14 species of Mollusca (also Atlantic), besides a pelagic or surface-water species and a small freshwater shell, which must have been carried out to sea by some river or stream, occurred at a depth of 1415 fathoms, between the coasts of North Africa and Spain. All these species were recent, and some were living, although most of them were known to me as also belonging to the Pliocene formation in Sicily. However, we shall, in all probability, know a great deal more of this matter if our good neighbours the French are able to carry out their idea of extemling theii' investigation of the deep sea near their own coasts by another dredging and sounding cruise oif Marseilles or Toulon.* During the early part of the summer of last year (1880) our Admiralty placed at the disposal of Sii' Wyville Thomson, H.M. surveying- vessel 'Knight Errant,' for a cruise off the Butt of Lewis, in prosecution of his researches in the ' Lightning ' * Since this Address was delivered I have been in correspondence with Professor Giglioli, of Florence, on the subject of a Deep-sea Expedition which will be undertaken by the Italian Government this year in the Mediterranean. VOL. I. — PART v. 12 178 ANNIVEKSAET ADDEESS Expedition as to tlie ** warm " and " cold " areas which, were noticed in the Report of that expedition. Mr. Murray took the scientific charge of the cruise ; hut the weather was boisterous, and unfavourable for dredging and trawling. There were, however, some zoological results of an interesting kind, especially as regards the Mollusca ; and it is hoped that the application which has now been made by the Eoyal Society for another Government vessel will be successful, and will enable Sir "VVyville to continue the work and make further discoveries.^ Although we have of late years done a great deal to promote submarine researches, as shown by the expeditions of H.M.SS. 'Bulldog,' 'Lightning,' 'Porcupine,' 'Shearwater,' 'Valorous,' and 'Knight Errant,' our comparatively poor neighbours in Scandinavia have been earlier in the field and not less energetic. Prom the ' jS"otices sur la Suede,' published on the occasion of the International Congress of Geographical Sciences in 1875 at Paris, it appears that between the years 1837 and 1875 seventeen scientific expeditions were made from Sweden, fifteen of which explored the arctic regions. Professors Loven, Torell, and Nordenskiold, with other distinguished naturalists, took an active part in these expeditions. The sister kingdom of Norway has since engaged in the same course of discovery ; and a well-equipped Government vessel, the ' Voringen,' of the same size as the ' Porcupine ' (about 400 tons), left Bergen in the beginning of June, 1876. Dr. Danielssen, Professors Mohn and G. 0. Sars, Herr Friele, and other scientific men accompanied the vessel, and were engaged in the zoological and physical work. Through the kintlness of my friend Prof. Sars, I am enabled to give the following particulars of these JN'orwegian expeditions. They occupied nearly three months in each of the years 1876, 1877, and 1878. The first expedition was divided into three cruises, and extended along the western coast of I^orway to the Faroe Isles and Iceland. There were 24 dredging-stations, at depths of from 90 to 1862 fathoms, besides 5 shore stations in Norway, Faroe, and Iceland. The second expedition was divided into four cruises, and extended from Bergen to outside the Loffoden Isles, and from Tromsii to Jan May en ; there were 28 stations, with depths of from 70 to 1760 fathoms, besides 6 shore stations in Norway and Jan Mayen. The third expedition was divided into three cruises, and extended to Vardo, and thence westward to Beeren Island, and afterwards to Spitzbergen in 80° N. lat. The last expedition had 36 stations, with depths of from 21 to 1686 fathoms, besides ♦ The application has, I believe, been granted. BY THE PKESIDENT. 179 7 shore stations on the arctic coasts of Norway, and in Eeeren Ishind and S])itzbcrgcn. The TJuited States have prosecuted this kind of research with their well-known activity and perseverance. From 1867 to the autumn of 1880 four Government steamers have been continuously employed in surveying; the seas which border the coasts of Central and South America. Several hundred stations were investigated, at depths ranging from 6 to 2412 fathoms. Count Pourtales, Professor Agassiz, and his no less eminent son, have been successively in charge of the scientific department. The results are both extensive and invaluable. In 1871 I was invited by the late Professor Agassiz to pay him a visit and examine the Mollusca which had been procured during the previous years. The collection was in the custody of the late Professor Stimpson at Chicago. It was extremely interesting to me, in connexion with the expeditions of the 'Lightning' and 'Porcupine.' I examined the collection in the Museum at Chicago; and, at the request of Professor Agassiz, I took home with me several of the shells for comparison with my own. On my return to England, after enjoying the kind hospitality of my scientific friends in the United States and Canada, I learnt that Chicago had been utterly burnt down ; and I was fortunately enabled to restore the shells, which were the only specimens of natural history that had been saved from the fire. Through the kindness of Professor Spencer Baird, I had, during this visit to America, an opportunity of joining in a dredging-excursion on the coast of New England, which was conducted under the auspices of the Fishery Commission. Like a giant refreshed, France has awakened from a rather long sleep ; and, with its accustomed spirit, has now rivalled all other nations in deep-sea work. Last summer a scientific Commission was appointed, with the venerable Professor Milne-Edwards as its President ; and a large and well-equipped Government steamer, the ' Travailleur,' explored the Bay of Biscay with most favourable results. I was obligingly asked to take part in this expedition ; and I gave an account of it at the last Meeting of the British Association at Swansea, which is published in the Report of that Meeting. Austria, Germany, and Holland have also not been last in the race of maritime voyages, although they have not contributed much to our knowledge of deep-sea life. The harvest reaped in all the above-mentioned expeditions was most abundant and valuable. But, after all, it must be borne in mind that if every civilized 180 ANNITERSAEY ADDRESS nation in the world were every year, during the next century, to send out similar expeditions, with improved appliances, for exploring the sea-bed, the field would be far from being exhausted. Every such expedition must be more or less tentative, and can only form the basis for a more complete investigation of " the deep bosom of the ocean." The area of investigation must be measured by many millions of square leagues ; whereas all that has hitherto been effected has beea to scrape in an imperfect manner the surface of a few scores of acres. I here exhibit charts to show the tracks of the expeditions in which I have been personally engaged, as well as those of the ' Challenger ' and Norwegian expeditions. 2. Apparatus. The sounding-line, ropes, dredge, trawl, tangles, towing-net, sieves, accumulators, steam-engines, and other contrivances for deep-sea exploration have been so fully described and illustrated in the ' Depths of the Sea ' and Captain Sigsbee's ' Deep-sea Sounding and Dredging,' that it is unnecessary for me to do more than mention those books. The latest improvements consist in the substitution of steel wire for line in sounding, and of galvanized wire-rope for hempen rope in dredging and trawling. Captain Sigsbee's new towing-net for ascertaining whether floating or swimming animals are found in any zone or belt of water lying between the surface and the bottom will be hereafter noticed. It is still a desideratum to invent a dredge for deep sea- work which shall scrape the surface instead of sinking into the ooze or mud. 3. Faihs^a. This word is used by naturalists to denote animal life in contra- distinction to " Flora," or vegetable life. All the recent exploring expeditions have established the fact that animal life of various kinds abounds everywhere in the deepest parts of the ocean. Nor is such life microscopic or minute only. In the ' Challenger ' voyage was procured by the trawl, at the depth of 1600 fathoms, in the South Atlantic (S. lat. 46° 16', E. long. 48° 27'), a living specimen of a magnificent shell belonging to Cymhium, or an allied genus, which is 6|- inches long and 4 inches broad! I dredged other Mollusca from an inch and a half to nearly double that length in the ' Porcupine ' and ' Valorous ' expeditions. "VVillemoes Suhm mentions among the •' Challenger ' discoveries a gigantic crustacean or sea-spider from 1375 fathoms, which measured nearly two feet across the legs. Sir Wyville Thomson gives an eloquent description of life in the BY THE PEESIDENT. 181 deep sea, when ho says that the hitter "is inhabited by a fauna more rich and varied on account of the enormous extent of the area, and Avith the organisms in many cases apparently even more elaborately atul delicately formed, and more exquisitely beautiful in their soft shades of colouring, and in the rainbow tints of their wonderful phosphorescence, than the fauna of the well-known belt of shallow Avater teeming with innumerable invertebrate forms which fringes the land. And the forms of these hitherto unknown living beings, and their mode of life, and their relations to other organisms whether living or extinct, and the phenomena and laws of tlieir geographical distribution, must be worked out." It was formerly supposed that animals could not exist at great depths because of the excessive pressure to which they were subjected. Mr. Moseley says: * " The pressure exerted by the water at great depths is enormous, and almost beyond comprehension. It amounts roughly to a ton weight on the square inch for every 1000 fathoms of depth ; so tliat, at the depth of 2500 fathoms, there is a pressure of two tons and a half per square inch of surface, which may be contrasted with the fifteen pounds per square inch pressure to which we are accustomed at the level of the sea." But it must be recollected that water is nearly incompressible, and that marine animals which are surrounded by such a fluid, and are to a certain extent filled with it, would not necessarily be inconvenienced by the superincumbent weight. Animals from great or even from what may be considered moderate depths are nearly always brought up dead, the cause of death being unknown. This is another problem worthy of being worked out. The migration or distribution of marine animals throughout the open sea is quite free, and is obstructed only by great or abrupt changes of level in the bed of the ocean, which operate as barriers. Even animals of a fixed or sedentary nature in their earliest state of growth swim on the surface, and are therefore unchecked in their onward course by any submarine barrier. The doubt whether any life exists in the intermediate space or zone which lies between that of the surface and that of the bottom of the deep sea has now, I believe, been set at rest. The natiiralists in the ' Josephine ' Expedition believed that this intermediate zone was lifeless ; and Sir Wyville Thomson seems to have been of the same opinion. The towing-net adopted by Mr. Murray in the ' Challenger ' Expedition for such researches was to some extent successful ; but Captain Sigsbee, of the U.S. Coast-Survey steamer * ' Xotes by a Xatui-alist on the " Challenger," ' p. 579. 182 ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS 'Blake,' invented a cylinder or machine, called the "gravitating trap," which completely answered the purpose of collecting at any jiarticular depth the animals which occurred there. Professor Alexander Agassiz, in his communication to the Superintendent of the Survey made last August, and now published, records the experiments thus made, and says that they " appear to prove conclusively that the surface fauna of the sea is really limited to a comparatively narrow belt in depth, and that there is no intermediate belt, so to speak, of animal life between those living on the bottom, or close to it, and the surface pelagic fauna." I am not aware that any deep-sea animals adopt or avail them- selves of the same means that oceanic or land animals use for purposes of protection and concealment, chiefly by coloration or by what has been termed " mimicry." Many cases of this kind are known to occur in birds, fishes, molluscs, Saljxs, insects, crabs, shrimps, and worms. None of the animals whose remains are found in geological formations older than the Pliocene or latest of the Tertiary strata have yet been detected in any exploring expedition. The late Professor Agassiz and Sir Wyville Thomson were disappointed in their enthusiastic expectation of finding ammonites, belemnites, and other old-world fossils in a living state. I have dredged Miocene fossils on the coasts of Guernsey and Portugal, the latter at considerable depths ; but they were petrifactions, and must have come from some fossiliferous formation in the adjacent land, or perhaps in the sea-bed. Sir Wyville Thomson, in his ' Report of the Scientific Results of the Yoyage of H.M.S. " Challenger," ' has expressed his opinion as to the doctrine of evolution, that " in this, as in all cases in which it has been possible to bring the question, however remotely, to the test of observation, the character of the abyssal fauna refuses to give the least support to the theory which refers the evolution of species to extreme variation guided only by natural selection." I cannot understand how either "natural selection" or "sexual selection " can affect marine invertebrate animals, which have no occasion to struggle for their existence and have no distinction of sex. 4. Food. The late Professor Sars, in his remarks on the distribution of animals in the depth of the sea, asks: " Whence do animals that live at depths far below the limits of vegetation obtain their food ? " Bronn, Wallich, Wyville Thomson, and others have en- deavoured to answer this question ; but I do not think the problem BY THE TRESIDEXT. 183 has yet been satisfactorily solved. A considerable quantity of vegetable food is undoubtedly supplied from the Sargasso Sea and a similar area in the Pacific Ocean, as well as by the seaweeds which fringe every coast. But this supply is not sufficient for the indirect support of the countless host of animals that inhabit the depths of the ocean, all of which are necessarily zoophagous or subsist on other animals. Plant-life, except, perhaps, a peculiar kind, which will be presently noticed, appears to be absent in depths exceeding 150 fathoms. But in all probability the chief supply of vegetable food is derived from the countless diatoms, coccoliths, rhabdoliths, and oscillatoriie, which are plants of a low degree of organization and swarm on the surface of the sea ; these are swallowed by pelagic animals (such as Salpm and Pteropoda, or "sea-butterflies"), and the latter fall to the bottom after death, and form that floeculent or glairy mass which I have described, in the Keport of the ' Porcupine' Expedition of 1869, as covering the bed of the North Atlantic at great depths. * The preservative effect of sea- water on animal tissues would stay decomposition for a long while ; and Mr. Moseley ascertained by a curious experiment that it would take only about four days for a Salpa to reach the bottom at a depth of 2000 fathoms, and that the 8alpa was not greatly decomposed after having remained in sea-water for a month in the tropics. "When we say that vegetable life does not exist at any con- siderable depth, we must not forget that some kind is said to occur in great abundance even in the benthal or deepest zone. The word "benthal" is applied to depths exceeding 1000 fathoms (see my Address which is referred to at p. 190 of this Lecture). Shells, corals, and other organisms are everywhere permeated by what are considered to be minute plants allied to fungi or confervse, which form branching canals, like those of the Cliona or perforating sponge ; and such canals have been also detected in all fossiliferous strata of a marine nature, from the Silurian to the present epoch. These plants, or Thallophytes, have been called "parasitic " ; but they do not live on any other living thing. They can hardly serve as food for deep-sea animals, because they are never exposed. "Whether they may not be a link to connect the animal and vegetable kingdoms may be a matter for further investigation. Food is of course a very important factor as regards the size of all animals. 1 have noticed, in my work on 'British Conchology,' that Mollusca from moderate depths are generally larger than those of the same species from shallow water ; but this does not seem to * See 'Proc. Eoy. Soc' for 1870, p. 420. 184 AXNTVEESARY ADDKESS be the case with a species of coral obtained in tbe * Challenger ' Expedition, which ranged from a depth of 30 to one of 2900 fathoms, and was very variable in size. 5. Light. Milton tells us of the "world of waters dark and deep." One of the most interesting problems relating to the subject of this Lecture is whether the above is a poetical idea or based on fact, as regards the absence of light in the abysses of the ocean. "We do not know to what extent the sun's rays penetrate the sea, nor whether the bottom at all depths is absolutely devoid of light. An ingenious apj)aratus, which was contrived by Dr. Siemens for ascertaining the presence of light at different depths by means of highly sensitive photographic paper, has never yet been properly tried. An experiment of this kind, made by Professor Forel, proved that in the Lake of Geneva, even at a depth of only 30 fathoms, the paper was entirely unaffected after protracted ex- posure. But the water of that lake is peculiar ; it is said to be rendered less transparent by suspended and floating particles of mica brough.t from glacier streams, and to have thus acquired its deep blue colour. I cannot believe that the only abyssal light, if there be any, is phosphorescent. At all events we are certain that, as regards the sea, many animals at very great depths have eyes, and tbat there is no absence of colour. Cuttlefishes, which have eyes not less highly organized than our own, have frequently been obtained from depths of many hundred fathoms ; they do not eat phosphorescent polypes and such small deer. Nor are the deep-sea Mollusca blind. During the ' Porcupine ' Expedition of 1869 an undescribed species of Pleurotoma from 2090 fathoms had a pair of well-developed eyes on short footstalks ; and a Fustcs from 1207 fathoms had its eyes at the base of the tentacles. The last-named molluscs chiefly prey on bivalves. I have taken at moderate depths, living on the same ground, closely allied species of univalve molluscs, of which some were eyeless or blind, and others were provided with the usual organs of vision. ISTumerous instances have been given by the ' Challenger ' naturalists of apparently seeing as well as of apparently sightless animals taken at great depths. Professor Semper, of Wiirzburg, says, in ' The Natural Conditions of Existence as they affect Animal Life ' (1881): "Many creatures furnished with well-constructed eyes live associated with the actually blind species, and which have BY THE rEESIDENT. 185 been partly onumorated above." He mentions amoni^ the formcT five species of fish (one of a new gemis) discovered in the ' Challenger ' Expedition at depths of from 675 to 2040 fathoms, besides several Mollusca and Crustacea.* Some land-sings and molluscs (e.g. Geomalaciis maculostis and Achat ina acicula) are also blind. On the sea-shore and in shallow water most bivalves, as well as all the species of Chiton, are eyeless. Some deep-sea animals are brightly and deeply coloured. In the 'Challenger' Expedition shrimps "of an intense bright scarlet colour" were obtained in very great abimdance ; and many holo- thurians or " sea-cucumbers" were of a " deep purple " hue. The same observation occurred to me in the ' Porcupine ' and ' Travailleur ' Expeditions. 6. Temperattjee. The highest temperature of the sea-bottom observed in the < Challenger' voyage at depths over 1000 fathoms was 50^-5 Fahr., in 2550 fathoms; the lowest was 32°- 1, in 1950 fathoms. The average bottom-temperature at great depths does not much exceed the freezing-point ; but life does not appear to be affected by that cii'cumstance. In the Arctic Expedition of 1875 I found an abundance and variety of animals in icy cold water. 7. Depth. The average depth of the ocean between latitudes 60° N. and 60° S. is nearly three miles, or 2500 fathoms. The greatest depth which has been ascertained by sounding is five miles and a quarter, or 4620 fathoms, and occurs in the j^orth-west Pacific Ocean ; it is nearly equal to the height of Mount Everest, the highest known mountain, the relation being in the proportion of 27,720 to 29,000 feet. 8. iNEQITALITrES OF THE SeA-BOTTOM. The operations of the Telegraph Construction and Maintenance Company have materially added to our knowledge of the shape and contour of the floor of the ocean. They have shown us that the bed of the sea is quite as uneven as the surface of the land, and that it represents the same mountains, hills, gorges, and valleys, • 111 the Norwegian Xorth- At! antic Expedition of 1878, a fish was taken at the depth of 1280 fathoms (nearly a mile and a half), which is now described by Mr. CoUett, and said to have been of a uniform bright red colour, with well- developed eyes. It was not only living when brought up in the trawl, but was kept some time alive in a tub of sea- water. It was about a foot in length. Temperature at bottom between 34° and 35° Fahr. 186 ANNIVEESAEY ADDRESS equally diversified in the one case by oceanic currents on the surface as well as on the bottom, and in the other by foaming rivers and gentle streams. I will give a few instances of such inequalities in the North Atlantic. In 1878, while repairing the Anglo- American cable, a tract of rocky ground, about 100 miles in length, was discovered, in the middle of the JS^orth Atlantic, between 33° 50' and 36° 30' West longitude, and about 51° 20' North latitude. "Within a distance of eight miles the shallowest sounding was 1370 and the deepest 2230 fathoms, a difference of 860 fathoms or 5160 feet; within four miles the difference was 3180 feet, and within half a mile 1380 feet. There are also the Laura Ethel Bank, with a depth of only 36 fathoms, and the Milne Bank, with 81 fathoms, both about 550 miles from Newfoundland, which is the nearest continental land. Other instances are the Josephine Bank, with 82 fathoms, and Gettysburg Bank, with 30 fathoms, the distance of the former from Cape St. Vincent being 250, and the latter 130 miles, with intermediate depths of from 1700 to 2500 fathoms. The soundings in the ' Bulldog ' Expedition also gave 748 between 1168 and 1260 fathoms, and the 'Valorous' soundings gave 690 between 1450 and 1230 fathoms in another part of the North Atlantic and very far from any land. A glance at the large series of the diagrams of the ' Challenger ' soundings will at once serve to convince any one of the extreme un- evenness of the sea-bottom everywhere in the Atlantic and Pacific oceans. It would be difiicult to find a greater degree of unevenness in any diagrams of the earth's surface, the total extent of which scarcely exceeds one-fourth of that of the sea. Diagrams to illustrate the inequalities of the sea-bottom in the case of the telegraph cable, and the iiTCgularities of level in a similar extent of land in the Perthshire Highlands, are placed before you. 9. Deposits. The floor of the ocean is covered by a more or less thick layer of ooze or mud, and clays of different sorts and colours, and is in- habited by various animals. One of these deposits is called " Glohi- gerina-ooze,''^ and is widely distributed over the bed of both the Atlantic and the Pacific. Another deposit is called "Red Clay," and is found at depths exceeding 2000 fathoms. Mr. Murray, one of the ' Challenger ' naturalists, has carefully worked out the deep- sea deposits which were observed and collected during the expe- dition. According to him the Glohigerina-ooze occurred in the North Atlantic at forty-nine stations, from depths of between 780 BY THE PEESIDENT. 187 and 2675 fathoms ; in the South Atlantic at six stations, from depths of between 1375 and 2150 fathoms; and in the Pacific Ocean at twenty-two stations, from depths of between 275 and 2925 fathoms. He also mentions other deposits, viz. Coral-mud, Radiolarian ooze, and Diatomaceous ooze. According to Mr. Murray, volcanic products, such as pumice, lava, and scoria3, as well as tlie peroxide of manganese, are universally spread over the bottom of the deep sea ; and, in consequence of copper, cobalt, and nickel having been detected in the clays, he was tempted to suggest the presence of meteoric or cosmic dust in those deposits. An animated, but quite amicable, controversy has of late years taken place as to whether Glohigerina (fi'om which the first-mentioned ooze has taken its name) lives only on the bottom or only on the surface of the sea, or on both. You Avill doubtless ask, what is a Glohigerina ? It is a microscopic shell, consisting of a few globular cells, which are added together in the course of growth, the smallest cell being the original one or nucleus, and the largest being the last formed. All the cells are full of a protoplasmic substance called sarcode, which is amorphous or has no definite structure — no head, no limbs, no heart, viscera, muscles, or nerves. Its entire body is a stomach, and nothing but a stomach. The same kind of sarcode forms the living pulp of sponges, which have a horny or glass-like skeleton instead of a shell. The Glohigerina is a member of an extensive and extremely variable class of Invertebrate animals called Foraminifera ; and this class, as well as sponges, belong to a kingdom called Protozoa, the name of which imports not that it was the earliest form of life, but that its organization is of the very primary or simplest kind. The cells of the Glohigerina are in their living state covered with the most delicate spines of comparatively great length, which are set outwards, and probably serve to keep at a respectful distance all predatory animals of an equally minute size. Between these spines some of the sarcode is occasionally, if not habitually, protruded at the will of the animal through very fine pores of the shell, which gave rise to the name Foraminifera. Such prolongations or expansions of the sarcode are called pseudopodia, and are used for capturing and taking into the body or stomach animal or vegetable particles which serve for food, and are engulfed in the internal sarcode. Having premised thus much, and in the hope that my description may be tolerably intelligible to those who have not, like myself, studied the Foraminifera, I will proceed with my account of the controversy. I have frequently taken with a towing-net on the surface of the sea a multitude of floating Glohigerince, which were 188 ■ AlfNIVEESAET ADDEESS certainly alive and showed their pseudopodia as well as their long and thick-set spines. Major Owen and Lieut. Palmer, who especially studied the surface-fauna of the Atlantic, observed andhave published the same facts.* Therefore when, in the joint report of my colleagues and myself to the Royal Society on the results of the first ' Porcu- pine ' Expedition in 1869, it was stated or strongly inferred tliat the Globigerinm really " inhabit the bottom on which they are found in such extraordinary abundance," and that the hypothesis accounting for such accumulation by their having fallen to the bottom after death, their lives having been passed at or near the surface, was conclusively disproved, I ventured to record my dissent from that conclusion. The observations of Mr. Murray, one of the naturalists in the ' Challenger ' Expedition, have fully confirmed the hypothesis that Glohicjerina lives on the surface ; and Sir Wyville Thomson now admits f it as an established fact. But Dr. Carpenter is not satisfied. He is of opinion that " whilst the Glohigerince are pelagic in an earlier stage of their lives, freqiienting the upper stratum of the ocean, they sink to the bottom whilst still living, in consequence of the increasing thickness of their calcareous shells, and not only continue to live on the sea-bed, but probably mtiltiplg there — perhaps there exclusively." J I must say that I am not convinced by the instances and arguments which he adduces in support of his opinion. There is no question that a great many species of Foraminifera live always on the sea-bottom ; but I do not know that any species of pelagic or surface-dwelling animal inhabits also the sea-bottom. Dr. "Wallich found that the stomachs of starfishes which came up with the sounding-line from 1260 fathoms contained fresh-looking GloligeritKB, and that the latter were full of sarcodc. This does not prove much ; because sea-water is to some extent antiseptic or retards putrefaction. Many starfishes feed like earthworms, and swallow quantities of organic and inorganic matter for the purpose of extracting nutriment from it. Sir Wyville Thomson says, in his paper " On Dredgings and Deep-sea Soundings in the South Atlantic," § that the appearance of Glohigerina and certain other Foraminifera, " when living on the surface, is so totally different from that of the shells at the bottom, that it is impossible to doubt that the latter, even although they frequently contain organic matter, are all dead." Mr. Murray adds : || — " No living specimen of a Glohigerina, an Orhulina, a Pidvinulina, or of the new genera * 'Journal of the Linnean Society,' Zoology, vol. k, p. 14". t ' Proc. Eoy. Soc.,' vol. xxiii, p. 34. X Ibid.,^. 235. § lb., vol. xxii, p. 427. II lb., vol. xxiv, p. 535. iA BY THE PRESIDENT. 189 found on tlio surface, wliioh undouhtiMlly came from the bottom, has yet been met with. The foregoing observations appear to justify the opinion that tliese organisms live only in the surface and subsurface vraters of the ocean." I -will not, however, presume to assert that Dr. Carpenter may not be right; but is he justified in taking for granted "that the omis probandi rests on those who maintain that the Glohigcrincz do not live on the bottom " ? It is rather difficult to prove a negative. The colour of the " Red Clay" was attributed by Mr. Murray to the presence of oxide of iron. Mr. Ethoridge obligingly examined some of the pebbles and minerals which I had dredged in the ' Valorous ' Expedition at depths of from 690 to 1750 fathoms. He reported that many of them were "most likely derived from Iceland." If this were the case, the pebbles and minerals might have been transported by a deep submarine current. The deposits in very deep water, and beyond the range of fluvia- tile and tidal action, are so slight as to be almost filmy, and are chiefly composed of the skeletons or hard parts of Glohigervm, diatoms, and Radiolarice. The subjacent layer of mud or ooze, where it is beyond the scope of river-action, may have been formed from the ruins of a sunken continent. The proportion of carbonate of lime contained in the deep-sea mud or ooze of the iS'orth Atlantic, which was procured in the first two cruises of the 'Porcupine' Expedition of 1869, slightly differed. In a sample from 1443 fathoms, dredged off the west coast of Ireland in the first cruise, the proportion given by the late Mr. David Forbes was only about one-half, while in another sample from 2435 fathoms, di'edged off the south coast of Ireland in the second cruise, Mr. Hunter found a little over 60 per cent. As to a mysterious deposit called Bathyhias, Mr. Buchanan, who had charge of the chemical work on board the ' Challenger,' proved by careful and repeated analysis that this substance was not organic ; and he " detennined it to be sulphate of lime, which had been eli- minated from the sea-water, always present in the mud, as an amor- phous precipitate, on the addition of spirits of wine." Mr. Murray came to the same conclusion ; and the lifeless and inorganic natiu'e of Batlujhius may now be considered settled. This gelatinous slime was once imagined to be primordial, and to constitute the basis of life. But the sea-bed is the tomb of past generations, not the Avomb of creation. 190 ANNJTEESAEY ADDKES3 10. Geological. The late Sir Charles Lyell says, in the sixth edition of his ' Elements of Geology ' (1865): " That white chalk is now forming in the depths of the ocean, may now be regarded as an ascertained fact, because the Olohigerina hulloides is specifically nndistinguish- ablc from a fossil which constitutes a large part of the chalk of Europe." He assumed that the Glohigerina inhabited the ooze on the sea-bed. Edward Eorbes and other geologists had initiated and adopted the same view that the Chalk was a deep-sea deposit. In my Presidential Address to the Biological Section of the British Association at the Plymouth Meeting in 1877, I ventured to question the validity of this theory, and especially that which my colleague and friend Sir Wyville Thomson started as to the " con- tinuity of the Chalk" from the Cretaceous to the present period. I there endeavoured to show that the Chalk differed in composition from the Atlantic mud, and that the fauna of the Chalk formation repre- sented shallow and not deep water. My view has, I am glad to say, been to some extent admitted by Sir "Wyville Thomson in his ' Eeport on the Scientific Results of the Yoyage of H.M.S. "Challenger," ' when he speaks (pp. 49 and 50) of the belt of " shallower water " during the Cretaceous period. At all events, Mr. Wallace has lately accepted and confirmed my view."^' It is highly probable that the Gault which underlies the Chalk and is the lowest member of the Upper Cretaceous formation, was a deep-water deposit, because it abounds in small shells of the Area and Corhula families, as well as in Ammonites and other free-swimming Cephalopods. Mr. Solhis, indeed, in his paper " On the Flint jSTodules of the Trimmingham Chalk," f says that he believes that some deep-sea mud is analogous with the chalk. He is aware that the former contains siliceous organisms and the latter none ; and he supposes that the flints had been in some way derived from these organisms. But how flints originated and were formed is still a vexed question. Mr. Sollas is, perhaps, the best authority on sponges ; but he states (page 444) that "the bottom-water of the sea is remarkably free from organic matter." This statement does not agree with the analyses of the bottom-water of the sea which were made by Mr. Lant Carpenter, Dr. Erankland, and Mr. Buchanan, the chemist of the ' Challenger,' nor with the observations of Sir "Wyville Thomson in his ' Depths of the Sea,' in which he says (page 46) : " the bottom of the sea is a mass of animal life." * ' Island Life.' t ' Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist.,' Dec. 1880. BT THE TRESIDENT. 191 Several species of Mollusca wliicli were previously known as fossil only, and were supposed to be extinct, have lately been dredged by myself and others from the bottom of the Atlantic. Some of these same species had been described and figured by Pro- fessor Seguenza, of Messina, from Pliocene beds in Sicily. I have no doiibt that many more, perhaps all, of such fossil species will be hereafter discovered in a living state by means of deep-sea explorations. Some geologists, and especially of late years, have advocated the theory that oceans have continued for an enormously long period to occupy the same areas that they still occupy. Mr. Darwin was, I believe, the first to broach this idea. He says, in the chapter " On the Imperfection of the Geological Record" ('Origin of Species') : " We may infer that where our oceans now extend oceans have ex- tended from the remotest period of which we have any record ; and, ^ou the other hand, that where continents now exist large tracts of land have existed, subjected, no doubt, to great oscillations of level, since the earliest Silurian period." There does not seem to be any fact adduced or reason given for either of the above inferences. If the present oceans and continents have remained unchanged since the Silurian period, how can we account for the widespread distribution of fossiliferous formations, Palfeozoic, Mesozoic, Caino- zoic or Tertiary, and Quaternary or Recent, miles in thickness, all over Europe, Asia, Africa, Australasia, and ]S^ew Zealand ? All oceanic islands are of volcanic origin ; but some of them contain Miocene fossils. These formations are chiefly marine, and necessarily imply the presence of oceans in those parts of the globe which are now continents' and dry land. All the "secrets of the deep" will probably never be revealed to man, nor is he likely to know what terrestrial formations underlie the floor of the mid-ocean. In my paper " On the Occurrence of Marine Shells of Existing Species at different Heights above the Present Level of the Sea," which was published in tlie ' Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society' for August, 1880, I stated that many existing species of Mollusca which inhabit great depths only are found in a fossil state at considerable heights above the present level of the sea, so as to show an elevation equal to nearly 12,000 feet, and that such eleva- tion must have taken place at a very late and comparatively recent stage of the Tertiary or Post-Tertiary epoch. In the face of facts like this, can we rightly assign to the present oceans that geologically remote antiquity which is claimed for them ? 192 anniveesary address. 11. Incidental. Clarence's dream of wrecks, corpses, wonderful treasures, and " reflected gems That -woo'd the slimy hottom of the deep, And mock'd the dead bones that lay scatter'd by," has not yet, I believe, been realized by any dredger. I have in this way explored for between 40 and 50 years all our own seas, besides a considerable part of those on the coasts of North America, Greenland, Norway, France, Spain, Portugal, Morocco, and Italy, but I have never found any thing of value except to a naturalist, nor any human bone, although many thousands must have perished in those seas. 12. Concluding Remarks. To give a better idea of the ocean and of its life in the depths as well as on the surface, let me strongly recommend my hearers to read Mr. Moseley's admirable volume entitled ' Notes by a Natura- list on the " Challenger." ' His graphic account of this marvellous voyage far surpasses in interest (to say nothing of accuracy) every work of fiction or imagination, and it has not the melancholy dull- ness 'of most books on history and travels. The subject of this Lecture is inexhaustible ; and when our know- ledge of it has become more extended, we must continually say with Seneca : " Our predecessors have done much, but have not finished. Much work yet remains, and much will remain ; nor to any one, born after a thousand ages, will be wanting the opportunity of still adding something." Such increase of knowledge must tend to confirm our acknowledgment, with a reverential awe, of that Great Creator whose wonderful works are dimly seen in every form of life, marine and terrestrial, and especially in " all that glides Beneath the wave, yea, in the wave itself, And mighty waste of waters." XXVI. THE FORMATION AND ARRANGEMENT OF PROVINCIAL MUSEUMS. By John Hopkinson, F.L.S., F.G.S., etc., Hon. Sec. Bead at Watford, Ibth March, 1881. The establishment of a Museum having been decided upon by the Council of our Society, and the first step towards the forma- tion of one having recently been taken by the purchase of a show- case, which now contains such donations as have already been received, I have thought that it might be well, at the commence- ment of our undertaking, to give expression to certain ideas on the formation and arrangement of provincial museums which may perhaps be of some practical use. Museums may be divided into three classes, viz. National, Provincial, and Educational, and although an educational museum may be combined with a national or with a provincial museum, it is impossible successfully to combine a provincial with a national, or, as it may also be tenned, an accumulative museum, and yet this is the very thing which is most frequently attempted and which often renders an otherwise valuable collection practically useless. A national museum is one which, strictly speaking, should aim at illustrating the entire national productions, antiquities, and fine and industrial arts of the nation, but this term, as usually applied to museums, has a much more extensive signification, the national museum of a country legitimately containing objects from all parts of the world. Such is oiir British Museum, and it is the only really national museum we can have, for, as Dr. Giinther has said, " however great, however large, a country or a nation may be, it can have, in reality, only one national museum truly deserving of the name." * All museums, it may be said, are, or should be, educational, but by this term is here meant only such as are intended to illustrate certain special branches of study, and which are usually additions to the teaching capabilities of educational institutions. As good examples of educational museums in London may be mentioned the Museum of Practical Geology in Jcrmyn Street, the Museums of the Science and Art Department at South Kensington and Betlmal Green, and the Museum of the College of Surgeons in Lincoln's Inn Fields. The Museum of Economic Botany in Ivew Gardens is an excellent example of a strictly educational museum having a special object. * Presidential Address to the Biological Section of the British Association, Swansea, 1880. ' Rep. Brit. Assoc, for 1880,' p. 593. VOL. I. — PAKT VI. 13 194 J. HOPKrNSON — rORMATION AND We now come to our special subject, Provincial Museums. In their formation the first consideration should be to make them represent, as faithfully as possible, the district in which they are situated. The various productions, natural and artificial, of a definite area, should be brought together in a space no larger than is necessaiy for their systematic arrangement, proper display, and efficient explanation. It will, I think, be generally conceded that although almost all the larger towns in the kingdom, and many of the smaller ones, possess one or more museums, there are comparatively few which nearly approach to a possible, or even an easily-attained, state of perfection ; and the reason of this will in most cases be found to be that too much has been attempted. "What a provincial museum should be, and what, chiefly from this cause, it most often is, I can best express in the words of the late Professor Edward Forbes,* than whom few could be named better qualified to form and express an impartial judgment on this subject. After stating that " In their instructional aspect, considered apart from their educational applications, the value of museums must in a great measure depend on the perfection of their arrangements and the leading ideas regulating the classification of their contents," and also that he believes that "it is to the development of the provincial museums we must look in the future for the extension of in- tellectual pursuits throughout the land," Professor Porbcs says : " When a naturalist goes from one country into another, his first inquiry is for local collections. He is anxious to see authentic and full cabinets of the productions of the region he is visiting. He wishes, moreover, if possible, to study them apart — not mingled up with general or miscellaneous collections, — and distinctly arranged with special reference to the region they illustrate. Por all that concerns the whole world or the general affinities of objects, he seeks the greatest national collections, such as the British Museum, the Jardin des Plantes, the Royal Museums at Berlin and Vienna. But that which relates to the particular country he is exploring, he expects to find either in a special department of the national museum, or in some separate establishment, the purpose of which is, in a scientific sense, patriotic and limited. So also with the students of history and antiquities ; they are often disappointed, and in the end find what they require here and there, bit by bit, in the cabinets of private individuals. In like manner, when the inquirer goes from one province to another, from one county to another, he first seeks for local collections. In almost every town of any size or consequence he finds a public museum, but how often does he find any part of that museum devoted to the illustration of the productions of the district? The very feature which of all others would give interest and value to the collection, which would render it most useful for teaching purposes, has in * In a lecture " On the Educational Uses of Museums," delivered before the Metropolitan School of Science (now the Royal School of MLaes), in 1853. AEEANGEMENT OF MUSEUMS. 195 most instances been omitted, or so treated as to be altogether useless. " Unfortunately not a few country museums are little better than rarec-slio\Ys. They contain an incongruous accumulation of things curious or supposed to be curious, heaped together in disorderly piles, or neatly spread out with ingenious disregard of their relations. The only label attached to nine specimens out of ten is, ' Presented by Mr. or Mrs. So-and-so ; ' the object of the presentation having been either to clierish a glow of generous self-satisfaction in the bosom of the donor, or to get rid — under the semblance of doing a good action — of rubbish that had once been prized, but latterly had stood in the Avay. Curiosities from the South Seas, relics worthless in themselves, deriving their interest fi'om association with persons or localities, a few badly-stuifed quadrupeds, rather more birds, a stuffed snake, a skinned alligator, part of an Egyptian mummy, Indian gods, a case or two of shells, the bivalves usually single and the univalves decorticated, a sea-urchin without its spines, a few common corals, the fruit of a double cocoa-nut, some mixed antiquities, partly local, partly Etruscan, partly Roman and Egyptian, and a case of minerals and miscellaneous fossils, — such is the inventory and about the scientific order of their contents. ..." "There are, however," he continues, " admirable exceptions to this censure. There are local collections arranged with skill and judgment in several of our county towns, and which at a glance tell us 'of the neighbourhood and activity of a few guiding and enlightened men of science. It would be invidious to cite examples, and yet the principles, in each case distinct, adopted in the arrangement of those of Ipswich and Belfast ought specially to be noticed. In the former, thanks to the advice and activity of Professor Henslow, the specimens of various kinds, whether anti- quarian, natural-history, or industrial, are so arranged as to convey distinct notions of principles, practice, or history. In the Belfast Museum the eminent naturalists and antiquaries who have given celebrity to their town, have made its contents at a glance explana- tory of the geolojjy, zoology, botany, and ancient history of the locality and neighbouring province. The museums of Manchester, York, Scarborough, and ^STewcastle might be cited as highly com- mendable likewise, thanks to the science and ability of the eminent men connected with them, or who have taken an interest in their formation." That the views here expressed, with which I entirely agree, are held by other distinguished scientific men besides Edward Forbes, I will now endeavour to show by giving extracts from the writings of Professors Phillips, Bell, and Owen. In concluding an addi-ess delivered at a meeting of the Malvern, Cottcswold, and other jSTatural History Societies, Professor Phillips (then Deputy Header in Geology in the University of Oxford) said : " I would, if it were necessary, iirge all persons belonging to field- clubs, not selfishly to retain the specimens they gather, but to deposit them where they may be of use to their fellow-explorers. 196 J. HOPKFNSON^ FORMATION AND My experience of the friendly disposition of the officers and memhers of these clubs, assures me that here it is not necessary. But, I feel justified in proposing a mode by which their liberality may become more effectually and permanently beneficial ; I earnestly advocate and petition for the formation of an entirely local museiira at Malvern. Such an institution there, would be of the utmost value. It is not so easy to establish as may be imagined. Whoever has the charge of it will have difficulty, except it be made a funda- mental law, an invariable statute, to keep the museum to its own narrow but useful purposes. You will be offered curiosities from every land, trifles from every sea. I entreat you to refuse all but what is the growth of your own beautiful Malvernia, or the gift of your own Palaeozoic and Mesozoic seas. Resolutely refuse to contend with larger communities, to adopt less definite objects. Have the courage to decline any specimens whatever that do not actually belong to your own district." *' In the year following that in which the Address from which I have taken these remarks was published, Professor Bell, in his Presidential Address to the Linnean Society, thus treated of the subject. " It was the observation of the most accomplished and fascinating writer on local natural history that England has ever seen, that if the natural productions of each district had their local historian, our knowledge of the natural history of the country would become more perfect than by any other means ; and every one knows how beautifully and how perfectly the author of that sentiment carried it into practice. It is indeed the only means by which this end can be obtained ; and it is therefore with much pleasure that I advert to the numerous local institutions now springing up in various directions the principal design of which is to allocate in a provincial museum the natural productions of the county or of a more circumscribed district, and frequently associated with a collection of local antiquities. I have thought that it might be useful to point out some circumstances which would conduce to the proper design of such institutions, and at the same time render them the means of greatly extending our acquaintance with indigenous zoology and botany. The primary object then of these institutions should be the collection and preservation of the animals, plants, and palaeontological specimens which are found in the district ; and to this should be added a full and accurate record of their habitats and of any other interesting circumstances connected with them, whether of soil, of geological position, of meteorological phenomena, the period of the year when obtained, peculiarities in their habits, and in short of any facts which may bear npon their history. If in addition to this first consideration it happens that instruction is to be given, by lectures or other means, in the study of natural history generally, a typical collection may be added, which should be considered as entirely distinct from the local one, and as having * ' On the Geology of the Malvem Hills,' p. 13.— 1855. ARUAJfGEMENT OF Ml'SEUMS. 197 a totally difforcnt object !My friend Professor Pliillips, in a recent address to the Malvern Field-Naturalists' Club, alluding to the formation of such a museum, lias very strongly, and with great propriety, urged the rejection, by an absolute rule, of all offers of specimens excepting such as are connected with the locality. The consequence of the neglect of this salutary caution is the accumu- lation of masses of specimens from all parts of the world, many of which might be available if suitably placed, but are a mere useless incumbrance in a local museum. They not only occupy space which might be more beneficially employed, but they take off the attention and waste the time of those who resort to the museum for information, and of those whose duty it is to take care of the con- tents and keep the records." * A few years later Professor Owen, referring to the proposed formation of a museum at Wimbledon, in 1862, writes : "I believe that the most useful museum for a suburban locality, such as Wimbledon, contiguous to commons and wooded grounds and preserves, is that which is devoted to the natural objects of such locality. It gives a stimulus to observe and collect: it adds an interest to every object contributed, in the relation which each specimen always bears to its collector, and the circumstances attending its recognition. "Well carried out, such a museum is helpful to science in fixing a date to the fauua and flora of the district determined on, and in giving the material means of con- trasting it with the condition of both at a later period "f In giving the opinions of four of the most eminent scientific men of our day, who have had, in their official position chiefly, the amplest opportunities of acquiring a knowledge of the causes of success and of failure in the establishment of provincial and other museums, I trust that I have adduced sufiicient authority for in- sisting on the necessity of making a provincial museum an epitome of the productions of a certain definite area — of the district or of the county in which it is situated. Applying this general rule to our own special case, the museum of the Hertfordshire jS'atural History Society should represent as faithfully as possible the natural history of the County of Hertford. The formation of such a museum need not, however, preclude the formation of an educational museum under the same roof. If such should be attempted, the advice given by Professor Bell in the remarks quoted from his address to the Linnean Society, should be strictly followed. The educational museum should consist of a typical collection specially adapted for the illustration of lectures, or other means of instruction, and it should be entirely distinct fi'om the local one, having a totally different object. Upon this point- — the desirability of having in the same building a local and a typical educational collection kept entirely distinct — * ' Proc. Linn. Soc.,' Session 1865-66, pp. xxiii, xxiv. t From a Letter (dated 19th Jan. 1862) to Mr. Joseph Toynbee, F.R.S., Treasurer of the Wimbledon Museum Committee, in ' Hints on the Formation of Local Museums,' p. 57. — 1863. 198 J. nOPKINSON FOEMATION AND I will venture to quote at some length, from a paper read by- Professor Rudler before the Cymmrodorion Society in 1876.* "Having," he says, "for many years been officially connected with a large museum in London, f I have naturally taken much, interest in the formation and arrangement of collections, and have seized every opportunity of studying natural-history museums — metropolitan, provincial, and continental. In this way I have been led to carefully note the characteristics of a large number of public collections, and to compare what appear to me to be their respective merits and demerits." Advocating, then, the formation of a central museum in "Wales, he proceeds : "In forming such a museum, the one great object to be steadily kept in view must be that of collecting, arranging, and exhibiting all the natural productions of the Principality. Every animal and vegetable, whether recent or fossil, every mineral and rock, to be found within the limits of Wales, must be adequately represented, so that the museum shall ultimately form a complete exponent of Welsh natural history. But I would go beyond this. Not only should the indigenous productions be exhibited, as presented in their original condition, but the application of these products to the arts of life should equally be illustrated. In other words, the purely scientific department should be supplemented by a technological collection, exhibiting the uses which we make of the natural resources at our command." After stating that in such a museum the art and archaeology of Wales ought not to be neglected, he continues : " Whilst we should patriotically aspire to render the local collection as perfect as possible, I would not, by any means, have the usefulness of the museum stop here. Comparing any local collection with a general collection, it will of course be found that many important groups of animals, vegetables, and minerals are but imperfectly represented, whilst others are altogether blank. There is, consequently, great danger of very limited and inadequate notions of the great system of nature being formed by the student who confines his attention to local natural history To counteract such a tendency, it is eminently desirable to form, under proper conditions, a general collection which will give the visitor some notion of, at any rate, the larger groups in which natural bodies are classified There should conseqixently be two departments to our central museum — one local, and the other general — each with distinct aims, and each appealing to a distinct class of visitors. Differing thus in their objects, it would be well to keep the two departments entirely distinct, as is done, for example, in the Worcester Museum, where a special room is devoted to the illustration of the natural history of the county. Whilst our local collection ^vould certainly give value to the museum iu the eyes of genuine students of science, who would be attracted thither by the opportunity of taking a * ' On Natural History Museums, with Suggestions for the Formation of a Central Museum in Wales.'— 1876. t The Museum of Practical Geology, Jermyn Street. AERAXGEMENT OF MUSEUMS. 199 complete survey of "Welsh natural history, it is probable, on the other hand, that the general collection would form the chief source of interest to the casual visitor and Icss-advanccd student. But this general collection must be kept within moderate limits. The investigator, vrho has occasion to study with thoroughness any particular group of natural objects, will assuredly resort to the great metropolitan collections ; and it would be absurd for a provincial museum to endeavour to illustrate with completeness any natural group, unless it happen to be indigenous. All that we should attempt in the general collection is to convey to the visitor, who uses it educationally, some broad, though clearly-defined, notions of the larger groups of natural bodies. This may be done, and indeed best done, bv the display of only a limited number of typical specimens, provided that they are selected with judgment, and displayed with intelligence. We have no need of a multitude of objects, tending to bewilder rather than to enlighten. Nor should we covet rare specimens, which always cost much, and often teach little. ^Neither should we seek pretty and attractive things, such as are to be found in some museums, heaped together in bower- birdish fashion, where tliey gratify the senses, without nourishing the intellect. Let us by all means have rare and pretty specimens, if they can claim educational value, but not simply for the sake of their rarity or theii' beauty. What we really want is a moderate number of comparatively common objects, judiciously selected, accurately classified, well displayed, and fully illustrated, where necessary, by preparations and diagrams. Such a collection, though small, would have far higher educational worth, and would command greater respect from scientific authorities, than the large heterogeneous collections of unassorted donations which frequently form the bulk of museums of old-fashioned type." I have here only quoted Prof. Rudler's general remarks, which are as applicable to the proposed museum at the Watford Public Library as they are to the one the formation of which he was advocating. The greater part of his paper, which should be read in its entirety by all who are interested in the formation and management of museums, is devoted to the expression of his views as to what should be exhibited in the local, the general, and the technological depaitments of the proposed central museum in Wales, and as to the manner in which the objects should be dis- played, arranged, and explained. Before leaving this subject I will quote briefly from some other addresses, in the Reports of the British Association for the Advance- ment of Science, which bear out my views. At the Glasgow meeting of the Association, in 1855, the Rev. Prof. J. S. Hcnslow furnished a Report, drawn up by the request of the General Committee, on "A Typical Series of Objects in N'atural History, adapted to Local Museums," in which he said: " Although our great national establishments in London are adapted for displaying a large proportion of all procurable objects of natural history, it would require larger funds than local museums are 200 J. HOPKIjS^SON — FOEMATION AND likely to command, to adopt the plan whicli they follow. But it is within the power of every museum, however humble its pre- tensions, to procure and display such instructive series of objects as may bring the entire range of natural history in a forcible manner before the attention of the public. "Wherever a specimen of some species regarded as a sufficient type of a particular group cannot be conveniently procured, then a model, a drawing, or a tracing from some published figure may be introduced as a sub- stitute Yery limited museums might advantageously restrict their collections to little more than a general typical series ; always excepting those special collections which are to illustrate the natural history of their own neighbourhoods."* Our honorary member. Sir J. D. Hooker, in his Presidential Address to the British Association at IS'orwich, in 1868, expressed the same ideas, alluding, in illustration of his views, to a museum Professor Henslow had arranged (the Ipswich Museum). " Con- fining myself," he said, "to the consideration of provincial and local museums, and their requirements for educational purposes, each should contain a connected series of specimens illustrating the principal and some of the lesser divisions of the Animal and Vege- table Kingdoms, so disposed in well-lighted eases, that an inquiring observer might learn therefrom the principles upon which animals and plants are classified, the relations of their organs to one another and to those of their allies, the functions of those organs, and other matters relating to their habits, uses, and place in the economy of nature. Such an arrangement has not been carried out in any museum known to me, though partially attained in that at Ipswich ; it requires some space, many pictorial illustrations, magnified views of the smaller organs and their structure, and copious legible descrip- tive labels, and it should not contain a single specimen more than is wanted. The other requirements of a provincial museum are, complete collections of the plants and animals of the province, which should be kept entirely apart from the instructural series, and from everything else." f Piofessor Rolleston, in his Presidential Address to the Biological Section of the Association, at Liverpool, in 1870, speaking of the great value of "Local Museums, Local Pield Clubs, and Local Natural Histories " in giving scope for the development of latent scientific talent, said : "A young man who is possessed of a talent for natural science and physical inquiry generally, may have the knowledge of this predisposition made known to himself and others, for the first time, by his introduction to a well-arranged local museum. In such an institution, either all at once, or gradually, the conviction may spring up within him that the investigation of physical problems is the line of investigation to which he should be content to devote himself . . . ." And he defined a well-arranged museum, for this purpose, to be "one in which the natural objects which * ' Rep. Brit. Assoc, for 18.55,' pp. 110, 111. t ' Rep. Brit. Assoc, for 1868,' p. Ixii. AERANGEMENT OF MUSEUMS. 201 belong to the locality, and wliicli have already struck upon the eye of such a person as the one contemplated, arc clearly explained in a well-arranged catalogue." * Very similar views were last year expressed by Dr. Giinther in his Presidential Address to the biological Section at the Swansea meeting. After insisting upon the importance of a provincial museum containing an arranged series of well-preserved specimens, and of its curator not admitting into his collection any specimen that is not well mounted and a fair representative of its species, he says : " The direct benefit of a complete collection of the flora and fauna of the district in which the provincial museum is situated, is obvious, and cannot be exaggerated. The pursuit of collecting and studying natural-history objects gives to the persons who are inclined to devote their leisure hours to it a beneficial training for whatever their real calling in life may be : they acquire a sense of order and method ; they develop their gift of observation ; they are stimulated to healthy exercise. Nothing encourages them more in this pursuit than a well-named and easily-accessible collection in their own native town, upon which they can fall back as a pattern and an aid for their own." In another part of his address, speaking of the requirements of an educational natural-history museum, he says : " Its principal object is to supply the materials for teaching and studying the elements and general outlines of biology ; it supplements, and is the most necessary help for, oral and practical instruction, which always ought to be combined with this kind of museum. The conservation of objects is subservient to their immediate utility and unrestricted accessibility to the student. The collection is best limited to a selection of representatives of the various groups or ' types ' arranged in strictly systematic order, and associated with prepara- tions of such parts of their organisation as are most characteristic of the group, "f It is thus seen, in the most recent contribution we have to this subject, how important it is considered that the selection of objects should be restricted to those only which fulfil a definite purpose, either, on the one hand, to illustrate a local flora and fauna, or, on the other, to aid the lecturer in the science he is teaching, or the student in his special branch of research. Dr. Giinther's address deals principally with the arrangement of our new I^atural History Museum at South Kensington, which will form one section of the British Museum, and in which the views I have brought before you will find practical expression in the central portion of the building being divided into a room for British Zoology {a local zoological collection on a large scale), and an Index Museum "devoted to specimens selected to show the type-characters of the principal groups of organised beings " (an educational zoological collection). * ' Rep. Brit. Assoc, for 1870,' Trans. Sections, pp. 93, 94. t ' Rep. Brit. Assoc, for 1880,' pp. 592, 593. 202 J. HOPKINSOIf FOKMATIOIS' AND In entering now upon the consideration of the arrangement of our own proposed museum, it will be evident that if anything which is not local, which has not been found within the limits of our county, is to be admitted, the museum should consist of at least two departments, kept perfectly distinct — a local in one room, and an educational in another — and I think that our Society should only undertake the responsibility of forming the local collection. The educational collection would more appropriately be formed by the Public Library Committee, as representing the Watford School of Science and Art, and working under the Public Libraries and Museums Act, and therefore able to command funds and acquire specimens which it would be impossible for our Society to do. Such an arrangement would also, more effectually than any other, insure the carrying out of the most important feature in any pro- vincial museum, the entire separation of the local collection from the educational and from everything else. All objects may primarily be classed as natural and artificial. Two distinct departments of any local collection are therefore clearly indicated. Natural objects may be classed as mineral, vege- table, Q-ndi animal ; artificial objects as archaeological and of recent production. One department of a local collection should therefore be devoted to geology, botany, and zoology, the other to antiquities and modern art. The department of art and antiquities, as not within the scope of our Society, need not be further considered. I may, however, suggest in passing that the formation of a collection illustrative of the antiquities of Hertfordshire, and of the fine and industrial art- works of its inhabitants — the latter especially designed to show the several processes in the conversion of the raw produce of the county to economic purposes — should be one of the first objects aimed at if our museum is to worthily represent our county, and to contain something of interest for all who may visit it. The separation of our natural-history collection into a geological, a botanical, and a zoological division requires a little explanation before the sections into which these main divisions may be separated are treated of ; for the geological division will not strictly represent the mineral kingdom of nature. In addition to minerals it may contain plants and animals in a fossil state. It has been urged that fossil plants and animals should rightly be arranged with the recent forms ; but although there may be some advantage in such an arrangement when the intention is to illustrate the animal and vegetable kingdoms as completely as possible, for which purpose the fossil forms may be intercalated Avith the recent in one series, for a local collection I think that it is undoubtedly best to keep the fossil and the recent forms entirely distinct.* * There is much diversity of opinion upon this point. Dr. Sclater says : "I do not hesitate to support the view put forward by Prof. Flower and other naturalists, that the palajontological department of the British Museum, as at present constituted, ought to be abolished, and its contents distributed amongst the zoological and botanical collections." (' Eep. Brit. Assoc, for 1870,' Trans. ARRANGEMENT OF MUSEUMS. 203 The geological divisiou of our museum should therefore contain specimens of the rocks, under whicli term is included any portion of the earth's crust, hard or soft, and of the fossils of our county. The rocks should be arranged in one series, stratigraphically, and the fossils, wliother plants or animals, in another, also stratigraphi- cally. The rock-specimens will scarcely admit of classification, for we can have but very few from each formation. The fossils may be classified in each formation, and the classification adopted should correspond, as nearly as possible, with that of our botanical and zoological divisions. The geological formations which we now know to be present in Hertfordshire, at the surface or below it, and which should be re- presented in our museum by their rocks and fossils, are, in ascending order, the Silurian, Devonian, Cretaceous, Eocene, and Post-Pliocene or Pleistocene. The Silurian rocks are represented by the Wenlock Shale in the New River Company's boring near Ware, and the Devonian, or, more correctly, the Old Red Sand- stone, was passed into at the boring at Turnford, near Cheshunt. The Cretaceous rocks extend over almost the entire county, though mostly covered by superficial deposits, and are represented by the Gault, the Upper Greensand or Chloritic series, and the various divisions of the Chalk formation. Of the Eocene rocks we have the Woolwich and Reading beds and the lower portion of the London Clay, forming the south-eastern margin of the county, and having numerous outliers on the Chalk. And finally, gravels, sands, and clays of Pleistocene age are spread superficially over the greater part of the older deposits. In the drift-gravels, which form such an important feature in the county, will be found specimens of rocks and fossils of veiy different geological ages, drifted from distant localities ; but these specimens should rightly be placed in the Pleistocene division, which may, for instance, thus contain specimens of Palfeozoic rocks from Charnwood Forest, Cumberland, or Wales, and of fossils of Cretaceous and Liassic age. With these, bones of still-existing Mammalia, and flint-implements and other records of man, may be associated. The position of these rocks in, and their relation to, the entire series of sedimentary strata, may best be expressed in a table (Table I, p. 207) in which the members present in Hertfordshire are indicated by distinctive type (italics). The whole of our geological collection, except perhaps any very large specimens, should be exposed in flat or table cases, and maps, sections, or other illustrations may be hung upon the walls. The botanical division of our museum will necessarily consist of two artificially-distinct portions, for some vspecimens may be dis- played in cases, while the majority, comprising dried specimens Sections, p. 127.) Dr. Giinther, on the other hand, maintains that to incor- porate fossil with recent forms " would offer in its practical execution so many and insuperable difficulties that we may well hesitate before we recommend the experiment to be tried in so larfje a collection as the British Museum." (' Rep. Brit. Assoc, for 1880,' p. 594.) Dr. Gray tried to unite the zoological and palseontological collections in the British Museum, when under his charge, giving up this attempt only after having convinced himself of its impracticability. 204 J. HOPKINSON — FOEMATION AND attached to sheets of paper, will be contained in our herbarium, which would best be placed in drawers or cupboards underneath the cases. As this separation is merely a matter of convenience, it need not be further referred to here, except to say that exigencies of space only, render it necessary to stow away specimens which are pressed and dried when collected, and will lie flat in the herbarium, the arrangement of which should be precisely the same as that of the collection in the show-cases. It may frequently happen that parts of the same plant may have to be separated, the fruit or seed, for instance, being placed in the show-case, and the rest of the plant in the herbarium. With regard to the linear arrangement, it appears to me that the most usual system adopted in our British Floras, of commenc- ing with the highest group and ending with the lowest, is not a desirable one. It is surely the most philosophical to begin with the lowest and simplest forms of life, and to proceed onwards to the higher and more complex forms, whether they are to be treated of in a text-book or arranged in a museum. No better scheme for the classification of the plants of the whole world has, I think, been devised than that proposed by Lindley in his great work * The Yegetable Kingdom,' though it is not perhaps so suitable for the plants of such a small area as our own county. All plants may be primarily divided into cryptogamous and phanerogamous. Cryptogamous or flowerless plants are divided by Lindley into the classes (1) Thallogens, comprising algse, fungi, and lichens ; and (2) Acrogens, comprising mosses, lycopods, and ferns. All these may be represented in our museum. I'hanero- gamous or flowering plants Lindley divides into the five classes (3) Rhizogens, in which class there are no British plants ; (4) Endogens, containing grasses, orchids, lilies, etc. ; (5) Dictyogens, containing yams and parids ; (6) Gymnogens, containing coniferous trees, etc. ; and (7) Exogens, in which class are comprised by far the greater number of our forest-trees, shrubs, and herbaceous flowering plants. Exogens are divided into the sub-classes Diclinous, Hypogynous, Perigynous, and Hypogynous Exogens ; and these again, as well as the other classes, contain assemblages of the natural orders grouped together in divisions called alliances. In the accompanying table (Table II, pp. 208-210), while adopting the general plan of Lindley, I have made considerable alterations in his scheme in accordance with the views of recent writers on our British Flora. Lindley's class Dictyogens is here added to Endogens, and his class Gymnogens to Exogens ; instead of his arrangement of the sub-classes, that of De Candolle-' is followed; the Characefe are removed from Thallogens and con- sidered as forming the lowest group of Acrogens ; and I have altered the sequence and arrangement, and in some instances the extent, of the natural orders and alliances. * As given in Babington's 'Manual of British Botany,' 7tli edit., 1874. The last edition (the third) of Lindley's 'Vegetable Kingdom' was published in 1853. ARRANGEMENT OF MUSEUMS. 205 It need scarcely be said that as perfect a collection as possible of the plants of the county should be formed. The zoological division of our museum finally claims attention, and liere I do not propose to follow exactly any generally-received classification. That of Huxley, in his * Introduction to the Classi- fication of Animals' (1869), would I think be better adapted for our purpose than tlie scheme ho has more recently proposed in the * Journal of tlie Linnean Society.' * This is founded in great measure iipon researches into embryological development by Hacckcl and other continental biologists, but it may be doubted whether it is really an improvement upon his earlier classification, and it is certainly a less practicable classification for the arrange- ment of a museum. The same may, I think, be said of Ray Lankester's recently-proposed classification.! In the earlier classification of Huxley the sub-kingdoms are arranged thus : — Vertebrata Mollusca Annulosa Molluscoida Annuloida Coelenterata Infusoria Protozoa I The alterations I would suggest, in accordance with more recent views, relate entirely to the annulose sub-kingdoms, as will be seen in the appended outline sketch (Table III, p. 211), in which the extent of the old sub-kingdoms Annuloida and Annulosa is in- dicated, and also the recent arrangement of the animal kingdom into the two great divisions Protozoa and Metazoa. The Infusoria are not here considered to form a separate sub-kingdom, being included in the Protozoa ; one of the two classes forming the Annuloida — the Echinodermata — ranks as a sub-kingdom ; the other — the Scolecida — forms, Avith the Rotifera and the anar- thropode Annulosa, the sub-kingdom Vermes ; and the arthropode Annulosa form a separate sub -kingdom, the Arthropoda. The animal kingdom does not admit of arrangement in a single linear series, nor can the classes of its sub-kingdoms be so arranged preserving their natural affinities. It would not, however, be practicable in a museum to arrange the classes of each sub- kingdom in any but a linear sequence. With the sub-kingdoms the case is different, and it would be an easy matter to preserve to some extent their mutual relations, a double row of show-cases 5oc.' Zoology, vol. xii, p. 226.— 1875. Micros. Science,' 1877, pp. 441-454. * ' Journ. Linn. Soc. t ' Quart. Journ. j Prof. HiLxley, in proposing to make the Infusoria one of the primary groups of the animal kingdom, said that he entertained some doubts regarding the permanency of the group. The difficulty is to frame a definition of the sub- kingdom Protozoa which shall include the Infusoria and Porifera and exclude the whole of the Vermes. It may also be mentioned that the sponges (Porifera or Spougida) are now considered by some of our highest authorities to be Metazoa, and either to form a separate sub-kingdom, or a class of the Coelenterata below the Hydrozoa. 206 J. HOPKINSON — FOBMATION AND being all that is necessary for this purpose, or, in a large museum, a double suite of rooms, as may be shown thus : — Protozoa Ccelenterata Molluscoida Mollusca Vertebrata Echinodermata Vermes Arthropoda This arrangement is carried out in the table showing the Classes and Orders of the Animal Kingdom (Table lY, pp. 211-214). I will now only add that with every specimen in our museum there should be a label giving the generic and specific name, the locality where and the date when found, and in the case of fossils, the geological formation ; and I will conclude in the words of Edward Forbes: — "I cannot help hoping that the time will come when every British town even of moderate size will be able to boast of possessing public institutions for the education and instruction of its adults as well as its youthful and childish population, — when it shall have a well-organised museum, wherein collections of natural bodies shall be displayed, not with regard to show or curiosity, biit according to their illustration of the analogies and affinities of organised and unorganised objects, so that the visitor may at a glance learn something of the laws of nature, — wherein the products of the surrounding district, animate and inanimate, shall be scientifically marshalled and their industrial applications carefully and suggestively illustrated, — wherein the memorials of the history of the neighbouring province and the races that have peopled it shall be reverently assembled and learnedly yet popularly explained ; when each town shall have a library the property of the public and freely open to the well-conducted reader of every class ; when its public walks and parks (too many as yet existing only in prospect) shall be made instructors in botany and agricul- ture ; when it shall have a gallery of its own, possibly not boasting of the most famous pictures or statues, but nevertheless showing good examples of sound art, examples of the history and purpose of design, and, above all, the best specimens to be procured of works of genius by its own natives who have deservedly risen to fame." * These remarks were made in 1853, before the act was passed for promoting the establishment of free public libraries and museums in our provincial towns, under which act much progress in this direction has been made; and many public parks then "existing onlv in prospect" have now been opened. Still much remains to be done towards realising the ideal picture of Edward Forbes, who worked hard himself towards it in London and in Edinburgh. Watford, with its Public Library and its School of Science and Art, is pressing forward on the road which he laid out, and will have advanced still farther on this road when the products of its county, animate and inanimate, and the memorials of its history, are scientifically displayed within the walls of its Museum. * ' On the Educational Uses of Museums,' p. 18. ARRANGEMENT OF MUSETJMS. 207 Table I. The principal divisions of the British Sedimentary Strata. rOST-TERTIARY I RECENT PLEISTOCENE { O o !2i CAIXOZOIC OR TERTIARY Pliocenb Miocene EOCENE MESOZOIC OR SECOXDARY O N O CRETACEOUS < Jurassic Triassic Permian DEUTEROZOIC < Carboniferous Historic Tre- Historic rost-Glacial Glacial iChillesford beds Norwich Crag Red Crag Ipswich (coralline) Crag f Mull leaf-beds, etc. ( Hempstead beds (Oligocene) Bembridge beds Osborne Series Headon Series Bagshot Sands London Clay Oldhaven and Blackheath beds M'voiivich and Reading beds Thanet Sands Chalk Chalk Marl Chloritic Series ( U. Qreensand) Gault Neocomian (L. Greensand) ^ Wealden Oolite Lias ( Rhsetic -^ Keuper (_ Bunter Pernjian I Coal Measures Millstone Grit Carboniferous Limestone Devonian and OLB RED SANDSTONE PROTOZOIC SILURIAN, or Upper Silurian Ordovian, or Lower Silurian Cambrian EOZOIC Archaean L Ludlow IVenlock Llandovery Bala and Caradoc Llandeilo Arenig and Skiddaw Tremadoc Ftestiniog (Lingula flags) Menevian Harlech and LongmjTid Pebidian Arvonian Dimetiau Lewisiau 208 J. HOPKINSON — rOEMATION AND Table II. The Classes, Alliances, and Orders of the Vegetable Kingdom represented in Britain, with illustrative Genera. THALLOGENS. ALGALES FUNGALES LICHENALES r DiATOMACE.'E (diatoms) I Desmidiace^ (desniids) .\ CoNFERVACEjE I Fucace.e (seaweeds) , (_ Ceramiace^ (rosetangles) .... f Helvellace^e ( = Ascomycetes) . . . I MucoRACE^ ( = Physomycetes) ... J BoTRYACE/E (=Hj^homycetes) ... I Uredinace JE ( = Coniomycetes) ... j LycoperdacejE ( = Gastromycetes) I^Agaricace^ (=Hymenomycetes) Graphidace^ (letter-lichens) ... Collemace^ (jelly-lichens) Parmeliace^ (leaf -lichens) ACEOGENS. Navicula, PJeurosigma. Closterium, Xanthulium. Protococcus, Volvor, JJlia, Laminaria, Fucus. Chondrus, Lomentaria. Fhaeidkim, Peziza. Arttennaria, Mucor. Penicilliiim, Oidium. Puccinia, ToruJa. Genster, Phallus. Boletus, Agaricus. Calicium, Grophis. Collema, Lichina. Cladonia, Parmelia. CHARACEALES Chakaceje Chara, Nitella. r I / IlicciACE.ffi (crystalworts) ■-2 1 March ANTiACE^ (liverworts) ... Ph j JuNGERMANNiACE.^: (scale-mosscs) MUSCALES^M V Anthocerotace^ I -3 ( Andrjeace.e (split-mosses) j 3 < SpHAGNACEJi (peat-mosses) \^ ( Bryace.s; (urn -mosses) ' Lycopodiaceje (club-mosses) MarsileacejE (pepperworts) FILICALES ...<( EauisETACE^ (horsetails) I Ophioglossace^ (adders-tongues) (_PolypodiacejE (ferns) EXDOGENS. Glumifer(B. Piccia, Cyathodium. llarchantia , Targonium. Jungermannia. Anthoceras. Andrma. Sphagnum. Hypnum, Polytrichttm. Selaginella, Lycopodium. I'ilularia. Pqiiisetum. Botrychium, Ophioglossum. Osmutida, Asplemum. GLUM ALES ... ARALES ALISMALES.. LILIALES NARCISSALES ORCniDALES HTDRALES Graminace^ (grasses) Arena, Poa, Festuca. CyperacEjE (sedges) Carex, Enophortim. Eriocaulace^ Eriocaulon. Florida. Typhace^ (bulrushes) Typha, Sparganium. Lemnace^ ( = Pistiaceae) Lemna, Wolffia. Arace^ Arum, Acorus. Naiadaceje Zanichellia, Zostera. Alismace.«; Butomus, Alisma. JuNCACE^ (rushes) Luzuln, Juncits. Melanthace^e Colchicum, Tofieldia. LiLiACE.iE Allium, Endymion,TuUpa. AMARYLLiDACE.a: Galauthiis, Narcissus. Iridace^ Iris, Gladiolus, Crocus. Orchidaceje Orchis, Ophrys, Neotia, HYDROCHAKiDACEiE Eleodea, Stratiotes. AREANGEMENT OF MUSEUMS. 209 Endogexs {continued'). Dictijogenm. . TRILLIALES [ T)ioscoREACE.ii (yams) Tamm. \ iiULLiACE.E (pari(ls) Far is. EX 0 GENS. Gymnoapermm. C YCAD ILES ( PiNACEJE (conifers) Pinus, Jumperus. \ J-AXACE^ Taxus. Monochlamyd(s. AMENTALES. . . . ( Amentace.^ Betula, Salix, Myrica. \ LoRYLACE.E ( = Cupiiliferae) . . . Fag us, Quercus. iULMACEJE Ulmtis. Cannabinace^ Hum id us. Urticace^ Urtica, Farietaria. Ceratophyllace^ Ceratnphyllum. T'TTPTTnpPTATT.a ( CALLITRICHACE.E Callitrkhe. iiUiilUKEiALLb... j EupHORBiACE.E Euphorbia, Mercurmlis. I Empetrace^ (crowberries)... Empetrum. A « i r. t T -co i -'^^^^'r<^^0CHiACE.95( =Asaraceae)^r?s^o/oc;iJ«, Asarum. AbAKAl.iif5 i bANTALACE^ Thesium. ( LORANTHACE^ Viscum. DAPHNALES f Eleagnace.^e Eippnphae. \ 1HYMELACE.E Eaphue. ,„„ I Polygoxace.E Emnex Pnh/nnni/>n CHENOPODIALES Chexopodzace^ :;:.•.• A^^;^t!:;2lsola. \ Amarantace.e Amarantus. CoroJliflorce. PRIMUL ALES / Plumbaginace^e Statice, Armeria. i Primulace^ Glaux, AnagalUs. PTPx^nx- A T t^c ( J'^NTiBULARiACE^(butterworts)Pm^?^icM;», Utricularia. -dlLrxNUAALhb { bcROPHULARiACE.E (fin-worts) Linaria, Veronica. [ Orobanchace^ (broomrapes) Lathraa, Orobanche. iPLANTAGiNACE^ (ribwoits)... Flantago, Litorella Verbenace^ Verbtna. Lamiace^ ( = Labiate) Mvnth,,FruneUa,Ajuga. JioRAGiNACEJE Symphytum, MyosoHs. CAT » A- A T T7C, ( ^OLAKACE^E (nigbtshades) . . . Solanum, Atropa. bULAJNALLb C0NTOLVULACE.E (bindweeds) Convolvulus, Cuscuta ( PoLEMONiACE^ (phloxes) ... Folemonium. { Gentianace.e Erythrcea, Menyanthes. GEXTIANALES ... Apoctnace.e Vmca. OLEACE.i;(=Jasminace;e) ... Lignstrum, Fraxinus. \ Aquifoliace^ ( =r Ilicaceas) Ilex. ERICALES ERicACEiE Vaccinium, Calluna. CAMPANALES Campanulaceje (bellflowers) Campanula, Lobelia. A STPT? A T T^Q ( ^^'^'^^^c^^'E ( = Composite) . . . Fellis, Cardum, Crepis. AblLRALES D1PSACACE.E Ktiautia, Scabiosa. \ V ALERi ANACE^ Cent rant hus, Valeriana. CINCHOXALES | Rui!iACE.E( = Galiaceae) Asperula, Sherardia. ' ( <- APRiFOLiACE^ Lonicera, Samhucm. YOL. I PT. VI. -.. 210 J. HOPKINSO^^ FOEJIATION AND UMBELLALES .., CUCURBITALES MTRTALES RO SALES RHAMNALES GERANIALES SAPINDALES MALYALES GUTTIFERALES ExoGENS {continued). Calyciflorce. iCoRNACE.E Cornus. Araliace.e ( = Hederacese) ... Hedera, Adoxa. Apiace.5: ( = Umbelliferse) (Enanthe, Anthriseus. CucuRBiTACE^ Bryonia. ( Ltthrace^ Feplis, Lythrum. < OnagracEjE Epilohium, Circma. \ HaloragacEjE ,.,... IIippuris,Myriopkyllum. Droserace^ Drosera. Crassulace^ Sedimi, Sempervivum. GR0SSULARiACE^(=Ribesiace8e) Ribes. Saxifragace.e Saxifraga, Parnassia. Rosacea Bubus, Pijrus, Prunm. ^Fabace^ (=LegurainosEe) Ulex, Trlfolium, Vicia. Rhamnace.^ Ehamnus. Celastrace.e (spiudle-trees) ... Enonymus. ThaJamiJlorce. LiNACEJE Lhmm, Padiola. Oxalidace.t: Oxalis. Balsaminace^ Impatiens. Geraniace^ Geranium, Erodium. AcERACE^ ( = Sapindacese) ... Acer. Polygalace^ Polygala. TiLiACE^ Tilia. Malvace.5; Malva,Althcea,Lavatera. HYPERicACEiE Sypcricum. Elatinace^ Elatine. SILENALES. f Tamaricace^ Tamarix. I Illicebrace^ ( = ParyonychiiB) Scleranthus, Herniaria. \ PoRTULACE.E (purslanes) Montia. Caryophyllace.e Cerasfium, Silene. Fbankeniacejj Frankenia. CISTALES RAX ALES. ' VioLACE^ Viola. Cistace-e (rock-roses) Helianthemum. Resedace^ Reseda. Brassicace^ ( = Cruciferaj) ... Arabis, Sinapis. FuMABiACE^ Corydalis, Fumaria. , Pap AYERACE.i; Chelidonium, Glaucium. Nymphjeace.13 Kymphcea, Nuphar. Berberidace.e Berber is. Ranxjnculace.e Anemotie, Caltha. AERANGEMENT OF MTTSETTMS. 211 Table III. — General View of the Animal Kingdom. < o -< f Mammalia VERTEBEATA \ Sauropsida [i AVES El-TILIA AMl'iaiilA [iCHTHYOPSIDAJp^^^^^ MOL- LUSCA ^ 6^ i Cephalopoda Pteropoda Heteropoda I ^" \ Gastropoda (^ Lamjellibranchiata ^ §2' 3 = MOLLUSC- ( TuNicATA OIDA Brachiopoda \ POLYZOA CCELEX- TEfiATA actinozoa Ctexophora Hydrozoa PROTOZOA ARTHRO- PODA VERMES Insecta Myriapoda j S" ( Arachnida \ Crustacea 1 "^ ' Chjetognatha Annelida Rotifera Scolecida ECHIXO- ( Holothuroidea porifera Infusoria Greoarinida Rhizopoda Table IV. — Tlie Sul-hingdoms, Classes, and Orders of the Animal Kingdom, icith illustrative Genera."^ PROTOZOA. fMoNERA Profogenes, Myxastrwn. I Amcebina Ammha, Arcella. RHIZOPODA . . . ^ Heliozoa Actinophnjs, Clathrnlina. I Foraminifera Ghbujcrina, \_Nummuli(es'\. (_RADioLARiA( = Polycistma) Thalassicola, Acanthometra. GREGARINIDA ( Moxocystidea Monocystis \ Dicystidea (jregarma, Jfixinia. I Flagellata Etiglena, Noctiluca. INFUSORIA ... JCiliata Stentor, Vorticdla. ( Tentaculifera Acineta, Ephelota. iMYXospoNGiA Kalisarca, Ceratospongia Euospongia, Spongdia. SiLicispoNGiA Spoiigilla, Euplcctclla. Calcispongia Grantia, Sycandra. * The orders and genera within square brackets are extinct. 212 J. HOPKINSON FOEMATION AND CCELENTEEATA. o Pi HYDRO- <; ZOA... 1 11 o o ■I* o g .P p. Gymnochroa Athecata Thecaphora i [Cladophoka [Rhabdophora (graptolites) Hydrocoralla ^ Haplomorpha Calycophorida Physophorida Ehizostomida Pblagiada ( = Monostomea).. LucERNARiDA ( = Calycozoa) ctenophoea! I Stenostomata urystomata Hydra. Coryne, Tulularia. Campamilaria, Sertularia. PtilograptHs,Dendrograptus.'\ Monograptus,I)iceUograptus!\ Millepora, Stylaster. ^gina, Geryonia. Diphyes, Ahyla. Fhysalia, Velella. Rhizostoma, Cassiopeia. Felagia, Cyanea, Aurelia, Lncernaria, Carduella. Mnemxa, Cestum, Cydippe. Bero'e, Alcinoe, Neis. ACTINO- ZOA B O POLTZOA. MALACODERMATA(sea-anemoiies) Zoanthus, Actinia. ScLEROBASiCA Antipathes, Gerardia. ScLERODERMATA (stone-corals) Cyaihina, [^Favosites]. [EuGOSA Stauria, Cyafhophylluiii.'\ r Alcyonida Alcyoniu7n, Anthelia. I TuBiPORiDA Tubipora. ^ Pennatulida (sea-pens) Fmntitula, Virgularia. GoRGONiDA Corallium, Heliopora. . IsiDA Mopsea, Melithcea. MOLLTJSCOIDA. TPedicellinea Fedicellina, Loxosoma. I Chilostomata JEtea, Flttstra, Cellepora. \ Cyclostomata Tuhipora, Defrancia. j Ctenostomata Alcyonidium, Anguinella. i Phylactol^mata Flumatella, Cristatella. i^PoDOSTOMATA Rhahdopleura. ■p-D AnTTTnpn'n A f Inarticulata Li)igiua, Btscina, Crania. liKAOMlUl UiJA Iarticulata Terebralnla,Spirifer,[Orthis]. TUNIC ATA j )' BiPHOKA SaJpa, Boliolum. AsciDioiDA Ascidia, Appendicularia. MOLLUSCA. LAMELLT- BEANCHIATA (■ ASIPHONIATA ( SiPHONIATA , Ostrea, Mytihts, Anodnnta. Cardiiim, My a, Teredo. [Odontophora.) GASTROPODA HETEEOPODA PTEEOPODA ... CEPHALOPODA Opisthobranchiata. Prosobranchiata. . . . PuLMONIFERA POLYPLACOPHORA . . . . FiROLIDA Atlantida Gymnosomata Thecosomata scaphopoda Tetrabranchiata DiBRANCHIATA Forts, Aplysia, Bulla. Fatella, Cyprma, Littorina. Flanorbis, Helix, Limax. Chiton. Firola, Carinaria. Atlanta, [Bellerophoul. Clio, Eurybia. Hyalcea,Limnci)ia,\_Conularia\ Fentaliiim, Fntalis. Nautilus, \_Animo)iites'\. Sepia, Octopus, [Belemnites']. AEEjLNGEMENT op MtrSEUMS. 213 ECHINODEEMATA. [ [Blastoidea Pentatremites, El(tacrinus.'] I [CYSTOinEA Cart/ocrinus, Edriaster.'\ STELLERIDA ■{ Ckinoidea Fentacrinus, Comatula. I OrHURoii)EA(brittle-stars) Ophiocoma, Ophiura. \_ AsTEROiDEA (star-fislies) Uraster, Solaster, Asterina. Endocyclica Cidaris, Echinus. ExocYCLicA Spatauyus, Ananckites. [Tessellata Falcechinus, Melonites.'\ Atneumoxa Synapta, Echinosoma. Pneumonophora Holothuria, Rhopalodina. YERMES. ECHINOIDEA HOLOTHUROIDEA SCOLECIDA r TuRBELLARiA FlanaHa, Convoluta. I Nemertea Linms, Nemertes. I Trematoda D/sioma. ■' Cestoda ( = Taeiiiacla) Tmnia, Ligula. Nematoda Trichina, Filaria, Gordius, AcANTHOCEPHALA Coleops, Echinorhynchus. ROTIFERA RoTiFERA Co>iochilus, Melicerta. I Gephyrea Sipunculus, Friapulus. AXNELIDA I HiRUDiNEA (leeches) Clepsine, Nephelis. \ CujETOPODA Nats, Arenicola, Serpula. CH^TOGXATHA Ch^tognatha Sagitta. ARTHROPODA. CRUSTACEA ( CiRRIPEDIA copepoda ostracoda Cladocera Phyllopoda Xyphosura . ... Edriophthalma ^ Podophthalma .. ARACHXIDA ^ MYRIAPODA { INSECTA {Tracheata.) PYC>roGOXiDA(sea-spiders) Pentastomida TARDiGRADA(water-bears) ScoRPiODEA (scorpions)... Cheliferida (chelifers) AcARiNA (mites & ticks) Araneina (spiders) Malacopoda Chilopoda (centipedes) Chilognatha (millipedes) Aptera Hemiptera Orthoptera Xeuroptera Diptera Lepidoptera Hymexoptera _ CoLEOPTEBA (beetles) Alcippe, Lepas, Balanus. Cecrops, Lern(za, Cyclops. Cypris, Cythere, Cypridina. Uaphnia, Lynceus, Sida. Apus, Estheria, [^Ogygia\. Limulus, \_Pterygotus'\, Caprella, Hyale, Oniscus. Squilla, Astacus, Cancer, Achelia, Fycnogonum. Feutastoma. Ilacrobiotus. lurus, Scorpio, Lyehas. Obisium, Chelifer. Acarus, Myobia, Leptus. Epeira, Tegenaria, Lycosa. Peripatus. Geophilus, Scolopendra. Gloineris, lulus. Podura, lapyx, Lepisma. Aphis, Cicada, Cnnex. Blatta, Termes, Ephemera. Phrygania, Myrmeleon. Musea, Tipula, Culex. Noclua, Sphinx, Colias, Apis, Formica, Sirex. llallica, Acis, Lampyris. 214 FORMATION AND AREANGEMENT OF MUSEUMS. YEETEBRATA. PISCES AMPHIBIA EEPTILIA AYES MAMMALIA Leptocardei Cyclostomi Teleostei .. Ganoidei Placoidei (rays & sharks) Dipnoi Ophiomorpha Urodela Anura (frogs & toads) ... [Labyrinthodonta - Ophidia (serpents) Sauria ( = LacertiUa) ... Crocodilia Chelonia Ichthyosauria Plesiosauria DiCYNODONTIA Pterosauria DiNOSAURIA ' [Saurur^ Proceres Natatores Grallatores Galling Accipitres volucres ... OSCINES < 'MONOTREMATA Marsupialia Edentata Hyracoidea Prokoscidea Ungulata Cetacea SiRENIA Pinnipedia Carniyora Eodentia Cheiroptera (bats) Insectitora Quadrumana (apes) LBiMANA (man) Amphioxus. Mijxme, Pelromyzon. 8almo, Gadus, Perca. Acipcnser, Lepidostens. Saia, Scyllium, Lamna. Lepidosiren, Ceratodus. SipJionops, C(Bcilia. Triton, \_Telerpetov']. Pipa, Sana, Bufo, Hyla. Labyrinthodon, Herpeton.'] Natrix, Pelias. Lacerta, Anguis. Crocodilus, Alligator. Chelone, Testudo. Ichlhyosaurtis ."] Plesiosaurus, Placodus. Dicynodon, Oudenodon. Dimorphodon,Pterodactyhu.'\ Megalosaiirus, IguanoduH.~\ Arc/iceopieryx-l Struthio, [_Dinor)iis'^. Cygntts, Anser, Lams. Crex, Otis, Tringa. Tetrao, Perdix, Phasianus. Falco, Aquila, Asio. Columba, Cypselus, Pirns. Corrus, Alauda, I'urdus. Echidna, Platypus. Macropiis, Didelphys. Mnnis, Bradypus. Hyrax. Elephas, [^Mastodott]. Sus, Cervus, Equus. Palcena, Ziphins, Eelphimis. Manatus, \_Halitherium'\. Phoca, Trichechiis. Zutra, Canis, Felis. Lepus, Mus, [^Mesotheriuni]. J'espertilio, Phinolnphui, Talpa, Sorex, Erinaceus. Lemur, Cebus, Simia. Homo. Oedees of Doubtful Systematic Position. Between Ehizopoda and Porifera Physemaria... IIaliphysema,Gastrophysema. ,, ,, „ Scolecida Dicyemida ... Dicyema. ,, Annelida ,, ,, Myzostomata Mysostoma. „ „ ,, Tunicata Enteropnevsta Balanoglossus. XXYII. OX LOCAL MUSEUMS. By H. George Fokdham, F.G.S. Read at Watford, 15th March, 1881. I NEED offer no apology for bringing before a local scientific society the subject of local museums. That these museums might liave, and in some cases do have, a most valuable educational inliueuce, will, I think, be readily admitted ; and I think it must also be admitted that, as a rule, the influence they do actually exert is very small. In fact, we often find that a local museum consists of a collection or collections of various objects, sometimes well arranged, but generally without a practically efficient arrange- ment, shut up in some out-of-the-way room and covered more or less with dust. The very existence of a museum in such a condi- tion becomes almost forgotten, even in its immediate neighbourhood. Yet we should very probably find, if we investigated the origin of such a museum, that much enthusiasm had been spent and much labour bestowed in the collection and arrangement of the now dust- hidden specimens. These unsatisfactory results arise, I believe, primarily from the fact that although the main principle is good, and has been clearly seen to be good by those who have been the originators of these collections, a sufficiently acciu-ate perception has not been obtained of the absolute necessity of keeping one distinct aim in view. It has generally been thought sufficient to get together a number of objects, some interesting in themselves, some perhaps quite useless and valueless, and, having put them in cases, to leave them to attract attention and speak for themselves. This being so, I will draw your attention to what I consider may be accepted as general principles with regard to museums, and then point out the application of these principles to the subject before us, and I hope I may in this way be able to do something towards arousing a feeling that it is desirable that local museums should be established and maintained iipon a proper basis. I take it that there are, broadly, two kinds of museums, which I may term (1) "accumulative" and (2) "educational"; and although all museums may not be distinctly referable to one of these two classes, yet I think it will be found that the majority will naturally fall into one or the other, and that those which do not do so have their value and utility diminished in proportion as they are deficient in definiteness of character. If we consider, then, the class of museums which I have termed accumulative, we find that the aim is the collection and preserva- tion of natural objects or artificial productions which are rare, valuable, or unique, or of which the species — if I may use the term in such a wide and general sense — is likely to be destroyed. In these museums we find a capacity of absorption only controlled 216 H. G. rOEDHAM ON LOCAL ITUSETJMS. by financial limits and those of space. The work of examining, describing, and cataloguing their various treasures must be con- fined to those whose abilities and industry are of the very highest order, and of necessity such museums attract to themselves the learned and curious in all the branches of study which are connected with their contents. The collections they contain become naturally of greater and greater value as time goes on ; but they become too huge and unwieldy to be attractive to the people or available to any large extent as popular educators. The accumulative museums are, in fact, store-houses of research ; they supply the material sustenance which science requires, and by the digestion of which knowledge is increased. The British Museum is at once seen to be a typical instance of this class. Here in every department completeness is the ideal which is sought after, and there seems no limit to the mass of specimens which is always increasing from every side. Differing essentially in almost every characteristic from the accu- mulative museum, the educational museum fills a place of almost equal value and usefulness. It places conveniently in popular view specimens not in themselves necessarily unique or of great value, but representative of all the vast stores which the accu- mulative museum preserves. There is a limit, not altogether defined, but still a limit to the accumulation of specimens. It is essentially characteristic of this class of museum that the objects exhibited should be selected and arranged with great discrimination and care, so that they may be truly illustrative and representative of the orders or divisions in nature or art to which they belong. With this in view, it is obvious that in many cases models or copies, which are of no intrinsic value, and may be indefinitely multiplied, are as useful as original specimens or works of art ; so that indeed the contents of an educational museum may be of comparatively little value. In the formation of an educational museum it is most important that too great an accumulation should be guarded against, lest by the enormous number and variety of the specimens exhibited these should lose their individual importance. To such a miiseum the student does not resort to study particular forms of animal or vegetable life, or the development of ancient language or art, nor has the somewhat miscellaneous collection , any charm for the savant who is wrapped up in his own particular investigations ; nor is it necessary to maintain a large staif of highly educated directors, curators, or other officials. On the other hand, knowledge is brought in palpable form before the people. The ignorant, or comparatively uninstructed classes, are able to examine the objects which they would never search for, or imagine to exist, if not brought to their notice. Their curiosity is stimulated, their reasoning powers are excited, and they are tempted to inquire further into matters thus demonstrated to be open to them, in common with the learned. At South Kensington we have a museum answering to this n. G. FORDHAM ON LOCAL MUSEUMS. 217 general description. The South Kensington Museum is also, to a considerable extent, a technical museum, containing as it docs large special collections illustrative of particular arts and industries ; but this does not alt'ect its place in my classification. Having estahlislied, as I hope clearly, a line of demarcation •which should be preserved between these two classes of museums, the "accumulative" and the "educational," I will now attempt to show how much the value of a museum is increased by attention to these details, and how necessary it is for its utility that in its whole course of existence one or other of the main principles I have explained should be kept in view. It is to be observed, and it follows from what I have already stated, that two natural classes of men are attracted by the two classes of museums. The accumulative museum is to the man of science, with his highlj'-trained mind and store of technical in- formation, the source from which he extracts, with these tools, additions to his knowledge, and through him to the knowledge of the world at large ; to such a man an educational museum is a superfluity. On the other hand an educational museum is to the mass of the people a place of easy instruction, a valuable illustrated book of knowledge ; but the popular mind justly regards the accumulative museum as a closed book, only to be opened after considerable preparatory study. It is apparent, therefore, that any mingling of these two separate and clearly-defined ends — the storing of matter for scientific labour, and the direct diffusion of knowledge — will mar the whole, and produce a museum of so mixed a character that it will fail, to a great extent, in subserving any useful purpose. The investigator will not visit it, because he knows that what it may contain interesting to him will probably be mixed up with, and perhaps hidden by, specimens with which he has no concern. The people do not get instruction from it, for in attempting to do so they encounter so much that they do not understand that they would have great difficulty in extracting from the mass what might add to their knowledge. A heterogeneous collection of objects and specimens is therefore to be condemned as likely to be unsuccessful in the production of results of sufficient value to be a recompense for the expenditure of valuable time, energy, and money, and this is as true of local as of central museums. A local museum should be either accumulative or educational, or it may consist of two perfectly distinct departments having these characteristics. The raison (Vetre for a local museum of the accumulative class is furnished only by the existence in a particular neighbourhood of something which it may be desirable in the interests of science to preserve. It may be that there are quarries producing a peculiar assemblage of fossils, or the country may be rich in rare minerals ; botanical rarities may be abundant, or traces of pre-historic man often obtained. Under these or similar circumstances a local accumulative museum fulfils an important function. It naturally obtains specimens which would never find 218 H. G. FOEDHAM ON LOCAL inJSEUMS. their way to a distant collection. Thus treasures are saved which would be lost were it not for the existence of a convenient place of deposit. It is probable that such a collection, situated in the district from which it is obtained, would become as complete as possible ; for it would itself exercise an influence, and induce a local pride in its completeness, and thus those who are in a position to contribute would do so readily, and feel a satisfaction in helping on the work, a satisfaction and interest which would be much less likely to be developed in the sending of specimens to be buried in a vast, far- distant, central museum. There is, also, a fitness in preserving specimens near their place of discovery, or origin, and a convenience in being able to examine a quarry, for instance, and its products, at the same time, and in this way connecting easily the lithological conditions with the life of the period. "We should also hope by this means to promote local study and investigation, which being fostered by superior advantages should produce valuable results. A prominence is given to a distinctive local collection which would not attach itself to the same collection buried amongst other treasures in a large central museum. It is manifestly absurd, however, to dream of making a local accumulative museum similar to a central museum of the same class in its inclusiveness. A local accumulative museum must gather up the peculiar products of its own immediate neighbourhood ; if more than this is attempted, an unsatisfactory result will be inevitable. A local educational museum might, one would think, be reason- ably established in each small centre of population in which one does not already exist, and although at present it is rather Utopian to expect any great advantage from these little museums, I am sanguine enough to hope that in the future the advance of know- ledge and desire for instruction may make them eagerly taken advantage of, and of great practical value to the people generally. Museums established with the purpose of instruction in view need not depend on their particular locality for their contents. A representative collection must be got together, and great care must be taken in excluding all superfluous objects. The arrangement of the specimens must be made with knowledge and intelligence ; the specimens must be well displayed, must be such as are adapted to being clearly seen and understood when seen, and have such descriptions and particulars attached that their nature and character may be thoroughly and easily comprehended. It is more important in this case that the objects exhibited should be really representa- tive in their different classes or divisions, than that the collection should be complete, or very abundant in specimens. The bony skeleton of knowledge gives a better general notion of the dimen- sions of the whole than an elaborate display of the minute nerves and intricate organs which constitute the complete body. As a rule, in a local museum, even when the spread of informa- tion has been kept in view, and it may fairly be classed as an educational museum, the circumstances of the particular case have H. G. FOEDDAM ON LOCAL MUSEUMS. 219 produced a superabundance of some classes of objects, representing particular sciences, or branches of science, to the exclusion of other classes. To obviate this it would be very desirable to set on foot a good system of exchange, by which a greater diffusion of specimens and uniformity of character might be obtained, with very great benefit generally. In forming an educational museum a small library of text-books ought to be an invariable accompaniment of each set of specimens illustrating a branch of science, so that infor- mation on all necessary points may be at hand. It would be well if lectures could be arranged on the various sciences, so as to draw attention to, and explain the contents of the museum. The local scientific society would as a matter of course be the moving power in the formation of a local museum, and would be in a position to arrange for lectures and papers. Indeed it would be a natural work for a local society, and one which would help to bind the members together in working for a common object of undoubted utility. Private collections and museums should be subject to the same general principles as public museums. It seems almost a pity that an indi-^-idual should attempt to make a general collection of all sorts of things, as some people do. Although they may feel great interest in a miscellaneous collection, they can never really achieve anything valuable as a whole in this way ; while by making such a special collection as they are peculiarly fitted to do, either on account of the products of the locality in which they live, or their own special studies in a department of science, they may confer great benefits on science. I sometimes think that we who take a more or less strong inter- est in science do not always make the most of our opportunities for increasing knowledge. Are we always reasonably vigilant lest science should suffer any detriment through our neglect ? I think that each one in his own neighbourhood should keep on the look- out for facts and specimens to further his particular branch of science. For instance, a geologist ought to note and examine all excavations in his neighbourhood. If this were generally done much might be learned. As it is, many temporary sections are made, and lost, without any note being made of what they show. Similarly in other branches of science much information is lost for want of persons willing to record simple facts as they come to light. In reference to Hertfordshire and our work in the county, I ■will point out what, I think, might be kept in view by this Society. In the first place, an investigation should be made into the position and condition of the museums at present established in the county. For the information of investigators it would be well to prepare a catalogue of contents, showing in a rough way what particular branches of science are represented in the museums, both public and private, in the county. Such a table of contents would be valuable as showing where to go to examine collections of any particular class of specimens. Having obtained some general information, the Society, through its individual members, or as a 220 H. G. FOEDHAM ON LOCAL MUSEUMS. corporate body, might stimulate local interest in the arrangement of the collections (where necessary), so that they would become of general utility. At the same time a system of exchange of specimens might be instituted, in order to make all superfluous specimens available, and the curators or authorities of different museums might be brought into correspondence for their mutual benefit. Steps should also be taken to promote the foundation of museums where it seems desirable that they should exist. By some such work as this I believe much good might be done ; it is a work quite suited to a Natural History Society, and may well be undertaken by our members. XXVIII. REPORT ON THE RAINFALL IN HERTFORDSHIRE IN 1880. By Rev. C. W. Hakvet, M.A., F.M.S., Head at Hertford, 22nd March, 1881. Hayino undertaken to prepare in future the annual reports on the llainfall in Hertford shii'e, I shall try as much as possible to follow out the lines laid down by our Honorary Secretary, Mr. Hopkinson, in his reports for the years 1875-79. One advantage I have in commencing at this time is this : We have completed the decade 1870-79, and I have returns for that period from stations well distributed throughout the county, and sufficient in number to enable me to arrive at something approximating to a true mean of the rainfall during this period in the county generally, and in four out of the six main river-basins in particular. This mean is derived from the following returns : — Colne District — Cassiobury, Gorhambury, Rothamsted, Kensworth, Nash Mills, Berkhampstead, and Cowroast. Lea District — Bayfordbury, Stevenage, and Much Hadham. Ivel District — Hitchin. Cam District — Roy ston . The rainfall stations in the county may be said to be sub- stantially the same both in number and distribution as they were in 1879. The only addition to the list of last year being a new station at Throcking, near Buntingford, which practically takes the place of the old station at Aspenden, where observations were discontinued in 1879. The districts pointed out by Mr. Hopkinson in his report for 1878 as needing observers, remain, I am sorry to say, still unrepresented ; these are the river-basins of the Thame and Brent as far as they are connected with our county ; the Chess district in the basin of the Colne ; and the Stort district in the basin of the Lea. Distribution of Rainfall througJwut the Year. — Of the three tables accompanying this report, Table II. gives the actual monthly and annual fall at each of our 27 stations, and the mean monthly and yearly fall in the county ; showing moreover its relation to the mean of 1870-79. These figures show that the three months, January, May, and August, were very much below the mean ; while the three months, July, September, and October, were very much in excess of the mean. The total rainfall of January, May, and August averaged only 1'85 in. or 6 per cent, of the total fall; while that of July, September, and October averaged as much as 15'40 ins., or 50 per cent, of the total fall. At Bushey Station, Watford, on October 21st, the gauge showed 5"07 inches; this amount was due to the snow drifting over a wall about 30 feet from the gauge. Therefore in deducing the mean fall for October and for the whole year, I have omitted in these two instances the Bushey Station values altogether. 222 EEV. C. "W. HAEVET — EEPORT ON THE bo a O (a O O W I o c'yD cOO^ O^O 0^0^0 OnvO ON>£>T}-00'*-OOOOrOO>-''-''00 ^•0>-ii-'"^NN00'-irOw>-''d-00rO'-'0*-iN>-i>-<'^'-iN'-i0i-' 2 ° « n iriOO lO u-i liivo iO# "^NOOOO OvOOO NOO vnvo 00 ii-> m vo lO "^ "^00 ui CO o M H <1 H i-q -^ M H pi M a P o H P H 3 o a H H ■< 00"-iOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO o o CO CO ^;ZZZZ2;ZZZZZ:zZZZZZZZZ^Z^ZZ2 0^ O ro CO u^OOOOOOOOO c<-> M i-i »- ro cs -^ OOOOOOOioO ■^t CO M "^ c^ ro O O iJ-iO Tl- M ro q I^ "T'CO CO i- ^ t^ U-) r~~ t-^CO 'O CO On "-■ N W) w ■^ ro ■* •* • in l-ll.Cl-lh-Mll-ll-ll-C«WI-ll-lWI-ll-.)-lWN»Ml-l»-<«NN in in \rt in i/~i in -LTi \j-i in in in iTi IT) u~i tn in XT) 1J-) in in in in in u^ o O M 1—" t-i ';30 o ;S o J t3 o SO o = =r ►-' I— I H-l P' l-S H- 1 ^1 di-» P5P5 a c fee , o ifHl Q d ^ d '^' > > > > > S S-S ^ p^ p^ « p^ p^ ^ K^ K W o E-i O O CCrrt ^ 11 O ^ tc 5 s s g I I ? w fl tc ri Ol 5^ « fcc C3 M a C3 (73 o o) Ph'; -iS go 2 I ^ OS o rid p (5 tA; fcJO £ J -« 00 "^^ vo On t~~ O "TONf^O -> roo^►"&0 O '-' O t^co rO'^'-COOO O roCN O rOOO ON-t roi^u-ir-^-i roirii-tOOOO w OncoO fOOOONO ONfOu-iONw On roo NO t^ f^O _•*."* yo yo _Tj- ro _'^ •t^^rorOi-i O O o o ON + 00 >• 00 On vo On rn roNO w n n lo t}- iri vo t^\0 t^ ir> N t^ On O m .OONOi--i M no ro r^ t~«. t^NO rO" OnNOOnOOOOO r^ ^■^ r^ r'^ f^ P r^^ ZC^^^O-^t^iy^i^cKiu-, onnO ^^OO'^^O'-'Mro + <; TfO O OnO roNOOO ONfO r^co -^00 ON>-i'-i""mu^ONrOI^OO^'-0 "^ yo _'st- ^ _'^ y"^ P P K^ P *P ■? "i^ r *P r ."* ONC>0 qpONONOOpoOMM CO fOM MOO roONMvO O M ON"^''u^r-- ro^ ro On "^ O ro^O u-ioo O rf- ON O OOO U^CSVO M M JN f^y^M F^P^.'^r'^r P'^ "-I p rO M ro M CO VT) lO On M ir^ ^ tJ- -^ LT) ro u~j LONO ^nO no lO lo^o r>.'^'^':J-iJ^Lr>u^u-iiOT^to^rO M O vO rl — O TfNO M -^ ■^ t^ r^co Tf On O lo rj-co r^rou-it^u-iooot^ w-i O M O OnCO "-) on CTn M -^CO _-«^>J-)i/-)C)i-iONt^t-^pMCjNiO'^'^_-st'_'+ lO rOrOf'}MV"'-i'-MMPlMMMMMM>HwMMMMMNMrOM <:^ 11 NO 1^00 t^>H'^>-iO"^t^|-iONONOONMMNNOOO"i-OOI~^Tj--+ ui u-)iy->rl--*iri'-i y^^p y^-iP r^ r^*P lo ON ^ i^ y^NO CO ir^co r^vp CO O N M r^ lr^ ■^^ ly") rONO OO On "i On " On OnvO vOMOi-'nO'^i-i^OnOi-iOn t^NO r)-"-lt~-r<1'-i «(>0>O00 f^^ C3NM On ^OO (X) ONf^f^p f^y^O f^.'^ PlMMMM>-iNN««i-'i-iMMMi--ii-iNi-"MNi-iMi- voroOvOOO rj-r^N I>.vo no lO O lo "HMMCSroONO'-'OO'-i'-'OOO Onc/D y^C>0 J^ f^ f^'^ P^'^ '^ '^ P ^ P^ OnoO OnM rJ-rot^O O N "^OnM <-' irM^rnrON OnOni'Ni-i rOOO rocO O O ■^CO rOM Tj-NCO ON^-^u^N f^f^r^J^ P^nO ^y^^^^'^pO^O^t^, NO NNtOrou^l-oro■^'*"^Ncs^^f^N^^N;*N^^p^^^_'i•N^l "^ P NO + O + PS 50 + 00 a> O H H !Z2 .2 § ci i-H I r^ : QJ ^ § • ; ^-^ s p-( >-^ C3 o , t: S tv -H fc ~ -^ -H X . a >-, i; -^ C I rS ■-- I o I I i P w: P tc -; iJ 1= ci'TS S"^ M r3 -2-3 g 5 J s -s:::: go o S ;0 C. -< F- OJ r -^ " r" pq o M p:;-Zl i 1-^ OHW r: ^ C5 r" ca t— I fcc C c o ex, o Q H Ph <1 W d o O .a w CO O 1=1 o p^ Q P^ •3X103 •ya.'j "laAj -ivvg ON I o 00 s 224 EET. C. W. HAEVET EEPOET ON THE aouaaagid ^ 'l 1 IS oo 1 .1 •nB9J\[ THOIJ ►-< vO rO ro +++ + + T^T^ •antif \0 ':''i ^ (^ N N N M •I9qtn909(]; Tj- r^ rf N r<-) •nBaj\[ nioij 80n9iagi(j ro On t--* 0^ O M — O •nB9j\[ raojj 9on9J9jji(]; O H CW CO CO g O N N N S •nidy li-l " 00 On N M « " •J9qo:)00 or-:; Q On o> O 'S O O On r^ " vb in ^ '■* m .a |2i M Hi •nB8j\r raoaj 9Dn9I9JJI(J ro '^ t-~ >^ ■| 1 1 1 •nB9j\[ inojj 90n9J95I(J i^ L M • TJ--N C^N •qOIT!J\[ NN \0 OO C<) •J9qni9:jd9g >0 ON "< f lo ro lO t- 1 .^ - - - - - - " o 12; pa •nB9j\[ inojj 90n9J95I(J N 00 VO l^ 0^ "-) r^ M •nT!9j^ raoaj 90U9I9gi(J 00 N 1^ r O m ro >- M M « H MM ^ p^ F' r^ r rO CI C< CI « •ijBruq9j M N N " •i^sriSny ON o\ o c vp oo On -■ .23 - r - W H iz; •nB9j^ raoij 90U9.19JJI(J "J-r^c/D Ti- ro O 00 r^ N C-l " M •ire9i\r raojj 9Dn9JI9JJT(]; u-l O OnvC C) M N CN till o I— ( T TT r CO o 1 •Lxmre^ >0 ro tJ- N Tf ro p N •ipij' CO On 0\ t~ M — i-H ts IT) U-) J!y-) ^ a ' - •- <4H 1— 1 (— 1 PI ■< i M n O 2 H p sa o 1 p3 > o a> fe OS C qj ^ oi J RAINFALL IN HEETFOIID SHIRE IN 1880. 225 Bisfrihufion of liainfall ihroHghout the Conntij. — Tabic III. gives the menu monthly ami annual fall iu each of tho.se four main river- basius in which we have observers, showing the relation these vahies boar to the moan of 1870-79. Iti each of these main districts the fall was ahove the mean, the difference being greatest iu the Colne district, and least in the Lea district. AVe may perhaps, iu a great measure, attribute this relative difference to the large amount of rain gauged at Moor Park on the one hand, and the comparatively small amount gauged at Datchworth on the other ; this latter being the only instance in which the fall was below the mean of its district for the year. The four main river-districts being divided into eleven minor districts, I here give the mean fall in each of these districts. ( Lower Colne 34-94 Colne M'er 31-56 ( Gade 34-88 f Lower Lea 31-12 1 Upper Lea 29-04 T ^rt J Mimraiu ^ Beane 27-33 ijea 30-06 Eib ,Ash 27-79 28-85 Ivel Hiz 29-46 Cam Ehee 26-18 We thus as usual can trace the greatest fall to the S.W. borders of the county and the smallest fall to the I^.E. borders. We have next to consider the greatest falls of rain in 24 hours. And first of all we may take the absolute maximum fall in each month wdth the station recording it. Jan. 16th Kensworth -42 Feb. 17th Cowroa-t 1-02 Mar. 31st Berkharapstead -64 Apl. loth Knebworth -69 May 27th Kensworth -42 June 25th Moor Park 104 July Aug. Sept. Oct. Nov. Dec. 14th Berkhampstead 2-2 0 6th Nash Mills 14th Nash Mills .... 6th Moor Park 15th Gt. Gaddesden 22nd Brocket Hall •46 2-17 1-58 •78 1-03 The fall at Southgate on Aug. 6th was identical with that at jS'ash Uills. To the above table I may append an analysis of the wettest day in each month, which is as follows : — January — 13th at one station ; 15th at 2 ; 16th at 19 ; 17th at 3. February— lQi\). at 1 ; 10th at 19 ; 17th at 1 ; 18th at 2 ; 19th at 1 ; 20th at 1. March— ^vi at 3 ; 30th at 1 ; 31st at 21. April-\si at 1 ; 8th at 1 ; 14th at 20 ; 15th at 3. j[/ffy_27th at 3 ; 28th at 1 ; 29th at 1 ; 30th at 1 ; 31st at 19. Jnne—Uth. at 3 ; loth at 4 ; 18th at 1 ; 23rd at 2 ; 24th at 6 ; 25th at 7 ; 30th at 2. /«/y— 3rd at 1 ; 11th at 2 ; 14th at 8; 15th at 3; 21st at 1 ; 2oth at 1 ; 26th at 8; 28th at 1. Auffust— 1st at 1 ; 2nd at 3 ; 6th at 7 ; 7th at 10 ; 8th at 1 ; 14th at 1 ; 29th at 1. VOL. I. -PART VI. 15 July 14tb and 26th Au2;ust 6th and 7th September 11th and 14th October 6th Xovember 15th December 22nd 226 EEV. C. W. HAEYEY — EEPORT OX THE September— nth. at 9 ; 12th at 2 ; 13th at 1 ; 14th at 9 ; 15th at 3 ; 16th at 1. October— 5th at 1 ; 6th at 20 ; 7th at 3 ; 26th at 1. mvember—\ ith at 1 ; 15th at 20 ; 16th at 2 ; 18th at 1 ; 25th at 1. December— I9th at 1 ; 22nd at 14 ; 23rd at 1 ; 27th at 1 ; 29th at 7 ; 30th at 1. From this analysis we may conclude that generally speaking the wettest day in each month was as follows : — January 16th February 16th March 31st April 14th May 31st June 24th and 25th On the days of maximum fall in each month the following falls of an inch or more are recorded at other stations. Jul)/ 14^— Great Gaddesden, 1-99; Throcking, TOO ; Hadham, 1-78. September 14i/i— Watford House, 1-85; Wausford House, 1-89; Oaklands, 1-77; Moor Park, 2-12; Gorhambury, 1'35 ; Eothamsted, 1-85; Keusworth, 1-93; Berkhampstead, 1-95; Stevenage, 1-60. October 6th, and so with the rest. REV. C. W. IIMIVEY — FROST OF JANUARY, 1881. 220 0} H •A M I— I O o H <; H o <: Pi to en •c o o o o o o o o o CO O ^>•C^O^. CO O^C^C^O^O^ o o p b On 0^ »^ >■ C > a Pi > fl !> a a d > > S •puu;s •J95[CJ^ > a ^ c -^ 6 o I o 02 >a>ccpi;'a a a > c t- a O^MOOOOOO^OOp^OiO ;2i W J, A. ;?; ^ !25 cc OOOO VOOOOOOO^OOO O O mroo l^O 0>0 t^O ONOO ■rj-os i^rON N M COM dN cocorococ^ ■*CS > O OOOOOOOOOOOvor^O •^M -^ rotorocOTj-K O O o o i o ro o o o o o r-o "- O o o o O n t~^ r^ OS ro ro ro iou-iLnu->u-iii-)uoi-otnu-)»oii-)ioiriio W H o K H < a a d 1-5 ,J3 o -a o O w d -a o a o o O a C3 a o CO Oh a a ? o .a a M h,* P pq 1=1 o a ►< a 1-5 fcJO ^ ^ d i-i P^ 1^ > Ph a w ^' d Ph C3 ,i3 W 03 o CO Sh OS P4 ;-> o o o S ^ a ^ rt I o a PP § ^ ^ a o o rt '/; 08 eS o a cc a ^ o pq (U Ml a o Ph s a o -4J O a I— I a rjj „ C3 a -^ w pq w a Ch u a w fciD .3 o tH H i fcO bo H « c3 a a te- -i^ -i= M !> CQ CO Ph 60 rt a o •-(3 tc a >-, O P5 P^ •nojicig p -ox I— I l-H * * >- >- t-^ * l-H K* K M M hH "^ M M CO ta o .„ 0; a Xfl fS Ol 02 -a-i- O a •a -*^ a tn 9 g I a a &i CO,-; 02 t3 02 g , o .J a l-H Ph" ^ N ^ ro a a o ^-^ tu <» . . - a "S ^ '^ S -I 5 w j-^ s •K ^ a I ^^ \%< q O ++ 230 EEV. C. AY. HARVEY — FROST OF JANUARY, 1881, The severe frost may be said to have commenced generally on Jan. 13th, and to have lasted until the 26th, on which day the thaw set in. The minima on the 27th were in some cases very low, but my own experience leads to the conclusion that these minima represent the actual temperature of the previous morning when the instruments were last set. The total range of temperature during the fortnight was fi'om 39° at Oaklands, Watford, and 38° at Bayfordbury, on the 23rd, to 4° at Nash Mills and Bayfordbury on the 21st; a thermometer at the lodge of the latter place, fixed a few inches from the ground, registering — 3°. The total range of temperature was consequently 35°. The lowest day temperature was 20°-5 at Stevenage on the 16th, while the highest night temperature was 26° at Bayfordbury on the 13th; thus the day range was 18°-5, the night range being 22°. The highest mean temperature was that for the 23rd, namely 27°-4, the lowest being 18°-5 on the 21st. On the 23rd the day temperature was at its highest, the mean being 34°* 2 ; while on the 21st the night temperature reached its lowest point, the mean being only 8°* 5. From this it appears that on the whole the IS'orthern district experienced the greatest cold, the mean temperature for each district being, S. 22°-2 ; C. 22°-9 ; N. 21°-6. The night temperature was slightly lower in S. than in N., the C. district showing the highest mean ; the values being, S. 15°-2; C. 16°- 1 ; N. 15°-5 ; while the day temperature was considerably lower in the north, the values being, S. 29°- 1 ; C. 29°-7 ; N. 27°-8.*- Having said thus much of the frost generally, I will now proceed to speak more particularly of each separate day. Thursday, 13th. — Mean temp. 26°-l. Night temp, lowest in S., day temp, in IST. Minima ranged from 26° at Bayfordbury to 15° at Southgate ; the mean being 20°*5. Maxima ranged from 33° at Southgate, Berkhampstead, and Bayfordbury, to 29°- 9 at Throcking ; the mean being, 31°-7. Friday, 14th. — Mean temp. 20°-4. Night temp, lowest in C. and N districts, day temp, in S. Minima ranged from 20° at Gorhambury ancl 18° at Moor Park, Eickmans worth, to 10''"5 at Oaklands, Watford; the mean being 15°- 1. vT/^-XM^rtt ranged from 32''-4 at Royston to 22''-l at Throcking ; the mean being 25"-7. Saturday', 15th. — Mean temp. 19''-3, Night temp, lowest in S., in 5 instances minima were registered below 10" ; day temp, lowest in N. Minima ranged from 18° at Gorhambury to 7° at Oaklands, Watford; the mean being ll''-5. Maxima ranged from 31° at Bayfordbury to 23°-2 at Royston, the mean being 27°"1. Sunday, 16th. — Mean temp. 20°- 6. Night temp, lowest in S., minima in three instances registered below 10° ; day temp, lowest in N. Minima ranged from 18° at Knebworth to 8°-7 at Wansford House, Watford; the mean being 14"-2. Maxima ranged from 31° at Bayfordbury, to 20°-5 at Stevenage ; the mean being 27°. * Of all the stations Nash Mills shows the lowest means both of max. and min. temperature. AS EXPERIENCED IN nEETFOEDSniRE. 231 ^[oxPAY, l7th. — 'Mean temp. 19''-2. Niglit tomp. lowest in S., mininui in 6 instances beinp; registered below 10"; day temp. lowest in N. Minima ranged from 15° at Knebworth to 5° at Nash Mills ; the mean being as low as 10''-2. Maxima ranged from Z\°'o at "Wansford House, AVatford, to 21° at Stevenage; the mean being 28"-2. Tuesday, 18th, will long be memorable for the very severe gale and snowstorm. On account of tlie strong easterly wind which caused the snow to drift, seriously im])cding traffic by road and rail, it was impossible to gauge the fall ; but probably we shall not be far wrong in estimating the fall, as far as our own county is concerned, at from G to 8 inches, representing from '60 to '80 of rain-water, instead of from '50 to 66, which is the ordinary yield of that depth of snow ; probably this ditterence in the yield was owing in a great measure to the extreme fineness of the snow. Mean temp. 23°"9, Night temp, lowest in S., minima in three instances being registered below 10° ; day temperature lowest in N. Minima ranged from 28° at Moor Park, Ilickmansworth, to 6° at Nash Mills, Hemel Hempsted, the mean being 18°-4. Maxima ranged from 31°'5 at Eothamsted to 27° at Berkhampstead and Hitchin ; the mean being 29"-5. "Wednesday, 19th. — Mean temp. 25°*4. Night temp., though higher generally, lowest in N. ; day temp, slightly lowest in N. Minima ranged from 25° at Bayfordbniy and Datchworth to 22° at Hitchin; the mean being 23°'7. Maxima ranged from 30°*1 at Eoyston to 25° at Hitchin ; the mean being 27°'2. Thursday, 20th. — Mean temp. 21°. Night temp, lowest in C. and N. districts, minima being in three instances registered below 10°; day temp, lowest in N. Minima ranged from \1°-^ at Wans- ford House, Watford, to 8° at Berkhampstead, the mean being 13°"3. Maxima ranged from 33° at Bayfordbury to 25° at Hitchin, the mean being 28°"8. Friday, 21st. — Some very Ioav minima were registered on this day in all parts of the county. Mean temp., being the lowest in the whole period, was 18°'5. Night temp., which was low in all districts, was lowest in C. district, minima below 10° being registered in eight instances ; day temp, lowest in N. Minima ranged from 16° at Knebworth to 5° at Berkhampstead, Eothamsted, and Hitchin, and 4° at Nash Mills (Hemel Hempsted) and Bayford- bury ; the mean being as low as 8°'5, the lowest mean in the period. Maxima ranged fi'om 33° at Oaklands, Watford, to 24° at Stevenage, the mean being 28°"5. Satukday, 22nd. — Mean temp. 20"- 1. Night temp, lowest in C. and N. districts, minima in five instances being registered below 10° ; day temp, also lowest in C. and N. districts. Minima ranged from 13°- 5 at Moor Park to 7'^'7 at Royston, and 7° at Gorham- bury ; the mean being 10°"1. Maxima ranged from 32°-5 at Stevenage to 25°-8 at Boyston ; tlic mean being 30°- 1. Sunday, 23rd. — Temperature both night and day very much higher, the mean, 2 7°' 4, being the highest in the period. Night 232 EEV. C. W. HAEVET — FROST OF JANTTAEY, 1881. temp, lowest in S. ; day temp, in N. Minima ranged from 28"" 7 at liotliamsted to ll°-8 at Wansford House, Watford; the mean being 20°-7, the highest in the period. Maxima ranged from 39° at Oaklands, Watford, and 38° at Bayfordbury, to 30°-7 at Throcking ; the mean being 34'''2, also the highest in the period. Monday, 24th. — Temperature again declined. Mean 23°'4. Night temperature much lowest in N. ; day temp, much lowest in S. Minima ranged from 22° at Southgate and Bayfordbury to 11 "■2 at Throcking, and 5° at Gorhambury, this latter being relatively very low; the' mean was 18°' 8. Maxima ranged from 36°-2 at Koyston to 24° at Nash Mills (Hemel Hempsted), Knebworth, and Oaklands, Watford; the mean being 28°"0. Tuesday, 25th. — Mean temp. 22°"6. Night and day temp, loAvest in N. Minima ranged from 21° at Bayfordbury and Knebworth to 11°"7 at Throcking; the mean being 19°. Maxima ranged from 28°'5 at Moor Park, Eickmansworth, to 23°'7 at Throcking ; the mean being 26°"2. Wednesday, 26th. — During the day the frost began to break up. Mean temp. 23°"7. Night and day temp, both lowest in N. Minima ranged from 17° at Berkhampstead to 11°'5 at Throcking, the mean being 14°'5. Maxima ranged from 37° at Berkhampstead, and 36° at Knebworth to 28° at Royston, and Oaklands, Watford ; the mean being 33°'0. At the commencement of this period the barometer was some- what below its mean height for the month, there was however a tendency to rise; by the 14th it had attained its mean height, which it maintained with little variation until the 17th, when a rapid depression of the mercury occurred ; during the 19th and 20th a very rapid rise took place, pressure being high until the 24th, when a frosh depression appeared. The wind, with the exception of the gale of the 17th and 18th, was slight in force, having a northerly tendency. The weather was on the whole bright, no snow of any consequence falling except on 18th and 19th. At about 3 p.m. on 17th a very distinct halo round the sun was observed. Such is a recoixl of the frost of January, 1881, a frost which will I fancy long live in our memories as affording us some sliglit idea of what the intense cold of the far North must be. f 6^031. ort> "' ^"""oii The Fkost or January, 1881.' station. ' Daily Minimum Temperature. Daily Maximum Temperature. Mean. No. Name. 13 14 IS 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 3 '3 a ■1 i I. II. III. IT. T. VI. VII. VIII. IS. X. XI. XII. Moor Park 20*0 150 20" Q 20"0 20*0 26'0 21*0 23*0 22"0 20"0 J9-I 19'7 180 i6"o 15-1 ■3-5 14-0 ij'o I3'4 i8-0 17-5 14-0 '5-8 12-5 I4'5 9-0 8-6 9-0 9-0 no I0"0 17-0 I2'0 I2'0 I3'4 13-0 I4'5 J2-0 11*0 10*O 8-7 7-3 I4'0 fi"0 28-0 i8-o 9'S 60 250 II'O ? 26*0 2S'5 17-0 15-3 20-6 24-0 24-0 24"S 24-0 24-0 250 1 24-0 ? 220 23-2 22-8 i4'5 i3'o 17-3 14-0 80 iS'o 9' 7 l6'o 11*0 l3'o I4'3 ? 12*0 I3"0 6-4 40 S'o 40 S'o 16*0 lO'o 50 I4'3 79 13-5 I2'0 10-7 io"o lO'O 8-0 8-2 12*0 10*0 80 10-7 7"7 Z2'0 25-0 11-8 IS'S l8-o 20*0 28-7 21-0 29*0 20*0 19*0 20'4 21-0 22-0 20-4 20-0 19*0 22'0 i8-2 l9"o i8-o 20*0 11*2 14-9 20*0 i8-o 20-2 19-5 20*0 2I'0 18-7 2I'o 20'0 20'0 11-7 i8-o ifrs ■S'O n-s' l6"o I7'0 IS'O IS'2 IS'O 14-0 IS'O 11-5 12-7 32-0 33'0 3l'7 31'S 33'o 33'0 31'S 32-0 3l'o 3i'o 29-9 30' 7 27-5 26-0 24-0 23'S 28-0 26*0 2S'7 24-0 22'5 27-0 221 32'4 27'0 27-0 27-6 26*0 27-0 3l'o 29'5 29*0 2S'S 24-0 27-9 23-2 27'5 26"o 29'5 27-0 28-0 3i'o 29'5 28-0 205 22'0 27-8 27-0 27'5 28-0 3i'5 29'0 2g'o 3i'o 29' 7 30-0 210 27*0 28-7 26-1 29*0 29-0 30'6 30'5 270 3i'o 3l'5 30'0 30'0 270 27-9 30-3 29"o 28-0 26-6 26'0 28-0 28-0 26-5 26*0 27'S 250 29'5 \ 30'o 3i'o 30'0 3i'9 32-0 26*0 32-0 30'5 30-0 32'S 29*0 30'3 258 35'5 35'0 34'0 34'o 3S'o 38-0 34'0 34'0 33'0 34'0 30-7 33'4 28-0 28-0 2S'8 240 29*0 26'0 30'5 S40 24'S 34'o 25'0 362 28-5 29-0 26*9 24'S 27-0 28-0 26-4 2S'0 25'5 26-0 23-7 24'S 32-0 3o'o 3S'4 33'o 37'0 35'o 30'7 36'0 32'o 33'0 33'6 280 179 IS'8 I3'8 120 150 IS'3 14-2 l8-6 l6'7 IS'2 I4'7 I5'3 29's 29"o 29'S 241 29'S 3i'o 293 29'o 27-0 27-8 27'5 288 23" 7 22'4 21-6 180 22-2 231 217 23'8 21-8 2I'S 2I'I 22'0 Wansford House Nash Mills 29-7 28'0 30'0 33'o 289 28-0 29-0 250 27-9 27-0 30*0 3i'o 261 28-0 240 Berkhampstead... Bayfordbury Rotbamsted ISO IS'O i5'2 j8-o i6'o 14-0 I4'3 I4'7 6-0 8-0 7'0 iS'o I2-0 13-0 12-6 14-0 HitchiQ 25'0 251 27-8 25'5 30-1 27-0 28"o 20-5 IS'I "■5 142 18-4 I3'3 8-5 10' I 20-7 i8-8 i9'o 1 I4"5 3i'7 2S'7 27-1 27"o 28-2 29'5 28'S 30' I 28-0 26-2 33"o IS'S 28-7 22*0 • Oaklands 17-0 105 70 90 6-5 24-0 23-0 IS'O 1 7*o 1 lo'o «-5 20'0 I9"0 I4'0 32-0 26-0 30'o 29*0 30-0 29"o 30-0 30-0 33'o 30'0 39'0 240 28-0 280 14-8 29'l 21-9 • Gorhambury 22"0 20"0 i8*o 9-0 II'O 8-0 220 9-0 20-0 : 7-0 14-0 50 l3'o IS'O ... • Datchworth ? 17-0 i4'o 14-0 14-0 2S'0 25-0 14-0 i3'o lo's 28-0 20*0 20*0 IS'O {To face p. 232. District. Mean Minimum Tempebatube. Mean Maximum Tempkratdre. Mean. i 13 14 15 l6 17 .8 19 20 21 22 23 24 2S 26 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 1 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 .S M 1 s Southern... Central ... JJorthem.. 19*0 225 20'2 '51 146 I4'9 10-3 I2'0 ii'7 IS'8 12-6 147 8'5 I5'4 9'o 207 12*9 I9'6 24' I 24'3 227 I4'7 12*2 12-8 8-8 7'5 9'3 ii'S 9'5 9' I i8-6 219 22*1 20-8 ig's i6'o I9'4 20'2 I7'4 .4'8 IS'S I3'3 32'0 32'4 304 25-2 25'9 26*0 26-9 1 27-5 29*1 ' 29*1 25'i 1 24'3 29*0 29-9 25'7 29-8 29'9 28-8 27'4 27-1 27-0 29*0 30'0 27-2 28-2 288 2S'S 29'0 294 34'6 35'; 32-8 26-4 27'4 299 27-2 26-6 24'9 32-6 34'7 3i'6 IS'2 i6-i 155 29'I 297 278 22*1 22-9 21-6 XXX. METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS TAKEN AT THROCKING, HERTS, DURING THE YEAR 1880. By the Rev. C. W. Hauvet, M.A., F.M.S. Bead at Hertford, 22>id March, 1881. The position of Throcking is about Lat. 5 1° 57' N. ; Long. 0° 3' W., and the district is drained by the River Rib. My observatory is 484 feet above mean sea-level, and it contains the following instruments, all by jS'egretti and Zambra : — a Fitzroy storm- barometer ; a dry- and wet-bulb, a maximum, and a minimum thermometer, the thermometers being inclosed in a Stevenson's screen, with the bulbs about 4 feet from the ground ; a solar- radiation and terrestrial-radiation thermometer, the former fixed 4 feet, the latter 6 inches, from the ground, both being well exposed. All the above thermometers were verified at Kew Observatory in December, 1879, and all observations have been corrected for index errors, and the barometer-values have been reduced to 32° and sea- level. A rain-gauge of the Snowdon pattern, having a diameter of 5 inches, and with its receiA^ng rim one foot above the surface of the ground, completes my set of instruments. My times for observing are 9 a.m. and 9 p.m., the self-registering thermometers being read and the gauge emptied onl// at 9 a.m., and the maximum readings and the amount of rain being entered to the previous day. The mean temperature is the mean of the max., the min., the 9 a.m., and the 9 p.m. readings of the thermometers. In the accompanying tables (pp. 234, 235) I give the result of my observations ; all the values being derived from the 9 a.m. observations only, excepting the mean temperature. Gexeeal Remarks. — There is little about the weather of 1880 that is in any real sense abnormal. As regards temperature, al- though below the mean throughout the year, owing no doubt to the great absence of sunshine, we have had no such excess of cold as that of Dec. 1879 or Jan. 1881 ; and certainly, as will be seen presently there has been no excess of heat ; again as regards rainfall we have had no such heaA-y fall as that of Aug. 2nd and 3rd, 1879. Tem- perature was below the mean during the whole year, the deficiency being most observable in Jan. and Oct., least so in Feb. and Mar. Still there are some particulars which I think call for notice. We have experienced three deep barometer depressions, one in February, one in October, and one in IS'ovember ; whilst in January and De- cember the mercury attained a very high point. In February the lowest point noticed was at 8 a.m. on the 17th, when the mercury stood at 28-84 ins. at sea-level. Between Oct. 25th and 30th there was a depression amounting to 1-36 in. and a recovery amounting to 1-30 in., the max. and min. pressure being, 25th 30-19 ins. ; 28th 28-83 ins. ; 30th 30-13 ins. On Nov. 18th pressure was 28-83 ins. ; 19th 29 80 ins. ; and by the 21st the mercury had reached 30-46 ins. Thus the recovery was 1-63 in. between the 18th and 21st. VOL. I. — PART VII. 16 234 EEV. C. W. HAH VET METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS O 00 CO VI H w w M o H O e !?; M o o M W H H *^ H in o M H U-) \0 vO t~» t^ t^ t~» 00 so m m 00 oi ^ -C /= -C -a ^ ^ -d ^ -»-» 'T3 4:3 00 -M 'o c« 00 iri O r^ CO in in rn C7S n M so c 1^ « c^ r) M '-' M M N 1— > -!- ^ rh M N N n ^=4 . o C3 -t: fcO u-i ^ 11 N On m m in m 00 O vO so N oi c! g 0 CO _ CO u~ t^ in •^ m -^ n N OS m p ;sPf§ n n n n n ^ •^ "^ 'S J Ph P-o3 O O) O N OS O CO 11 O OS O in M SO n 0 M O " "" OS Ln 00 On 00 Tf o OS t^ ro •<*■ '^ •^ ^ in in in in '4- Tj- en • t^ M CO fO rn in OS 00 e3 °vDsO 01 TfOsf^t^t^MD l_ so ■* Tf o CO co.^LOU-^u->\^v0^sO m ^ 't m C3 Ol s a rorON OvOO N^ fOO in in m N ° «3 >J^ t)- CO 11 CO N ■* N OS •^ m n S C4 roooro'd--^"^"^"^ CO ro m "i- a t^n t^l^M Os>O00 N '*■ so n- n C3 o O Osi lOi lOCsOSCO '^ OS Os (^ OS r<^(nrl--<^iOiou->"->ii-l 'i- m m ■!f « = a O Ph ■^ PH 5 -^ =5 O-*^ &| ■^t^O roOsOsOOOvO r^ 'I- o\ SO j^ ro t^ « CO O OS OO OS Os 00 On CO OS .So bsb bsb dsb^bsoN OS OS OS OS ro N ro N CO N N N N (S) O N N f H ■" : aj M 1 1 1^ ►^ ^ S < > 1 1 ^ c^ a> o o > o f5 ai 0 Q TAKEN AT THROCKIXG, HERTS, IX 1880. 235 o 00 ex; CO H « w « O H o a P^ a ;?; w o o W H H .Tj-vO i^-iOHi tooo N O On kOO'-i^PIMtni-iHirOw-iLri 'twroOOHiroO'DOOO NOJ^NNOhioN'^OO H-l ,° I 1*5 ^ o HiOON00OvOH.NrOl~^Tj-Hi u-,1-, M roOvO dOO Ovo mo MfOrororONNNHiNroro Hi 4^ OJ to > C3 O " C3^0^^^ N N lowoo roiorooo I'lM'+CirOOOOfOvOu-iro t^t^vO r-^r^co t^covo r^Lot^ fH. 13 tJ-OhiOOOOOOhio<^ .a ^ ^ 1^ HI H«C^ ^MMCi Is 3 «HI O 05 cS \0'0i-i ■^Hiio-^M ~ 1-1 ro w rO HI i-i ^ X '« HI p) TtMC^'*f^00^>P^\O00^ "1 triTl-Tj-N rOO rON i-vo ro on » H »; O >-> Hi Hi cS § g a .^ ^ fa Hi "h >^ 2 & « S -^ ^, H, o M to a, vD u-l r~. Tj- CO eo CO ON OS o O N •* !/J t^ vO d M o o 00 m O "i- N *^ M wri 1^ ro ■5*- N M r^ M : Hi QJ Hi s -1 Hi >> IP -H> &I O CO O -HI O O >• o o CS 236 EET. C. Vr. HAEVET METEOROLOGIC.U: OBSEKVATIOB'S The instances of high pressure occurred on January 7th (30'66 ins.) and December 7th (30-63 ins.). With regard to extremes of temperature, the following are the four highest and four lowest observations : — Highest Maxima. ^ (a) September 4th 84 '2 (/.') „ 3rd 82-2 (c) May 26th 79-6 {d) September 2nd 77-9 Lowest Minima. ^ (a) January 28th 14-5 (b) „ 29th 18-2 (c) ,, 20th 19-4 (d) March 20th 19-9 Thus the thermometer attained its third highest point as early in the year as May ; while it sank to its fomlh coldest point as late as March. I now give the values of the warmest and coldest periods of 14 days, the values representing the mean temperature for the respec- tive days. August >> >» )> J> 5) SVarmest period. Coldest period. 28th 6 3° 8 January 16th 33-4 29th 60-9 17th 31-5 30th 61-6 63-8 >> J) 18th 30-0 31st 19th 20th 21st 23-6 1st 64-2 ?,3-8 2nd 67-6 29-1 3rd 68-0 )T 22nd 30-7 4th 70-4 66-5 23rd 31-7 5th 24th 30-6 6th 60-2 25th 28-6 7th 58-5 26th 27-2 8th 67-4 fy 27th 28-5 9th 58-8 ) J 28th 19-1 10th 62-7 >) 29th 24-5 Mean. 63-0 Mean 28-0 The last trace of frost was as late as June 5th, when the thermo- meter on the grass registered 30°'8 ; the first trace again being Oct. 3rd, when the same instrument registered 30°-5. The temperature on the 1st and 2nd of January was remark- ably high, the period falling as it did between two cold periods. I give the max., min., and mean readings. Max. Min. Mean. January 1st . 2nd. 52-4 48-8 49-4 46-9 50-4 45-2 A cold period occurred between November 18th and 23rd, of which I give the max., min., and min, on grass. Max. Min. Min. on Grass. November 18th 43-9 „ 19th 38-9 „ 20th 38-3 ,, 21st 36-0 „ 22nd 33-9 23rd 47-2 25-1 23-9 28-9 25-9 21-6 23-3 20-9 22-3 25-8 23-4 18-1 18-9 TAKEN AT THROCKING, HERTS, IN 1880. 237 The rainfall, which was helow the mean of the district for 1870-79 during the hrst six mouths, was iu excess during the last six. The following represents the diiference from the mean in each month. January — February + March — April — May — June — ins. 2U •71 •75 •18 July Aui^ust September October + + + ins. 2-74 l-3'l •49 1-35 •12 November December + + •35 •58 Dri/ periods. — January 1st to 15th, and 17th to February 4th, no actual fall, with the exception of ^02 in. of snow on the 22nd. March 4th to 31st, no fall, with the exception of ^02 in. on the 4th and •Ol in. on the 7th; April 22nd to May 10th no fall, with the excep- tion of ^04 in. on the 24th of April, -05 in on the 26th, and -03 in. on the 4th of May ; May 11th to 27th no fall, with the exception of •03 in. on the 26th ; August 14th to 29th no fall, with the exception of ^02 in. on the 19th, and •Ol in. on the 25th; August 30th to September 10th no fall, except •Ol in. on the 6th of September; September 20th to October 2nd no fall. Wet periods. — In July rain fell on all but nine days. On the 14th ^89 in. of rain fell in 2i- hours. The chief falls were in. in. July 1st -70 July 24tli ^54 ,, 3rd •ag „ 26th SO ,, nth -40 „ 28th •53 „ 14th 1^00 „ 29th ^28 Between September 11th and 20th 3^08 ins. of rain fell. Of the above amount 2^42 ins. fell between the 11th and 14th. in. in. September 11th 1-22 September 13th -03 ,, 12th -35 „ 14th ^82 In October 2*03 ins. fell between the 4th and 6th; and 1'69 in. between the 26th and 28th. in. in, October 4th ^59 October 26th -85 5th ^28 „ 27th -36 ,, 6th 1-16 „ 28th -is Rain fell every day from December 13th to 30th except on 17th and 25th; snow fell on the 19th and 26th, There is nothing more I think which calls for special remark. I will therefore briefly epitomise the weather of each month, using the following abbreviations: — F, fog; H, hail; L, lightning; R, rain; S, snow; T, thunder; T S, thunderstorm. January.— Cold with little R and much F. S 10th, 14th, 15th, 22nd; R 8th, 15th, 16th, 22nd; F 4th to 10th, 16th, 28th, and 29th, F of 28th heavily charged with soot, the rime from the trees blackening the grouud ; probably a London fog on the travel. 238 EET. c. ^y. haevet — meteorological observations. Febetjaey. — Wet with a good deal of F. R Sth to 9th, 11 th, 14th to 16th, 18th to 21st, 23rd, 25th, and 29th; F 3rd to 7th, 12th, and 23rd ; T and L 8th. Maech. — Dry with strong winds. R 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th, 7th, and 31st ; F 9th to 12th, and 14th ; S 22nd (a few flakes) ; H 4th (slight). Apeil. — Showery and unsettled. R 1st to 3rd, 4th to 6th, 8th, 9th, nth, 13th to 15th, 19th, 20th, 22nd, 24th, 26th; T 4th, 6th, 7th, 22nd. May.— Dry and fairly warm. R 4th, 10th, 22nd, 26th to 28th, 31st ; T and L 26th ; T 28th ; F 3rd. June.— Wet and cool. R 1st, 3rd to 9th, 14th, 15th, 19th, 20th, 22nd to 25th, 30th ; T S 14th and 24th ; T 25th. July. — "Very wet, with much thunder. R every day except 4th, 5th, 16th, 18th, 19th, 22nd, 23rd, 24th; T S (heavy) 14th; T 1st, 3rd, 10th, 13th, 15th, 17th, 21st, 26th, and 29th. August.— Dry and bright. R 2nd, 6th, 7th, 14th, 19th, 25th, and 29th ; T 2nd, 6th, 29th ; L 26th, 27th, 29th. Septembee.— Warm. R 6th and 1 1th to 20th ; T 14th and 18th ; H 19th; F 28th to 30th. October.— Very wet. R 2nd, 4th to 9th, 11th, 12th, 16th, 18th to 20th, 22nd, 26th to 28th; T 2nd and 7th; L 7th and 23rd; F 16th, 27th, and 28th; S 19th. November. — Remarkably clear of F, and with strong winds. R 7th, 10th to 16th, 18th, 23rd to 26th ; F 5th ; S 18th and 19th. Aurora Borealis visible 3rd. Decembee. — Yery mild with R after 13th. R 1st to 4th, 13th to 24th, 26th to 30th ; S 17th, 19th, 20th, and 26th ; F 27th. XXXI. XOTES OX BIRDS OBSERVED DURING THE YEAR 1880 AND THE FIRST THREE MONTHS OF 1881. By Jonx E. Littleboy. Bead at Watford, I9th April, 1881. It is again my duty to offer to the Society a few " Notes on Birds " observed within the county of Hertford. The period of observation includes the year 1880 and the first three months of 1881. I am pleased to be able to announce that I have received information of eight species new to our register, and, in accordance with my previous custom, I will proceed to notice them seriatim. 1. The Eavex {Corvus Corax).— On the 25th of February, 1881, a raven was observed on the outskirts of Mimms Wood. It was seen and recognised by several gentlemen when hunting in that neighbourhood, and is reported by Miss Selby, of Aldenham, who saw it very distinctly. It need hardly be said that the raven is a rare bird in the ^Midland Counties, but, to use the words of Morris, "he is a citizen of the world," and there is no reason why he should not occasionally visit Hertfordshire. Whether the specimen in question had escaped from confinement, or whether, as is very possible, it was a young bird, driven southward by frost and snow, cannot, of coiu'se, be definitely determined. Certain it is that the bird was seen at Mimms Wood, and I am glad to be able to place it on our register. I am informed by Mr. D. Hill, of Pinner, that, only a few years ago, a raven visited a rookery near that town. It attacked and succeeded in dispersing the rooks. It was eventually caught in a rat-trap when feeding from a sheep-trough in an open field. The raven is a circumpolar bird,* is a resident species throughout Europe, but is not found in Africa. It is rapidly becoming extinct in England, although still breeding in Scotland. 2. The Kotjgh-legged Buzzard (Buteo Lagopus). — Observed by Mr. Thomas Fowell Buxton, of Easneye, near Ware. Mr. Buxton writes as follows : '* Last Tuesday I was shooting snipe with one of my sons on the Rye meads. A large hawk, which I had no doubt was a rough-legged buzzard, rose from the ground within ten yards of my son. We afterwards found near the spot the remains of a thrush (or redwing) and of a golden plover, both of which had been eaten by a hawk, I suppose by the one we saw." Mr. John H. Gurney, jun., a gentleman whose name is a household word among ornithologists, has most kindly supplied me with a short notice respecting this important addition to our register of raptorial birds. " The rough-legged buzzard may be described as a regular autumnal migrant to Great Britain, occurring in some years, as in the autumn of 1880, in great numbers on the east coast, particularly in I^orfolk. Unlike the common buzzard, which, in * Seebohm, ' Siberia in Europe,' p. 53. 240 J. E. LITTLEBOT NOTES ON BERDS the days of our great uncultivated tracts of forest land, when game- preserving was hardly thought of, was a numerous resident, this species is only supposed to have remained to breed in one or two very rare instances. Its food consists of I'abbits and other small mammals. It doubtless preys largely on lemmings in Scandinavia, which is its true home. jS^early all the specimens which are killed in this country are immature ; examples which have in any degree assumed the adult plumage being very rare. From the common buzzard and the honey-buzzard, with which alone it could be confounded, it may always be distinguished by its legs being feathered down to the toes." 3. The Ospeey {Pandion Haliaetus). — An osprey was shot in Hatfield Park during September, 1880. I am indebted to Mr. George Flatten, head gamekeeper, for the following particulars. A large hawk had been noticed in the park for several days, but special attention was at length directed to it by a striking exhibition of its peculiar fishing propensity. It was observed to plunge with great force into the broad-water, a portion of the River Lea that flows by Hatfield Park ; to dive for a distance of 50 or 60 yards, and, after swimming for a moment or two on the surface like a duck, to rise into the air with a large fish, estimated to weigh at least a pound, in its talons. Such an occurrence left no doubt as to its species. It proved to be a remarkably fine female bird and in splendid plumage. It was stuffed and mounted before I had the opportunity of seeing it, but I am informed that its expanse of wing measured five feet six inches, and its length from head to tail is almost exactly two feet. The osprey, or sea-hawk, is extremely rare in the inland counties. Yarrell reports it as only having been taken in Oxfordshire, Hertfordshire, and Shropshire.* It breeds freely in Scandinavia and iS^orthern Russia, where it frequents rocks and cliffs on the sea-coasts and the neighbourhood of lakes and rivers. It breeds also to a limited extent in Scotland, nests having been fi'equently reported from the vicinity of Loch Awe and other High- land lakes. It feeds almost exclusively on fish, the great strength and sharpness of its claws enabling it to seize its prey with unfailing certainty. Its method of capturing its food is well illustrated by the incident in Hatfield Park. It is said f that the osprey never condescends to pick from either land or water a fish that it has once dropped ; when searching for its food, it hovers over the water or glides slowly along with motionless wing and but rarely alights upon the ground. 4. The Bittern {Botaurus stellaris). — llr. Henry Manser, of Hoddesdon, reports that a bittern in fine plumage was shot near Hoddesdon, on the 24th of January, 1881. It measured 26 inches in height to top of head, and 15 inches to shoulders. Pifty years ago the bittern, the most beautiful of our waders, was in many parts of England comparatively common, and was held in some estimation * ' History of British Birds,' vol. i, p. 24. t ' Encyclopoedia Britaniiica,' 8th Ed., vol. xvi, p. 743. OBSERVED IN 18S0 AXD 1881. 2-11 as an article of diet. It appears to have become scarcer and scarcer as population has become more dense and the art of practical agriculture has advanced. The reclamation of waste lands and the drainage of fens and marshes have de])rived it of its congenial haunts, and it is now but rarely nu't with in the home counties. Tlie bittern is a voracious feeder ; it devours with apparent in- diiference birds, fishes, or reptiles; and Yarrell* records several instances in which a water-rat has been taken whole from its stomach. 5. The Greenshank [Totamis Glottis). — A beautiful specimen of the greenshank was obtained in the early part of 1880, near the Colne, by Mr. A. Dyson, and is preserved in his collection. The greenshank is a winter visitant to the British Isles. It nests in Scandinavia and Northern Europe, and is generally met with during a short period in autumn or early spring as it migrates backwards and forwards from and to its northern home. It is very similar in general appearance to the green sandpiper, speci- mens of which were reported as having been shot in 1879 near the river Beane, but is considei-ably larger. 6. The Herring-Gull (Larus arffeiitatiis). — In February, 1881, a young herring -gull was shot at Oak lands, near St. Albans. The hcrriug-gidl is among the largest of the gulls, is a resident species, and is abundant on the sea-coasts of the British Isles. It feeds, as its name implies, on herrings and other surface-swimming fish. It is easily tamed, and when pinioned is readily kept within the precincts of a garden. 7. The Widgeon {Mareca Penelope). — Two widgeon were shot on the Colne, near Garston, by Mr. KofFe, early in 1880, and in January, 1881, a flock of ten or eleven, one of which was shot, was observed by Mr. Holland, near Otterspool. The widgeon is a winter migrant, arriving diuing the month of October and generally leaving in March. It nests very rarely in Britain, but, like many of the ducks and waders, breeds freely within the Arctic circle. " It must be considered," writes Mr. Seebohm,f " a paloearctic duck, though its range extends eastward beyond Behriug's Straits to the coast of Alaska." 8. The Scaup-Duck {Fuligida Marila). — The Society is indebted to Mr. Alfred F. Buxton, Easneye, near AVare, for information that adds an additional duck to our register of Hertfordshire birds. On the 22nd of January, 1881, a female scaup was shot by Mr. T. F. Buxton, on the Ashe. "It rose from the river and was quite alone." Like the preceding species, the scaup-duck visits the British Isles only in the winter. It is a circumpolar bird, but winters throughout temperate Europe and North Africa. During its southern migration it is abundant in Holland and also on the coast of Norfolk. The birds now mentioned increase the number of species at present on our register to 126. * ' British Birds,' vol. ii, p. 478. t ' Siberia in Europe,' p. 107. 242 J. E. LITTLEBOT — NOTES Olf BIEDS I will next extract from my register a few notes supplied to me from various quarters. In the Eev. C. M. Perkins, wlio has recently removed from St. Albans, the Society has lost an excellent correspondent; but I have to acknowledge, with thanks, very acceptable contributions from the following members, viz. : Dr. A. T. Brett, Watford; Mr. R. W. Brett, Lee Side, Hertford; Mr. Thomas F. Buxton, and Mr. Alfred F. Buxton, Easneye, near Ware ; the Eev. T. D. Croft, Kimpton Vicarage, near Welwyn ; Mr. R. B. Croft, Fanhams Hall, Ware ; Lord Ebury, Moor Park, lliekmansworth ; the Rev. J. A. Ewing, Westmill Rectory, Buntingford ; Mr. H. George Fordham, Odsey Grange ; Mr. Henry C. Heard, Hailey Hall ; Mr. Henry Manser, Hoddesdon ; Miss Selby, Aldenham ; Mr. W. H. Solly, Serge Hill, Bedmont ; Mr. Abel H. Smith, Woodhall Park, Hertford; Mr. George Turner, Hertford ; Miss Warner, Hoddesdon ; and several others. In order to economise space I have tabulated the various reports that record the arrival and departure of summer migrants. Species. Locality. Date. Observer. Nightingale {iJaiiiias Luscmia) Redstart [Ruticilla phmnicurus) Wheatear [Saxicola (Enanthe) Chiff-Chaff [Phylloscopiis coUybitd) Willow-'Wren [Fhijlloscopus trochilus) Whitethroat {Sylvia rvfa) Bl.ACKCAP [ O w n Pi o m 'A < H N *^ H o M < CO O o M O o Hi o « o H o H pi i g's^. ~^o ON o CO OS O OS r» •& C?. 00 o CO < H u t^ OC CO -^ CO r^ O) CO Os r4 N M N ro Tf rr >* M r4 M P4 H !^ o l-H a P o h rn 1^ OO sb sb "^ r1- CO CO 1^ O lO W P a I oj O ro M (T) ir^ so OS O OS so CO O =" - a o ro O OS •rj- HI OS t^ O CO so so OS VO "3 -^ =* •«t ro ro ro "^ ro P CO M- CO CO P) 1^ 'd- 0) ^ ^ r^ r^ r^ /= ^ t>< cj 00 ^ OS SC c CO 00 'l- lO CO o OS P N HH 0 ro c C^ H-t HH oT S TS CO d ^ ir\ NH Tf I^ OC « ■* N OS lO CO N ^ ° -^ Tf (S VD 1- Td- "^ CO SO ri so lO so % u-l U-1 VD ^ oc t^ t^ t^ C/J so lO lO CO a s. .J_, T-i rd ^ C/3 ■4.J -o ^ (-" -rt TJ p3 S 'o P M N OS cw >^ P, CO O CS| CSl p) PJ a a h-5 -5 ^ a •i-H N o 00 N •^ ro SO lO M O OS O PI -< O H Tt- N M O u-) l:^ t-^ CO so c^ so l-H (-N 01 N ro ro ro •^ ■* Tj- P) h-l p< HH O a >^p 03 -TJ fcX3 ro O t^ r-» OS iJ^ "X; CO to ri CO H ^ If) =u ci a ° O ro I--- ^ Cs so Tj- Tj- lO CO CO b ^ ^P^ t-i HH ■^ ^ t— •^ ^ t-t HH HH '^ s 2 'S . H ■S a ON OS N O M >* lO OS OS CO IM CO 00 O . iri OS OS ►■ O rl- CO lO co so 0 t-- Tt lO OS « r/- "* lJ-> PJ OS 't so l-H N M ro r<-) ro Tl- Tl- »0 u-> VO CO CO CO ■^ a iM t^ vn N OS O r^ lo lO lO HH f^ r^ 0 t-t o ro r^ N CO M OS lO HH l-H CO ro rj- •D- ^ li") i/^ so SO lO ^ rl- ■* Ti- o S * 2 3S S H S « O m vn N n P) Ti- r^ IM 'i- lO SO lt . O M M Cs C CO " M O u oo •* o •2 b C« 00 HH OS OS O O c^ OS OS o w fH t: w riN o OS O OS OS O O OS OS OS o ro N ro c^ ro N 0 CO CO M cs M PM «> to w >^ s 11 02 U u rP Eh o 03 a a 03 1 s T < > ^1 ^ a d -. fee < lii o o o s > o 12; o p TAKEN AT WAJ^SFORD HOUSE, WATFORI), 1880. 253 d •a N.W. Calm. CO N I.N « O CO O M CO c^ «- -i- o >-. CS o u a 12; ro Tj- M Tf N T^ CO lO >0 CO Tj- CO 1 P) "4- ^ « vo *-* ►H CO CO lO 11 CO N c< t~. to CO vO U-) ro vO CO lO P4 CO NO CO 1 ■X) O 1 O oi N vO O C^ « 1-1 CO P< CS CO ■<*• N 00 p4 ro -"l- to CO >-i 1-1 •-> O to O C^ «H NO CN| u-i o t^ N N CJ PI O C^ N O 11 to P) p4 Tl- « On O to rj- IH t^ CO O ■* « ON NO ^ ^ - CO 1- •0 O O 1-1 M NO .— < ^ i 1 ^H '^ 2 1^ ^ O ►1 N •4-> CO f-i ■*-• _C!! "^ _rf "5 "1 "5 "zi ti! ■^ " '^ n- t^ « f^ i-1 « •5 S to On H a, M P4 o Ph p^ o H ■< P tn a O : : : O a Apl"."" 8 Apl. 25 May 17 Apl. 8 Apl. 30 June 5 Apl. 20 June 6 July 13 11 t-.' c: eq_c^ hhooj r-r-oicoot- coi^rHOJCJcooot^-* o CO CD 00 -^l . . . :::::::: "^ t-5 h-5 t-s h-5 o CO Ph 02 CO 1— 1 l^ CO CO O05cr> o^cot^oo oiot^rHcooo .eoi— 'CO..(M' • 00 r- Oj CO C5 cS C ^3, cs O.-i-.ii«0iC>0 »OiO J^-^iOOOOCDOUIOl WCOO t— . >> =(-.>. ^ _• t-. t-> 2 _: g _; 2 >^ • 2 >^ 2 =* ^^ &, cSrt cSrS ^cici3^53^S^ 2"Sa 1 W . o 2 o o h-t CO Sh h-l lO CD CO KO .i-H . .f-l . . .C^ i-H . P^ Ph p.) Ph «1 <1 <^ <5 IIarpen- DEN. .-HCOr-l05t^lOoOOt^-*CO'-l«C>0->i<(Oi(3I^ t^t^r^r-4v,oiO00COf-i ClfHCa C,>> of < CO CO o «!5 0> CT> .. rt ....... C-l .. . "Ph "Ph CO f— I ^; ::::::: : ca l-H CO o CO i-H < oooiocniot^oo-toojtJ<-*i '■ i: >.>.^ i^t^'S^ i^t^S >. :_;2>>^:222 IrH tifrH ^rH 'T^*^ «— '-' iT^^^H k.T-( .- »rH ^ i— »i^ irH >— ^ 3 t^ 00 'M CO . _ ^ cO--'MC0-*> . . OJ . . .CM . . . -^ — 1 4> 3 "Eh g cs cs *^ t-5 < 1-5 |»^ ^ lO i;0 CO to CO CO C5 t- CO CO o O X 00 «500-*IO3t^C5 Tl4 CO C.1 . ca ^ -•>,§ = 3 3 -3 si; 3 a a '''i.'i a a w— a a ^^^h w-i a a = -xJ • 0 '-'- ^^ 1-5 <^ f-^ 1-5 1-5 -^ P^ 1-5 t-5 < <. 1-5 t-51<'-5l-5-^f* r^ ^ Eh 00 l^ O Tj. o •* -.i" o . . . ^ . CO cs . . . . 1—1 . CM . . 1-1 . . . . i i : ; O : k'„ : "» a> : : : : >^ ' : : : £P -S : 0) : a . : : ^ 5 s s a ^ a a 1-5 ■< 1^ i-a >-i 0 -^ ■* ^ CO 0 Tt< C5 O r-l O 1— t^ CO lo^r-co^oco^ CD ■* O ^ CT. 0 rjt . -^ C-) . t-l . I-H C.t>-^ ■• ^>> : >, >.^>-. >-. : : >->i-' :>-. i !_•>-. 2 >-.<-■—• fci i: t:.^" i==>'-^ '.J ■ ^ -J -3 ^3 5JHi:3-^ i^ -5 r= >-i ^^ >-5 ^ <5 r-5 H, F5r^ 1-^ ^<-:,^-:,r<^r^■<.<^r^, r^t^ H^ <-H Eh < rtl ^ 00 O O 00 05 CO O Tt< <» a ^ 00 CO ci rt lO »~- •;; CO 0 iM rN f— 4 . . ""^ •— * — ' . . CO . CM i-H CM . . CM CI 1—1 CM CM :!_■>>>-. :>.>-.: : :>,>-. >, : : ^' tn' : 2 2 t: = i >.u^ -^ : : jS. ; June Mar. Feb. Apl. ^ ''^ I^ -3-3 ^3 1-5 1-5 r^ 1-5 y~, -<^s 5 S rt c; c: 3^ t; 53 CO CO CM . . .CM CM t^ CO 1—1 I— 1 0 00 CT> . CM C-) CM : j^ : : : : : p; : : ; • : ; ;-.' i^ ^ ■ s- .J _■ a ci ci cj ^H *^.^ 1^^ r^ ^ <1 CO cc CO CO CO oo !M -t< CO O Ot CO CO C2 vra oo CO CD lo i-< 'ti CO O C-1 CD 0 iC >-0 . I-^ . C) , a a a 3 k2 a 2 >.s^_: = ■ "s i-s-t-t-tB 'Bf June Mar. Feb. Apl. l-> fcn H-5* -S .g .g S 5 § ^>* In. ^ ■>'-* — Mentha aqitiitica Thymus Serpyllun I'runella vulgaris Kepeta GUchoma Galeopsis Telrahit Stuchys syivatica Ajuga reptans I'riinula veris riantago lanccolat Mercurialis percnt a •■ -S .e S ^ .» ts ■5 -s •:s C .« ~i ~ - . ... ..... 1 -r O CC I- 00 C-. Oi-inco-fiocot^oc o o --. C-l CO ^ i.O CO t~ CO C5 O — CM CO 'ti ic CO r^ oc C5 0 — 1 1 cc ro CO cc CO CO -i74-C in lO U3 lO lO U5 iC »o CO CO CO CD CO CO CD .D ;^ ^ t^ t^ 1 260 J. HOPKINSOX EEPOET ON PHENOLOGICAL m 1/3 a o t^ o OJ LO CO CO i-H f— 1 ■ '• u '■ '■ '■ : : : >^ : • . ■ >-. : : - : d CS P4 ci d 1^ • S S Hs Tl< CO o cu < o c Pi X a t-5 a a Pi4 <5 CO t^ — I rH a. p o o &i a 1-5 O 00 00 o H p H o 125 O o H IB n O o H (2! C-i <1 i-H t/) fH z 02 n 1-1 05 05 •* IM _ _ (M _ 1— ( »-H (M : : : : (^ : : : ::::.::: : : : t; : : ^ : : : : : : 03 Ph cs ^ § -^ s ^ CO o C2 CD .-I be QJ OS -r* *-^ CO 2* "^ >* Co .*' "^ t" bo bo bO tVr^ cu 02 CO . 1 CO " O .q3 a a Qj CD m :f^<^' <^ e ^ 1^ =c t; ■"■ 1^ -^.J ^f «J _.^ ■ ' : GO a « s i ^ sS .§ .2 -g ■? .« -2 -S -S ] a^ -^ a; fi; ;^(^ Si 3q 1^ S t; *^ eg O © -J "^^ ^ 1 C3 •>- '~ CO ;~ ^ s; ^ c2 3^ bo S a '- bo — CO :S tq CJ •» cs s a. Jf^ ^ § « o Cila quadridentiita, 119. Moor Park, rainfall at, in 1879, 129; in i88o, 223. Morris, Prof. J., on geology of the Dunstable Downs, Ixv. MosELEY, H. N. : The Voyage of the "Challenger," xlii. MoTT, Rev. H. S. : On the abundance of Moles in the neighbourhood of Much Hadham, xvii. Much Hadliam, abundance of moles at, xvii; rainfall at, in 1879, 129; in 1870-79, 156 ; in 1S80, 223. Munden Park, "Watford, visited, Ixiii. Murie, Dr. J., on sponges, 99. Museums, formation and arrangement of, 193; national, 193 ; educational, 193, 216; provincial, 194; local, 215 ; accumulative, 215. N. Nash Mills, rainfall at, in 1879, 129 ; in 1840-59, 154; in 1860-69, 1'55 ; in 1870-79, 156; in 1880, 223; flood at, 160. National museums, 193, Newberries, Radlett, visited, sxxiv. Nudaria Mundana (?) at Harpenden, xvii. NuNN, C. "W. : Notes on Frotococcns, xlv. 0. Oaklands, Watford, rainfall at, in 1879, 129 ; in 1880, 223. Observations, meteorological, at Wat- ford, in 1879, 121 ; in 1880, 251 ; at Throcking in 1880, 233 ; pheno- logical, in Herts, in 1879, 133 ; in 1S80, 257. Ocean, fauna of, 180; light in, 184; dupth of, 185 ; deposits in, 186. Odsey, golden plovers at, 71 ; rainfall at, in 1879, 129; in 1880, 223; phenological observations at, in 1879, 134; in 1880, 258, 260. (Ecistes cri/sla/li>iHS, 118. Officers and Council for 1880, xviii; for 1 88 1, xlv. Ordinary meetings, reports of, 1879, ix-xv ; 1880, xvi-xxxiii, xl-xliv ; 1881, xliv-lviii. Ornithology, notes on, 144. Osprey in Herts, 240. Ostrea edulis at Stevenage, 105. 270 rNDEX. Otterspool, Watford, visited, Ixiii ; widgeon near, 241. Ouse basin, rainfall in, in 1879, 130. Owen, Prof. R., on museums, 197. Falmella nivalis, 170. Panshanger, Hertford, visited, Ixiii. Papers, list of, read in 1879, xix ; in 1880, xlvii. Penning, W. H., views on the forma- tion of post-tertiary beds, 107. Phenological observations in Herts in 1879, 133,272; in 1880, 257. Phillips, F. "W. : Observations on Eotifers, with special reference to those found in the neighbourhood of Hertford, xxxi, 113-120 ; on a Species of Chmtospira ioxmA. at Hod- desdon, xlv, 168-169. Phillips, Prof. J., on museums, 195. ThUodina, sp., 119. Pistil, homology of, 60 ; metamor- phosis of, 65. Plant organs, homology and analogy of, 49. Plants, phenological observations of, in 1879, 134, 135, 272; in 1880, 258, 259, 261. Plover, golden, in Herts, 71- Pochard in Herts, 71. Ponsbourne Park, ruins in, xii. Post-glacial beds in Herts, 106. Post-tertiary deposits of Herts, xxviii, xxxii, 103. President's Address, 1879, 1 ; 1880, 85; 1881, 173. Progressive development, 96. Piotococcus, notes on, xlv ; pluvialis, 166 ; nivalis, 170. Protozoa, classification of, 211. Provincial museums, 193. Flerodina patina, 118. Q. Queen Elizabeth's oak, xxxix. Queen Hoo Hall, lower glacial beds at, 103. R. Radlett visited, xxxiii ; Herts con- glomerate at, xxxiv. Rainfall in Herts in 1879, 127; in 1840-79, 151 ; in 1880, 221. Rat, English, existence of, in Britain, xii. Raven in Herts, 239. Reading beds at Radlett, xxxiii; at Hatfield Park Kiln, xxxix. Receipts and Expenditure, 1875-79, xxii. Red snow in Herts, 170. Redbourn, intermittent brook near, lix. Reed, post-glacial beds at, 106. Reindeer, former existence of, in Britain, xi, 14. Report of the Council for 1879, xviii ; for 1880, xlvi. Report on the rainfall in 1879, 127 ; in 1880, 221 ; on phenological ob- servations in 1879, 133 ; in 1880, 257. Reproductive structures, axial, 59 ; appendicular, 60. Rhee basin, rainfall in, in 1879, 130; in 1880, 225. Rhinops vitrea, 119. Rib basin, rainfall in, in 1879, 130 ; in 1880, 225. Rickmansworth, rainfall at, in 1879, 129 ; in 1880, 223. RoKiNSON, I. : The Life-history of a Monad, Ivi. Rolleston, Prof. G., on museums, 200. Rooks mobbing a fox, 246. RooPER, G. : Note on "Woodcocks carrying their Young, xxxiii, 144. Roots, branching of, 50 ; anatomy of, 50 ; physiology of, 51. Rothamsted, rainfall at, in 1879, 129 ; in 1860-69, 155 ; in 1870-79, 156; in 1880, 223. Rotifer vuhjur is, 113, 119. Rotifers, observations on, 113. Royal Microscopical Society, President elected an ex-officio fellow of, xxxi. Royston, rainfall at, in 1879, 129 ; in 1860-69, 155; in 1870-79, 156; in 1880, 223. Rudler, F. W., on museums, 198. Eye Common, golden plovers at, 71. Rye House, Tertif/o Moulinsiana found near, 81 ; post-glacial beds at, 106. S. Sacombe, green sandpiper at, 70 ; pochards at, 71 ; teal at, 71. St. Albans, ordinary meeting at, 1879, XV ; 1880, xl; plants in flower near, 28th June, 1880, xliii, xliv ; post- glacial beds at, 106 ; rainfall at, in 1879, 129; in 1860-69, 155; in 1870-79, 156 ; in 1880, 223 ; i)heno- logical observations at, in 1879, 134 ; in 1880, 258, 260, 261 ; plants new to, 143 ; herring-gull near, 241. Salmon quoted, Ixiv. Sandpiper, green, in Herts, 70. INDEX. 271 Sanitary iiilluence of post-tertiary beds of Herts, 111. Saunders, J ., on the Totternhoe stone, Ixv. Sawbridgcworth, pheuological obser- vations at, in 1S79, 134 ; iu 18S0, 258. Scaup-duck in Herts, 241. Schwendeiierian theory of lichens, 166. Scientific societies, 2. Section at Stanniore Brewery, 143. Sheep, fluke in, 139. Silvester, F. W., remarks on moles, xvii. Snow, red, in Herts, 170. Societies, scientitic, 2. Southgate, rainfall at, in 1879, 129 ; in 18S0, 223. Spiders, observations on, 37 ; system- atic arrangement, 37 ; anatomical sti-ucture, 38 ; life-history, 39 ; senses, 40 ; habits, xv, 42. Sponges, notes on, 97. SpoiigiUa ttmicitilis, 1 02. Spring at Woolmers, xxxix ; at Otters- pool, Ixiii. Stag-beetle, pupation of, 83. Stamens, homology of, 64. Stanmore Brewery, section at, 143. Stanniore Common visited, Ixii. Starlings, red-winged, in Herts, 70. Stephiinoceros Eichor)ni, 118. Stephanops Inmdlaris, 119. Stevenage, middle glacial beds at, 105 ; rainfall at, in 1879, 129 ; in 1870- 79, 156; in 1880, 223. Stipules, homology of, 53. Stone, Aylesbury, Portland and Pur- beck r\ JUL 20 1942 t ^ 0 3 X- HONORAEY MEMBERS. Elected. 1875 AUman, George James, M.D., LL.D., F.R.S., F.R.S.E., F.L.S., M.R.I.A., Emeritus Professor of Natural History, University of Edinburgh, Ardmore, Park- stone, Dorset; and Athenceum Cluh, London, S.W. 1880 Babington, Charles Cardale, M.A., F.R.S., F.S.A., F.L.S., F.G.S., Professor of Botany in the University of Cambridge, 5, BrooTiside, Camhridge. 1882 Cooke, M. C, M.A., LL.D., A.L.S., 146, Junction Road, London, N. 1877 Darwin, Charles, M.A., LL.D., F.B.S., F.R.S.E., F.L.S., F.G.S., Fon. M.E.H.S., and E. Med. Chir. Soc., etc., Down, Beckenham, Kent. 1879 Etheridge, Robert, F.R.S., F.R.S.E., F.G.S., British Museum {Natural Llistory), South Kensington, London, S.W. 1875 Glaisher, James, F.R.S. , F.R.A.S., F.R.M.S., F.M.S., Superintendent of the Magnetic and Meteorological Department, Royal Observatory, Greenwich, 1, Dart- motith Park, Blackheath. 1879 Harting, James Edmund, F.L.S., F.Z.S., 22, Regent's Park Road, London, N. W. 1876 Hayden, Prof. Ferdinand Vandeveer, A.M., M.D., United States Geologist in Charge, Washington, U.S.A. 1877 Henslow, Rev. George, M.A., F.L.S., F.G.S., Drayton Mouse, Ealing. 1875 Hooker, Sir Joseph Dalton, M.D., R.N., K.C.S.I., C.B., D.C.L., LL.D., F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.S., Hon. M.R.H.S., and R. Med. Chir. Soc, etc., Director of the Royal Gardens, Keio. — Lubbock, Sir John, Bart., M.P., D.C.L., LL.D., F.R.S., F.S.A., Pres. L.S., F.G.S., ILigh Elms, Farnborough, Kent ; and 15, Lombard Street, London, E.C. 4 HONORARY MEMBERS. 1875 Morris, John, M.A., F.G.S., Emeritus Professor of Geology and Mineralogy, University College, London, 15, Upper Gloucester Place, Dorset Square, London, N. W. 1881 Ormerod, Eleanor A., F.M.S., Dunster Lodge, Spring Grove, Isleworth. 1880 Sclater, Philip Lutley, M.A., Ph.D., E.E.S., F.L.S., F.G.S., Sec. Z.S., 11, Hanover Square, London, W. 1876 Symons, George James, F.R.S., Sec. M.S., 62, Camden Square, London, N. W. — Whitaker, William, B.A. (Lond.), F.G.S., Geological Survey of England, Museum, Jermyn Street, London, S.JF. ORDINARY MEMBERS. An asterisk before a name indicates a Life Member. Elected. 1880 Ackworth, Mrs., The TTook, KortJiaw, Barnet. 1881 Allen, R. C, Mmley Bill, Ware. 1879 Andrews, R. Thornton, Castle Street, Hertford. — Armstrong, "W. M., Brook Lea, Hertford. 1876 Arnold, Mrs., Redhourn Bury, St. Albans. 1877 *Attficld, John, Ph.D., F.R.S., F.C.S., Professor of Practical Chemistiy to the Pharmaceutical Society of Great Britain, Ashlands, Watford; and 17, Bloomsbury Square, London, W. C. 1875 Austin, Stephen, M.R.A.S., Baijley Lodge, Hertford. 1879 Austin, Russell G., C.E., Castle Street, Hertford. — Austin, Yarn on, Ware Road, Hertford. — Baker, "William Robert, Bayfordhury, Hertford. 1875 Barber, William, M.A., Barroio Point, Pinner. — Barber, Mrs., Barroio Point, Pinner. 1879 ^'Barclay, Robert, High Leigh, Hoddesdon. 1878 Barraud, Allan F., Sedgehurst, Watford. 1880 Beckett, Sir Edmund, Bart., Q.C., P.R.A.S., Batch Wood, St. Albans; and 33, Quee7i Anne Street, London, W. — Bell, Rev. John T., M.A., Christ's Hospital, Hertford. 1879 Beningfield, Henry, High Street, Ware. 1877 Benskin, Mrs. Joseph, High Street, Watford. 1880 Berkeley, B. Comyns, Collett Hall, Ware. — Bishop, Mrs., The Platts, Watford. 1881 Blow, Thomas Bates, Welivyn. 1879 Bonsor, Herbert, Great Cozens, Ware. — Bradby, Rev. Canon, M.A., Haileybury College, Hertford. 1880 Braund, G. Norman, London and County Bank, Ware. 1875 *Brett, Alfred T., M.D., Watford House, Watford. 1879 Brett, Robert William, Lee Side, Hertford. VOL. I. — PART IX. 20 6 IIST OF MEMBEES. 1881 *Brightwen, George, The Grove, Stanmore. 1877 Brightwen, Mrs. George, TJie Grove, Stanmore. 1881 *Bushby, Lady Frances, Wormley Bury, Hoddesdon. 1880 Butcher, H. O. F., Righ Street, Ware. 1879 Butler, Arthur, The Slopes, Hertford. 1880 *-Butler, Charles, Warren Wood, Hatfield. 1879 Buxton, Alfred Fowell, Easneye Park, Ware. — Buxton, Thomas Fowell, JEasneye Park, Ware. — Campbell, Frank M., F.L.S., F.Z.S., F.R.M.S., Rose Bill, Hoddesdon. 1875 Capell, Hon. Arthur, Cassiohury Park, Watford. — *Care-w, R. Eussell, F.C.S., F.E.G.S., Carpenders Park, Watford. — *Carew, Mrs., Carpenders Park, Watford. 1876 *Carew, Robert Marcus, Carpenders Park, Wafford. 1879 ^'^'Carlile, James "W., Ponslotime Park, Hertford. 1880 Carlile, Mrs., Ponshourne Park, Hertford. 1876 ^Carnegie, David, F.R.G.S., Easthmj, Watford; and 13, Princes Gardens, London, S. W. 1880 Carvosso, Mrs., Hertford Heath, Hertford. 1879 Chapman, Alfred, Poles, Ware. 1875 Chater, E. M., Hiyh Street, Watford. — Chater, Jonathan, High Street, Watford. 1880 Chuck, Joseph, High Street, Ware. — Church, Miss E., London Road, St. Albans. 1877 Clarendon, Right Honourable the Earl of. Grove Park, Watford; and 11, Berkeley Square, London, W. — Clayton, Oscar, Grove Cottage, Heathlonrne, Bushey Heath. 1878 Clutterbuck, Thomas Meadows, Stanmore. 1875 Copeland, Alfred James, Pell Field, Watford. — Cottam, Arthur, F.R.A.S., Mdercroft, Watford. 1879 *Cowper, Right Honourable the Earl, K.G., Panshanger, Hertford ; and Vice-Regal Lodge, Dublin. — Cowper, Hon. Henry F., M.P., Brocket Hall, Hatfield. 1881 Cox, Alfred, Presdales, Ware. 1876 *Croft, Richard Benyon, R.N., F.L.S., F.R.M.S., Hon. Sec, Fanhams Hall, Ware. 1878 *Croft, Mrs., Fanhams Hall, Ware. 1879 Croft, Rev. Thomas D., M.A., Kimpton Vicarage, Welivyn. 1881 Currie, Mrs. James, Hill Side, Watford. 1879 Dimsdalc, Honourable Baron, Essendoji Place, Hertford. 1875 Dove, John R. B., M.B. (Lond.), Chestnut Cottage, Pinner. LIST OF MEMBEES. 7 1875 Ebury, Ri-lit ITon.iuval.le tlio Lord, F."R.G.S., F.M.S., Muor Park, liickniansworth ; aud 35, Farlc Street, Grosvenor Square, London, W. 1879 Elm, George, M.D., Leahoe, Hertford. 1878 Elsden, James Yincent, B.Sc, F.C.S., Storrington, Pul- horoufjli, Sussex. 1875 Essex, Right Honourable the Earl of, Cassiohury Park, Watford. 1878 Ewing, Rev. J. Aiken, M.A., Westmill Rectory, Bunting- ford. 1875 *Evans, John, D.C.L., LL.D., Treas. R.S., F.S.A., E.L.S., F.G.S., F.M.S., Nash Mills, Hemel Hempstead. — *Evans, Mrs. John, Nash Mills, Hemel Hempstead. 1879 Evans, J. Tasker, M.D., Fore Street, Hertford. — Evans, Ernest R., Fore Street, Hertford. 1875 Falconer, Rev. W., M.A., F.R.A.S., The Rectory, Bushey. — Fawcett, W. M., Mardale House, IVafford. 1879 Flower, John, M.A., F.Z.S., 6, Fairfield Road, Croydon. 1880 Fordham, Ernest 0., Odsey, Royston. 1875 Fordham, H. George, F.G.S., Odsey Grange, Royston. 1881 Fordham, Percy F., Bank House, Royston. 1880 'Foster, J. Ijjon, Millbrook House, Ware. 1875 Fry, Clarence E., 27ie Little Elms, Watford. 1877 Gaubert, Miss L. A., Challi Hill, Bushey 1875 Gee, Rev. Canon, D.D., The Vicarage, Windsor. 1879 Gibbs, Arthur E., The Hollies, Cumberland Road, St.Jlhans. 1875 Gibbs, Surgeon-Major J. G., Braziers, Chipperfield, Rick- mansworth. 1879 Gilbert, Joseph Hemy, Ph.D., F.R.S., F.L.S., F.C.S., F.M.S., Harpenden. — Gilbertson, Henry, Mangrove House, Hertford. 1881 Ginn, Richard, Castle Street, Hertford. 1880 Gisby, George, High Street, Ware. 1875 Gisby, George Heniy, Widbury Hill, Ware. 1881 Gosselin, Gerard J. H., Bengeo Hall, Hertford. 1875 Green, QeovgQ, Field House, Watford. — Green, Walter J., High Street, Watford. — Greg, Robert Philips, F.S.A., F.G.S., F.R.A.S., Coles Park, Buntingford. 1879 Gripper, Jasper, Banes Hill, Bengeo, Hertford. 1875 Groome, John Edward, King^s Langley. 8 XIST OF MEMBEKS. 1875 *Halsey, Thomas F., M.P., Gaddesden Place, Hemel Hempstead ; and 73, Eaton Place, London, S. JV. 1879 Hanbury, Robert, Poles, Ware. 1875 Harford, James U., Upper Nascot, Watford. — Harrison, Edward, Upper Nascot, Watford. 1880 Harrison, R. H., Siglifields, Great Amivell, Ware. — Harvey, Rev. C. W., M.A., F.M.S., Throcking Rectory, Buntingford. 1879 Hawks, Augustus, Springfield, Hertford. 1875 Healey, Miss Laura, Ladif''s Close, Watford. 1879 Heard, H. C, Hailey Hall, Hertford. 1875 Hibbert, A. H. Holland, Munden House, Watford. 1878 Hill, Mrs. Joseph, Frogmoor House, Watford. 1881 Hill, William, jun., Hitchin. 1879 Hoare, Richard, Harden Hill, Tewin, Hertford. 1880 Hodgson, Rev. H. Wade, M.A., The Vicarage, King's Langley. 1875 Holland, Stephen Taprell, Otterspool, Aldenham. — Hollingsworth, C. F., Hyde Lodge, Watford. — Hood, Peter, M.D., Upton House, Watford ; and 23, Loioer Seymour Street, Portman Square, London, W. — Hopkinson, James, Holly Panic, Watford. — Hopkinson, Mrs. James, Holly Banh, Watford. — ^Hopkinson, John, F.L.S., F.G.S., F.R.M.S., F.M.S., Hon. Seo. and Editor, Wamford House, Watford; and 95, New Bond Street, London, W. — ^Hopkinson, Mrs. John, Wansford House, Watford. 1880 Horley, W. Lewis, High Street, Hoddesdon. 1875 Humbert, Charles F., F.G.S., Little Nascot, Watford. 1877 Humbert, Sydney, Tkeasuree, Edgcumhe Lodge, Watford; and 88, St. James' Street, London, S. W. 1879 Hunt, Joseph, High Street, Ware. 1880 Hunt, Thomas, BaldocJc Street, Ware. 1875 lies, F. H. "Wilson, M.D., High Street, Watford. 1880 Ince, Rev. E. Gumming, M.A., Sunhury House, Watford. 1875 James, J. Henry, Kingsivood, Watford. — James, Rev. R. Lee, LL.B., The Vicarage, Watford. 1881 James, Robert M. C, Clarendon Lodge, Watford. 1875 Jeffreys, J. Gwyn, LL.D., F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.S., F.Z.S., F.R.G.S., 1, The Terrace, London, W. ; and AthencBum Club, S. W. 1878 Johnson, Miss, Langley Hill, King's Langley. LIST OF MEMBERS. Q 1879 Keyser, Charles Edward, F.S.A., 3[erry Hill Jlome, Biishey; and 47, Wilton Crescent, London, S. W. 1880 Kirkby, Rev. E. E. Ward, M.A., The Vicarage, Ware. 1876 *Lambcrt, Gcorsjo, E.S.A., Coventry Street, Haymarlcet, London, W. 1880 Langlcy, Rev. C. J., M.A., Grammar School, Berlchamp- stead. 1879 Leake, S. Martin, Marshalls, Ware. 1880 Legg, John E., B.A., Grammar School, Berkhampstead. 1876 Lemon, Oliver, Langley Hill House, King''s Langley. 1880 Lewis, Henry, St. Peter'' s Street, St. Albans. — Lipscomb, Rev. F., IT. A., Frogmore Vicarage, St. Albans. 1875 Littleboy, John E., Hunion Bridge, Watford. 1879 Littleboy, Frederick, Hunton Bridge, Watford. 1875 Lobley, J. Logan, F.G.S., F.R.G.S., 59, Clarendon Road, London, W. ; and Neio Athenceum Club, Ball Mall, S.W. 1879 Longmore, Charles E., Bengeo, Hertford. 1875 Loyd, William Jones, M.A., F.M.S., Langlcyhury, Watford. — Loyd, Mrs., Langleylury, Watford. 1876 *Liicas, Francis, Hitchin. — *Lucas, William, The Firs, Hitchin. 1880 Ludlow, Miss, ChrisVs Hospital, Hertford. — Lytton, Right Honourable the Earl of, G.C.B., Knebworth Parh, Stevenage. 1876 McFarlane, W. McMuiTay, Loudwater, Bickmanstvorth. 1875 McGill, H. J., Aldenham. 1880 McKenzie, Alexander, Hoddesdon. — McKenzie, A. Caius, Hoddesdon. 1879 McMuUen, Howard, The Castle, Hertford. — Manser, Alfred, Lampits, Hoddesdon. — Manser, Edward, Lee Side, Hertford. — Manser, Henry, The Lynch, Hoddesdon. 1877 Marnham, Henry, Beech Lodge, Watford. 1876 Marnham, John, The Hollies, Boxmoor. 1881 ^Marshall, Rev. C. J., M.A., Banesbury, Bengeo, LLertford. 1875 ^Marshall, Frank E., M.A., Harroic. 1880 Marten, G. IS'isbet, The Bank, St. Albans. — Merritt, Charles H., Trinity Villa, Bengeo, Hertford. — Mitchell, James, Ponfeld, Hertford. 1875 Moggridge, Matthew, F.L.S., F.G.S., 8, Bina Gardens, South Kensington, London, S. W. 10 LIST OF MEMBEES. 1881 Murray, Miss Alice, Epcomhs, Hertford. 1880 Mylne, Robert W., F.R.S., E.S.A., F.G.S., Amwell, Ware. 1875 Noakes, Simpson, Bushey Heath. 1876 Niinn, Charles W., i^ore /S^ree^, Hertford. 1880 Odell, Thomas, C^s^/e Street, Hertford. 1879 Odell, William, F.R.C.S., Cmtle Street, Hertford. — Ogle, William, M.A., M.D., 10, Gordon Street, Gordon Square, London, W. C. 1880 Parker, John H. E., Commander R.IT., Ware Park. — Part, C. T., Aldenham Lodge, Watford. — Pavey, George, Ware. — Phillips, Mrs., Woad Mead, St. Alians. 1 879 Phillips, Frederick W., F.L.S., Maidenhead Street, Hertford. 1875 PifFard, Bernard, Hill House, Hemel Hempstead. — Piffard, Mrs., Hill Hoxise, Hemel Hempstead. 1876 "^'Pollard, Joseph, High Doivn, Hitchin. 1879 Price, George, High Street, Ware. 1881 *Pryor, Marlborough R., M.A., F.Z.S., Weston Manor, Stevenage. 1875 Pryor, Robert, High Elms, Watford. 1879 ^Puller, Arthur Giles, M.A., F.S.A., F.Z.S., F.R.G.S., Yowigsbury, Ware. 1880 Ransom, Alfred, Benslow, Hitchin. 1881 Ransom, Francis, Fairfield, Hitchin. 1877 "^'Ransom, William, Fairfield, Hitchin. 1880 Robins, Henry, Railioay Street, Hertford. 1879 Robinson, Isaac, The Wash, Hertford. 1875 Rooper, George, F.Z.S., Nascott House, Watford; and 40, Princes Gardens, London, S. W. 1881 Rooper, Miss, JVffsco^^ iZow.st', Watford. 1875 Roper, Freeman C. S., F.L.S., F.G.S., F.R.M.S., Palgrave House, Easthourne. 1878 Ross, Captain George Ernest, F.G.S., F.R.G.S., Water- side, St. Alhans ; and 170, Cromtcell Road, South Kensington, London, S. W. 1881 Rudge, Rev. F., M.A., Meesden Rectory, Buntingford. 1875 Rudyard, Alfred T., M.D., St. Albans Road, Watford. 1879 ^Salisbury, Most Honourable the Marquis of, K.G., F.R.S., Hatfield House, Hatfield; and 20, Arlington Street, London, S. W. LIST OF MEMBERS. I I 1877 ^Saunders, H. Domain, Brickendon Grange, Hertford. 1875 Soholz, Miss, lieechen Grove, Watford. 1877 Schon, Mrs., IVayhill Road, Andover. 1875 Sedgwick, John, iLlmcote, Watford. 1878 Selby, Miss, Batters Green, Aldenham. — Selby, Miss Nellie, Batters Green, Aldenham. 1879 Sharp, John F. B., Christ's Hospital, Hertford. 1880 Shelly, C. E., B.A., M.B. (Cantab.), M.R.C.S., Hertford. 1875 Silvester, Frank ^Y., F.M.S., Hedges, St. Albans. 1879 Smith, Abel, :M.P., Woodhall Park, Watton, Hertford ; and 35, Chesham Place, London, S. W. 1881 Smith, Abel S. H., Woodhall Park, Watton, Hertford. 1875 Smith, John James, Soiithfield House, Watford. — *Smith, W. Lepard, Nascot Villas, Watford. — Smith, Joseph G., Hamper Mills, Watford. 1880 *Smith, Robert, Goldings, Hertford. 1879 Smith, Urban A., C.E., Castle Street, Hertford. 1880 *Smith-Bosanquet, Horace J., F.ll.G.S., Broxhourne Bury, Hoddesdon. 1879 Smyth, Colonel, The Grange, Welivyn. 1875 Snewing, Charles, Holywell Farm, Watford. 1878 Stevenson, Miss, Chalk Hill, Bushey. 1880 Stokes, Miss Julia, Cecil House, Hertford. 1877 Stone, George, Cassio Bridge, Watford. 1875 Stone, W. T., Watford Heath. 1879 Sworder, Thomas Joseph, Wallfeld, Hertford. — Taylor, Edward, Bishop'' s Stortford. — Taylor, Frederick, Fore Street, Hertford. 1875 Thairlwall, F. J., 169, Gloucester Road, RegenVs Park, London, N. W. 1879 Thomson, Eev. "W. Yalden, St. Andrew's Parsonage, Watford. 1875 Tidcombe, George, jun.. Chalk Hill, Bushey. 1876 Tidcombe, Mrs. G., Chalk Hill, Bushey. 1875 *-Tooke, William A., Pinner Hill. 1878 *Tuke, James Hack, Hitchin. 1877 Turnbiill, George, C.E., F.ll.A.S., F.R.G.S., Rose Hill, Abbofs Langley. 1881 Turner, George, Hoddesdon. 1879 Tween, Charles, 2'he Hermitage, Hertford. 1878 Yaughan, Rev. E. T., M.A., The Parsonage, Hunton Bridge, Watford. 1875 Yerini, WiUiam, Tufnell Villa, Watford. 12 LIST OF MEMBERS. 1879 Yerulara, Eight Honourable the Earl of, F.E.G.S., Gorhamhury, St. Albans. 1875 "Wailes, George, Parh Itoad, Watford. 1879 "Wailes, Herbert, Park Road, Watford. 1875 Walker, J. Watson, Melrose Villa, Watford. — Ward, Miss, St. Albans Road, Watford. 1881 Warner, Miss Alice, Woodlands, Hoddesdon. 1879 Warner, Prank, The Cottage, Hoddesdon. 1881 Warner, Henry, Wormley, Hoddesdon. 1879 Warrener, William, M.D., Castle Street, Sertford. 1875 Waterman, George, Queen'' s Road, Watford. 1881 'Wedi\\,Zd\m., Rutland Lodge, Watford. 1880 White, Miss Anne, North Crescent, Hertford. 1879 Wliite, Miss Rose, Maisonnette, St. Allans. 1880 White, S. Monckton, Elmsleigh, St. Albans. 1879 Whitley, Charles, jun.. Lord Street, Hoddesdon. — Wickham, WilHam, High Street, Ware. 1880 *-Wigram, Miss E., Moor Place, Hadham. 1879 Wilds, William H., St. Andrew's Street, Hertford. 1880 Wiles, E. S., London Road, St. Albans. 1875 Wilson, John, 159, JVew Rond Street, London, W. — Wilson, Miss Mary, Nutfield, Watford. 1880 Wingfield, Eev. Canon, M.A., The Rectory, Welwyn. 1879 Wohlmann, James Beaumont, B.A., Fore Street, Hertford. — Woodhouse, John, M.D., St. Andrew's Street, Hertford. 1878 Wyman, Henry, Heniel Hempstead. END OF VOL. I. STEPHEN AUSTIN AND SONS, PRINTERS, HERTFORD. SEPTEMBER J Price Is. 6d. [1880. TRANSACTIONS OF THE HERTFORDSHIRE NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY AND . FIELD CLUB. (a COXTIXUATIOX of the TKAN.SACTIONS OV the WATFORD NATIUAL HISTOllY SOflKTV.) EDITED BY JOffX HOPKIXSOX, F.L.S., F.G.S. VOL. I. PART 1. CONTENTS : r.voK 1. Address. By the Tresidpnt, J. (Iwvn Jeffreys, LL.D., F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.S., etc 1 2 Animals which have heconie Extinct in Britain within Historic Time.-;. Bv J. E. Hinting, F.L.S., F.Z.S •"' 3. Our British Beetles : Notes on their Classification and Collection. By Arthnr Cottam, F.Il.A.S -'•'' 4. General Observations on Spiders. ByF. M. Campbell, F.L.S., F.Z.S. , F.R.:\r.S. 37 LONDON : DAVID BOGUE, 3, ST. MARTIN'S PLACE, W.C. WATFORD : PUBLIC LIBRARY, <1UI;i:N'S ROAD. HERTFORD : STKl'inCN AUSnX ANU SONS. 1880. Oen OF THE HEETFOEDSHIRE NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY AND FIELT) CLUB. l?t|e8Jdent ; J. GWYN JEFFREYS, LL.D., F.E.S., F.L.S., F.G.S., Etc. The Eev. CANON BRADBY, M.A. ALFRED T. BRETT, M.D. The Right Honourable the EARL COWPER, K.G-. JOHN EVANS, D.C.L., LL.D., F.R.S., F.S.A., F.L.S., F.G.S., Etc. JOHN E. LITTLEBOY. REGINALD A. PRYOR, B.A., F.L.S. CHARLES F. HUMBERT, F.G.S., Little Nascot, Watford; and 88, St. James' Street, London, S. TF. Council : PiiOF. Attfield,Ph.D., F.R.S.,F.C.S. Rev. Canon Bradby, M.A. Alfred T. Brett, M.D. E. M. Chater. Arthur Cottam, F.R.A.S. The Rt. Hon. the Earl Cowper, E.G. R. B. Croft, R.N., F.L.S., F.R.M.S. The Right Hon. the Lord Ebury. The Rt. Hon. the Earl of Essex, John Evans, D.C.L., F.R.S. H. George Fordham, F.G.S. James U. Harford. John Hopkinson, F.L.S., F.G.S. Charles F. Humbert, F.G.S. Sydney Humbert. J. GwYN Jeffreys, LL.D., F.R.S. John E. Littleboy. J. Logan Lobley, F.G.S., F.R.G.S. Rev. H. R. Peel, M.A. Rev. C. M. Perkins, M.A. Joseph Pollard. R. A. Pryor, B.A., F.L.S. F. ^Y. Silvester, F.M.S. "W. Lepard S.mith. JOHN HOPKINSON, F.L.S., F.G.S., Wamf or d Some, Watford. RICHARD B. CROFT, R.N., F.L.S., Fanhams Hall, Ware. ARTHUR COTTAM, F.R.A.S. W. LEPARD SMITH. Eldercroft, Watford. Southfitld House, Watford. Banhoijs : LONDON AND COUNTY BANK, WATFORD. V /< DECEMBER] Price Is. 6d. [1880. TRANSACTIONS OP THE HERTFORDSHIRE NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY AND FIELD CLUB. (a I OXriNUATIOX OF THE TEANSACTIOXS OF THE WATFOKU XATI'KAL HISTORY SOCIETY. EDITED BY JOHN nOPKINSON, F.L.S., F.6.S. VOL. I. PART 2. CONTENTS : PAGK '■>. Ilomoloo-y aud Analoo-v of Plant Orgaus. By the Rev. George Henslow, M.A., F.L.S., F.G.S. . .v. 49 (). Xotes on Birds observed in 1879. By John E. Littleboy 70 7. f)ii the Occnrreuce of Vertlr/o MottUnsiaua, Dupuy, in Hertfordshire. By Htury Groves. (Plate I.) '. 81 8. Note on the Pupation of the Stag-Beetle. By Arthur Cottam, F.R.A.S 83 y. Anuiversarv Adcbess. By the President, J. Gwj-n Jeffreys, LL.D., F.R.S., F.L.S., "F.G.S., etc 8.') LOXDOT^ : DAVID BOGUE, 3, ST. MARTIN'S PLACE, "W.C. WATFORD : PUBLIC LIBRARY, QUEEN'S ROAD. HERTFORD : STEPHEN AUSTIN AND SONS. 1880. -o^- y ¥ HERTFORDSHIRE NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY AND FIELD CLUB. The objects of the' Society are: — 1. The mvestigation of the Meteorology, Geology, Botany, and Zoology of the County of Hertford. 2. The publication of the results of such investigation made by its Members. 3. The dissemination amongst its Members of information on Natiu-al History and Microscopical Science. 4. The formation of a Library of works on Natural History, and of a Museiim illustrative of the Geology, Eotany, and Zoology of the County (the Vertebrata excepted). 5. The discouragement of the practice of removing rare plants from the localities of -which they are characteristic, and of exterminating rare birds, fish, and other animals. " The head-quarters of the Society are at the Watford Public Library, Avhere Evening Meetings are held during the winter on the Third Tuesday in each month. Evening meetings are also held at St. Albans, Hertford, Ware, and other places ; and during the summer months Field Meetings are held in various parts of the County. The Transactions of the Society, which have already contributed materially to the knowledge of the Natural History of the County, are pubhshed in parts, each containing from 32 to 48 pages, at intervals of about three months, and are issued free to Members. Members pay an Entrance Fee of 10s., and an Annual Subscription of 10s., for which they may compound by a payment of £5. Ladies are eligible for election. Donations to the Library, and letters relating thereto, should be adcbessed to the Librarian, Arthm- Cottam, F.R.A.S., Eldercroft, Watford ; and to the Museum, to the Ciu-ator, W. L. Smith, Nascot VLUas, Watford. Subscrip- tions, etc., are payable to the Treasurer, C. F. Humbert, F.G.S., Little Nascot, AYatford. All other communications relating to the Society should be addressed to John Hopkinson, F.L.S., Wansford House, Watford, or to R. B. Croft, E.N.,F.L.S., Fanhams Hall, AVare, the Honorary Secretaries. PUBLICATIONS OF THE SOCIETY. Transactions of the Watford Natural History Society. YoL. I. (312 pages). Trice 10s. 6d. Part 1. July, 1875 U. Od. Part 6. Mar. 1877 Is. Od. „ 2. Nov. 1875 Is.Od. „ 7. July, 1877 Is. 6d. ,. 3. Mar. 1876 1.9.0c?. ,, S.Dec. 1877 U. Od. ,, 4. Juue,1876 Is. Od. ,, 9. April, 1878 Is. Od. ., 5. Oct. 1876 Is.Qd. ,, 10. Aug. 1878 Is. Od. Vol. II. (320 pages). Price 10s. ed. Part 1. July, 1878 Is. 6<;. Part 5. Sept. 1879 l.i. Od. ,, 2. Dec. 1878 Is. 6d. ,, 6. Dec. 1879 Is. 6d. ,. 3. Mar. 1879 Is. Od. ,, 7. April, 1880 Is. Od. ,, 4. .June, 1879 Is. 6d. ,, 8. June, 1880 Is. Od. Transactions of the Hertfordshire Natural History Society. Vol. I. (in progress). Part 1. Sept. 1880 Is. Od. Part 2. Dec. 1880 ... ! Is. Od. London : David Bogue, 3, St. Martin's Place, "W.C. "Watford : Public Library, Queen's Eoad. Hertford : Stephen Austin & Sons. o IF" IF" I a E :e^ s OF THE HEETFOEDSHIRE NATUEAL HISTOEY SOCIETY AND FIELD CLUB. J. GWYN JEFFEETS, LL.D., F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.S., Etc. The Eev. CANON BEADBY, M.A. ALFEED T. BEETT, M.D. The Eight Honourable the EAEL COWPEE, K.G. JOHN EVANS, D.C.L., LL.D., F.E.S., F.S.A., F.L.S., F.G.S., Etc. JOHN E. LITTLEBOY. EEGINALD A. PEYOE, B.A., F.L.S. ^t|easm|eii : CHAELES F. HUMBEET, F.G.S., Little Nascot, Wmtford; and 88, St. James' Street, London, S. W. (Council : Piiof.Attfield,Ph.D., F.E.S.,F.C.S. Eev. Canon Bradby, M.A. Alfred T. Brett, M.D. E. M. Chater. Arthur Cottam, F.E.A.S. The Et. Hon. the Earl Cowper, K.G. E. B. Croft, E.N., F.L.S., F.E.M.S. The Eight Hon. the Lord Ebury. The Et. Hon. the Earl of Essex. John Evans, D.C.L., F.E.S. H. George Fordham, F.G.S. James U. Harford. John Hopkinson, F.L.S., F.G.S. Charles F. Humbert, F.G.S. Sydney Humbert. J. Gwyn Jeffreys, LL.D., F.E.S. John E. Littleboy. J. Logan Lobley, F.G.S., F.E.G.S. Eev. H. E. Peel, M.A. Eev. C. M. Perkins, M.A. Joseph Pollard. E. A. Pryor, B.A., F.L.S. F. W. Silvester, F.M.S. "W. Lepard Smith. JOHN HOPKINSON, F.L.S., F.G.S., Wansford House, Watford. EICHAED B. CEOFT, E.N., F.L.S., Fanhams Hull, TFare. Libt|at|ian; ^ui|ato)|: AETHUE COTTAM, F.E.A.S., Lldercroft, Watford. Nascot Villas, Watford. W. LEPAED SMITH, ;iBanhei|$ : LONDON AND COUNTY BANK, WATFOED. MARCH] Price Is. 6d. [1881. TPvxiNSACTIONS OF THE HERTFORDSHIRE NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY AND FIELD OLUB. (a continuation of the transactions of the "WATFORD NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY.) EDITED BY JOHN HOPKINSON, F.L.S., F.G.S. VOL. I. PART 3. CONTENTS : p^c,5 10. Notes on Sponges, Recent and Fossil. By Henry Gilbertson 97 11. The Post-Tertiary Deposits of Hertfordshire. By J. Vincent Elsden, B.Sc, F.C.S. (Hlustrated) 103 12. Observations on Rotifers, with special reference to those found in the Neigh- bomhood of Hertford. By F. W. Phillips. (With a Plate. ) 113 13. Meteorological Observations taken at "Wansford House, Watford, duiing the year 1876. By John Hopkinsou, F.L.S., F.M.S., etc., Hon. Sec 121 14. Report on the Rainfall in Hertfordshire in 1879. By John Hopkinson. (With a Map of Hertfordshire) 127 15. Eeport on Phenological Observations in Hertfordshire in 1879. By John Hopkinson 133 16. Notes on the Fluke in Sheep. By Alfred T. Brett, M.D 139 17. Miscellaneous Notes and Observations 143 DAVID BOGUE, 3, ST. MARTIN'S PLACE, W.C. WATFORD: I HERTFORD: PUBLIC LIBR.\RY, QUEEN'S ROAD. | STEPHEN AUSIIN AND SONS. 1881. HEPtTFOEDSHIRE NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY AND FIELD CLUB. The objects of the Society are: — 1. The investigation of the Meteorology, Geology, Botany, and Zoology of the County of Hertford. 2. The pubKcation of the results of such investigation made by its Members. 3. The dissemination amongst its Members of information on Natural History and Microscopical Science. 4. The formation of a Library of works on Natiu-al History, and of a Museum illustrative of the Geology, Botany, and Zoology of the County (the Vertebrata excepted). 5. The discouragement of the practice of remo^^ng rare plants from the localities of which they are characteristic, and of exterminating rare birds, fish, and other animals. The head-quarters of the Society are at the "Watford Public Library, where Evening Meetings are held during the winter on the Third Tuesday in each month. Evening meetings are also held at St. Albans, Hertford, Ware, and other places ; and during the summer months Field Meetings are held in various parts of the County. The Transactions of the Society, which have already contributed materially to the knowledge of the Natural History of the County, are published in parts, each containing from 32 to 48 pages, at intervals of about three months, and are issued free to Members. Members pay an Entrance Fee of lO.s., and an Annual Subscription of 10s., for which they may compound by a payment of £5. Ladies are eligible for election. Donations to the Library, and letters relating thereto, should be addressed to the Librarian, E. M. Chater, 129, High Street, Watford ; and to the Museum, to the Ciu-ator, F. AY. Silvester, F.M.S., Hedges, St. Albans. Subscriptions, etc., are payable to the Treasurer, C. F. Humbert, F.G.S., Little Nascot, Watford. All other communications relating to the Society should be addressed to John Hnpkinson, F.L.S., Wansford House, Watford, or to E. B. Croft, E.N.,F.L.S., Fanhams Hall, Ware, the Honorary Secretaries. rUBLlCATlONS OF THE SOCIETY. Transactions of the Watford Natural History Society. Vol. I. (312 pages). Trice lOs. Gtl. Part 1. July, 1875 Is. Od. Part 6. Mar. 1877 1.'. Off. „ 2. Nov. 1875 Is.Od. „ 7. Julv, 1877 1«. GcL „ 3. Mar. 1876 U. Od. „ B.Dec. 1877 Is. Or^ „ 4. Juue,1876 1«. 0(^. ,, 9. April, 1878 l,s. 0^/. ,, 5. Oct. 1876 Is. Qd. ,,10. Aug. 1878 Is. Od. YoL. II. (320 pages). Price 10^ 6d. Part 1. Jiilv, 1878 Is. 6f^. Part 5. Sept. 1879 Is. 6^. ,, 2. Dec. 187S Is. 6^/. ,, 6. Dec. 1879 Is. 6'/. ,, 3. Mar. 1879 Is. 0^/. ,, 7. April, 1880 Is. 0^/. ,, 4. June, 1879 Is. 6d. ,, 8. June, 1880 Is. 0(/. Transactions of the Hertfordshire Natural History Society. Vol. I. (in progress). Part 1. Sept. 1880 U. Gd. Part 2. Dec. 1880 Is. Gd. Part 3. March, 1881 Is. Gd. LoNDOX : D.wiD BoGUE, 3, St. Martin's Place, "W.C. "Watford : Public Lirrary, Qieex's Roah. Hertford: Stephen Austin & Sons. O IF IF I G E I?. S OF THE HERTFOEDSHIRE NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY AND FIELD CLUB. GEORGE ROOPER, F.Z.S. I^ice- jf ijesitlenis : PROF. JOHN ATTFIELD, Ph.D., F.R.S , F.C.S. The Rev. C.VNON BRADBY, M.A. ALFRED T. BRETT, M.D. The Right Honourable the EARL COWPER, K.G. J. GWYN JEFFREYS, LL.D., F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.S., Etc. JOHN E. LITTLEBOY. CHARLES F. HUMBERT, F.G.S., little Nascot, Watford; and 88, St. James' Street, London, S, W. Prof. Attfield, Ph.D., F.R.S. Rev. Canon Beadby, M.A. Alfred T. Brett, M.D. E. M. Chater. Arthur Cottam, F.R.A.S. The Rt. Hon. the Earl Co wper, K. G R. B. Croft, R.N., F.L.S., F.R.M.S, The Right Hon. the Lord Ebury, The Rt. Hon. the Earl of Essex. John Evans, D.C.L., LL.D., F.R.S. H. George Fordham, F.G.S. Rev. C. W. Harvey, M.A., F.M.S. Council : John Hopkinson, F.L.S. Charles F. Humbert, F.G.S. Sydney Humbert. J. GwYN Jeffreys, LL.D., F.R.S. John E. Littleboy. J. Logan Lobley, F.G.S., F.R.G.S. Rev. H. R. Peel, M.A. Joseph Pollard. George Roofer, F.Z.S. F. ^Y. Silvester, F.M.S. "SV. Lepard Smith. W. Yerini. J0HN";H0PKIXS0X, F.L.S., F.G.S., IFamford House, Watford. RICHARD B. CROFT, R.N., F.L.S., Fanhams Hall, Ware. Libijaijian ; E. M. CHATER, 129, High St., Watford. ^ui|ato»| : F. W. SILVESTER, F.M.S., Hedges, St. Albans. Banhctjs: LONDON AND COUNTY BANK, WATFORD. APRIL] Price Is. [1881. TRANSACTIONS OF THE HERTFORDSHIRE NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY AIJD FIELD CLUB. (a continuation or the transactions of the WATFORD NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY.) EDITED BY JOHN HOPKINSON, F.L.S., F.G.S. VOL. I. PART 4. CONTENTS : PACK Troceedings, October, 1879, to April, 1880 i.\ Report of the Council for 1879 x\ iii Balance Sheet for 1879 xxiv List of Donations to the Library in 1879 x.w LONDOJ^ : DAVID BOGUE, 3, ST. MARTIN'S PLACE, W.C. WATFORD : I HERTFORD : PUBLIC LIBRARY, QUEEN'S ROAD. | STEPHEN AUSIIX A.NU SUNS. 1881. HERTFOEDSHIRE NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY AND FIELD CLUB. The objects of the Society are: — 1. The mvestigation of the Meteorology, Geology, Botany, and Zoology of the County of Hertford. 2. The publication of the results of such investigation made by its Members. 3. The dissemination amongst its Members of information on Natural History and Microscopical Science. 4. The formation of a Library of works on Natiu-al History, and of a Museum illustrative of the Geology, Botany, and Zoology of the County (the Vertebrata excepted). 5. The discom-agement of the practice of removing rare plants from the localities of which they are characteristic, and of exterminating rare birds, fish, and other animals. The head-quarters of the Society are at the "Watford Public Library, where Evening Meetings are held during the winter on the Third Tuesday in each mouth. Evening meetings are also held at St. Albans, Hertford, Ware, and other places ; and during the summer months Field Meetings are held in various parts of the County. The Transactions of the Society, which have already contributed materially to the knowledge of the Natural History of the County, are published in parts, each containing from 32 to 48 pages, at intervals of about three months, and are issued free to Members. Members pay an Entrance Fee of lOs., and an Annual Subscription of 10s., for which they may compound by a payment of £5. Ladies are eligible for election. Donations to the Library, and letters relating thereto, should be addi'essed to the Librarian, E. M. Chater, 129, High Street, "Watford ; and to the Museum, to the Curator, F. W. Silvester, F.M.S., Hedges, St. Albans. Subscriptions, etc., are payable to the Treasm-er, C. F. Humbert, F.G.S., Little Nascot, Watford. All other communications relating to the Society should be addressed to John Hopkinson, F.L.S., Wansford House, Watford, or to R. B. Croft, R.N.,F.L.S., Fanhams Hall, Ware, the Honorary Secretaries. PUBLICATIONS OF THE SOCIETY. Transactions o ■ the Watford Natural History Society. Vol. I. (312 pages). Price 10s. Gd. Part 1. Jiily, 1875 Is. Od. Part 6. Mar. 1877 1«. Od. „ 2. Nov. 1875 Is. Or/. ,,7. July, 1877 Is. 6d. „ 3. Mar. 1876 U. Od. ,, S.Dec. 1877 Is. 0(/. . , 4. Jime, 1876 Is. Od. „ 9. April, 1878 Is. Od. ,. O.Oct. 1876 Is. 0(/. ,, 10. Aut?. 1878 Is. Orf. Vol. II. (320 pages). Price 10s. 6d. Part 1. July, 1878 Is. 6^/. Part o. Sept. 1879 U. 6d. ,, 2. Dec. 1878 Is. 6d. ,, 6. Dec. 1879 Is. 6d. ,, 3. Mar. 1879 Is. Or?. ,, 7. April, 1880 Is. Od. „ 4. June, 1879 Is. 6d. ,, 8. June, 1880 Is. Od. Transactions of the Hertfordshire Natural History Society. Vol. I. (in progi*ess). Part 1. Sept. 1880 Is. 6f/. Part 3. Mar. 1881 Is. 6d. ,, 2. Dec. 1880 Is. 6d. „ 4. April 1881 Is. Od. London : David Bogue, 3, St. Martin's Place, "W.C. "Watford : Public Library, Queen's Road. Hertford : Stephen Austin & Sons. OF THE HERTFORDSHIRE NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY AND FIELD CLUB. GEOEGE ROOPER, F.Z.S. Ii^ic8-;tfi{esidents: PROF. JOHX ATTFIELD, Ph.D., F.R.S, F.C.S. The Rev. CANON BRADBY, M.A. ALFRED T. BRETT, M.D. The Right Honourable the EARL COWPER, E.G. J. GWYN JEFFREYS, LL.D., F.R.S. , F.L.S., F.G.S., Etc. JOHN E. LITTLEBOY. CHARLES F. HUMBERT, F.G.S., Little Nascot, Watford; and 88, St. lames' Street, London, S. W. Council : Pkof. Attfield, Ph.D., F.R.S. Rev. Canox Bradby, M.A. Alfred T. Brett, M.D. E. M. Chater. Arthur Cottam, F.R.A.S. The Rt. Hon. the Earl Cowper, K.G. R. B. Croft, R.N., F.L.S., F.R.M.S. The Right Hon. the Lord Ebury. The Rt. Hon. the Earl of Essex. John Evans, D.C.L., LL.D., F.R.S. H. George Fordham, F.G.S. Rev. C. W. Harvey, M.A., F.M.S. John Hopkinson, F.L.S. Charles F. Humbert, F.G.S. Sydney Humbert. J. GwYN Jeffreys, LL.D., F.R.S. John E. Littleboy. J. Logan Lobley, F.G.S., F.R.G.S. Rev. H. R. Peel, M.A. Joseph Pollard. George Roofer, F.Z.S. F. ^Y. Silvester, F.M.S. "W. Lepard Smith. William Verini. JOHN HOPKINSON, F.L.S., F.G.S., Wansford House, Watford. RICHARD B. CROFT, R.N., F.L.S., Fan hams Hall, Ware. Is\hr{Qx\\nn ; ^\x^dior{i E. M. CHATER, 129, Hi(/h St., Watford. Hedges, St. Albans F. W. SILVESTER, F.M.S., Banhei|$: LONDON AND COUNTY BANK, WATFORD. JULY J Price Is. Gd. [1881. % TRANSACTIONS OF THE HERTFORDSHIRE ATURAL H [STORY SOCIETY AND FIELD OLUB. (a continuation of the transactions of the WATFOllD NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY.) EDITED BY .JOUN HOPKINSON, F.L.S., F.G.S. VOL. I. PART 5. CONTENTS : p,,^,g 18. A Few Words on Tertiary Man. By John Evans, D.C.L., LL.D., F U.S. 145 19. Rainfall in Hertfordshire, 1840-79. By the Rev. C.W. Harvey, M.A., F.M.S. 151 20. TheFloodintheValleyof the Gade, 3rd August, 1879. By John E. Littleboy. . 159 21. On the Importance of Recording Erratic Blocks. By H. G. Fordham, F.G.S. . . 103 22. Note on the Schwendenerian Theory of Lichens. By R. B. Croft, R.N., F.L.S., F.R.M.S 160 23. On a Species of Chatospira found at Hoddesdon. By F. W. Phillips 168 24. On the Occurrence of Red Snow in Hertfordshire. By R. B. Croft, R.X., F.L.S., F.R.M.S 170 25. Anniversary Address. Bv the President, J. Gwvn Jeffreys, LL.D. F.R.S., F.L.S., 'F.G.S., etc. .'. '. , ...... 173 LOiN'DOX : DAVID BOGUE, 3, ST. MARTIN'S PLACE, W.C. WATFORD: I HERTFORD: PUBLIC UBU.\RY, QUEEN'S ROAD. I STErUEN AUSTIN AXD SOXS. ISSl. HEETFORDSHIRE NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY AND FIELD CLUB. The objects of the Society are: — 1. The investigation of the Meteorology, Geology, Botany, and Zoology of the County of Hertford. 2. The i)ublication of the results of such investigation made by its Members. 3. The dissemination amongst its Members of information on Natural History and Microscopical Science. 4. The formation of a Library of works on JVatm-al History, and of a Museum illustrative of the Geology, Botany, and Zoology of the County (the Vertebrata excepted). 5. The discoiu-agemeut of the practice of removing rare plants froni the localities of which they are characteristic, and of exterminating rare birds, fish, and other animals. The head-quarters of the Society are at the W^'atford Public Library, vrhere Evening Meetings are held during the winter on the Third Tuesday in each month. Evening meetings are also held at St, Albans, Hertford, Ware, and other places ; and during the summer months Field Meetings are held in various parts of the County. The Transactions of the Society, which have already contributed materially to the knowledge of the Natural History of the County, are published in parts, each containing from 32 to 48 pages, at intervals of about three months, and are issued free to Members. Members pay an Entrance Fee of 10«., and an Annual Subscription of 10s., for which they may compound by a payment of £5. Ladies are eligible for election. ,v Donations to the Library, and letters relating thereto, should be addressed to the Librarian, E. M. Chater, 129, High Street, Watford ; and to the Museum, to the Curator, F. W. Silvester, F.M.S., Hedges, St. Albans. Subscriptions, etc., are payable to the Treasurer, C. F. Humbert, F.G.S., Little Nascot, Watford. All other communications relating to the Society should be addressed to John Hopkinson, F.L.S., Wansford House, Watford, or to R. B. Croft, Il.N.,F.L.I:>., Fanhams Hall, Ware, the Honorary Secretaries. PUBLICATIONS OF THE SOCIETY. Transactions of the Watford Natural History Society. Vol. I. (312 pages). Piiee 10s. 0,(1 Part 1 . .July, 1875 \s. Od. Part 6. Mm: 1877 Is. Od. „ 2. Nov. 1875 Kv. Or/. „ 7. July, 1877 Is. Gd. „ 3. Mar. 1876 Is. 0^. ,, 8. Dec. 1877 Is. Od. ,, 4. June, 1876 Is. Od. ,, 9. April, 1878 Is. Od. ,, 5. Oct. 1876 U. Od. ,, 10. Aug. 1878 Is. Od. Vol. it. (320 pages). Price 10s. Gd. Part 1. July, 1878 Is. 6d. Part 5. Sept. 1879 U. 6d. „ 2. Dec. 1878 Is. 6d. ,, 6. Dec. 1879 Is. 6d. „ 3. Mar. 1879 Is. Od. „ 7. April, 1880 Is. Od. „ 4. June, 1879 Is. 6d. „ 8. June, 1880 Is. 0^/. Transactions of the Hertfordshire Natural History Society. Vol. I. (in progress). Part 1. Sept. 1880 Is. 6d. Part 3. :\rar. 1881 Is. 6d. „ 2. Dec. 1880 U. 6d. ,, 4. April 1881 Is. Od. Part 5. July 1 881 Is. 6d. JjONDon : DAyiD Bogue, 3, St. Martin's Place, W.C. Watford : Public Library, Queen's Road. IIeutkord: Stephen Au.stin & Sons. OF THE HERTFORDSHIRE NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY AND FIELD CLUB. GEORGE ROOFER, F.Z.S. PROF. JOHN ATTFIELD, Ph.D., F.R.S, F.C.S. The Rev. C.VNON BRADBY, M.A. ALFRED T. BRETT, M.D. The Right Honourable the EARL COWPER, K.G. J. GWYN JEFFREYS, LL.D., F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.S., Etc. JOHN E. LITTLEBOY. CHARLES F. HUMBERT, F.G.S., Little Ifascot, Wntfurd ; and 88, St. Janus Street, London, S. IF. Prof. Attfield, Ph.D., F.R.S. Rev. Canon Bradby, M A. Alfred T. Brett, M.D. E. M. Chater. Arthur Cottam, F.R.A.S. The Rt. Hon. the Earl Cowper, K G. R. B. Croft, R.N., F.L.S., F.R.M.S. The Right Hon. the Lord Euuuy. The Rt. Hon. the Earl of Essex. John Evans, D.C.L., LL.D., F.R.S. H. George Fordham, F.G.S. Rev. C. W. Harvey, M.A., F.M.S. (fJouncil: John Hopkinson, F.L.S. Charles F. Humbert, F.G.S. Sydney Humbert. J. GwYN Jeffreys, LL.D., F.R.S, John E. Littleboy. J. Logan Lobley, F.G.S., F.R.G.S. Rev. H. R. Peel, M.A. Joseph Pollard. George RoopER, F.Z.S. F. W. Silvester, F.M.S. W. LePARD S.MITH. William Vebini. iJ^onoiiaiiy $eci|etai|ies : JOHN HOPKINSON, F.L.S., F.G.S., Wamford House, Watford. RICHARD B. CROFT, R.N., F.L.S. , Fanhams Hall, Ware. E. M. CHATER, 129, Hifjh St., Watford. ^uijatoii: F. W. SILVESTER, F.M.S., Hedges, St. Albans. Banl>ci;s: LONDON AND COUNTY BANK, WATFORD. OCTOBER] Price Is. [1881. TRANSACTIONS OP TIEE HERTFORDSHIRE NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY FIELD OLXJB. (a continuation of the transactions of the avatford natural history society.) EDITED BY JOHN HOPKINSON, F.L.S., E.G.S. VOL. I. PART 6. CONTENTS : PAGE 26. The Formation and Arrangement of Provincial Museums. By John Hopkin- son, F.L.S., F.G.S., Hon. Sec 193 27. On Local Museums. By H. George Fordhara, F.G.S 215 28. Eeport on the EainfaU in Ilertfordshire in 1880. By the Rev. C. W. Harvey, M.A., F.M.S 221 29. The Frost of Januaiy, 1881, as experienced in Hertfordshire. By the Rev. C. W. Harvey 228 DAVID BOGUE, 3, ST. MARTIN'S PLACE, W.C. WATFORD : PUBLIC LIBKARY, QUEEN'S ROAD. HERTFORD : STEPHEN AUSTIN AND SONS. 1881. HERTFORDSHIRE NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY AND FIELD CLFB. The objects of tlie Society are: — 1. The investigation of the Meteorology, Geology, Botany, and Zoology of the County of Hertford. 2. The publication of the results of such investigation made by its Members. 3. The dissemination amongst its Members of information on Natiiral History and Microscopical Science. 4. The formation of a Library of works on Natural History, and of a Museum illustrative of the Geology, Botany, and Zoology of the County (the Vertebrata excepted). 5. The discouragement of the practice of removing rare plants from the localities of which they are characteristic, and of exterminating rare birds, fish, and other animals. The head-quarters of the Society are at the Watford Public Library, where Evening Meetings are held during the winter on the Third or Fourth Tuesday in each month. Evening meetings are also held at St. Albans, Hertford, Ware and other places ; and during the summer months Field Meetings are held in various parts of the County. The Transactions of the Society, which have already contributed materially to the knowledge of the Xatural History of the County, are published in parts, each containing from 32 to 48 pages, at intervals of about three months, and are issued free to Members. Members pay an Entrance Fee of 10s., and an Annual Subscription of 10.?., for which they may compound by a payment of £5. Ladies are eligible for election. Donations to the Library, and letters relating thereto, should be addressed to the Librarian, E. M. Chater, 129, High Street, Watford ; and to the Museum, to the Curator, F..W. SUvester, F.M.S., Hedges, St. Albans. Subscriptions, etc., are payable to the Treasurer, C. F. Humbert, F.G.S., Little Nascot, Watford. All other communications relating to the Society should be addressed to John H-.pkinson, F.L.S., Wansford House, Watford, or to E. B, Croft, K.N.,F.L.-S., Fanhams Hall, Ware, the Honorary Secretaries. PUBLICATIONS OF THE SOCIETY. Transactions of the Watford Natural History Society. Vol. I. 1875-78. (312 pages). Price 10s. 6d. In Parts: — 1-6, and 8-10, Is. each; 7, Is. 6d. Vol. II. 1878-80. (320 pages). Price 10.?. 6d. In Parts : — 1, 2, 4, 5, and 6, Is. Qd. each ; 3, 7, and 8, Is. each. Transactions of the Hertfordshire Natural History Society. Vol. I. (in progress). Parts 1, 2, 3, and 5, Is Gd, each ; 4 and 6, Is. each. PROVISIONAL LIST OF RECOllDERS. ZOOLOGY. Vertebrata. Mammalia A. T. Brett, M.D., Watford House. Aves J. E. Littleboy, Iluutou Bridge. Eeptilia George Tui-aer, Iloddesdon. Anipbibia „ „ Pisces J. E. Littleboy. Arthropoda. Insecta (injurious) Miss E. A. Ormerod, Dunster Lodge, Isleworth. Coleoptera Arthur Cottam, Watford. Arachnida F. M. Campbell, F.L.S., Iloddesdon. Vermes. Eotifera F. W. PhQlips, Hertford. Scolecida A. T. Brett, M.D. Protozoa. Infusoria F. W. Phillips. BOTANY. Ackogens. Filicales J. E. Littleboy. Thaxloge^s. Lichenales R. B. Croft, R.N., F.L.S., Ware. Fungales R. T. Andrews, Hertford. ,, (microscopic) . . E. M. Chater, Watford, Algales. ConfervacefB R. B. Croft. Desmidiacese C. W. Nunn, Hertford. Diatomaceae I. Robinson, Hertford. GEOLOGY. H. George Fordham, F.G.S., Odsey, Royston. METEOROLOGY. Rev. C. W. Harvey, F.M.S., Throcking, Buntingford. Members are desired to communicate any information they may possess on the Natural History of Hertfordshire to the above-named Recorders ; or, in depart- ments for which no Recorder is named, to one of the Honorary Secretaries. Lists (with localities, etc.) of plants or animals collected or observed are especially desired, and when possible the specimens (Vertebrata excepted) should accom- pany the records of their occurrence. The Secretaries will be glad to receive the names of other members willing to act as Recorders. OF THE HEETFOEDSHIRE NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY AND FIELD CLUB. GEORGE ROOPER, F.Z.S. PROF. JOHN ATTFIELD, Ph.D., F.R.S., F.C.S. The Rev. CANON BRADBY, M.A. ALFRED T. BRETT, M.D. ). The Right Honourable the EARL COWPER, K.G. J. GWYN JEFFREYS, LL.D., F.R.S., F.L.S., P.G.S., Etc. JOHN E. LITTLEBOY. CHARLES F. HUMBERT, F.G.S., Little Nascot, Watford; and 88, St. James' Street, London, S. W. Council: Prof. Attfield, Ph.D., F.R.S. Eev. Canon Bradby, MA. Alfred T. Brett, M.D. E. M. Chater. Arthur Cottam, F.R.A.S. The Rt. Hon. the Earl Cowper, K.G. R. B. Croft, R.N., F.L.S., F.R.M.S. The Right Hon. the Lord Eburt. The Rt. Hon. the Earl of Essex. John Evans, D.C.L., LL.D., F.R.S. H. George Fordham, F.G.S. Rev. C. W. Harvey, M.A., F.M.S. John Hopkinson, F.L.S. Charles F. Humbert, F.G.S. Sydney Humbert. J. GwYN Jeffreys, LL.D., F.R.S. John E. Littleboy. J. Logan Lobley, F.G.S., F.R.G.S. Rev. H. R. Peel, M.A. Joseph Pollard. George Roofer, F.Z.S. F. W. Silvester, F.M.S. W. Lepard Smith. William Verini. JOHN HOPKINSON, F.L.S., F.G.S., Wansford Rome, Watford. RICHARD B. CROFT, R.N., F.L.S., Fanhams Hall, Ware. Libtiat|iatt: ^ut|atoi|: E. M. CHATER, 129, Sigh St., Watford. F. W. SILVESTER, F.M.S., Sedges, St. Albans. Banl^ei|8 : LONDON AND COUNTY BANK, WATFORD. DECEMBER] Price Is. [1881. TRANSACTIONS OF THE HERTFORDSHIRE NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY FIELD CLUB. (a tOXTIXUATION OF THE TKANSACTIOXS OF THE ■\VATFORI) NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY.) EDITED BY JOHN HOPKINSON, F.L.S., F.G.S. VOL. I. PART 7. CONTENTS : PAOB 30. Meteorological Observations taken at Thvockiug, Herts, dui-ing the year 1880. By the' Eev. C. W. Harvey, M.A., F.M.S 233 31. Notes on Birds observed during the year 1880, and the first three months of 1881. By John E. Littleboy 239 32. MeteoroloE^ical Observations taken at Wansford House, Watford, dming the year 1880. By John Hopkiuson, F.L.S., F.M.S 251 33. Report on Phenological Observations in Hertfordshii-e in 1880. By John Hopkinson , 257 34. On the presence of Cilia on the Tadpole of the Common Frog. Bv R. B. Croft, R.N., F.LS., F.R.M.S ' 264 LONDOX : DAVID BOGUE, 3, ST. MARTIN'S PLACE, "W.C. WATFORD : I HERTFORD : PUBLIC LIBRARY, QUEEN'S ROAD. I STEPHEN AUSTLIST AND SONS. 1881. HERTFORDSHIRE NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY AND FIELD CLUB. The objects of the Society are: — 1. The investigation of the Meteorology, Geology, Botany, and Zoology of the County of Hertford. 2. The piibKcation of the results of such investigation made by its Members. 3. The dissemination amongst its Members of information on Natural History and Microscopical Science. 4. The formation of a Library of works on Natural History, and of a Museum illustrative of the Geology, Botany, and Zoology of the County (the Vertebfata excepted). 5. The discom-agement of the practice of removing rare plants from the localities of which they are characteristic, and of exterminating rare birds, fish, and other animals. The head-quarters of the Society are at the Watford Public Library, where Evening Meetings are held during the winter on the Third or Fourth Tuesday in each month. Evening meetings are also held at St, Albans, Hertford, Ware and other places ; and during the summer months Field Meetings are held in various parts of the County. The Transactions of the Society, which have already contributed materially to the knowledge of the Natural History of the County, are published in parts, each containing from 32 to 48 pages, at intervals of about three months, and are issued free to Members. Members pay an Entrance Fee of 10s., and an Anmial Subscription of 10s., for which they may compound by a payment of £5. Ladies are eligible for election. Donations to the Library, and letters relating thereto, should be addressed to the Librarian, E. M. Chater, 129, High Street, "Watford ; and to the Museum, to the Ciu-ator, F. W. Silvester, F.M.S., Hedges, St. Albans. Subscriptions, etc., are payable to the Treasm-er, C. F. Humbert, F.G.S., Little Nascot, "Watford. All other communications relating to the Society should be addressed to John Hopkinson, F.L.S., Wansford House, Watford, or to R. B. Croft, E.N.,F.L.S., Fanhams Hall, Ware, the Honorary Secretaries. PUBLICATIONS OF THE SOCIETY. Transactions of the Watford Natural History Society. Vol. I. 1875-78. (312 pages). Trice 10s. 6d. In Parts:— 1-6, and 8-10, Is. each; 7, Is. Gd. Vol. II. 1878-80. (320 pages). Price 10s. 6d. In Parts : — 1, 2, 4, 5, and 6, Is. Gd. each ; 3, 7, and 8, Is. each. Transactions of the Hertfordshire Natural History Society. Vol. I. (in progress). Parts 1, 2, 3, and ;3, Is. Gd. cadi ; 4 and G, Is. each. PllOVISIOI^AL LIST OF RECOllDERS. ZOOLOGY. Vertebrata. Mammalia A. T. Brett, M.D., Watford Ilouse. Arcs J. E. Littleboy, Iluntou Bridge. Eeptilia George Turner, Iloddesdon. Amphibia ,, „ Pisces J. E. Littleboy. Arthrofoda. Iiisecta (injurious) Miss E. A. Ormerod, Dunster Lodge, Isleworth. Coleoptera Arthur Cottam, "Watford. Arachnida F. M. Campbell, F.L.S., Iloddesdon. Vermes. Eotifera F. W. Phillips, Hertford. Scolecida A. T. Brett, M.D. Protozoa. Infusoria F. W. Phillips. BOTANY. ACROGENS. Filicales J. E. Littleboy. Thallogens. Lichenales R. B. Croft, R.X., F.L.S., Ware. Fuiigales R. T. Andrews, Hertford. ,, (microscopic) . . £. M. Cbater, Watford. Algales. Confervacesc Pi. B. Croft. Desmidiaceffi C. W. Xunn, Hertford. Diatomacene I. Robinson, Hertford. GEOLOGY. H. George Fordham, F.G.S., Odsey, Royston. METEOllOLOGY. Rev. C. W. Harvey, F.M.S., Throcking, Buntingford. Members are desired to communicate any information they may possess on the Natural History of Hertfordshire to the above-named Recorders ; or, in depart- ments for wliich no Recorder is named, to one of the Honorary Secretaries. Lists (with localities, etc.) of plants or animals collected or observed are especially desired, and when possible the specimens (Vertebrata excepted) should accom- pany the records of their occurrence. The Secretaries will be glad to receive the names of other members willing to act as Recorders. 1 OF THE HERTFORDSHIRE NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY AND FIELD CLUB. GEOEGE ROOPER, F.Z.S. PROF. JOHN ATTFIELD, Ph.D., F.R.S., F.C.S. The Rev. C.\N0N BRAD BY, M.A. ALFRED T. BRETT, M.D. The Right Honourable the EARL COWPER, K.G. ,J. GWTN JEFFREYS, LL.D., F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.S., Etc. JOHN E. LITTLEBOY. ^ijeasuriei] : CHARLES F. HUMBERT, F.G.S., Little Nascot, Watford ; and 88, St. James Street, London, S. W. (Council : Prof. Attfield, Ph.D., F.R.S. Rev. Canon Bradby, M.A. Alfred T. Brett, M.D. E. M. Chater. Arthur Cott.^m, F.R.A.S. The Rt. Hon. the Earl Co wper, K. G. R. B. Croft, R.N., F.L.S., F.R.M.S. The Right Hon. the Lord Eburt. The Rt. Hon. the Earl of Essex. John Evans, D.C.L., LL.D., F.R.S. H. George Fordham, F.G.S. John Hopkinson, F.L.S. Charles F. Humbert, F.G.S. Sydney Humbert. J. GwYN Jeffreys, LL.D., F.R.S. John E. Littleboy. J. Logan Lobley, F.G.S., F.R.G.S. Rev. H. R. Peel, M.A. Joseph Poll.^rd. George RooPER, F.Z.S. F. ^Y. Silvester, F.M.S. W. Lepard Smith. Rev. C. W. Harvey, M.A,, F.M.S. I William Visrini. ;}jJouo)|atit) ^eci|eta)|ies : JOHN HOPKINSON, F.L.S., F.G.S., Wansford House, Watford. RICHARD B. CROFT, R.N., F.L.S., Fanhams Hall, Ware. Libi|ai|ian : (3^ui|atoj|! E. M, chater, I F. W. SILVESTER, F.M.S., 129, Hiffh St., Watford. I Hedges, St. Albans. !t3anhej|s: LONDON AND COUNTY BANK, WATFORD. APRIl] Price 1«. [1882. TRANSACTIONS OF THE HERTFORDSHIRE NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, AND FIELD CLUB. (a CONTINl' ATTON of THE TRANSACTIONS OK THE ^VATK()K]) NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY.) EDITED BY JOHN HOP KIN SON, F.L.S., E.G.S. VOL. I. PART 8. CONTENTS : PAGE Reports of the Field Meetings, 1880 xxxiii Proceedings, Oct. 1880, to April, 1881 xl ■Report of the Council for 1880 xlvi Balance Sheet for 1880 H Donations to the Lihrary in 1880 Hi Reports of the Field Meetings, 1881 ; Iviii LONDON : DAVID ROGUE, 3, ST. MARTIN'S PLACE, "W.C. WATFORD : PUBLIC LIBRARY, QUEEN'S ROAD. HERTFORD : STEPHEN AUSTIN AND SONS. 1882. HEETFOEDSHIRE NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY AND FIELD CLUB. The objects of the Society are: — 1. The investigation of the Meteorolog)-, Geology, Botany, and Zoology of the County of Hertford. 2. The publication of the results of such investigation made by its Members. 3. The dissemination amongst its Members of information on Natural History and Microscopical Science. 4. The formation of a Library of works on Natural History, and of a Museum illustrative of the Geology, Botany, and Zoology of the County (the Vertebrata excepted). 5. The discouragement of the practice of removing rare plants from the localities of which they are characteristic, and of exterminating rare birds, fish, and other animals. The head-quarters of the Society are at the Watford Public Library, where Evening Meetings are held during the winter on the Third Tuesday in each month. Evening meetings are also held at St. Albans, Hertford, Ware, and other places ; and during the summer months Field Meetings are held in various parts of the County. The Transactions of the Society, which have already contributed materially to the knowledge of the Natural History of the County, are published in parts, each containing from 32 to 48 pages, at intervals of about three months, and are issued free to Members. Members pay an Entrance Fee of lOs., and an Annual Subscription of 10s., for which they may compound by a payment of £b. Ladies are eligible for election. Donations to the Library, and letters relating thereto, should be addressed to the Librarian, E. M. Chater, 129, High Street, Watford ; and to the Museum, to the CuraW, F. W. Silvester, F.M.S., Hedges, St. Albans. Subscriptions, etc., are payable to the Treasurer, Sydney Humbert, Watford. All other communications relating to the Society should be addressed to John Hopkinson, F.L.S., Wansford House, Watford, or to R. B. Croft, Il.N.,F.L.S., Fanhams Hall, Ware, the Honorary Secretaries. PUBLICATIONS OF THE SOCIETY. Transactions of the Watford Natural History Society. Vol. I. 1875-78. (312 pages). Price 10s. 6d. In Parts: — 1-6, and 8-10, Is. each; 7, Is. 6d. Vol. II. 1878-80. (320 pages). Price 10s. 6d. In Parts : — 1, 2, 4, 5, and 6, Is. Gd. each ; 3, 7, and 8, Is. each. Transactions of the Hertfordshire Natural History Society. Vol. I. 1880-82. (35G pages). Price lis. In Parts; — 1, 2, 3, and .3, Is. 6d, each; 4, 6, 7, 8, and 9, Is. each. LIST OF EECOEDERS. ZOOLOGY. Vertebrata. Mammalia A. T. Brett, M.D., "Watford House. Aves J. E. Littleboy, Hunton Bridge. Ecptilia George Turner, Iloddesdon. Amphibia ,, „ Pisces J. E. Littleboy. Arthropoda. Insecta (injurious) Miss E. A. Ormerod, Dunster Lodge, Isleworth. Coleoptera Arthur Cottam, Watford. Arachnida F. M. Campbell, F.L.S., Hoddesdon. Vermes. Eotifera F. "W. Phillips, Hertford. Scolecida A. T. Brett, M.D. Pkotozoa. Infusoria F. "W. Phillips. Bhizopoda ,, BOTANY. Phanerogamia M iss Selby, Batler's Green, Aldenbam. ACROGENS. Filicales J. E. Littleboy. Muscales A. E. Gibbs, The Hollies, St. Albans. Thallogens. Lichenales R. B. Croft, R.N., F.L.S., "Ware. Fungales ,, ,, ,, (microscopic) . . E. M. Chater, "Watford. Algales. Confervacese R. B. Croft. Desmidiacese Francis Ransom, Fairfield, Hitchin. Diatomacese ,, ,, GEOLOGY. H. George Fordham, F.G.S., Odsey, Royston. METEOROLOGY. Rev. C. "W. Harvey, F.M.S., Throcking, Buntingford. Members are desired to communicate any information they may possess on the Natural History of Hertfordshire to the above-named Recorders ; or, in depart- ments for which no Recorder is named, to one of the Honorary Secretaries. Lists (with localities, etc.) of plants or animals collected or observed are especially desired, and when possible the specimens (Vertebrata excepted) should accom- pany the records of their occurrence. The Secretaries will be glad to receive the names of other members willing to act as Recorders. 1 OF THE HERTFOEDSHIRE NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY AND FIELD CLUB. GEORGE EOOPER, F.Z.S. PEOF. JOHN ATTFIELD, Ph.D., F.R.S., F.C.S. F. M. CAMPBELL, F.L.S., F.Z.S. , F.R.M.S. The Right Honourable the EARL COWPER, K.G. JOHN EVANS, D.C.L., LL.D., F.R.S., F.S.A., F.L.S., F.G.S., Etc. J. GWYN JEFFREYS, LL.D., F.R.S., F.L.S./F.G.S., Etc. JOHN E. LITTLEBOY. SYDNEY HUMBERT. Edgcumhe Lodge, Watford; and 88, St. James' Street, London, S. W. Council ; Prof. Attfield, Ph.D., F.R.S. Rev. Canon Bradby, M.A. Alfred T. Brett, M.D. F. M. Campbell, F.L.S., F.Z.S. Alfred J. Copeland. E. M. C hater. Arthur Cottam, F.R.A.S. The Rt. Hon. the Earl Cowper, K. G. R. B. Croft, R.N., F.L.S., F.R.M.S. John Evans, D.C.L., LL.D., F.R.S. H. George Fordham, F.G.S. Rev. C. W. Harvev, M.A., F.M.S. John Hopkinson, F.L.S. Charles F. Humbert, F.G.S. Sydney Humbert. J. GwYN Jeffreys, LL.D., F.R.S. John E. Littleboy. J. Logan Lobley, F.G.S., F.R.G.S, Joseph Pollard. George Rooper, F.Z.S. F. W. Silvester, F.M.S. W. LePARD S.MITH. Rev. E. T. Vaughan, M.A. "William Verini. JOHN HOPKINSON, F.L.S., F.G.S., JFansford House, Watford. RICHARD B. CROFT, R.N., F.L.S., Fanhams Hall, Ware. Libt[ai|ian: (^utjatoti: E. M. CHATER, F. W. SILVESTER, F.M.S., 129, High St., Watford. Hedges, St. Albans. Banhetjs : LONDON AND COUNTY BANK, "WATFORD. MAY] Price Is. [1882. TRANSACTIONS OF THE HERTFORDSHIRE NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY AND FIELD OLUB. (a continuation of the transactions of the WATFORD NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY.) EDITED BY JOHN HOPKINSON, F.L.S. F.G.S. VOL. I. PART 9. CONTENTS : PAOB Title Page, Table of Contents, etc i Index 2G5 List of Members i LONDON : DAVID BOGUE, 3, ST. MARTIN'S PLACE, W.C. WATFORD : PUBLIC LIBRARY, QUEEN'S ROAD. HERTFORD: STEPHEN AUSTIN AND SONS. 1882. HEETFOEDSHIRE NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY AND FIELD CLUB. The objects of the Society are: — 1. The investigation of the Meteorology, Geology, Botany, and Zoology of the County of Hertford. 2. The puhKcation of the results of such investigation made by its Members. 3. The dissemination amongst its Members of information on Natural History and Microscopical Science. 4. The formation of a Library of works on Natural History, and of a Museum illustrative of the Geology, Botany, and Zoology of the County (the Vertebrata excepted). 5. The discouragement of the practice of removing rare plants from the localities of which they are characteristic, and of exterminating rare birds, fish, and other animals. The head-quarters of the Society are at the Watford Public Library, where Evening Meetings are held during the winter on the Third Tuesday in each month. Evening meetings are also held at St. Albans, Hertford, Ware, and other places; and during the summer months Field Meetings are held in various parts of the County. The Transactions of the Society, which have already contributed materially to the knowledge of the Natural History of the County, are publislied in parts, each containing from 32 to 48 pages, at intervals of about three mouths, and are issued free to Members. Members pay an Entrance Fee of 10s., and an Annual Subscription of 10s., for which they may compound by a payment of £5. Ladies are eligible for election. Donations to the Library, and letters relating thereto, shoidd be addressed to the Librarian, E. M. Chater, 129, High Street, Watford ; and to the Museum, to the Curator, F. W. Silvester, F.M.S., Hedges, St. Albans. Subscriptions, etc., are payable to the Treasurer, Sydney Humbert, Watford. All other communications relating to the Society should be addressed to John Hf.pkinson, F.L.S., Wansford House, Watford, or to E. B. Croft, E.N.,F.L.S., Fanhams Hall, Ware, the Honorary Secretaries. PUBLICATIONS OF THE SOCIETY. Transactions of the Watford Natural History Society. Vol. I. 1875-78. (312 pages). Price IO5. 6d. In Parts:— 1-6, and 8-10, Is. each; 7, Is. 6d. Vol. II. 1878-80. (320 pages). Price 10?. 6d. In Parts : — 1, 2, 4, 5, and 6, Is. 6d. each ; 3, 7, and 8, Is. each. Transactions of the Hertfordshire Natural History Society. Vol. I. 1880-82. (352 pages). Price lis. In Parts: — 1, 2, 3, and 3, Is. 6d. each; 4, 6, 7, 8, and 9, Is. each. CHARLES DARWIN M.A., LL.D., F.E.S. BoRx Febkcaky 12, 1809; Died Apkil 19, 1882. O IP IF- 1 O E I^ S OF THE HERTFORDSHIRE NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY AND FIELD CLUB. Itftiesident ; GEOEGE ROOPER, F.Z.S. PEOF. JOHN ATTFIELD, Ph.D., F.E.S., F.C.S. F. M. CAMPBELL, F.L.S., F.Z.S. , F.R.M.S. The Eight Honourable the EARL COWPER, K.G. JOHN EVANS, D.C.L., LL.D., F.R.S., F.S.A., F.L.S., F.G.S., Etc. J. GWYN JEFFREYS, LL.D., F.E.S., F.L.S., F.G.S., Etc. JOHN E. LITTLEBOY. ^i|easutiet| : SYDNEY HUMBERT. Edgcumbe Lodge, Watford; and 88, St. James' Street, London, S. W. Council : Prof. Attfield, Ph.D., F.E.S. Rev. Canon Bradby, MA. Alfred T. Brett, M.D. F. M. Campbell, F.L.S., F.Z.S. Alfred J. Copeland. E. M. Chater. Arthur Cottam, F.E.A.S. The Rt. Hon. the Earl Cowper, K. G. R. B. Croft, R.N., F.L.S., F.R.M.S. John Evans, D.C.L., LL.D., F.E.S. H. George Fordham, F.G.S. Rev. C. W. Harvey, M.A., F.M.S. John Hopkinson, F.L.S. Charles F. Humbert, F.G.S. Sydney Humbert. J. GwYN Jeffreys, LL.D., F.R.S. John E. Littleboy. J. Logan Lobley, F.G.S., F.R.G.S. Joseph Pollard. George Roofer, F.Z.S. F. W. Silvester, F.M.S. "W. Lepard Smith. Rev. E. T. Vaughan, M.A. "William Verini. JOHN HOPKINSON, F.L.S., F.G.S., Wansf or d House, Watford. RICHARD B. CROFT, R.N., F.L.S., Fanhams Hall, Ware. E. M. CHATEE, 129, High St., Watford. F. W. SILVESTER, F.M.S., Hedges, St. Albans. Banhejjs : LONDON AND COUNTY BANK, WATFORD. '- St 3 2044 106 260 987 Date Due t the e vol- ■ the oiiger thiin e not after 1 the vious )ooks M^ ^^' ^Z ' \ \k Shu^' J*/-, v:/- .s.n .>^ .,»■-,- ^ ^ 1 ^ ! v1 4 ^. 1 ►-H>«-»^' r«w^ ->^^ <^.^. '^N N,